'.J- ^i 
 
 <s • ^^' 
 
 pi*. 
 
 If ';.ir ,_.■"'■ / 
 
 ^srsB 
 
 
 W^^i
 
 Ex Libris 
 C. K. OGDEN
 
 <'1 ' 

 
 <T^ T7 p V-^' ^"^ 
 
 FARRIERS 
 
 New Guide. 
 
 Containing, Firft, 
 
 The Anatomy of a Hr>T?sE ; being an cxacl ai:i 
 
 compendious Defcription of all his Parts ; with their 
 
 Adtions and Ufes : llluftrated with Figures 
 
 curioufly Engrav*d on Copper -Plates, 
 
 Secondly, 
 
 An Account of all the Diseases incident to 
 
 Horses, with their 57]^«;, Caufes, and Method of Curi\ 
 
 wherein many Defeds in the Farrier's Pradice 
 
 are now carefully fupply'd, their Errors expos'd 
 
 and amended, and the Art greatly im- 
 
 prov'd and advanced, according to 
 
 the lateft Difcoveries. 
 
 THE 
 
 Whole interfpers'd ivirh manv curious and ufefutOb- 
 fervations concerning Feeding and Exercise, ^c. 
 
 The Ninth Edition correded. 
 
 L O .V O X: 
 
 Printed for T. Longman, at the Ship in Peter- 
 
 Nofer-Roiv. Mdccxxxviii.
 
 THE 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 S the general Ufe and Service of 
 Horfes has render'd them more 
 worth the Notice and Regard of 
 Mankind, than any otlier of the 
 Brute Creatures ; fo there has m 
 moft Ages of the World, been a 
 more than ordinary Care taken, 
 not only to model and fit them for their refpec- 
 tive Services, but alfo of their Breed and Prefer- 
 vation : And we find Horfes were of fo great Ac- 
 count with the Ancients, that even Arijlotle, Xeno- 
 pbon^ P//«y,and others of greateft Genius among them, 
 have beftow'd fome of their Labours that Way , being 
 fenfible how much a good and ferviceable Breed of 
 Horfes conduc'd to the Benefit of the Community, 
 both in Peace and War : Neither have the Moderns 
 been lefs induflrious in all thefe Matters, but have 
 made many excellent Improvements in HorfemanJJjip : 
 For about the Time that Painting, Sculpture, and 
 other Arts were reviv'd in Italy^ the Art of Riding, 
 and of perfeding Horfes for the Wars, and in all 
 ufeiul and genteel Exercifes, was then alfo cultivated, 
 and afterwards improv'd by Frenchmen^ who went to 
 Rome and Naples on Purpofe to be inftru6led therein. 
 Tho' the Perfediion to which that Arc is now arri- 
 ved, is by all theabltft Mafters throughout Europe^ 
 jullly afcribed to the noble Duke of iV<f'£$,>a//'?/<?, who 
 A 2 was
 
 The TREFACE. 
 
 was not only hinifelfan excellent Horfeman, but the 
 belt Jugde thic ever wrote upon the Subject. 
 
 But all this while it does not appear that there has 
 been any Provilion made for the Cure of the Infirmi- 
 ties a/id Accidents to which that noble and generous 
 Creature is expofed, fuitable to what his Services 
 really deferve i for albeit the fame Perfons who were 
 thefirfllmproversof FIorrwHianlhip, were no lefs ftu- 
 dious of their Difeafes, and were alio the firft of all 
 the Moderns, who feem to have writ profefledly of 
 them •, yet it muft be owned their Writings are more 
 like Syftems of old Jjlrology, than as if they had been 
 compofed for the Cure of Horfes : Neither can this 
 be thought very ftrange, if it be confidered, that 
 thefe Authors had no other Means of arriving at their 
 Skillj but by adding from Books of Phyuck and Sur- 
 gery, what they judg'd neceffary to perfect the 
 common and receiv'd Practice of Farriers, which in 
 thofe Times was of a very mafculine Kind, and had 
 been handed down through many ignorant Ages, 
 without any other Regulation, than what had ob- 
 tain'd by Rote and Cuftom. 
 
 Now it is very eafy to conceive, how thofe who 
 are uninflruded in the Principles of any particular 
 Art, may be milled in what they copy and borrow 
 from it •, for as they are not Judges themfelves, ihey 
 will neither be apt to make choice of the belt Au- 
 thors -, nor can it be fuppofed, if they did, that they 
 fhould mend the Matter very much, in a Science fo 
 much complicated as that of Phyfick, ^c. and which 
 by the Ignorance of thofe and the preceeding Times, 
 wasitfelf embarrafs'd with many idle and whimfical 
 Dreams, not to be met with, or at leaft depended on 
 by ancient Writers, and which have been abfolutely 
 rejeded fince the modern Difcoveries have cleared 
 the Way to true Knowledge. 
 
 And that this was the Cafe of thefe Gentlemen who 
 firft put Pen to Paper on the Difeafes of Horfes, is 
 evident from their unjudicious Colledions, for in them 
 
 we
 
 The T REF A C E, 
 
 wt have all the Refufeofphyfical Authors; and moflr 
 Books that are at this Day extvint upon the Subjecfl, 
 have been form'd upon the Writings of thofe Perlons -, 
 fo that the Cure of Horfes feems to be but very little 
 underftood, notwithftanding all the Care and Pains 
 that has been taken to perfed; it. 
 
 SoUeyfell was fo fenfible of this, and of the bad 
 Cuftoms which had obtained among the Farriers of 
 France in his time, that it put him upon a more dili- 
 gent Search into the Bufinefs, by confulting the befl: 
 Authors of Phyfick and Surgery, as hlmfelf takes no- 
 tice, whereby he has indeed not only deliver'd a more 
 fafe and regular Pradlice, than any that went before 
 him, but has alfo introduced Methods altogether new, 
 with a great Variety of Medicines, which before had 
 never taken Place in the Difeafes of Horfes : But 
 yet, for all this, he was himfelf infedted with many 
 of the Errors of his Predeceffors : for he is fofcrupu- 
 lous asto TimesandSeafons, and fo much ty*d up 
 to Cuflom, that it even renders his Methods very im- 
 pradicable in m.any Circumftances, and as he was not 
 rightly acquainted with ihz Animal Oecono?n)\ he has 
 accounted for many of the Difeafes, not from the 
 true Mechanifm of the Body of a Horfe, but in a 
 fpeculative and abftrafted Way ; which is fo far 
 from leading any one into the Nature and Caufe of 
 Difeafes, that it muft rather bewilder his Pupils, and 
 bring them farther into the dark. 
 
 Nor are thefe the only things wherein that Author 
 is blam^able : but if we examine into his Method 
 of Cure, it is fo imperfedl and perplexed in many 
 Places, by frequent Digreflions, that a Man muft be 
 well acquainted with the Subjeft, or at more than 
 ordinary Pains to reap any great Advantage from it: 
 And as to his Medicines, tho' many of them are, no 
 doubt, extraordinary good, and very well adapted to 
 their feveral Intentions ; yet it is very plain, he has 
 ji/erted a Number of others, with long and tedious 
 A 2 En-
 
 Th T R E FJC E, 
 
 Encomiums on their Virtues and Excellencies, which 
 upon the {lri(fteft Examination, has proceeded more 
 from a fond Opinion he has had of them, than Irom 
 any real Virtues in them : B.fides, that many of 
 them are fo coftly, that in the Procefs of fome re- 
 gular Cures, they muft exceed the Price of any or- 
 dinary Horfe. 
 
 Neither has he been able to obviate the Objeflions 
 which we find have been made to himfelf, for infert- 
 ing fuch vaft Numbers of Remedies j for what he al- 
 ledges concerning the Variety of Conftitutions, is ve- 
 ry little to the Purpofe, fuch a Medicine of the fame 
 Intention need only be made flronger or weaker in 
 the principal Ingredients j or if any Alteration be 
 neccilary, that ought to depend upon a Change or 
 Complication of Symptoms ; all which fhould be 
 clearly explained by thofe who deliver Inftitutions of 
 Cure. And as for his Chymical Procefles, we look 
 upon many of theni as unnecefiary Implements,which 
 only help to fill up his Book, and fhew more of Pomp 
 and Ollentation than any real \](t -, efpecially fince 
 there are but few of them which vary much from 
 the common receiv'd Forms ; and if it was other- 
 wife, they could not eafily be comply'd with by any 
 who are unacquainted with the Chymifi's Art, or 
 unprovided with the Inflruments that are proper to 
 mr'ke them. 
 
 But \i Solle^{f(U^ who is defervedly reputed the bed 
 Author, was even faulty in ihefe Rcfpeds, notwith- 
 flanding all the Pains he had taken ; What can we 
 hope from thofe of lefs Learning and Ability, who 
 have only delivered things at fecond-hand ? Of thefe, 
 all Nations have produced fufficient Store, whofe 
 Precepts have been as much, if not more, followed 
 t'lan original Authors ; but none have been fo much 
 ?ibus'd that way as ourfelves -, for altho' we have had 
 the Reputation of improving many Arts beyond what 
 others have done; and tho' thai ofllorfjmanOiip was 
 
 even
 
 The T RE face: 
 
 even brought to its greateft Perfection, by the noble 
 Perlbn whom we have already taken Notice of ; yet 
 we have hardly one who has treated of the Difeafes of 
 Horfes in any tolerable Way. Blundevil, who was 
 the iiril of any great Repute amongft us, is now al- 
 moft quite forgot. As for Markbam and De Gre\\ 
 with others of later Date, they were only Copiers 
 from him, as himfelf was alfo a Copier and Trans- 
 lator from the Italians ; and what thefe Authors have 
 with fo much AlTurance taken from the common 
 Rctc\ and added as their own, is, generally fpeakino-, 
 the moft Infignincant of any thing they have deli- 
 vered ; fo that it is no Wonder, if the Practice of 
 thofe be very abfurd, who tie th^mfelves up to their 
 Rules. 
 
 The Want of proper Helps is certainly a very great 
 Difadvantage, not only to the Farrifrs, but to all 
 thofe who are interefted in Horfes ; for tho' thev may 
 pradife with Certainty enough in fome Operations, 
 and in many common Accidents that require only 
 outward Applications, yet they mull needs be at a 
 great Lofs in moftDifeafes, where the Mafs of Blood 
 is airected -, and thereiore, we find in all fuch Cafe?» 
 their main Recourfe is to Bleeding and Purging; ; and 
 whetlier that be proper or not, they neither know 
 themfeives, nor can their Books inform them : And 
 when a Hcrfe gives Signs of inward Sicknefs, theBook 
 (which is chief.y made up of a Parcel of infignincant 
 Receipts) furnifhes them with a Cordial Drink, com- 
 pos'd of iomc Spices, or a few Herbs to be boil'd in 
 Ale or White-wine; and if one Drench or two does 
 not make a Cure, they are at a great Lofs what to 
 do next : FLiving no other Notion of Medicines, buc 
 as if they ^ivork'd by a Sort of Magick. 
 
 That this is the comnion and ordinary Way of 
 Practice among Horfes, every one knows. We can- 
 not howe%-er but own, there are many Gentlemen, 
 and aJfo fome of the ablell Farrifrs, who have noE 
 A 4 am-
 
 The PRE FA C E, 
 
 confinM themfelves fo much to Cuflom, but have 
 fallen upon better Methods than thofe generally pre- 
 fcrib'd ; and we find feveral very good Remedies 
 handed from one to another, which are not to be met 
 with in Books ; but yet, as moft are unacquainted 
 with the Requifites neceflary for the right Ad mini- 
 ilration of thefe Remedies, they often prove as Wea- 
 pons in unskilful Hands, which may either do Good 
 or Hurt, as they happen to be right or wrong ap- 
 ply'd ; and if there be fome who know how to ap- 
 ply them better than others, yet while their Me- 
 thods are not communicated to the Publick, and 
 thereby rendered of general Ufe, the Art can be but 
 little advanced. 
 
 From all which Reafons, and the frequent Com- 
 plaints of thofe who are the greateft Sufferers by 
 the Deficiency of this Art, we have been induced 
 to propofe this our New Guide ; wherein we have 
 not only delivered an Account of all the Difeafes 
 incident to Horfes, with the Method of Cure, but 
 alfo the Anatomy of a Horfe •, the Knowledge of 
 which being as neceflary to Farriers, as that of the 
 Human Body to Phyficians and Surgeons ; and we 
 are in Hopes it will meet with the more ready Re- 
 ception, becaufe the Attempts that have been made 
 of this Kind already by Sig. Ruini^ and Mr. Snape 
 late Farrier to King Charles II. have both been in 
 fome Meafure render'd fruitlefs -, the firft having 
 writ in a Language unknown to us, and at a Time 
 when this Art was in a Manner in its Infancy ; 
 and the other having never publifh'd any thing pro- 
 feffedly of Difeafes (tho' he fully intended it) but 
 only his Volume of Anatomy, which, befides that 
 it is very rarely to be met with, is alfo fo large, 
 and incumbred with fo many things foreign to the 
 Purpofe, asmakes it, in a great Meafure, unprofi- 
 table to thofe for whom it was principally intended. 
 
 And
 
 The PRE FACE. 
 
 And therefore, that we might avoid thefe Incon- 
 veniencies, we have in our Anatomical Part wholly 
 ftudied the Benefit of fuch as are unacquainted with 
 the Subjeft, having defcrib'd all the Farts of a Horfe, 
 with their feveral Ufes, in as fhort and concife a Man- 
 ner as pofTible, and at the fame time omitted nothing 
 that is abfolutely material ; and we have not only 
 rectified feveral Miftakes in Mr. Snape^ but have 
 added many Things from the modern Difcoveries, 
 which are not to be met with in that Author, and 
 which are very neceffary to the Knowledge of Dif- 
 eafes. Neither need we make any Apology for the 
 hard Appellations of fome of the Mufcles, other than 
 what Mr. S'na-pe has already done, ziz. That whereas 
 moft of them have the fame Ufe with thofe of the 
 human Body, he therefore thought it prudent to re- 
 tain the fame Names, believing it would be too af- 
 fuming in him to impofe others. 
 
 The Figures of the feveral Parts, are by all own'd 
 fo neceffary, that we need not fay any thing to recom- 
 mend them, they being conftant Helps, not only to 
 thofe who are Strangers to the Subjedl, but alio to 
 fuch as are acquainted therewith •, and tho' we are 
 in this refpeCt chiefly indebted to the Induflry of 
 Mr. Snapey as he was to Ruini, for many of them, 
 yet we doubt not of Approbation in the Choice we 
 have made, as v/e have not any that are ufelefs, but 
 fuch as are of moft Importance. 
 
 As to our Treatife of Difeafes, it is partly the 
 Refult of fome Obfervations that were made while 
 I attended the Army, and partly of fome that have 
 been made fince ; during which time, we have care» 
 fully taken notice of all thofe things, both in Books 
 and in Practice, that were the chief Hindrances to 
 the Advancement of the Farrier's Art ; and what 
 Steps we have taken to put it upon a better Foot- 
 ing, will be judged reafonable by fuch as have pe- 
 sukdMr. Sna'^e' sBook^ efpecially thofe ihort Digref- 
 
 fions.
 
 The T R E F J C E. 
 
 lions, where he has accounted for fome Difeafes that 
 were the lealt known by Farriers. The fame Method 
 Mr. Snape has obferv'd in thcfe few, we have carefully- 
 followed throughout the whole, which although it 
 may feem fomcwhat difficult at firft View, to thofe 
 who arc unacquainted with the Anitnal Oeconomy ; 
 yet as all is founded upon the Make, Frame, and 
 Difpofition of a Horfe's Body, and is therefore 
 plainly demonftrable to Senfe, it will in the End 
 be found more eafy than the ufjal Methods, that 
 have been only built upon Figment and Fancy. 
 
 But, that the Reader may the more readily over- 
 come thofe Difficulties, we have endeavour'd to de- 
 fcribe all the Difeafes in a Way that is the moft fa- 
 miliar and intelligible, having ranked thofe together 
 that have the neareft Dependence upon each other : 
 and in fuch a Manner, that the underftanding of 
 one, may lead him infenfibly into the Knowledge of 
 another : A Method not hitherto obferved, or right- 
 ly underftood, by any of our Authors. We have 
 likewife been more than ordinarily careful, in diftin- 
 guilliing, with refpett to Signs and Caufes, and in 
 providing for the feveral Accidents that may happen, 
 than which nothing conduces more to the Cure and 
 Prefervation of Brute Creatures, who are incapable of 
 declaring their Infirmities -, and becaufc many of the 
 Difeafes of Horfes have a near Affinity v.'ith thofe of 
 the human Body, and as the comparing the one with 
 the other muft needs tend very much to the Advance- 
 ment of this Art, we have therefore taken Notice of 
 that in many Particulars, fo fir as the Mechanifm 
 of a Horfe may occafion the fame Symptoms and 
 Accidents-, and wherever they difier, we have endea- 
 voured to put it in as clear a Light as pofllble, and 
 have accordingly accommodated the Method of Cure. 
 
 And as the right Adminiftration of proper Reme- 
 dies is of no lefs Importance, we have taken particular 
 Care in that relpecf, having not only, in all Caf-s, 
 
 in*
 
 The T R EF A C E. 
 
 inferted fuch as are known to be of mofl Efficacy, 
 but alfo laid down the Precautions neceflary in all 
 their feveral Intentions •, and herein we have fludied 
 both the Eafe and Profit of the Practitioner, by free- 
 ing him of thofe long and tedious Compofitions, 
 wherewith moil Books fo much abound, and which 
 are chiefly made up of a Number of ufelefs and 
 infignificant Ingredients : But thefe Things I have 
 confidered in a Treatife apart, concerning the Me- 
 dicines proper for Horfes, which is a Supplement 
 to this, and has met with the Approbation of the 
 beft Judges. 
 
 As to the Defeds and Errors we have already ta- 
 ken Notice of in the common and ordinary Prac- 
 tice i as alfo thofe committed by the Abufe of 
 Tents, the Application of greafy DrefTings, and 
 many other Things too tedious to be inferted here, 
 we hope, we need make no Apology for fo doing, 
 fince it will appear to any one who fliall perufe the 
 following Treatife, that our Meaning in this was 
 not to find Fault ; but in order to their Amend- 
 ment. For where-ever we have obferved any thing 
 in the received Method, or in any Author, fup- 
 ported by Experience, and agreeable to the Princi- 
 ples of Art, we have been fo far from rejeding it, 
 that we have rather recommended it to the World 
 by fuch Explanations, as we judged neceflary to 
 render it more intelligible and ufeful. 
 
 All that I think neceflary to perfcd this Subjedl, 
 will be contained in a Treatife which will be fhort- 
 ly publiflied, containing the Order and Oeconomy 
 that is neceflary in the Diet and Exercife of Horfes. 
 
 CON-
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 The Anatomy of a HORSE. 
 
 PSOHE IntroduBion, Page i. 
 
 O T P Chap. I . Of the Parts which inveft and cO' 
 
 %^^^r,.-„}^ "ver the whole Body ^ 4 
 
 ^yMJi;A^d Sea-. I. Of the Hair ^ ScarJ-skin, Hide, and 
 
 fiejhy PannicUy ib. 
 
 StC\i.i. Of the Fat and common Membrane of the 
 
 Mufcles. 5 
 
 C H A P. II. 
 
 Of the Lower Beliy. 6 
 
 Se6t. I. 0/ its proper Invefliture and Teguments, ib. 
 
 Seft. 2. Of the Caul, 7 
 
 Sedt. 3. Of the Gullet, Stomach, Guts and Mefentery, 8 
 
 Seft. 4. Of the Spleen, Pancreas and Liver, with the 
 
 Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pipe, 1 2 
 
 Se6t. 5. OJ the Kidneys, Ureters, and Bladder, 14 
 
 Sedt. 6. Cy /^i? P^r/j of Generation in a Horfe and 
 
 Mare, 15 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the Middle Venter or Cheft, 22 
 
 Se6t. I. Of its proper containing Parts, ib. 
 
 Se(5t 2. O/"//^^ /i/^^r/ ^«^ Pericardium, i^c, 25 
 
 Sed:. 3. Of the PFind-pipe and Lungs, 27 
 
 Sed;. 4. O/" //j<? Larynx and Pharynx^ 3 1 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of the Upper Cavity or Head, 33 
 
 Se<^. I. Of its proper containing Parts, ib, 
 
 Se6>. 2. 0/ //j^ Brain and Cerebellum, with the Me- 
 dulla Oblongata, and Pilh of the Back, ^5 
 Se6t. 3. O///^^ /i^z/^ <^;;(i Progrefs of the Nerves, 40 
 Sc6l. 4. Of the Eyes and their feveral Parts, 43 
 Sf (ft. 5. O/" /^(? ^('z;';, 45 
 Seit. 6. O/'/k iV(^'^ rt^;^ Mouthy 47 
 
 CHAP,
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Mufcles, Page 52 
 
 Sed:. I. Of the Mufcles of the Eye -lid and Eye, ibid, 
 Sed. 2 . Of the Mufcles of the Nofe^ Lips and Cheeks ^^^ 
 Sedt. 3. Of the Mufcles of the lower JaWy §6 
 
 SeA. 4. Of the Mufcles of the Ear, §y 
 
 Sed:. 5. Of the Mufcles of the Tongue and Os Hyoides, 
 
 with thofe of the Larynx, Uvula, ayid Throaty 58 
 Sedt. 6. Of the Mufcles of the Head and Neck, 61 
 Seft. 7. Of the Mufcles of the Breaff, 65 
 
 Sedl. 8. 0/ the Mufcles of the Back and Loins, with 
 
 thofe of the Fundament and Bladder, 64 
 
 Stdi. 9. Of the Mufcles of the Shoulder-blade and Shoul- 
 
 der, with thofe which move the Fore-leg and Foot, 66 
 Se6l. 10. Of the Mufcles of the Thigh, and thofe which 
 
 move the Hind- leg and Foot. 71 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Of the Bones, Page 81 
 
 Secft. I. Of the Bones which frame and compfe the 
 
 Skull, with its Suture, \h. 
 
 Seel. 2. Of the Jaw-hones and Teeth, together with 
 
 /^^ Os Hyoides, or Bone of the Tongue , 83 
 
 Se6t. 3. Of the Vertebrse of the Neck, 87 
 
 Sefl. 4. Of the Vertebrse of the Back and Loins, as al- 
 
 foof the BreaH-hone, Collar-lone, and Ribs, 88 
 
 Seof. 5. Of the Blade- bone, the Shoulder-bone, and the 
 
 Bones of the Fore- leg and Foot, 90 
 
 Se<5t. 6. Of the Croupe and Rump-hones, ib. 
 
 Seft. 7. Of the OiTa Innominata, divided into the 
 
 Hip, Haunch, and Share-hones, 93 
 
 Sedt. 8. Of the Bones of the Thighs, Hinder-legs, and 
 
 Feet, g6 
 
 The Appendix concerning the BIood-vefTels, atid Cir- 
 culation of tlie Blood, ^C. ICO 
 
 THE
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 The F A R R I E r's New Guide. 
 
 CI H A p. I. Of the Difeafes of liorfes in generaU 
 i and the Caufes thereof^ Page i . 
 
 Chap. 2. Of the Signs of Sicknefs in Horfes^ 6 
 
 Chap. 3 Of the Method of Cure, 8 
 
 Chap. 4. Difcovering fome Errors in the Methods ufu- 
 aliy taken to prevent Difeafes in Horfes, with the 
 properefi Means to preferve Health, 1 1 
 
 Chap. 5. Some general Rule :> to be ohferved in Bleed- 
 ing and Purging, 16 
 Chap. 6. Of the Fevers of Horfes in general, 21 
 Chap. 7. Of a fimple continued Fever ^ 28 
 Chap. 8. Of a putrid Fever, 35 
 Chap. 9. Of pefiilential Fevers, 39 
 Chap. 10. Of a heolick Fever, 42 
 Chap. II. Of Interfnitting Fevers, 44 
 Chap. 12. Of Surfeits, 49 
 Chap. 13. Of the Difeafes of the Head, SS 
 Chap. 14. Of the Head-ach, 54 
 Chap. 15. Of the Stavers or Staggers, 55 
 Chap. 16. Of a Palfy, 61 
 Chap. 17. Of the Falling Evil, and Convulftons, 6^ 
 Chap. 18. Of the Let hafgy, or Sleeping Evil, 64 
 Chap. 1 9. Of the Frenzy and Madnefs in a Horfe, 65 
 Chap. 20. Of the Difeafes of the Eyes, 66 
 Chap. 2 1 . Of a JVound or Blow on the Eye, Sec. 67 
 Chap. 22. Of Rheums and Infiammaticm in the Eyes,'jo 
 Chap. 23. Of Lunatick, or Moon- Eyes, 73 
 Chap. 24. Of Films, PF'ebs, a}id other Difeafes of the 
 
 Eyes of Horfes, caufing Dimnefs, or Lofsoj Sight, 80 
 Chap. 25. Of a Cold and Morfounding, 85 
 
 Chap. 26. Of Chefi-foundring, 90 
 
 Chap. 27. Ofpurfive, broke7i-winded, and confu7?iptive 
 
 Cafes, 92 
 
 Chap.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Chzp.2^. Of ihe Glanders and Mourning of the Chine, t)^ 
 Chap. 29. Of the Strangles, 108 
 
 Chap. ■^o. Of the falfe or baft ard Strangles, 114. 
 Chap. 31. Of the Fives, 115 
 
 Chap. S2. Of the Anticor, u8 
 
 Chap. 33. Of the Difeafes of the Stomach, and firfl of 
 
 the Lofs of Appetite, and of a depraved Appetite, 122 
 Chap. 34. Cy ths hungry Evil, 126 
 
 Chap. 35. Of the Difeafes of the Guts, and firfl of the 
 
 Cholick, 127 
 
 Chap. 2)^. Of the dry Gripes, and Adfiriciion of the 
 
 Bowels, 128 
 
 Chap. '^y. Of the Lax or Scouring, 135 
 
 Chap. sS. Of the bloody Flux, 140 
 
 Chap. '^^. Oj PFbrms, Bots, and Trunchions, 142 
 Chap. 40. Of Pain in the Bowels caufed by fudden 
 
 Accidents, 14.6 
 
 Chap. 41. Of the Tellows, or Jaundice, 148 
 
 Chap. 42 .OftheVifeafcs oftheReins and Kidney s,Scc. 152 
 Chap. 43. Of the Painpifs or Strangury, ib. 
 
 Chap. 44. 0/ a Flux of Urine, andflaling of Blood, 154 
 Chap. 45. Of the Colt-evil, fhedding of the Seed, and 
 
 mattering of the Yard, 156 
 
 Chap. 46. Of the Dropjy, 157 
 
 Chap. 47. Of a Horfe that is Hide-bound, 159 
 
 Chap. 48. Of the Farcin, 162 
 
 Chap. 49. Of the Mange, 183 
 
 Chap. 50. of Tumors, Impoflhumes, and Abfcejfes, 186 
 Chap. S^' Of Ji^GUfids, 193 
 
 Chap. 52. Of Gun-fhot Wounds, and Burns, 203 
 Chap. 53. Of a Gangrene and Mortification, 205 
 Chap, 54. Of the biting of venomous Beafts, 207 
 
 Ch^p.^^.OfUlcers, 208 
 
 Chap. ^6. Of Cauterizing and giving the Fire, 212 
 Chap. S7 -Of Ro welling, 215 
 
 Chap. 58. Of gelding and curtailing of Horfcs, 216 
 Chap. 59. Of the Latnpas, ' 217 
 
 Chap. 60. Of the Barbs, 2 1 8 
 
 Chup. 6 1, Of the Tick, ib. 
 
 Chap,
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Chap. 62. OffFohes Tieethy Page 218 
 
 Chap. 61. Of Gigs, BladderSy and other Difeafes of 
 
 the Mouth, ib. 
 
 Chap. 64. Of the Poll- evil, 219 
 
 Chap. 6^. Of Hurts and Bruifes in thelVithers, Sec. 220 
 Chap. 66. Of a Navel-gall, &cq. 221 
 
 Chap. 6y. Of a Shoulder-wrench, Shoulder-pight, and 
 
 Shoulder-plate, 222 
 
 Chap. 68. Of a fwafdBack, and Strains of the Hips,22 4. 
 Chap. 69. Of Bones broken and out of Joints 226 
 Chap. 70. 0/ Hurts in the Stifle, 227 
 
 Chap. 71. Of the Eone-fpavin, 228 
 
 Chap. J 2. Of the String- halt, 229 
 
 Chap. y^. Of the Blood-fpavin, 230 
 
 Chap. 74. Of Mallenders andSellenders^ ib. 
 
 Chap. js. Of Hough'hony, 231 
 
 Chap. y6. Of the Curb, ib. 
 
 Chap. 77. Of a Jar don, 232 
 
 Chap. 78. Of Splents and Oflets, &c. 233 
 
 Chap. 79. Of a Ring-bone, 236 
 
 Chap. 80. OfTVind-galls, 237 
 
 Chap. 8 1 . Of a Sinew fprain, &c. 238 
 
 Chap. 82. Of the Greafe falling into the Legs, 239 
 Chap. S^. Of the Mufcles or kib^d Heels, 244 
 
 Chap. 84. Of the Pains or watry Sores on the Legs 
 
 and P aft ems, 245 
 
 Chap. 85. OfJVarts, Scratches, Rats-tails, and other 
 
 Excrefcences on the Legs and Paflerns, 246 
 
 Chap. 86. Of a ^fitter- bone, 248 
 
 Chap. 87, Of Foundering in the Feet, 249 
 
 Chap. 88. Of Surbating, &c. 251 
 
 Chap. S^. Of Retraits and Pricks in the Foot, ib. 
 Chap. 90. Of the Running Frufh, 253 
 
 Chap. 91. Of the Crown-Jcah, 254 
 
 Chap. 92. Of Figs, ib. 
 
 Chap. ^^. Of Hoofs brittle, or too foft^ 255 
 
 Chap. 94. Of narrow Heels, 256 
 
 Chap, 95. Of a falfe garter ^ 257 
 
 Chap, 96. Of calling the Hoof^ 259 
 
 THE
 
 THE 
 
 ANATOMY 
 
 O F A 
 
 HORSE 
 
 The Introduction. 
 
 H E Bodies of all ^Ijiadrupeds^ as ivell as 
 Men, are compofed of different Parts, which 
 arc adapted to their fever al Fun£iions : Some 
 are folid, as the Bones and Cartilages ; others 
 are foft, as jf/)^ Glands andMxiJizxxhx Flejh^ 
 and fome are of a middle Nature, as the Ligaments of the 
 Joints, and Tendons of the Mufcles. But ivhether their 
 particular Struuure be loofe or folid, or bet'jceen both, it 
 is very certain that all are made up of fmall Fibres or 
 Threads. This is fo plainly ohfervable in the f oft Parts^ 
 that it needs no manner of Proof-, fince every one mufl hav-e 
 taken notice, in tearing Flejh afunder, that it is composed 
 cf little Parcels or Bundles^ and thefe Parcels w.ay again, 
 be divided into othsrs which are lejs, and afternicards into 
 fingle Threads, which are infinitely [mailer than a Hair : 
 Nature has alfo obferv'd the fame Oeconomy in the Struc- 
 ture of the hard Parts ; for when ive cut a Bone acrofs, all' 
 the Poruli, or little Holes, iv-hich form the hiterfiices of its 
 Fibres, are, in mofi Parts of it, plainly perceivable ; and 
 if it be cut lengthways, their Dire^ion and Courfe is no 
 lefs manifefl. 
 
 But of all the different Subflances zohereof en Animal 
 Body is compofed, that which Anatomijis call a Mem- 
 brane, is, next to a Fibre, the mofi f.mpk in its Stuc- 
 
 B " turt^
 
 z The Introductiok. 
 
 iiire^ it being a thin expanded Subftancey ivhich hiij 
 Length and Breadth, without much Thicknefs ; fo that it 
 feems only to be made up cf [ingle Threads ^ laid lengthways 
 and acrofsy like a fine JFeb. We find fame of them pretty 
 thick, efpe daily toiuards their Origin ; but others much thin- 
 ner than the Film of an Egg : The vjhole Body is ivrap'd up 
 in one ofthefe, and every particular Part has a membranous 
 Cover, ivhich prefcrves it from the Injuries it would be ex- 
 posed to from thole Parts ivhich lie next it. Some Parts are 
 invoh din double Membranes, as the Brain, and Pith of the 
 Back, i^c. ivhich are very foft and delicate, and could not 
 he eafily preferred by a fingle one. 
 
 But befides their Office of covering and defending all Parts 
 cf the Body, fo)ne of thent ferve as 'Bags or Cafes for 
 Food and Excrements ; others are formed into Conduits, for 
 the Blood and animal Juices. But fome of thefe being part- 
 ly mu/ciilar, and partly membranous, they may be properly 
 faid to be of a mix'd Nature, as are mojl of the Mufclcs, 
 and many other Subjlances throughout the Body. 
 
 The Mufcles are made up of fiej})y and tendinous Fibres ; 
 *which Kind of Structure is necejfdry to their Action, they 
 being the Injiruments of Motion. Almoft all Mufcles are 
 flej])y and foft in the Middle, and for that Reafonare capable 
 of being contracted and dilated ; J or if they were other wife. 
 It ivould be impojibk for any Creature to move : Whereas 
 by the Figure they are cf, tve find them ready to anfwer 
 every Inclination of the Mind., ivitheut Pain or Stijfnefs. 
 The Mufcles are of different Figures, fome flat, as thc/'e on 
 the Rim of the Belly ; others more round, as thofe of the 
 Thighs and Legs ; jome of which, toivards their Injertions, 
 terminate in a (irong, 7iervous, ftne-ixy Subjlance^ tailed a 
 Tendon. 
 
 A Ligament is more compact and firm than a Tendon, 
 but not altogether fo hard as a Cartilage. It is that 
 Subjlance which ties the "Joints together ; whereof jome are 
 rou^.d, as thofe ivhich ave obfervefajhned to the Head of a 
 Bone, and the Infide of its Socket ; ethers are fiat, and co- 
 ver the Joints like fo many Pieces of Leather nail' d on , to 
 keep the two Bones from falling afunder, and to pre ferve an 
 Uniformity in their Motion. 
 
 A Cartilage, or Griftle, which we obferve more or lefs 
 at the Ends of mofi Bones, is harder and lefs pliable than 
 the Ligaments : Thefe being of a fmooth Surface, and 
 moderately thifk, are a Defence to the Ends of the Bones^ 
 
 •which
 
 The Introduction. j- 
 
 whuh are more hard and brittle ; and if they were not thus 
 fortified^ might theiefore be worn and abraded by their 
 Motion. 
 
 The Bones are of the mcjl hard and compa^ Suhjlsnce cf 
 the whole Body ; they are zvithout Senfey as are alfo the 
 Ligaments and Cartilages, otherivife they ivouid be unfit to 
 anfiver their particular Fun^ions ; buty tiothwith (landing 
 their hifcnfibilityy if any oj them happen to be difeafedy they 
 may caufe Pain, and create a great deal of Trouble. 
 
 As the Bones argy of ail the Parts rxhich compofe an 
 animal Body, the mofl folidy the Ghnds, or Kernels, are 
 reckoned among the Joftejl \ being curious Bundles off^ejjelsy 
 'vchich are infinitely fmally and laid clofely together^ in many 
 Circumvolutions and Turnings : From feme of thefe are Je^ 
 parated ExcrementSy and from others Juices^ which have 
 their peculiar U/eSy as will bejhewn hereafter. 
 
 The Veins, and Arteries, Nerves, tf/zi Lymphatick Veffelsy 
 are the Conduits and PipeSy through which all the liquid 
 fuices of the Body do pafs. The Arteries are Vcjfels luhicb-- 
 carry the Blood from the Heart to the ExtremitieSy and the 
 Veins are the Channels ivhich carry back that Portion of it 
 which is more than fufjicient for the NouriJ})ment cf the 
 particular 'Members. The Nerves are of a compaSt Sub- 
 llancBi, like fo many tough Cords, of a white Colour, and 
 different Sizes, fome being pretty large , others infinitely 
 [mall -y and tho* they fetm tobefolid and imperforate, that 
 is to fay, without any vijible Bore or Cavity in them, yet 
 it is very certain they carry the animal Spirits from the 
 'Brain into all Parts of the Body ; and are the Injiruments 
 which communicate all Senfjiiom to the Iriiagination. The 
 Lymphatick Veffels are of a more thin Texture y and carry 
 a clear tranfparent Liquor, which is alfo /ubfervient to the 
 Funifions oJ' Nature. 
 
 InJ})ort, all the Parts of the Body, whether thofe that 
 are hard, or thofe which are denominated foft Parts, are 
 tmirijl^ed by Blood, and their peculiar Juices produced of 
 Blood: Neither is it improbable, that the whole animal 
 Frame is compofed of the jeveral Modifications of Veins, At- 
 teries. Nerves, and Lymphatick Vefjels. 
 
 Thefe Things being premifed, for the Benefit of fuch as 
 are Strangers to the Study of Anatoriy ; I fioall now pro- 
 ceed to handle the Subject particularly y and take every Part 
 ss it lies in its pn>per Order, 
 
 B i CHAP-
 
 <f The jdnatojny of a WOKS'E. Chap. I. 
 
 C H A P. I. 
 
 Of the Parts which inveji and cover the whole 
 Body. 
 
 ^. 1. Of the Hair^ ScatfsJtin, Hide, and Flejl^y Panicle. 
 
 ^h Ha' T ^ defcribing the Parts of a Horfe, the 
 
 -*■ firft Thing that prefents to our View, is 
 the Hair^ which may not improperly be called the upper- 
 moll Cover of the whole Body. It will be very little to our 
 purpofe to fpcnd time about its Production, or how it 
 comes to be of fo many different Colours; I fhall therefore 
 proceed to obferve, that the Hair is both an Ornament and 
 a Defence to all Animals. That which we call his Coat, 
 is not only agreeable to the Ey€ in a plump young Horfe, 
 but a Defence from the Injuries of Cold and Heat, and the 
 Accidents to which he would be often expos'd, in his feed- 
 ing among Shrubs and Buflies ; and that which grows 
 out to fome length on the Footlock, is a no lefs Defence 
 to that prominent Part, when he travels on ftony Ways, or 
 in frofty Weather, when the Roads are crufted, which 
 otherwife would be very much expos'd to Wounds and 
 Bruifes. As for the Main, Tail, and Foretop, they add 
 greatly to the Beauty of a Horle, and are a fuitable Dc- 
 corement to a Creature of fo much Fire and Mettle. 
 the Cuticula "^^^ ^""^ ^^^>' Tegument, or Cover, is 
 
 or Scarf skin! ^^^ Scarf skin, and is that which rifes fo 
 
 eafily mto a Blifter, by being pinch'd or 
 fcalded ; it is not endued with any tender Senfation, but 
 •will bear the Touch without Pain ; it is produc'd from 
 the Hide, which it involves and coders on all Parts, and 
 has from thence its Nourifliment. Its Ufe is not only to 
 cover the true Skin, and defend it from thofe painful 
 Senfations to which it would be expos'd, as we daily ob- 
 ferve, when it is fretted off; but as it refembles a curious 
 Net-work, and is full of little Holes or Pores, it is there- 
 by fuited to give way to the excrementitious Matter which 
 continually exhales from the Body. 
 tj-f^ rr. , The next common Covering is (he Skin, 
 
 (properly fo call'd) or Hide, which lies im- 
 mediately under the other. It is nouiilli'd with Veins, Ar- 
 teries,
 
 Chap. I. The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. $ 
 
 teries, ^c. and is alfo porous for the Paflage of Sweat, or 
 other perfpirable Matter, which is feparated from a vaft 
 number of little Glands, which lie on the Infide of it ; 
 and as the Scarfskin is a Defence to the Hide, fo the Hide 
 is a Defence to thofe other Parts which lie under it. 
 
 Underneath the Skin is plac'd the fleftiy ^, - ^ 
 Pannicle, which is mufcular, and helps to '^^^PJ^y ^^«- 
 draw the Skin into Wrinkles, by which ""^ ^' 
 means a Horfe throws off the Duft, Flies, op other Things 
 that hurt him. It is alfo nourifli'd with its proper Veins 
 and Arteries, i^c. and befides its peculiar Ufes, it ierves, in 
 concert with the Skin, to defend the Body from external 
 Injuries, viz. by keeping it warm in Winter, and prevent- 
 ing a too great Exhalation of the Spirits in hot Weather. 
 
 §. II. Of the Fat and common Membrane of the Mufeles. 
 
 Befides thefe Teguments abovemention'd, <^^^ ^^^ 
 there is the Fat^ and common Membrane 
 of the Mufeles. The Fat which lies between the flefliy 
 Pannicle and the faid Membrane, is diftinguifh'd from 
 that which covers the Caul, by its oilinefs, and is faid to 
 be generated of the more unclious Particles of the Blood, 
 working thro' the VelTels, and detain'd there by the clofe- 
 nefs of the faid Pannicle. It is not one continu'd Covering 
 in Horfes, as in Bullocks, and Tome other Animals, but 
 chiefly fills up the Interftices of the Mufeles externally, 
 and is not only a Defence, as the other Teguments are, 
 but ferves to make a Horfe look plump, fmooth, and 
 beautiful. How far it is capable of being again converted 
 into Nourifhment, I fhall not offer here to determine. 
 
 As to the Membrane of the Mufeles, n-^^ ^^^^ ^ 
 which is the innermoft of all the common Membrane If 
 Teguments, it is faid to take its Origin theMufdes. 
 from the Back; and fpreading itfelf all 
 over the Body, is knit to their proper Coats by a great 
 number of fmall Fibres, yet not fo clofely as to hinder 
 their Adion : It is in a Horfe confiderably thick, and 
 ferves to ftrengthen and confirm all the Mufeles in their 
 proper Situation, and to be a Capfula, or Cafe, to defend 
 ihem from Injuries. 
 
 Bs CHAP.
 
 6 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. II. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Oj the 'Lower Belly. 
 § L Of its f roper Invefliture and Teguments. 
 
 BY the Lower Belly is to be underftooJ all that Cavity 
 which is below the Midriff, and is encorrpafied by the 
 Short-ribs, the Point of the Breafl:-bone,Loins,Hanch-bones 
 and Share bones, and is fiU'd with Guts and other Entrails. 
 
 The proper Teguments of the Lower Belly, are the 
 Mufcles, and the Membrane which lies under them, call'd 
 the Pcritonaum. 
 
 The Mufcles are of different Shapes and 
 Fi-vePairof figures, according to their f^veral Ufes. 
 ^lihelXt"^ Thefe on the lower Belly are divided into 
 %U °^^'' ^^^ Pair; the uppcrmoft are called the 
 
 ^' oblique defcendingy\.\x{L\Q%^ and derive their 
 
 Ori'~'in from the Sides of the Breaft bone, the Points of 
 fome of the lowermoll: Ribs, v.here they refemble tlie 
 Teeth of a Saw ; from the Tips of the Crofs-procelles of 
 the Joinings of the Rack-bone in the Loins, 
 ^/v oblique and run Hoping downwards into the white 
 defcendwg Pair, Line, which is only a tendinous Subf^ance, 
 form'd by the Endings of fuch of thofe Muf- 
 cles 9S meet and are determined in it ; and reaches from 
 ti)e Point of the Sword- l:ke Clrillle of the Breaft-bone, as 
 low as the Share-bone, dividing the lower Belly in the 
 yniiddle. Thefe two Mufcles have their Infertion from 
 beipw the Navel downwards, to the End of that Line. 
 
 The next are the i?/;//^//^ afcending Pair; 
 Iht oblique jj^^,^ jj^g [iqxvl the upper part of the Haunch- 
 afcendmg Pa^r. ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ Procelles of the Vertc- 
 3r^ of the Loins, ZT\d Oi Jacrum-, and taking a contrary 
 Courfe to thofe above dcfcrib'd, they are inferted partly 
 on the Ends of the fhort Ribs, and partly on the white 
 Line, from the Point of the Brealt-bone down to the Na- 
 vel. Thtir Action is different from the former; for as 
 thofe draw the lower Part of the Belly lideways, towards 
 the Bread, from whence they ariCe, lb thefe draw down 
 The Chell fomewh.it a/lant towards the Loins. 
 Thtfireight The third Pair are called the RcBi, or 
 
 T?:;. Itrcight Mufcle§ j becaufc their Fibres run in 
 
 a
 
 Chap. ir. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 7 
 
 a ftreight Line from their Origin, at the Sidrs of the above- 
 mention'd Grillle, and the Ends of the Ballard Ribs to 
 the Share-bone, where they are inferted. There are in 
 thefe feveral tendinous Interftices, which are the Caufe 
 why Tome Anatomifts have divided them into divers 
 Mufcles. They (horten the Belly, by drawing the Breaft 
 and Share -bone towards each other. 
 
 The fourth Pair are called the Pyrami- The Pyramidal 
 dal^ from the Refemblance they bear to a Pair. 
 Pyramid, being broad at bottom, and growing gradually 
 narrower towards the Top. They feem to be derived from 
 the ftreight Mufcles, and are allilling to them in contrac- 
 ting the Belly. 
 
 The lalt are the Tranfverfe or Crofs The Tranfverfe 
 Mufcles, which have their Origin from the P^'''- 
 lovvermoft Baftard Ribs on each Side, from the tranfverfe 
 Procefles of the Joints, or Vertebra of the Loins and 
 Haunch-bones, from whence, running acrofs the Belly, 
 %hey are inferted in the White Line. 
 
 Belides that thefe Mufcles are a Cover and Support to • 
 the lower Belly, they have not only their particular Of- 
 fices, but a6l in Concert with each other, and give their 
 mutual Alliftance in comprefiing the Guts, to the Expul^ 
 fion of their Excrements. 
 
 Underneath the Mufcles lies the Periio- The Perito- 
 «(?«w, which is the next proper Tegument nxum. 
 of the Guts. Is is a double Membrane, of an oval Fi- 
 gure, and is thought to derive its Origin from that 
 which involves the Pith of the Loins ; its Infide is very 
 fmooth, and lined with a fort of Mucus ^ which proceeds 
 from the Guts, over which it is fpread. From this Mem- 
 brane all the lower parts of the Belly are furnifhed either 
 with their common, or proper Membranes. It has Liga- 
 ments, whereby it helps to bind all the Guts in their proper 
 Situation, that no violent Motion may difplay them j it 
 alfo affords a ftronger Ligament to the Liver, and is a 
 great Support to a vaft Number of fmall Vefl'els, which 
 would either be broke, or twiftcd in fo long a Courfe, 
 were they not preferred within its Duplicature. 
 
 § II. Of the Caul 
 
 The Caul feems to be a proper Invelop- TJje QauL 
 ment or Cover to the Guts, being in molt 
 
 B 4 Animals.
 
 « I foe Anatomy ^^ H O R S E. Chap. II. 
 
 Animals fpread all over them : tho' in a Horfe it is often 
 feen to lie forward in Wrinkles, which may be occafion'd 
 by his violent Labour. It is in figure like a Purfe-Net, be- 
 ing double, and open at top, but knit together towards the 
 bottom: It adheres to the lower Part of the Stomach, and 
 likjewiie to the Spleen, and hollow Side of the Liver. By 
 its underfide it is faftcn'd to that Part of the Gut Colon^ 
 which lies under the Stomach lengthways, and like wile to 
 the Sweetbread, and beginning of the fmall Guts. 
 
 -.^ As the Caul has plenty of Fat, it not on- 
 
 ^ ■''' ly ferves to keep the bottom of the Sto- 
 
 mach, and moft of the Guts moift, but alio to cherifli 
 them with its Warmth : And befides this, it has likewife 
 a further Ufe, vi%. to fuHain a vaft Number of Branches 
 of Veflels which pafs between its Membranes to the Sto- 
 mach, Spleen, and Guts, 'dc. 
 
 §, III. Of the Gullet^ Stomach, Gut:, and 'Mefentery. 
 
 . err n 11 , Tho' all the Gullet be not contain'd in 
 
 the lower Belly, yet as it is an Appendage 
 
 to the Stomach, and the Funnel thro' which every thing 
 
 palfes into it; a Defcription of it cannot be lb proper any 
 
 where elfe, as in this Place. 
 
 It is hollow and round, beginning at the Root of the 
 Tongue, behind the Head of the Windpipe, under which 
 it pafleth, turning a little to the Right, to give way to tlie 
 great Artery ; afterwards inclining to the Left, it palles 
 thro' the Midriff, and is inicrtcd into the Stomach towards 
 its lei"! Side. 
 
 It confills of three Coat?, or C.^.fes ; th.c nutermoft feems 
 to come from the Pleura, Sec. the middlemoft is mufcular 
 and thick, ccnlifting of two Ranks of Ilefliy Fibres, af- 
 cending and dcfcending obliquely crofs one another : The 
 innermoft is membranous, wiih ftrcight Fibres only; its 
 Veins communicate with tbofe on the Bre.ilt and Neck, 
 . y -^ as do alfo its Arteries. At its beginning it 
 
 ^^"' has two large Glands or Kernels, which fc- 
 
 paratc a Moifture to keep its infide glib, to facilitate the 
 PaHage of the Blood, ^V. Where it is inferted into the 
 Stomach, it is ccmpofed of a pretty thick Subftance made 
 up of circular and fleftiy Fibres, w hereby it contiads and 
 dilates itfelf, to give way to the Aliment, or fhut up the 
 Stomach -at plealurt. 'i'his is call'd the left, ot upper 
 
 Oniicc
 
 Chap. II. The Anatomy <?//^HORSE. 9 
 
 Orifice of the Stomach ; and that whereby it_ difcharges 
 ilfelf into the Duodenum^ its right or lower Orifice, 
 
 The Stomach is round, and fomewhat cj-j^g stomach. 
 long, refembling a Bagpipe, but more capa- 
 cious on the left Side than the right ; its Magnitude is, 
 generally fpeaking, more or \ds^ according to the Size of 
 the Horfe. It is alfo compofed of three Cafes, the outer- 
 moft of which leenis to rife from the Perltonceim j the 
 fecond is mufcular and fiefliy ; and the laft a Continua- 
 tion of the innermoft Coat of the Gullet. 
 
 It has Arteries from the Caliacal Branch j^^ veffeh. 
 
 of the Aortd., and Veins from the SpIenUk^ -^ 
 
 and the Gajlr'uks^ a Vein common to its left Side and 
 
 the Caul, and one common to the Caul and the right Side 
 
 from the Melenter'uki; and laftly, the Pyloria^ which 
 
 comes from the Porta. 
 
 It has Branches from the Recurrent r, ., ,,^, 
 _, , • 1 1 • 1 if^ Nerves. 
 
 Iverves, which oemg exceeding numerous, 
 
 are the Occalions of its being fo very fufceptible of Hun* 
 
 ger, and all other Senlations. 
 
 The Ufe of the Stomach is to conco(n: , rr^ 
 and digeft the Aliment, fo as to render it fit 
 for Nourifhment ; and this is perform'd chiefly by its 
 mufcular Motion, which is manifeft from its Structure, 
 and the Power it has of contracting itfelf into thofe Ruga, 
 which we difcover in it when it is empty. 
 
 After the Stomach come the Guts, which, <tl n . 
 
 according to Mr. Smpe's Computation, are 
 
 in number fix, to wit, the fmall Gut, the Ccccum or blind 
 
 Gut, the three Colons., and the ftreight Gut. 
 
 The fmall Gut (which in a Man is divid- err r u r- , 
 . . ^L • u /-» J cv • The fmall Gut. 
 
 ed mto three, to wit, the Duodenuniy jeju- ■' 
 
 num, and llion, from its feveral Circumvolutions) is in a 
 
 Horfe reckon'd to be about 2 6 Yards in length ; and is in 
 
 all its Turnings faflen'd to the Mefentery, The Stomach 
 
 empties its Aliment into this Gut, which is furnifh'd with 
 
 an infinite number of milky Veflels, call'd La^eals^ that 
 
 receive the finer Portion of the Aliment, which being con- 
 
 vey'd by thefe little Conduits acrofs the Mefentery., to one 
 
 common Receptacle, afcend upwards along the Spine, 
 
 thro' a pretty large Chanel, which is call'd the Thoraick 
 
 2)u£i ; and from thence into the Veins, and is incorporated 
 
 with the Blood. The coarfer Part of the Food, by a peri- 
 
 ftaltick, or vermicular Motion^ v/jiich is common to -^U 
 
 the
 
 lo TheAnamny of a HORSE. Chap. IL 
 
 the Guts, falls downwards, and is difcharg'd in Excrement. 
 There are in this Gut, befides the Vellels it has in com- 
 mon with the rcll, two Duds which open into it; the one 
 from the Liver, and the other from the Sweetbread ; each 
 of which fends in a Juice, that contributes to the Refine-; 
 ment of the Aliment, ^c. 
 
 The next is the Blind Gut^ which has 
 7he Carcum sr but one Paflage for the Excrements, fo that 
 blind Gut. they are forced lo return back thq fame way 
 
 ihey went in. 
 *rhe Three The three Colons (which In Men are but 
 
 Colons. one continued Gut) are next the blind Gut; 
 
 they are divided into three Guts by two 
 narrow Necks of about half a Yard in Length. Thb Gut 
 is drawn up into many Purfes or Cells by two Ligaments, 
 one of which runs along the upper fide, and another along 
 the under fide ; which with the Afliftance of a Valve at 
 its beginning, hinder the Excrements, either from returning 
 back into the fmall Guts, or falling too foon downwards, 
 before the Chyle or milky Subftancc is fufficiently prepar'd 
 and fent off into its proper Veflels. The Cacum feems alfo 
 to be inrtead of a Valve, lo hinder the Aliment or Chyle 
 from falling too foon downwards into the Colony for if 
 it was notln fome meafure obllru(f^ed, and detained in its 
 Paflage through thefe large Conduits, the Body could ne- 
 ver be fufficiently fupplied with Nourifhment. The firft 
 of thefe Colons is about a Yard and half in Length ; the 
 lecond about a Yard ; and that which joins to the Return 
 or ftrcight Gut, near fix Yards long. 
 
 The Streight Gut, which goes ftreight 
 The Streight downwards to the Fundament, is not above 
 ^"*' half a Yard in Length ; its Coats are thicker 
 
 than thofe above defcribed, its middlemoll being^ very 
 fiefliy and mufcular : At its Extremity there is a Sphin- 
 aer, which dilates itfelf for the Evacuation of the Ex- 
 crements, and keeps it contrafted, or fhut up, at all other 
 Times. 
 
 There is on the Infide of the whole Guts, a MuciiSj or 
 llimy Matter, which preferves them from being hurt, either 
 by the Hardnefs of the Excrements, or the Pungency of 
 any (harp corrofive Humours •■, for they being, as mod 
 other membranous SublUnces, full of Branches of Nerves, 
 would be in perpetual Pain, had not Nature t^ken A fpecial 
 
 Caic of them. 
 
 7he
 
 TAB. I. 
 
 jP/zif ,11.
 
 Chap. II. The Anatomy of a HOKSE. ii 
 
 The Mefentery, which in the next place, ^!->e Mefenterj, 
 comes properly to be defcribed, is ib called 
 from its Situation in the middle of the Guts. Its Rife is 
 from the third Rack- bone of the Loins, and is compofed 
 of three Membranes, the middlemoft being very full of 
 Kernels or Glands, which, when they happen to be over 
 much dilated, obftruft the Paflage of the Chyle, which 
 runs acrofs its Membranes ; and the Body being thereby 
 depriv'd of its Nourifhment, becomes lean and emaciate, 
 and at length falls into irrecoverable Difeafes. 
 
 At its Rife it is gathered together in a vaft many Plaits 
 or Folds, which being open on that part of it to which the 
 Guts adhere, makes them lie in thofe Circumvolutions 
 and Turnings, in which we always obferve them : And 
 this feems abfolutcly neceflary, becaufe if they were not 
 tied in fuch a manner, but let loofe, the Excrements woulJ 
 either pafs too quickly through them, or elfe be wholly 
 obftrufted, by reafon they would be apt to twift and en- 
 tangle one with another. 
 
 In a Horfe, the Mefentery is ufually above a quarter of 
 a Yard in Breadth ; and befides, in the milky Veilels, which 
 are fuftained by it, it has abundance of Lymphaticks, 
 which fcrvc to dilute the Chyle. Its Veins 
 are Branches of the Porta ; and its Arte- Its Vejfeh, 
 ries the Meferaick or Alefentenck : As to its 
 Ufe, it is fufficiently demonftrable from vi'hat has been 
 already faid concerning it, and the Guts. 
 
 TABLE I. reprefents the Guts, as they appear after 
 
 the Caul is taken away, 
 
 AAAA. Sheweth the Gut Colon, 'with all its Cinum- 
 volutions and Folds, zvith the fmall Necks, -ivhich divide 
 it into three Parts ; as alfo the Space which it takes up 
 in the loiver Belly. 
 
 B. the CsECum or Blind Gut. 
 
 C. The Rc6tum or Streight Gut. 
 
 D. Part of the Diaphragm, or Midriff. 
 
 E. The Yard. 
 
 F. The Glaus or Nut. 
 
 G. The Fwidament zvith its SphinSler. 
 
 § IV.
 
 1 z The Anatomy of aWOKS^. Chap. If. 
 
 §. IV. Of the Spleen f Pancreas, and Liver, with the 
 Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pipe. 
 
 The Spleen. ^^^ Spleen^ or Milt, is a foft, fpungy 
 
 Subftance of a black livid Complexion, a 
 triangular Shape, but fomewhat longifh, fituated on the 
 left Side, oppofite to the Liver ; it adheres both to the Mid- 
 riff and Stomach : It is covered with a Membrane from 
 the Peritonaum, which, becaufe of its foft fpungy Sub- 
 Hance, is conlideraWy thick. It Veins are a Branch of the 
 Porta : Its Arteries fpring from the left Caliack Branch, 
 and its Nerves from the left Intercoftal. It has alfo Lym- 
 ■phatick Veflels, which glide along the Cayl to the Recep- 
 tacle of the Chyle. There is no Part of the Body wherein 
 Anatomifts have differed more, than concerning theUfe of 
 theSp'een : To pafs by a great many various Opinions about 
 it, !t has been thought to give an Afperity and Sourifh- 
 jiefs to the Blood which comes into it \ and as that Blood 
 is conveyed from thence to the Liver, it was believ'd to be 
 in order to ingender, or to keep up a moderate Ferment in 
 it ; but becaufe feveral Animals have liv'd after it has 
 been cut out, and been more brisk than when they had it, 
 it is not therefore improbable, but it has fome other Ufe 
 not yet known; efpecially fince the modern Difcoveries 
 allow of no fuch Ferment. It is however certain, that it 
 ferve» to cherifh and fupport the left Side of the Stomach, 
 •as the Liver does the right, to further Digeftion. 
 yy o , The Sweetbread or Pancreas, fo called 
 
 bread ' becaufe it is altogether flefhy, is fituated un- 
 der the back Part of the Stomach, and lies 
 crofs the Belly. It is a white and foft glandular Subftance, 
 ilored plentifully with fingle Kernels over its Surface, which 
 Jts VefTl ^^^ fomewhat prominent, and of a reddifh 
 
 '* Colour. It has its Cover alfo from the Pe- 
 
 ritonaum. Its Arteries fpring from the Casliacal, and its 
 Nerves from thelntercoftals ; its refluent Blood is fent into 
 the Liver, as that of the Spleen : Befides, it has a Paffage 
 into the firft Gut a little below the Stomach, which is call'd 
 the Pancreatick tDu^, The Liquor which that Duct dif- 
 charo;es, is believed, in conjunction with the Gall, to fweeten 
 the Chyle, to free it from all manner oflmpurities. This 
 Liquor feems chiefly to be derived from the little Glands 
 v.hich are ou iis ouilide, there being a great many little 
 
 Pipes
 
 Chap. II. The Jnatomy of a HOKSE. 13 
 
 Pipes detach'd from them, thro' all Parts of it, to the 
 abovementioned Dud. As for the further j^^ jj. 
 Ufes of the Sweetbread, I Ihall only take 
 Notice, that as it lies acrofs under the lower Part of the 
 Stomach, it not only contributes to its Warmth, but may 
 help to keep it fomewhat elevated ; by which means its 
 mufcular Adion is not hindred, as it might probably 
 be when full, if its Weight was not fupported. 
 
 The Antients belicv'd the Liver to be the ^^ H-ver, 
 chief Inftrument of Sanguification ; neither 
 could they be much blamed for this Opinion, it being 
 agreeable to the firft Difcoveries made in Anatomy. 
 
 Its Subftance is flefhy, fomewhat refembling congealed 
 Blood : It is fituated on the upper Part of the lower Belly, 
 on the right Side, under the ftiort Ribs. The Liver of a 
 Horfe has four Lobes, which grafp the Stomach, and keep 
 it warm. It is tied by three Ligaments ; the chief of which 
 is called its Sujpenforyf and is a Produdion of the Pen- 
 tonecum ; it is very llrong and nervous, arifing from the 
 Midriff towards its right Side, and is inferted in the thick- 
 eil Part thereof, where its uppermoft Cover, expanding it- 
 felf, forms the proper Tegument of the Liver ; another Li- 
 gament fixed to the Point of the Breall-bone, in conjundion 
 with the firft, keeps it fufpended in fuch manner, that it 
 can neither fall downwards nor fideways. The Umbilkal 
 Vein, by which the Fcctus is nourifli'd, becomes its third 
 Ligament, which is veiy necellary in a Horfe, becaufe it 
 preferves the Liver, in galloping or leaping, from falling 
 forwards, and bearing too hard upon the Midriff. 
 
 Its Veins are the principal Branches of j^^ fe/nis 
 the Cava^ or hollow Vein, wbofe other 
 Branches receive all the Blood which is brought in by the 
 Porta, forming the hollow Vein abovemention'd, by a 
 Combination of all their Roots into one great Trunk. 
 The Porta (ib called from its Office) is form'd from the 
 Branches which have been already obferv'd to come from 
 the Spleen, Sweetbread, and Guts, ^V. Its Arteries are 
 from the Caliac, and its Nerves from the Int^rcoftals, ^c. 
 Its lymphatick Vefl'els take the fame Courfe, as thofe of 
 the Spleen and Pancreas. 
 
 Though a Horfe has no Gall Bkd- The Vorw Bi- 
 der, yet he wants not fufikient ftore of harius or 
 Gaily which is feparated by its proper Gall Bladder, 
 VeifQls, and convey'd diredly into the firft Gut, about 
 
 ten
 
 14 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. II. 
 
 ten or twelve Inches below the undermoft Orifice of the 
 Stomach. This Liquor is feparafed from the Blood, which 
 is imported to the Liver from the Spleen, ^V. and fcrves, 
 in Conjundion with the Pancreatic k Juicc^ for the Pur- 
 pofes abovementioned. 
 
 The Liver is of great Ufe, as it is a conftant 
 /// Ufe. Receptacle for all the Blood which isreturn'd from 
 the Spleen, Pancreas, and Guts; where it, no 
 Doubt, undergoes fuch Changes and Alterations, by the 
 Separation of the Gall, as are necell'ary, before it goes into 
 the Heart, to fit it for a frefh Progrefs into all Parts of the 
 Body. It IS moreover exceeding healthful to the Stomach, 
 as it not only cheridieth it by its Warmth, but alfo keeps 
 it fteady, and preferves it from any counter Action, that 
 might mar its mufcular Motion, and hinder Digeftion. 
 
 §. V. Cy the Kidneys i Ureters^ and Bladder » 
 
 The Kidneys. The Kidneys are feated in the Loins, be- 
 
 hind the Stomach and Guts ; the Right un- 
 der the Liver, and the Left under the Spleen. They are 
 ■feldom alike : In a Horfe, that on the right Side is fome- 
 what triangular ; and the other is much broader below 
 than at Top, not unlike the Figure of an Egg. 
 ^heir VefTth They are nourifhed by their own proper 
 
 * Vellels, which are called the Emu\gents ; 
 the Artery fpringing diredly from the Aorta^ and the 
 Vein having as near a Communication with the Cava : 
 Their Nerves fpring from the fame Branch of the Inter-^ 
 cofial that goes to the Stomach, and that is the Reafon 
 ■why the lealt Diforder in the Kinncys, Ureters, or Bladder, 
 caufes fuch fudden Sicknefs. 
 
 The Subftance of the Kidneys is chiefly glandular^ hav- 
 ing on the outfide a vail Number ot little Kernel?, which 
 feparate the Stale from the Blood, and from them proceed 
 an equal Number of litlie Pipes or Conduits, which run 
 from the Circumference towards the Center, like the Spokes 
 of a Wheel: By thefe the Urine is conveyed into other 
 Glands, which are called the Caruncula: papillares^ from 
 the Refemblance they bear to Teats, which, in a Horfe, 
 are as big as fmall p'ield Beans ; and when it hai undergone 
 a further Change in thefe Glands, it is emptied into a Ca- 
 vity called the Pehisy or Baibn, which is in the Center of 
 each Kidney. This being a membranous Subrtance, is no 
 
 othe^
 
 Chap. II. The Anatomy of a Horfe. i j 
 
 other than an Expanfion of the Ureters, which are two 
 -Canulas^ or Pipes, from which the Urine paffes from their 
 relpedive Kidneys to the Bladder. 
 
 The Ureters keep not a ftreight Courfe ^e Ureters, 
 from the Kidneys, but in form of the Letter 
 /i they enter into the Back and lower Part of the Bladder, 
 where pafling about an Inch between its Membranes, to 
 prevent the Return of the Urine back the fame Way, they 
 are inferted near its Sphind^er, or Neck. 
 
 The 'Bladder is feated in the lower part of The BlaJdf. 
 the Belly, within that Circumference which 
 is made by the Loins, Hip-bones, and Share-bone. It is 
 of an irregular Shape, fomewhat refembling a Pear, com- 
 pofed, as the Stomach and Guts, of a treble Coat or Skin, 
 the outermoft from the Perhonaum^ the middlemoft muf- 
 cular, theinnermoil very thin, and of an exquifite Senfe ; 
 having Nerves both from the Intercoftalj, and the Verte- 
 bra of the Loins. Its Veins and Arteries are Branches of 
 the Hypogaftruh. The Bladder is perforated, or bored, 
 not only where the Ureters enter into it, but alfo in its 
 Neck, to give Paflageto the Urine which runs along the Vre- 
 thm or Pifs-pipe, in order to its Difcharge out of the Body t 
 Its Neck is compos'd of mufcular and flefhy Fibres, which 
 form a Sphinder Mufcle, fuch as has been defcrib'd belong- 
 ing to the Fundament, which opens and fhuts at Pleafure. 
 
 As for the Capfula Atrabiliares^ which 
 fome Perfons havecairdDeputy-kidneys,be- ^^^ ^^P^"'^ 
 becaufe they are fituated near the true Kid- g^^^^^f^' 
 reys, and fomewhat refemble them, I fliall "jcidne s^~ 
 not fpend the Reader's Time about 'em,fmce 
 Anatomifts have not as yet clearly determin'd their Ufe. 
 
 §.V1. Of the Parts of Generation in a Horfe and Mare, 
 
 The Tard being the moll external of all The Yard^ 
 the Parts adminiftring to Generation, I 
 fhall therefore begin with it. Its outer Cover, or Sheath, 
 is nothing elfe but a Production of the Scarfskin, Hide, and 
 flefliy Pannicle, which are tied by an Appendage called 
 the Franumy or Bridle, which runs along the under Side, 
 in a narrow Slip, almoft to the Root of the Yard ; fo 
 that the Sheath folds back in feveral Wrinkles, and 
 gives full Liberty to the Yard, as often as it is extended 
 and drawn. 
 
 The
 
 1 6 The Anatoyny ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. IL 
 
 7*r ^..uii. .., The internal Subftancc of the Yard con- 
 
 lilts or two nervous Bodies, which, as in 
 Man, make up the greateft Part of its Bulk. Thefe two 
 Bodies are very fpungy and open in a Horfe, and when 
 dried, are extremely light ; but in a Bullock, and fome 
 other Animals, they are more compad and folid. I'hey 
 are compofed of a vail many Branches of Veins, Arteries, 
 and Nerves, which are varioufly interwoven one with an- 
 other. On the underfide, between thcfe two cavernous 
 Bodies, runs the Urethra^ or Pifs-pipe, from the Sphin6ler 
 of the Bladder, to the Etxremity of the Glans or Nut, 
 which affords a Pallage both for the Urine and Seed. 
 
 The Glans is an Appendage to the Yard ; it is of a 
 round Figure, but very thin, in proportion to what It is in 
 Maji ; it is not fo cavenous as the Yard, but of a quicker 
 Senfe, being the chief Seat of Pleafure in Copulation. 
 lis Mufdes T\\^ Yard has two Mufcles on each Side 
 
 towards its Root: The iirll Pair fpring 
 from the external Proofs or Knob of the Hip-bone, and 
 held the Yard in Eredion ; the other two rife from the 
 Fundament, and are called the Dibiers, becaule they 
 ferve to open and widen it for the freer Pallage of the Seed 
 Its Feffels ^"^ Urine. Its Veins and Arteries fpring 
 
 * from the Hypogajlncb^ and its Nerves from 
 
 the lower Vertebral. 
 
 The Stones 't>itxt to the Yard, the Tejies^ or Stones^ 
 
 properly take place, becaule in them the 
 Seed is prepared : They are two glandular Bodies of an 
 oval figure, fituated under the Root of the Yard, hanging 
 in a Scrotum^ or Bag ; which is no other than a Produc- 
 tion or Continuation of the Sheath above defcribed. The 
 Stones have each a Branch from the /f;?-/.-;, or great Ar- 
 tery, which brings the Blood dire6lly from thence, not 
 only for their Nourifhment, but for Seed. 
 ITheir Ve/T I Their Veins are Branches of the Cava^ 
 
 ' fome of which open into the great Trunk 
 thereof, very ne«.r the Emulgents, but not in the Emulgenis, 
 as in Men. Thefe are called ihePrteparatoria, or prepar- 
 ing Veilels, from which the upperfide of the Stones are cu- 
 rioufly clafped and twined, like the Tendrils of Vines ; and 
 growing narrower, and uniting more together as they ad- 
 vance towards the Belly, they are denominated by fevcral 
 Names, as the Pyramidal Body, and Plexus Pampiniformisy 
 &c. On the backfide of each Stone there is a longilh Bo- 
 dy
 
 Chap. II. The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. 17 
 
 dy fomewliat white and round, called the Par aft at a or 
 Epididima: ; from each of thefe runs a pretty large VeHel, 
 ■which empties itfelf into the Seed-bladder, fituated on each 
 fide the Root of the Yard, and on the infide of the Share ; 
 thefe are called the Deferentia^ or the Veflcls which carry 
 back the Seed : Both the Deferentia and the Blood- veflels, 
 above defcibed, are inclofed in zCapJula or Sheath, which 
 is a Produdion of the Per'itofi^um, proceeding from the 
 lower Belly on each Side, which not only ferves for this 
 ufe, but forms the outermoft Cover of the Stones, and 
 is that which Anatoniifts call the Tunica Vaginalis. 
 
 Each Stone has z Cremajler or fufpen- qkeir Mufcks 
 fory Mufcle, to draw them up in time of ' 
 Copulation, which arifing from the Ligament of the Share- 
 bone, expands itfelf all round the infide of the Tunica 
 Vaginalis ; and, according to Mr. Snape^ foritis their fe- 
 cond Coat. Befides thefe, the Stones have an innermolt 
 Coat or Cover, which is thick and nervous, and not only 
 contiibutes to their Warmth, but is a greatDefence to their 
 true Subftance, which confifts of a very fine Clue of Vef- 
 %ls, made up of Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, and form'd 
 out of thofe above defcrib'd ; fo that the Liquor pafling 
 thro' fo many Circumvolutions and Turnings, in Vellels 
 which are infinitely fmall, it is thereby fo often 'ftrained 
 and refined, till it becomes fit to enter into the Parajiatce 5 
 where probably undergoing fome further degrees of Re- 
 finement, it is compleatly form'd into Seed. 
 
 There are feveral glandular Bodies fitu- The Proflratcs. 
 ated at the Root of the Yard, immediately 
 before the Seed- bladders, and are therefore called Pr(7/?r4/^j-, 
 Thele feparate a clear flimy Matter, which being forced 
 out in time of Copulation, no doubt preferves the Urinary 
 PaHage from the Pungency of the more fpirituous Parts of 
 the Seed ; and may at other times, in conjundion with the 
 Mucus which is in that Pallage, defend it from the Heat and 
 Sharpnefs of Urine, Sand, or other gritty Matter fent into 
 it from the Bladder. 
 
 Having given this fhort Account of the Genitals of a 
 Horfe, we come in the next Place to thofe of a Mare, 
 which differ from the other, not only as they are all con- 
 tained within the Cavity of the Belly, but likewife as to 
 iheir Figure and Ufe. 
 
 A Mare has two Tefies or Stones, as M'ell The Parts of a 
 aj the Horfe, which fie backwards on each i^^^'- 
 
 C Sid£
 
 18 The Anatomy of a MO^SE. Chap. II. 
 
 Side under the Loins ; and thefe are nouriflied with Arte- 
 ries which fpring from the Jorta^ and are more in num- 
 ber than thofe of a Horfe. The abovementioned Author 
 mentions but one Vein from the Cava ; which is contrary 
 to his own Figure of a Mare''s Genitals, where there are 
 _- -. . feveral ; but this he feems to have borrow- 
 
 varia. ^^ ^-^^^ ^j^^ Anatomy of a Woman, hav- 
 ing probably never examin'd thofe Parts of a Mare with 
 that Induftry the Author has done, from whom he haj 
 taken this Figure. 
 ^^, , The Stones of a Mare are not as thofe 
 
 differVom ^^ "^^ ^O''^^' ^^^^ ^"^ ''O"^^' ^^^ ^^^ ^'^^ 
 
 ffe Stones of ^ Garden-bean : They have their common 
 a Horfe. and proper Teguments, and in their inner 
 
 Subftance feveral Ovaria or Egg-beds, 
 which arc Receptacles for the Male-Seed. 
 *n ifT t Somewhat forward, and below thefe O- 
 
 ^"' ' varia^ is feated the Womb or Matrix, be- 
 tween the Neck of the Bladder and the ftreight Gut, 
 where it is firmly tied in its Place by two Pair of Liga- 
 ments ; it is differently fhaped from that of a Woman, be- 
 j. jj J ing divided by its Cornua or Horns, whofe 
 
 ej-^y^j hollow round Infertion feems to compofe 
 
 its Fundus or Bottom. Out of thefe Horns 
 arife the Tubes or Trumpets, fo called by Falhpius. At 
 their Exit they are very fmall, but in their Progrefs grow 
 wider and fomewhat contorted. Towards their Extre- 
 mity they are again contradled into a fmall Orifice or 
 Mouth, with a jagged Membrane all round their Circum- 
 ference, not unlike the Husk of a Rofe. The Ufe of 
 thefe Tubes, is to convey the Seed from the Womb to the 
 Ovaria, where the Impregnation firft begins; and. alfo 
 to afford it a Pailage back again to the fame Place. ■ 
 Its Subflance '^^^ Subftaricc of the Womb is ftefhy, 
 
 inclofed within two Membranes, which 
 are nervous and fenfible : It has a great number of Blood- 
 veiTels from the Hypogajiricks, which, after Conception, 
 inlarge it like a Sponge, and fill it with Blood, not only 
 that it may become a proper Bed for the Fcetui to lie in, 
 but alfo to /upply it with fufiicient Nourifhment. 
 The Sheath '^^^ Vagina or Sheath, is an Appendage 
 
 to the Womb, being only a Produdtion of its 
 Membranes j it is that which forms the long Paffage reach- 
 ing from x\iiPud<nda qi Priyuies. On its infide are feveral 
 
 Ruga
 
 Chap. II. The Anatomy of a HORSE. Y^ 
 
 Rugce and Caruncles ; the Uft of which are to ftimulate 
 the Horfe to a vigorous Difcharge of his Seed. Befidea 
 thefe, there are the Nympha jufl within the Labia^ aind 
 the Clitoris more backward, which not only ferve to the 
 fame Purpofe, but to augment the Pleafures of the Mare ; 
 the Clitoris being a fpongy Body, anfwering to the Glands 
 or Extremity of the Horfe's Yard, and endued with the 
 fame Senfation. The infide of that Paflage has a thin 
 Mmus from its Glands, which is not only a Defente to iiy 
 but likewife ferves to facilitate the Paflage of the Horfe's 
 Yard ; which being an extreme fenfible Part, would other- 
 wife be hurt by its unevennefs. About an Inch within th^ 
 Lips, on the ijpperfide, there is a fmall Paflage by which 
 the Urine is difcharged from the Bladder into the Extremi- 
 ty of the Sheath : And as the Bladder has its Sphinder to 
 fhut up its Neck when the Urine is drained from it, fo the 
 Nympha do the fame Office in the Vagina : And when 
 they are contrafted, or rather clofed together, from the Fip 
 Jure, or Chink, they are alfo of further ufe to prevent 
 Flies, Dirt, or any extraneous Matter from getting within it. 
 
 The Udder is another Part peculiar to the <j^^ iJdJer 
 Mare, being that from whence the Foal re- 
 ceives its firfl: Nourifliment after its Birth. Its Subfl:ance 
 is partly fat, and partly glandular : By its Glands the 
 Milk is feparated from the Blood, which is brought into 
 it by the Hypogajirick Arteries, and carried along in little 
 Pipes to two Glands, which are pretty large, feated at the 
 Root of each Pap, where undergoing its laft Refinement, 
 it is difcharged firft into its proper Vefieles, and then into 
 the Paps which convey it to the Foal. 
 
 Tho' the Udder of a Mare feems to be one undivided 
 Subftance, yet, as in all other Animals, it is truly fepa- 
 rated ; the Veflels of one Pap having no immediate Com- 
 munication with the Veflels of the other. So that if a 
 Mare (hould have one Side of her Udder hurt, the Foal 
 may ftill be nourifhed by the other. 
 
 It may, perhaps, be expeded that I fliould put an End to 
 this Chapter, by giving fome Account of Conception, and 
 the Manner of the Foal's being nourifhed in the Womb ; and 
 likewife that I fhould take fome notice of the Male-Seed, 
 which by molt modern Anatorhifl:s is believed to be full of 
 A/iimalcula, or little moving Creatures, which, they fay, 
 by the help of a Microfcope, may be plainly difcerned in 
 that Liquor. But as thefe Things would not only be too te- 
 C 2 dious,
 
 20 The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. IL 
 
 dious, but of more Curiofity than Ufe to the Farrier, for 
 whofe Service this is principally intended : And as Ana- 
 tomifts differ among themfelves in many Circumftances 
 concerning them ; and moreover as it would, befides a 
 bare Knowledge of the Strudure of the Parts, require in 
 the Reader a competent Skill in Natural Knowledge, to 
 underftand thofe Difputes fully : I (ball not therefore 
 detain him about them, but proceed to a Defcription of 
 the middle Venter or Chelt, being that which properly 
 comes next under Confideration. 
 
 TABLE II. Reprefents the Stomach, and feveral other 
 Parts contained in the lower Belly. 
 
 Fig. I. Sheweth the Stomach taken out of the Body. 
 
 A. The Gullet. 
 
 B. The upper Orifice of the Stomach. 
 
 CC. Two Nerves dijperfed through the upper Part of the 
 Stomach. 
 
 D. The Pylorus, or lower Orifice of the Stomach, 
 
 E. Its Entrance into the fmall Gut. 
 
 F. The Entrance of the Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pajfagr, 
 into the beginiiing of the fmall Gut. 
 
 G. The Entrance of //;^ Pancreatick Du^ into the fame 
 Gut. 
 
 H. Part of the fir (i Gut. 
 
 1. The outfide of the Stomach, with the Ramifications or 
 
 'Branches of the Blood-vefjels upon it. 
 KK. The outermoj} Coat of the Stomach turn\i back. 
 L. Its middle Coat, tvith the Ramifications cf the Nervei 
 
 upon it. 
 MMM. The Gallrick Vejfels infer ted into the Bottom tf 
 
 the Stomach. 
 
 Fig. 'z.,,,§heweth the Stomach turned in/.u out. 
 
 A. The left Orifice, or Mouth of the Stomach, 
 
 B. The right, or loiver Orifice. 
 
 C. The JVritikles and Folds of its mufcular Coat. 
 
 Fig. 3. Shews the hollow Side of the Liver. 
 A AAA. Its. four Lobes. 
 
 BB. The Vena Porta, with its Egrefi out of the hollow 
 Side of the Liver, together with a Nerve of the fi%th 
 Pair creeping over it. 
 C. Ths 'Xrmk of tk( Vena Cava, or holkiv Vein. 
 
 D. Tbi
 
 TAB.U, 
 
 7%7.
 
 Chap, II. The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. z\ 
 
 D. The Porus Biliarius cr Gall-pajfage. 
 
 E. A Branch of the Caeliac Artery. 
 
 Fig. 4. Reprefents the Spleen, with its Veflel?. 
 
 A. The concave^ or hollow Side of the Spleen. 
 
 B. The Splenick Fein. 
 CCC. The Spknick Artery. 
 
 Fig. 5. Shews the Pancreas^ or Sweetbread, freed from its 
 Membrane and Part of its Subftance, the better 10 fhew 
 the Courfe of its ^'eflels. 
 
 AAA. The Body of thi Pancreas differed. 
 BB. The Pancreatick Duci. 
 
 C. The Orifice of the fald Pafjage into the firjl Gut. 
 
 D. An Artery which is difperjed through its Sub/iance, 
 
 E. A Vein which accompanies the faid Artery. 
 
 F. A 'Branch of the Intercoflal Nerves. 
 
 Fig. 6. Shews the Kidneys, Ureters, and Bladder, with 
 the Parts of Generation in a Horfe. 
 
 A. The defending Trunk of the hollow Fein. 
 
 B. The defending Trunk of the great Artery. 
 
 CC. The Emulgent Veins arifing cut of the hollow Fein. 
 DD. The Emulgent Arteries fpringing from the great 
 
 Artery. 
 EE. The Kidneys. 
 FF. The Deputy-Kidneys, 
 GG. The Ureters. 
 H. The Bladder. 
 I. Its infide. 
 
 K. Its Neck J where it opens Into the Urethra or Pifs-pipe^ 
 L. The cavernous Sody of the Tard. 
 M. The Urethra or Pi'fs-pipe. 
 
 NNNN. The Seed-preparing Feins commonly fo called^ 
 00. The preparing Arteries. 
 PP. The Pyramidal Bodies^ or Corpora Varicofa, 
 Q. The right Tefticle, ivith its inner.mofl Coat. 
 R. The left divefled of its Coats. 
 S. The Epididimis of the left Tefticle. 
 TT. The Deferent Veffels. 
 
 UU. The Seed-bladders, ^ 
 
 XK. The Prcftrates.
 
 is The Amtomj of a HORSE. Chap. III. 
 
 Fig. 7. Shews the Womb of a Mare, with its Horns and 
 Tubes, IfSc. 
 
 AA. The Bottom of the Womb, 
 
 BB. The Vagina or Sheath. 
 
 C. The Sheath cut open to Jhew the Clitoris. 
 
 DD. The Cornua or Horns of the Womb. 
 
 I:E. The Tubae or Trumpets. 
 
 FF. Their Fimbria or jagged Orifices. 
 
 GG. The Ovaria or Stones of a Mare. 
 
 HH. 77?^ broad Ligaments. 
 
 I. The Bladder. 
 
 K. //; Infertion into the Sheath near its Orifice. .. 
 
 L. The outward Orifice of the ^heath. 
 
 Fig. 8. Reprefents one of the Ovaria or Tefticles taken off, 
 ' and cut thro' the middle, to ftiew the Eggs more plain. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 Of the middle Venter, or Chefiy 
 
 §. I. Of its proper containing Parts. 
 
 The Chen R'^ ^^ Chefi., is to be ynderftood all that 
 
 ' "' ■L' Cavity which is circumfcribed above 
 
 by the Collar-bones^ and below by the Midriff-^ before 
 by the Breafl-bone, behind and on both fides by the Back- 
 bone and Ribs. 
 
 its containing Its Containing Parts are the Mufcles, the 
 
 Parti. Bones, the Pleura and Mediajiinvm. 
 
 The firlt Thing that appears after the 
 common Teguments are remov'd, being the Mufcles, 
 I Ihalltherefofe begin with them, and at the fame time 
 only take notice of the Intercoftals, leaving the reft to 
 another Opportunity. 
 
 The Intercofials compofe all the Flefh 
 Mfdes *^^^ ^^ oUtxvt to fill up the Spaces be- 
 
 ^"^ "' tween the Ribs : They are in Number, 
 
 iixty-four, to wit, thirty-two on each Side ; and are di- 
 ftnguifh'd by the External and Internal, or the Upper- 
 jncft andLowermoft. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. IIL The Anatomy of a HORSE. 2 5 
 
 The External take their Rife from the lower Part of 
 the upper Ribs, and end in the upper Part of the lower ; 
 and the Internal, from the upper Part of the lower Ribs, 
 ending in the lower Part of the upper : By which means 
 they not only differ in their Origins and Infertions, but 
 alfo in the Courfe of their Fibres, which run diredly acrofs 
 one another in the form of the Letter X j io that their 
 Adion is alfo contrary: The External extending the 
 Cheft, by raifing the Ribs, and drawing them backwards, 
 help to make room for the Air in Infpiration, or taking 
 in the Breath ; whereas the Internal contrav5l the Breaft, 
 by drawing the Ribs downwards towards the Breaft-bone, 
 for Expiration or Expulfion of the Air. 
 Next the Mufcles, on the inlide of the Ribs, 'The Pleura, 
 we obferve the Pleura. It is a double Mem- 
 brane, which fprings from the infide of the Spine j and is 
 believ'd by fome to take its Origin from thp Coats of the 
 Nerves. It is perforated in feveral Places for the Ingrefs 
 and Regrefs of the Vcflels, which go from the Heart to 
 the Head, and the Veins which return from thence; as alfo 
 for fuch as go downwards to the lower Belly and Extre- 
 mities, and thofe which return from thence to the Heart. 
 
 Its Veins are from the Vena fine pari, 
 and upper Intercojlals ; its Arteries from ^(^ Vejfels. 
 the upper IntercoJlaU and its Nerves fironi 
 between the Vertebra of the Back. 
 
 As the Peritonaum furnifhes proper Te- „ j. 
 guments for all the Vifcera in the lower ^^ ■'^' 
 Belly, fo this performs the fame Office to all the Parts 
 coniain'd in the Cheft, which it involves on all Sides. It 
 is likewife a Defence to the Intercojlal Vefl'els, which runs 
 between its Membranes, preferving them from being great-, 
 ed and hurt by the Ribs. 
 
 The Diaphragma or Midriff, which d;- <rhe Diaphrag- 
 vides the Cheft from the lower Belly, comes ma or Uidrijf^ 
 next in Order. It is a thin Subftance, but 
 mufcular and fleftiy, arifing, according to fome, from its 
 Circumference ; and according to others, from the flefhy 
 Produftions, which fpring from the Vertehrcs of the 
 Loins. Its Middle is nervous, and its two Sides flefhy. 
 The Dircdtion of its Fibres arc from its Back and inner- 
 inoft Part of nervous Body, branching out on each Side to 
 its Circumference towards the Ribs. It has feveral Per- 
 forations, or Pafiages for the Nerves and large Blood- 
 C 4 velTels,
 
 H The Ayiatomy of aHOWS^. Chap.IU. 
 
 veflels, which retain to and from tlie lower Belly ; as alio 
 a large one for the Gullet. 
 
 It V-fTl ^^ ^^' Veins from the Trunk of the Cav'i^ 
 
 '•^^ ' with fome Twigs from the Vena jlJipoJh. 
 
 Its Arteries are from the Jorta : Its proper Nerves arc 
 two, proceeding from tlie Spinal Marrow at the third or 
 fourth Joinings of the Rack-bones of the Neck, being in 
 their Courle fuftain'd by the MediajVumm. Thefe Nerves 
 enter in at its Center, and difperfe themfelves thro* as 
 whole Subltance. 
 
 J jjr Its chief Ufe is in Refpiration, and is 
 
 . ^ ■^^' the principal Mufcle tliat aflifts in that 
 
 Adion, dilating and contracting itfclf as the Ribs are 
 dilated and contrafted. It js alio uleful in afTilVing the 
 Periftaltkk Motion of the Guts, whereby the Chyle is 
 forwarded into its Vellels, and the Excrements to a Dif- 
 charge. It is moreover ufeful to divide the lower Belly 
 from the Cheft, as has been obferved. 
 _. ,. J. ^. As the Diaphragm divides the lower 
 
 Dum ' ^''^^y ^''°'^ ^^^ ^^^^' ^° ^^^ Msdmftinum 
 
 divides the Cheft in the Middle. It is a 
 double Membrane arifing from the Pleura or Rib-coat, 
 ■yvhere, beginning at the Breaft-bone, it holds a dire«ft 
 Courfe towards the Back. Near the Back and the Breaft 
 this Membrane i« united for a little Way ; but in the Mid- 
 dle it is feparated fo wide, as to contain the Heart and its 
 Pericardium^ or Bag : It is like the Pleura from whence 
 It proceeds, very fmooth on its outfide towards the Lungs, 
 but fomewhat rough towards the Heart, by reafon the 
 Perhardium adheres to it by feveral Imall membranous 
 Filaments. 
 
 r, rr ^j Tt has Veins from iht Phrenica. or Mid- 
 
 its yClklS. . „ . , - y rr r • • 
 
 •^ rur-vcni, and from the l eua Jiue pan ; it 
 
 has alfo one from the Subclavian^ which is proper to it, 
 called the Mediafllna. Its Arteries fpring from the Phre- 
 ?iic'a^ and its Nerves are detach'd from that Pair, which 
 defcend by it to the Midriff. 
 
 j^^ jjr Befides its Ufe in dividing the Bread, it 
 
 preferves the Heart from being hurt in its 
 •Motion by the bony Sides of the Chcft. It is further ufe- 
 ful to fuftain the Veflels which take their Courie thro' it ; 
 and by its being knit to the Midriff, preferves that Mufcle 
 from being drawn too much downwards by the Weight of 
 the l/i'/er, whofe fufpenfory Ligament is fixed to it. 
 
 $. II.
 
 Cha?. Ill T/je Anatomj of a UOKSE. 25 
 
 § II. of the Heart a^id Pericardiuirij &c. 
 
 The Pericardium h that Bag in which ^^e Pericardi- 
 the Heart is inclofed, as in a Purfe. It riles "m, or Purfe of 
 from the Bafis, or upper Part of the Heart, '^'^^ Heart. 
 from the outer Coats of the great Vellels, which fpring 
 originally from i\\Q Pleura. It is of a middle Subftance, 
 neither very hard, fo as to hurt the Lungs, nor yet fo 
 foft as to be itfelf eafily injur'd by the Motion of the Heart. 
 It is perforated in five Places, namely, on the right Side, 
 for the afeending Trunk of the Cava., which commg from 
 the Liver, enters the right Ventricle., and by the Sub' 
 clavian Vein, which defcends by the Channel-bones into 
 the fame Ventricle ; and thirdly, by the Pulmonary Axitry.^ 
 which goes out of the right Ventricle into the Lungs : On 
 its left Side it is perforated for a Paflage to the Pulmonary 
 Vein, which comes from the Lungs, and enters the left 
 Ventricle : And, lallly, for the great Artery that pafles out 
 of the faid Ventricle. 
 
 ItsVeins are from the Phrenick and Au^il- Its Vejfds. 
 liaries ; its Arteries are fo fmall, that they are 
 not very difcernable ; its Nerves come from the Parvagum* 
 
 The Ufe of this Purfe or Bag, is to cover j rj^ 
 ■the Heart, and be a Defence to it, to contain 
 a Moifture not only to keep it glib and eafy in its Motion, 
 but alfo cool. There are various Opinions concerning, 
 this Liquor of the Pericardium^ and from whence it is de- 
 rived ; but I fliall not give the Reader any Trouble by re- 
 citing them, but haften to the Heart itfelf. 
 
 The Heart is the principal Fountain The Heart. 
 which fends Blood and Nouriftiment into 
 all Parts of the Body, and is wonderfully fuited in every 
 Refpefl for that Purpofe. 
 
 It is fituated in the Midft of the Cheft, where it is en- 
 compafled by the Lobes of the Lungs, having its Point in- 
 clining to the left Side. It is in Shape not very different 
 from what it is in moll other Animals, only in a Horfe it 
 does not grow gradually narrow towards its Point, as in 
 Ibme, nor fo broad in Proportion at its Bafis or Root. 
 
 Its Subftance is Hefhy aad very folid, that j^^ Suhftance 
 u may the better endure the Perpetuity of 
 Motion, and expel the Blood with more Force to all Parts of 
 the Body. It is for that Purpofe compofed of mufcular and
 
 26 The Amtomy of a HORSE. Chap. Ill, 
 
 flefhy Fibres, which, towards the Top, take their Directi- 
 on fpirally, like the Contortion of a Snail's Shell. 
 
 It is faid to have a twofold Motion, which by Anato- 
 mifts is call'd StyHok and Diajlole ; or, in other Words, 
 its Contradion, when its Top is drawn towards its Bafis 
 or Bottom, for the Expulfion of the Blood into the Arte- 
 ries ; and its Dilation, when it is fill'd with Blood frorn 
 the Veins. As often as we feel the Pulfe beat, fo often is 
 the Heart contrafted ; it being the Contradion or Syjlok 
 of the Heart, which communicates that Vibration or Sul- 
 fation to all the Arteries. 
 
 The Heart, befides its Pericardium above-defcrib'd-, 
 bath two Membranes, one that covers all its outfide, which 
 it derives from the outer Coat of the great Artery, and an- 
 other which lines it through all its inftde, which proceeds 
 from the inner Coat of the faid Veflel. It is ftored with 
 Fat tovyards its Bottom, which keeps it moid and glib, as 
 the Water in the Pericardium does the reft of its Subftance. 
 Its re/Tels Befides the large Veflels which empty 
 
 ' themfelves into it, and thofe which are 
 
 conftantly fed by it, it has a Vein and two Arteries, which 
 are proper to it, and by which its Subftance is chiefly nou- 
 lifh'd. Thefe being wove all round like a Garland, are 
 therefore call'd Coronaria. It has alfo many fmall 
 Branches of Nerves, which fpring from the eighth Pair, 
 and fend forth other fmall Branches to the Pericardium, 
 hi Ventricks Within the Heart there are two Ventri- 
 
 cles or Caverns, divided into a right and 
 left, by a flefhy Partition. The right of thefe Ventricles 
 is much the wideft, but not quite io long as the left, nei- 
 ther is it of fo compacfb a Subftance, or of fo great Strength, 
 the Septum^ or Wall, being peculiar to the left. The 
 Reafon of this difference fcems to be, becaufe the right 
 Ventricle fends the Blood only into the Lungs by the Pul- 
 monary Artery, whereas the left detaches it into all Parts 
 of the Body. The infide of thefe Ventricles is very cu- 
 rioufly made up, and intei^lin'd with feveral flefliy Pillars, 
 ibmewhat refembling the fmall Gothick Columns. The 
 Ufe of which feems to be chiefly for the better Commu- 
 nication of the Blood and Chyle, being, in every Contrac- 
 tion, wrung thro' them as thro' a Sieve. 
 The Valves of The large Veflels, which we have already 
 the large Vef- obferv'd to retain to the Heart, and likewile 
 fch. thofe by which it is conftantly emptied, have 
 
 each
 
 Chap. III. The An^omy of aWOKSV.. ij 
 
 each of them Valves, for the better Performance of their 
 feveral Fundions j to wit, the Vena Cava^ which enters 
 into the right Ve?itricle^ has three, call'd Triefifpides, from 
 their triangular Figure. They are plac'd at the bottom 
 of the Heart, where the faid Vein enters, and pointing in- 
 wards, a free admittance is given to the Blood, which goes 
 into the Heart, but rione of it can return back again the 
 fame Way. The Vena Arter'ioja^ or Pulmonary Artery, 
 which carries the Blood from the fame Ventricle to the 
 Lungs, has alio three Valves, call'd Signmdece, from the 
 Refemblance they bear to the old Greek Sigma, thefe look, 
 from within outwards, by which Means they hinder the 
 Blood from returning back again into the Heart. 
 
 To the Artena Venofa^ or Pulmonary Vein, which re- 
 turns the Blood from the Lungs into the left Ventricle, be- 
 longs two Valves, called M'ltraks^ from the Refemblance 
 they bear to a Miter. Thefe have the fame Office as thofe 
 of the Cava above defcribed : And the three Valves of the 
 jiorta^ or great Artery, called Semilunarei, from their be- 
 ing faftiion'd like fo many Half- moons, have the fame 
 Office as thofe of the Arteria Pulmonaris. 
 
 But laftly, there belong alfo to the Heart j^^ Auricles 
 two Auricles^ or Earlets, from the Refem- 
 blance they bears to Ears, being feated like two Purfes on 
 each Side of its Balis. Thefe Earlets have their Diajlole 
 and Syjiole^ like unto the Heart, only M'ith this difference, 
 that when the Heart is contracted, the Earlets are dilated ; 
 and when the Heart is dilated, the Earlets are contracted ; 
 the Reafon is, becaufe they receive the Blood from the 
 Cava and Pulmonary Veins, fo that as they empty them- 
 felves into the Heart, it forthwith becomes dilated; and. 
 when the Heart is contradled, they muft of Confequence 
 be filled, the Courfe of the venal Blood being, at that 
 Interval, intercepted. 
 
 The Ufe of the Auricles is to meafure ^^^'^ Ufi' 
 out the Blood in certain Proportions, before 
 it enters the Heart, left, rulhing in with too great an Impe- 
 tuofity, it might not only caufe the Valves to be violated, 
 but occafion a Suffocation in the Heart itfeif whereby the 
 vital Faculty might be quite dellroy'd, 
 
 §. HI. Of the IVindpipe and Lungs. 
 T\\t Lungs fiXe the chief Inftruments of the Lungs. 
 breathing, they fill up the greateft Part of the 
 
 Cavity
 
 zs The Jnatomy of allOKSE. Chap. Iir. 
 
 Cavity of the Cheil, being divided into two Lobes, one 
 of which lies on the right Side of the Mediajiinum ^ and 
 the other on the left. 
 
 They are compofed of the various Ramifications, or 
 Branchings of the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, together 
 with the Windpide, the Extremities of whole Branches 
 are very finely wove together, fo as to form an infinite 
 number of little Veficlcs, or Air-bladders, refembling fmall 
 Grapes when they are extended, but not very perceiveable 
 at any other time. When an Animal fucks in the Air, 
 thefe little Feficulce or Bladders, are then dilated and full ; 
 and when the Air is emitted, as in Expiration, they be- 
 come empty. 
 
 Th Wndi>'t)e '^^^ Windpipe, whofe Branches make up 
 
 a great part of the Subilance of the Lungs, 
 is that great Chanel, which beginning at the Root of the 
 Tongue, defcends down the Throat, and, as foon as it 
 reaches the Lungs, divides itfelf into two large Branches, 
 one to each Lobe. Thefe fend off a great many Branches, 
 •which detach an infinite number of other Branches that 
 reach into all Parts, and whofe Extremities open into the 
 Veficula, or Bladders above defcribed. 'J "his Pipe is 
 called the Trachea, or Ajperia Arteria, from its rough- 
 nefs, which Name it obtains from the Throtle to the 
 Lungs ; but thofe Branches which it fends off into each 
 Lobe, are term'd its Brenchia. 
 
 It is compofed of a double Membrane, which inclofes its 
 Circular Ritigs, the innermoft of which being mufcular, 
 made up of Itreight and oblique Fibres, it thereby con- 
 tracts and dilates itfelf in the Adtion of Breathing. Thofe 
 Rings do not quite encompafs the Trachea, or A/per a 
 Jrteria, but leave a fourth Part of the Circle wanting, 
 3eft they fhould hurt the Gullet whereon it lies, and occa- 
 iiofi Pain in fwallowing ; but after it divides itfelt into its 
 Bronchia, they go quite round every Branch of it, fo far 
 as is perceivable to the naked Eye ; and doubtlefs, hold 
 the fame form where its Branches are the moft minute 
 and fmall. Thefe Rings, being in a great meafure, carti- 
 laginous, indue the whole Windpipe, and all its Branches, 
 with a fort of Elafticity or Spring, whereby it ads in 
 concert with its membranous and mufcular Parts. 
 
 The Blood- vefl'els, which alfocompofe a 
 'J^7 great par t of the Bulk of the Lungs,are partly 
 
 '^'^'^ '' a Branch from the great Artery, but princi- 
 
 pally
 
 Chap. III. The Anatomy of a WOKS^. 29 
 
 pally the Pulmonary Artery and Vein : Thefe Veins and 
 Arteries have frequent Inofculations, or Communications 
 one with another, by which means they become curioufly 
 interwoven towards thofe VeficuU^ or Air-bladders above- 
 mention'd, which kind of Strudure is, by molt Anato- 
 mifts, believ'd to be, to the end that every minute Particle 
 of the Blood in thofe Parts may be impregnated with Air. 
 There are, befides thefe, abundance of Lymphaticks, 
 which attend on the Veins and Arteries thro' the whole 
 Surface of the Lungs, to receive the fuperfiuous Moifture 
 fcparated by the Glands, which they aftcrv/ards difcharge 
 into the Thoraick Dii^. The Lungs have alfo Nerves, 
 which fpring from the recurrent Branches of the wandring 
 Pair. Thefe accompany the Blood-veflels thro' their whole 
 Subftance, and are divided into innumerable Branches. 
 As to the Ufe of the Lungs, it is evident _, . jj^ 
 from what has been already faid, that they "'' •^^* 
 are the chief Organs of Refpiration, being in every refpeft 
 fuited to receive the Air, which is the proper Element for 
 all Quadrupeds, as well as Man, to breathe in : And as the 
 Windpipe, with all its Branches, is made up of cartilaginous 
 Rings, which adl in concert with its mufcular Coat ; it 
 thereby becomes endu'd with a fonof ElaJIicity or Spring, 
 by which it is extended as often as the Air is drawn in, and 
 in Expiration, becomes again contraded. This fort of Me- 
 chanifm is plainly vifible in the Windpipe of any Animal, 
 which being drawn out to its full Length, immediately 
 gathers itfelf up as foon as the Force whereby it was ftretch- 
 cd is remov'd. The Elevation and Depreflion of the Cheft 
 is in like manner occafion'd by the Extention and Contrac- 
 tion of the Lungs ; and as its Adion is thus fubfervient to 
 them in Refpiration, it feems alfo to be chieiiy derived from 
 them ; fo that the Air may be properly term'd the princi- 
 pal-, tho' not the immediate Caufe of that Action alfo. 
 
 Now as we are fure the Air is the immediate and princi- 
 pal Caufe of that Refpiration, it would be to little purpofe 
 to fpend Time about the various Opinions concerning that 
 Motion of the Lungs, to wit, whether it be Natural or 
 Animal, as the Philofophers term it ; or whether, according 
 to fome, it be partly Natural and partly Animal : I fhall 
 only therefore obferve, that altho' it is fomewhat in our 
 Power to regulate that Adlion, by drawing in more or lefs 
 Air at pleafure, yet we are very well fatisfied no Creature 
 can Jmprifon ii in the Lungs, or keep it out two Minutes, 
 
 with-
 
 30 The Anatomy of n HORSE. Chap. III. 
 
 without a manifell Violence to Nature ; fo that it fecms 
 to be chiefly natural, there being nothing in it voluntary, 
 further than that we can, in fome nieafure, help ourfelves 
 in Accidents which may happen to thofe Parts, which 
 cannot but occafion Pain as often as the Lungs and Cheft 
 are extended or deprefs'd, if we fliould let them have their 
 full Liberty. 
 
 But befides the Ufe of the Lungs ih Refpiration, by the 
 Air which they perpetually draw in, they invigorate the 
 Blood, and render it more fit for the feveral Fundidns of 
 Life. And this will appear reafonable, when we confider 
 that the whole Mafs of Blood takes its Courfe through the 
 i-ungs, before it is detach'd into any other Part of the 
 !6ody ; fo that during its Progrefs there, it is not only 
 purged from many of its thinner Impurities, which vifibly 
 fly off from the Mouth and Nofe in breathing, but alfo 
 from its giofler Parts, which by Expedloration are dif- 
 charged through the Pipes of the Jfperia Arteria. And 
 as the Blood-veflels accompany the Windpipe in all its 
 Branches, the Blood itfelf is not only thought to be there- 
 by cooled, but at its return is believed to give a mode- 
 rate Temperament to the Heart, which, no doubt, mult 
 be very much heated by the Perpetuity of its Motion. 
 tr-, Tjiynius Having thus given a fhort Account of 
 
 the Heart and Pericardium^ as alfo of the 
 Lungs and Windpipe, together with their feveral Ufes, I 
 Ihall, before I leave this middle Cavity, take fome Notice 
 of that large Kernel called the Thymus. It is fo called 
 from the Refemblance it bears to a Leaf of Thyme in its 
 fhape, and is lituated acrofs the uppermoft Part of the 
 Breaft, along the Collar-bones, covering them on the 
 Infide. 
 
 J jj. Irs Ufe is to prevent the two large 
 
 ■' ' Branches of the Jorta and Cava from be- 
 
 ing hurt by the fliarp Edges of thefe Bones in their Paf- 
 fage over them. And as it ferves to this Purpofe chiefly 
 (there being no Vellels or excretory Dufts vilible in its 
 Subftance) it is therefore much larger in Foals than in 
 grown Horfes, as it is indeed proportionally in all other 
 young Animals ; becaufe the older any Creature grows, 
 the Coats of the Blood-veflels become the more nervous 
 and ftrong, and therefore not in fuch danger of being 
 abraded. 
 
 §.rv.
 
 Chap. III. The Amtomy of a HORSE. 3 1 
 
 §. IV. Of the Larynx, 6«i Pharynx, with tie Tonfils, &6. 
 
 Tho' thefe do not properly belong to theCheft, yet as I 
 have already treated of the Gullet and Windpipe, to which 
 the Larynx and Pharynx are united ; and as the one has 
 Communication with the lower Venter, and the other with 
 the Cheft, I have therefore chofe to take Notice of them 
 under this Divifion, leaving thofe Parts by which they are 
 circumfcribed, to be confidered with the Bones and Mulcles. 
 
 The Larynx is compofed of five Cartila- ^, , 
 ges or Griftles; the firft of which is call'd ' ^rynx. 
 Scutiformis, becaufe it refembleth a Shield : The next is 
 call'd Annularis, from its likenefs to the Ring which the 
 Turks wear when they go a Ihooting: The third and 
 fourth, becaufe they are joined together under one common 
 Tegument, and refemble an Ewer, are therefore termed 
 Cnttales ; thefe two form the Glottis or little Tongue : 
 The fifth is named the Epiglottis, becaufe it is placed 
 above the Glottis. The Subftance of this is foft, and ia 
 fhape like an Ivy-leaf, and ferves as Valves to hinder any 
 Ihing from falling into the Windpipe. 
 
 Thefe Cartilages are mov'd by feveral j^^ yr^ 
 Pair of Mufcles, and ferve principally to 
 frame and modulate the Voice in all Creatures, and are 
 iherefore the Inftruments of neighing in Horfes. 
 
 The Larynx has two Pair of Glands or Kernels belong- 
 ing to it ; one Pair is placed on its upper Part, and at the 
 Sides of the Uvula, and are called the Ton- cr^ Tonfils 
 Jils ; and by fome, in human Bodies, the 
 Almonds of the Ears. Thefe feparate a great deal of 
 the Slaver which comes from a Horfe's Mouth, and ferVe 
 to moiften not only the Larynx, to which they chiefly 
 belong, but alfo the Gullet, by which means every thing 
 pafles down it the more eafily. 
 
 The other Pair are plac'd at the lower End of the 
 Larynx, one on each Side of the Scutifortn, or Shield-like 
 Kjriftlej thefe in Horfes are very hrge, and are fwell'd 
 when a Horfe has the Glanders. 
 
 The Top of the Gullet, or Pharynv:, The Pharynx, 
 which is fo call'd from its Office, becaufe it 
 carries and conveys Food from the Mouth towards the 
 Stomach ; is fomewhat more flefhy than the reft of the 
 G«Uet, being alfo feated in the upper Part of the Throat 
 
 bfhind
 
 3 2 I'he Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. III. 
 
 behind the Larynx. It has feveral Mufcles whereby it 
 ads, but thefe (hall be alfo treated of hereafter. 
 
 TABLE III. Shewing all the Parts of the middle 
 Cavity, or Cheft. 
 
 Fig. I . Reprefents thofe Parts in fitu. 
 
 AA. The outward Teguments laid back. 
 
 B. The Breaji-bone, and jome part of the Rib i alfo laid 
 back^ to /J)ew the Parts contained in the faid Cavity^ 
 
 C. The great Kernel called Thymus. 
 
 D. The Heart. 
 
 EE. The right and left Lobes of the Lungs, 
 
 F. The Mediaflinum. 
 
 G. Part of the Midrif. 
 
 Fig. 2. Shews the Vena Cava, and right Ventricle of the 
 Heart difleded. 
 
 A. The Orifice of the Coronary Vein.. 
 
 B. The treble-pointed Valves. 
 
 CCC. The Fibres which faften the Ends of the Valves ti 
 
 the Sub/lance of the Heart. 
 DD. The Sides of the Ventricle. 
 
 Fig. 3. Shews the left Ventricle alfo opened lengthways, 
 to fhew its Valves. 
 
 A. The Pulmonary PYin corning from the Lungs. 
 BB. The Valves called Miiralcs. 
 
 Fig. 4. Shews the Lungs divefted of their Parenchyma, or 
 flelhy Subltance. 
 
 A. The Larynx. 
 
 B. The Windpipe. 
 
 CCCC, &c. Its various branches. 
 DDDDD, &c. The innumerable little Bladders at the 
 Extremities of thefe Branches. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 TAJB .m. 
 
 -Pa*^ ■ ■:, c . 
 
 Fw.i .
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 3 3 
 
 CHAP, IV. 
 
 Oj the upper Cavity, or Head. 
 
 § I. Q/" //; proper containing Parts* 
 
 A S the Parts already defcrib'd have always ^^ ^^^^ 
 "^^ been efteem'd the Seat of the Fital 
 Faculty, fo the Head is accounted that of the Animaly It 
 being the Origin from whence all Senfations are deriv'd. 
 
 The proper containing Parts of the Head j^^ ^ 
 are reckoned to be thefe five ; namely, the tainin^ Parts' 
 MufcleSy the Pericranium, the Periojhum, "^ 
 
 the Skull, and the Meninges, or Membranes contain'd within 
 it : Leaving the Alufcles and the Skull to be treated of irj 
 their proper Places, I (hall begin with the Pericranium^ 
 
 It is a very thin Membrane Ipread over the whole SkulJ, 
 adhering every where to the Pericjhum, excepting where 
 the Temporal Mulcles come between them. There are 
 a great number of flender Fibres, which pafs from it thro° 
 the Sutura or Seams of the Skull to the 'Dura Mater, or 
 uttermoft Membrane of the Brain ; which Fibres ferve to 
 ilay that Membrane in its Place, fo as to hinder the Brain 
 from being hurt by the hardnefs and unevennefs of the 
 Skull in violent ConculTions of the Mufcles of the Head. ' 
 
 The * Periojleum, to which the Pericranium adheres, 
 is a Subllance of the fame Nature and Ufe, only that it 
 is fomewhat thinner. It is endued with an exquifi^e 
 Senfe, from whence fometimes arifes an exceflive Pain 
 when the Bones are wounded, they being themfelves alto- 
 gether infenfible. 
 
 Thefe two Membranes have Arteries from the CarS'^ 
 iidi, and Veins from the external Jugulars, and are 
 chiefly of ufe to cover and defend the Skull from cut- 
 ward Injuries, which otherwife would be expofed and laid 
 bare by every flight Accident. 
 
 Immediately under the Skull we obferve Dura Mater, 
 the Dura Mater, fo call'd from its Tex- 
 ture, which is very firm ; and likewife, as it has been ger- 
 iierally believ'd to give Origin to moll Membranes through- 
 
 D out 
 
 * The Periolleum is believed by viodcrn Anatomijh to he only ati, 
 ^xp^njion of the TeguntffJts of the MttfcUs of tht Ufad,
 
 5 4 ^^^ Anat07ny e?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. IV. 
 
 out the Body. It is the uppermoft Membrane peculiar to 
 the Brain, which it involves and covers on all Parts, and 
 is ^o well faflen'd to the inter rial ProceJJes of the Skull, 
 that it cannot eahly be removed ; and befides the Com- 
 munication which has been obferved to be between it and 
 the Pericranium^ it is tied to the Membrane underneath 
 it, to wit, the Pia Mater ^ and to the Brain itfelf by the 
 Blood-veflels, which penetrate the Skull, and are inferted 
 in it, and pals through it. 
 
 77 Falx '^ Membrane is double, as the Peri- 
 
 tonaiim and Pleura, and fends forth a 
 Produclion, which in Man refembles a Sickle, and is there- 
 fore called the Falx, it being broad towards the hind- 
 part of the Head, and narrow and fliarp towards the 
 Nofe, and curved at Top. Tho' it be of a Shape fome- 
 what different in a Horfe, yet Anatomifts have given it 
 the fame Name. This divides the upper Part, or Corti^ 
 cal Subftance of the Brain, diredlly in the Middle, into a 
 tight and left Side. Within its Duplicature are feveral 
 Cavities call'd the Sinuses of the ^ura Mater ; the long- 
 cft of which runs lengthways from before to the Noll, 
 where it is divided into fome "Branches, whereof two de- 
 fcend downwards to the Bottom of the Occiput, and a 
 third to the Glandule Pinealis. Thefe are fuppofed to be 
 Cifterns that contain the fuperaboundir^ Blood, which is 
 emptied into them by the Arteries, and fuck'd up again at 
 leifure by the Vein?. 
 
 T/i-f Pia Mater ^^^ ^^^ Mater, which immediately 
 involves the Brain, and adheres to it in all 
 its Convolutions and Folds, is a very thin Membrane, but 
 of exquifite Senfe ; for which Reafon feveral Anatomifts 
 have been of Opinion, that all the Nerves which arife 
 from the Head, derive their Coats from it, and not from 
 the Medullar Part itfelf. It is furnifh'd with an infinite 
 Number oi Arteries, which fpring from the Carotids and 
 Cervical Arteries, and Veins from the Jugulars ; all which 
 are very fmall^ but finely interwoven one with another. 
 *lhellfe of thefe Thefe two Membranes are not only of 
 Membranes, ^^^ ^o cover and involve the Brain, in order 
 to preferve it, and to keep its loofe Sub- 
 fiance together, but alfo to fuflain the VeiTels that enter 
 into it. And moreover, they are further ufeful, as they 
 make up the two inner moll Coats, which Ihcalh the Pith 
 gf the Back,
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. 3 5 
 
 § II. Of the 'Brain and. Cerebellum, with the Medulla 
 Oblongata, and Pith of the 'Bach 
 
 The Brain of a Horfe » much lefs in <^^^ p^ . 
 Proportion than the Brain of a Man ; but is 
 compofed of a Medullary Subftance, and has moft orallthe 
 fame Parts which are difcoverable in a human Head. 
 
 It is divided into three Parts, vi%. the Cerebrum^ Cere- 
 helium^ or Brainlet, and the Medulla oblongata. 
 
 The Cerebrum contains all that Subftance which lies 
 uppermoft in the Head, and which is divided into two 
 Halves by the Falx above defcribed : Its Outfide is of an 
 afliy Colour, and formed into feveral Convolutions and 
 Wiudings, but not with any vifible Regularity, as the Ce- 
 rebellum ; its Infide is white, and therefore called the Corpus 
 callofum. 
 
 The Cerebellum is divided from the Ce- trr Cpxeh I- 
 rebrum by a Production of the Pia Mater ^ )^^ ^^ Brain' 
 ■which alio affords a particular Cover to aii /et. ' 
 itis Folds, which keeps them feparate and 
 apart from each other. This is made up of four Parts* 
 whereof two are lateral, one on each Side ; the other two 
 are in the Middle, {landing before and behind ; they are 
 fomewhat orbicular, and are called the Proceffus Vermlcu' 
 lares., from the Refemblance they bear to the Worms in 
 rotten Timber. 
 
 The Medulla Oblongata., is the Begin- ^-a xt j n 
 ning of the Spinal Marrow ; it is of en uni- oblon ata 
 form, white, and compa<5t Subftance, hard- 
 er than the Brain or Cerebellum. It arifes from fix Roots, 
 two ofwhichfpringfrom that Part of the Brain, which is 
 called the Corpora flriata ; the other four arife lower, 
 and more backward, from thofe Protuberances which are 
 term'd the Nates and Tefles. It is round, being in length 
 about two Inches within the Head, before it palTes out at 
 the Noll., whence it is continued aloDg the Chine down- 
 wards to the Fundament, and through all that Paflage is 
 term'd the Spinal Marrow or Pith cf the Back. This 
 has, befides the Pia Mater and Dura Mater., another 
 Membrane, v.'hich forms its outcrmoft: or third Coat, and 
 is faid to arife from a ftrong Ligament which binds toge- 
 ther the fore- part of the Rack- Bones. 
 
 But before I proceed to the Ufe of the Brain, it will not 
 
 be amifs to take a View o^ its Parts fomewhat more nar- 
 
 D 2 towly.
 
 '36 The Anatomy of a HOKSE.. Chap. IV. 
 
 rowly, that the Learner may be the more fully inftrudted 
 in the Knowledge of that, which in all Animal Bodies is 
 fo abfukuely riecellary and ellential |p Life and Motion. 
 In order to which, Lfliall follow the ufual Method of Dif- 
 fedtion, beginning with its Underfide, having already taken 
 a general Survey of the whole. 
 
 The firlt thing, which is the moft obfer- 
 ^l>e Rete Mira- yg[^jg ^^ ^^^^ |-jjg^ jg ^j^g j^^^^ tnirabile fpread 
 
 all over the Bottom of the Brain, and is a 
 curious Net- work of Blood-vcllels form'd out of the fmall 
 Twigs which fpring from the largeft Branches of the Can- 
 tid and Cervical Arteries, having palled through the Skull 
 by proper Holes in the Bones of the Temples. Thefe Vef- 
 fels are the more adapted and fitted to the Nourifliment of 
 the Brain, as they are thus interwoven one with another, by 
 which Means the Blood takes a much longer Stay than if 
 they obferv'd a more ftreight and equal Diredlion. 
 ■^7. ri d la '^^^^ Cilandula Pituitaria is the next 
 
 Pituitaria \^\ng obfervable : Towards the Bottom of 
 
 the Brain it is inclofed within the Mem- 
 branes, and feated in a fmall Cavity in the Os cwmforme^ or 
 Wedge- like Bone, appointed by Nature for that Purpofe. 
 
 It has a Conduit called the Infundibulum^m 
 'The Intundi- Funnel, which conve)"s the Excrements of 
 bulum. ^j^g gj.^jjj jj^jQ -J . ^^^ ^Qj. ^^^^ Reafon Ana- 
 
 tomifts have believed there was a Paflage from it to the 
 Nofe : But later Enquiries have difcover'd two fmall Duds 
 ■which it fends off to the Jugular Veins ; fo that forae are 
 of Opinion, it is again mixed with the Blood. This Fun- 
 nel, or hifundibulum^ is faid to take its Rife from the fore- 
 part of the third Ventricle, into whicli this Moillure feem^ 
 to be firft feparated, and is only conveyed by it to the 
 Gland above-mention'd, where it probably undergoes ano- 
 ther Degree of Refinement, that it may be the better adap- 
 ted to the Furpofes of Nature. 
 
 Anatomifts have, it feems, been very much puzzled to 
 find proper Refcmblances for leveral Parts of the Brain, hav- 
 ing diflinguifh'd fome of them by the Name 
 TZ-^ Nates of AW^, or Buttocks, and others by that of 
 
 lejtes^ or Stones. Fiiele come next under 
 our Confideration ; they are four orbicular or round Promi- 
 nences, which jet out from the Medulla oblongata, or Be- 
 ginning of the Spinal Marrow 5 the two firll, to wit, ih? 
 Buttocks, being the largeft, and the two Slonss, which ate 
 ieilcr, being only Appendages to them. The
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 37 
 
 The Corpora Striata, fo call'd from their cj-;^^ Corpora 
 
 being ftreak'd or chamfei'd, arc only the Ends Striata. 
 
 of the two Thighs, which proceed from the 
 
 Buttocks j by thefe the Medulla oblongata adheres to the 
 
 Brain, as has been obierved ; and by the Natei and Tejles 
 
 above defcribed, it adheres to the Cerebellum or Brainlet. 
 
 Between the Buttocks is placed that noted <r/^ n^.,^A„u 
 r^, 1 II- 1 1 /--.; I ; .• r j i V/^'f Glandula 
 vjiand, calld the Lilandula puiealis, and has pineah's 
 
 been tliought by fome Philojbphers to be the 
 
 Seat of the Soul, tho' modern Anatomilb have fo far de., 
 
 graded it, as to make it only the Penis or Yardof iliC Brain, 
 
 both on Account of its Situation, and probably as its feems 
 
 to be of no other ufe but to feparate a little clear Lympha 
 
 from the Arterial Blood. 
 
 Between the Buttocks, and near this little crj^^ .^^ 
 
 Gland, there is a fmail Chink, to which 
 
 fome have given the Name of Anus^ or Arfe, others have 
 
 called it the Fidva : whether it has obtained this Appellation 
 
 in Derifion of the other, is not material. 
 
 Asfor the /-^^/^//vW^i of the Brain, which by a-r r^ . ■ r 
 r u u 1 »jr u - 1 T^he Ventricles. 
 
 iome havg been reckon d four, by lome three, 
 
 and by others but one ; I (hall not trouble the Reader about 
 
 the Number, but only take Notice, that they are fituated 
 
 in the middle of the Brain, reaching forwards towards the 
 
 Nofe, and downwards towards its Bottom, in Shape of a 
 
 Half-moon. The ufe of thefe Ventricles is, according to 
 
 the latelt Enquiries in Anatom.y, to ferve as a Receptacle 
 
 for that Portion of the Serum which is feparated from the 
 
 glandulous Skm that invells them, and from the Glandula 
 
 pituitaria, and is thought to be again imbibed by the Veins, 
 
 and by them condudted afrefh into the Mafs of Blood. They 
 
 are likewife thought of ufe to give a free Pallage to the 
 
 Blood in thofe Channels call'd the Plexus chorsides, that run 
 
 along their Sides, which probably might be too much com- 
 
 prels'd by the great Weight of the Brain, had not Nature 
 
 found out that free and eafy Situation for them. 
 
 Befides thofe Parts already defcribed, q-[ Vq^^:^ 
 there are to be found in the Brain the For- "'• * 
 
 nix, the Septum lucidum, and the Corpus callofum. 
 
 We have already taken Notice of the Corpus eallofumy 
 as teing the inner Subftance of the Brain, which is diftin- 
 guifli'd from the cortical Part that ir;volves it by itsWhite- 
 nefs, f^c. The Septum liuidum is only that Partition which 
 divides the Ventricle? j and the F.jrni^ h a kind of Viiuir, 
 D 3 or
 
 38 The Anatomy of aWOKSV.. Chap. IV. 
 
 or Arch which riles between the Brain and the Medulla Ob- 
 longata y and I'erves to bear up the upper Part of the Brain, 
 that it may not prefs too hard upon the fubjacent Parts. 
 Thf Uf ofth Now as to its Adion and Ufe, it is very 
 
 Brain- ^ Certain, the Brain, according to the Philo- 
 fophcrs Terms, is the chief Seat of the Ani- 
 mal Faculty, as the Heart is the Fountain of the Vital. 
 The Animal Spirits being prepared out of its Parenchyma^ 
 or marrowy Subftnnce, and from thence conveyed into the 
 Nerves, which communicate Senfe and Motion to all Parts 
 of the Body. 
 
 Thefe Spirits are firfl: of all form'd out of 
 
 slf" ^^'^ ^^'^'^'' °^ ^" °^^^^'' ^^*^''<^s, out of the Ar- 
 
 ^"' ■"* terial Bloody which is conftantly fent by the 
 
 Heart to the Brain, where there aie innumerable Twigs dif- 
 perfed, not only throuo;h its cortical or greyifh Stibftance, 
 but alfo through its white and meJulhry Subllance ; fome 
 of which Twigs fpring from the Plexus Choroides and 
 Mete Mirali's above defcribed, and others from tlie Ca- 
 rotidi themfclves immediately. The fuperfiuous Serum 
 is feparated by the Glands ; and that Portion of the Blood 
 "which is not changed to animal Spirits, is taken up by the 
 A''eins, and returned bacic again from whence it came. As 
 foon as thefe Spirits are elaborated, or rather, as foon as 
 the Blood has undergone fo many different Mortifications 
 •and Changes in the capillary or hair-like Veflels of the 
 Brain, as to render its Particles fine enough to pafs through 
 the inner medullar Subftance, they then enter thofe Fibres 
 which compofe it, and feem. to be no other than a large 
 Bundle of Tuhuli or h'.tle Pipes, which (if the Comparifon 
 may beufed) fomewhat obferve the fame Oeconomy with 
 hofe of the Kidnies, which pafs fi'om the external glandu- 
 lar Parts to Lhe Caruncula Papiilare. Thefe little Particle?, 
 or rather Spirits, are conveyed by the aforefaid Tuhuli to the 
 tipped Procefles of the Medulla Oblongata., to wit, the Cor- 
 Pora Striata^ Nates^ and Telle:^ ^c. and are there emptied 
 into the Nerves, whofe inner Subftance is white and fibrous, 
 like the Medulla from whence they fpring. 
 *^h ' Uf' After this ihort Account of the Formation 
 
 of the animal Spirits, the next Thing that, 
 occurs, is in what Manner they become the Inftruments of 
 Senfe and Motion. In order to give the Reader a general 
 Idea of this, which is as much as can be done in fo fmall a 
 Treaiife^i: will be necdiary in the firfl PUce,to confider the 
 
 Subftance
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HOKS^. 39 
 
 Sutfftance of a Nerve, which is very folid and compafl', 
 proceeding by a Sort of Gradation frorn that of the Brain ; 
 for as the Corpus Callofum^ or inner Subftance of the Brain, 
 is more firm than the Cortical Part, fo a Nerve is even at its 
 Origin fome Degrees beyond that in Solidity ; by vv'hich 
 Means it is the more adapted to its peculiar Funftions. But 
 befides the Solidity and Compadlnels of the Nerves, their 
 Tenfenefs is alfo a great Means of their Adion ; for as the 
 Blood-veflels, which have no other Senfe but what is bor- 
 rbvv'ed from them, and as their Office is only to carry vita! 
 Spirits for the common Nourifliment of the Body ; as thefe 
 are therefore branched off in many Circumvolutions and 
 Turnings, and are form'd irregularly in fuch Meanders as 
 we obferve in Brooks and Rivulets : And as fome Branches 
 are feni upwards, and others downwards, as is neceflary, in 
 order to their feveral Functions ; fo the Nerves, on the other 
 Hand, as they take their Origin from the Head and Spine, 
 are detach'd from thence into all Parts of the Body in fuch 
 manner, as they may be every where braced as ftreight as 
 the Strings or Cords of an Inftrument ; by which Means 
 they have a free and uninterrupted Undulation, and as in 
 all their Branchings, they are little or no ways contorted, 
 but for the moll Part form compleat and perfect Angles, 
 the faid Undiilation is communicated as entirely to their 
 Origin, as if their Courfe was directly ftreight from it. 
 
 And therefore as the Nerves are of a very compacfl and 
 folid Form, and can be braced and extended in fuch Man- 
 ner as has been obferved, and confequentiy endued with 
 Elafticity, they muft eafily and fuddenly communicate 
 all Senfations to the Imagination, there being no Part of 
 the Body which does not participate of fome little Fihilla 
 or Threads detached from them j or, according to fome, 
 there being no Part of the Body, which is not more or lefs 
 adapted to receive the nervous Juice ; by which Means a 
 clofe and intimate Correfpondence is kept up with the 
 Nerves j fo that whenever an animal Body is touched on 
 any Part, it is prefently fenfible of that Touch, by virtue 
 of the Communication which they keep between the Head 
 and all Parts of the Body. 
 
 Now as to Motioo, to which the Nerves are equally 
 fubfervient, that (I think) is termed Voluntary in a Man, 
 and Spontaneous in a brute Creature, as the one is faid to 
 ad by the Determination of the IVill^ and the other by In- 
 ii'in^ i but this is not material, fiuqs both are laid 10 be pro- 
 D \ duccd
 
 40 The Anatomy of a WOKSV.. Chap. 1\'. 
 
 duced by the Determination of the Animal Spirits ; for 
 when any Creature goes to move, the Spiiits are thought 
 to be detached in a more than ordinary Qiiantity into 
 thofe Parts which are to be put in motion. And as the 
 Arterial Blood always accorjipanies the Spirits, and' is 
 equally determined with them, the Mulcles are thereby 
 fiU'd or emptied, according as the Will or Inftin<^l direds, 
 as we (hall fee more fully hereafter. 
 
 But before I leave this Subjed, it may perhaps be expeft- 
 ed that I fhould give fome Account of the Nature of tliofe 
 Spirits which are laid to flow in the Nerves, and are rec- 
 kon'd the principal Caufe of AClion in them. To iatisfy 
 thole who have a Curiofity that way, I fhall only in brief 
 take Notice, that thefe are thought by Ibme to be of a vifcous 
 and ckmmy Nature, though compofed of very keen Parti- 
 cles: And this fort of Compofition they think is agreeable 
 to that Elafticity and Springinefs, which is obierveable in the 
 Nerves. Others have denied any fuch thing as a Juice to 
 be in the Nerves ; bccaufe when a Nerve is cut afunder, 
 there is no vifible Bore or Cavity in it ; neither are there 
 any Fonili or little Inter jlkei perceivable in it. But it is 
 very certain, according to the common and unalterable 
 Laws of Nature, whereby all Bodies are made up of Parts, 
 and thefe alfo made up of other Parts, they muft therefore 
 have hiteijlices, though they be imperceptible ; and that 
 Juice which flows in them, whether between thofe Inter- 
 Jiices only, or any other way, tho' it be alfo imperceptible, 
 yet it is that which wc not improperly denominate the 
 Animal Spirits, Though we can hy but very little more 
 rhan this, that it is the moft fubile of all the Juices which 
 are to be met with in an Animal Body, and therefore the 
 belt fuiled to the Services for which it is appointed. 
 
 §. III. Of the Rife and Progrefs of the Nerves. 
 
 Befides the Nerves, which arifc from ihe Vertebra; of 
 the Neck, Back, and I>oins, there are nine Pair which take 
 their Origin immediately witliin the Skull. 
 77'/- firf} Pair '^^^ ^^ ^^^ (ho\c which go to the Nofc, 
 
 vf Nerves. ^^^ aretlierefore called the O factory Nerves, 
 
 and by Tome the Mamillary Proccfes^ bc- 
 caufe they are round at tlieir end like a Pap : 'I'hey rife 
 from the Shanks of the Medulla Oblongata., betwixt the 
 Corpora Striata ar.d the Chambers of the Optick Nerves^ 
 
 from
 
 Chap. IV. The JfJ atomy of a liOKSE. 41 
 
 from thence running along the Bottom of the Brain ; after 
 increafing and growing broader, they are divided into a 
 great many I'wigs, which receive outer Coats from the 
 Dura Matei\ having only before a fmgle Integument from 
 the Pia Mater. Many of thefe Twigs pafs through the 
 Holes of the Sieve-hkc Bone to the Nofe, where they help 
 to compofe the Organs of Smelling. 
 
 The fecond Pair are the O/i/zV, or feeing ThefecsnJ Pair. 
 Nerves ; thefe rile a little behind the former, 
 out of the iMedufui Oblongata : At their Rife they arc 
 fomewhat foft, being cover'd only with the Pia Mater ; 
 but as foon as they reach the Dura Mater ^ they become 
 cloathed by it, as the Olfactory Nerves above defcribed. 
 This outermoll Coat conllitatcs the Sclerotica^ or horny 
 Tegument of the Eye ; and from the Pia Mater proceeds 
 the next Coat of the Eye call'd the Uvea, from its Re- 
 femblance to a Grape in Colour: And laftly, the mar- 
 rowy Subftance forms the Retina., or Net- like, which by 
 fome is call'd its third Coat. 
 
 The third Pair are call'd the Eye- TJ.-'e third Pair, 
 movers : Thefe arile from the Bottom of 
 the 'Medulla Oblongata : At the Rife they are united, which 
 is the Reafon why fome believe, when one Eye is carried 
 towards any Object, the other is alio direded towards the 
 fame. As the Optic Nerves pafs thro' the firft Hole of 
 the Wedge-like Bone, thefe pafs through the fecond, until 
 they come to the Mulcles of the Eye, where they are dif- 
 perfed ; by their aduating the Mufcles, the feveral Motions 
 of the Eye are performed. 
 
 The fourth, or Pathetic/: Pair : Thefe The f our i/j Pair. 
 take their, .Rife different from all the rell, 
 viz. from the Top of the Medulla Oblongata, behind the 
 Nates and Te/hs, and pafluig along the Side of the Medulla.^ 
 are afterwards hid in the Dura Alater, until they reach the 
 Hole thro' which the laft Pair do pais, which they accom- 
 pany, until they are inferted in the Trochlear Mufcles of the 
 Eyes ; thefe are called by Dr. JVillis the Pathethick Nerves, 
 which move the Eyes in all PaOions and Affeftions. 
 
 The fifth Pair take their Beginning in a ej^j^^ rr^j^ p^-^ 
 Horfe a little below the former, tho' in a hu- '' -^ ^ 
 man Subjed they feem to arife from the Cerebellum. Thefe 
 are made up of a Bundle of Fibres gather'd together, fo 
 that they look to be a Number of Nerves fpringing from 
 cne common Origin, which fend out Branches into all Parts 
 
 of
 
 42 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. IV. 
 
 of the Head, viz. to the Eyes, the Palate of the Mouth, the 
 Nofe, but chiefly to the lower Jaw. l"he Temporal Muf- 
 cles, and Mufcles of the Face, and fome Branches which go 
 downwards, inoculating with the fixth Pair, conftitute the 
 Root or the firft Trunk of the InterccJialPair. It is owing 
 to the feveral Branches and Inoculations of the Nerves 
 following, that there is fo great a Sympathy and Conlent 
 among all thole Parts where they take their Progrels. 
 
 lb' fixth Pair ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^ inoculate with the fifth, 
 after they have pafTed fmgle through the 
 fame Hole of the Skull, and been hid fome time under the 
 2Jura Mater ; after which they fend back fome Branches, 
 which conftitute the Beginning of the Intercojial Nerves. 
 Each of thefe are divided, near the Orbit of the Eye, into 
 two, one being fpent on that Mufcle of the Eye which 
 draws it outwards ; the other on that which is only proper 
 to Brutes, called xhtfeventh Mujcle. 
 
 The feventh Pair are the Auditory Nerves, 
 m/e-venth yj^^^-g -^^ ^ \-,^^xn2.^ Head take their Rife from 
 
 '^''^' under the Jnnuhir Procelles of the Cerebel- 
 
 lurriy but in a Horfe from the Sides of the oblong Marrow. 
 Tliey have two Procelles, one of which is fomewhat foft, 
 and is carried thro' the Hole of the Os petrofum into the 
 Cells of the Ears, which it cloaths with a very fine Mem- 
 brane, and by which the Sounds are conveyed into the 
 common Senfory ; the other is laid to conduce chiefly to 
 Motion, fending forth feveral Slips to the Tongue, Lips, 
 Mouth, and Nofe, aduating the outer Organs of the 
 Voice ; others taking their Courfc to the Mufcles of the 
 Forehead, and Eyelids, and fome to the Mufcles of the Ears, 
 aflifting a Horfe in moving his Eyes and Ears, upon hearing 
 or feeing any thing that is aftonifhing to him. 
 The Ekhth ^^^ eighth Pair is generally termed the 
 
 P^lj.^ Far vagum^ or wandring Pair, becaufe they 
 
 inoculate and keep up a Communicatioa 
 ■with the Branches of many other Nerves, and are diftri- 
 buted, not only to the Head, but alfo into many other Parts 
 of the Body, particularly to the Heart, the Lungs, and Sto- 
 mach, as alfo to all the Vtfcera in the lower Belly. 
 
 The ninth Pair '^^^ '^^ ^^'"'» ''Ctkon'd by Dr. JFiiUs the 
 ninth and laft, which arife out of the Skull, 
 Ibut by fome, to be only Branches of the lifth and fixth 
 ]Pair, becaufe they take their Origin from fome of their 
 rec^^ring Branches. This Pali has dllb feverallnoculation?, 
 
 and
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy ^/^HORSE. 43" 
 
 and are form'd with other Branches in feveral Pkxus'Sy as 
 thofe laft dclcribed, but not lb numerous. They take iheir 
 Courfe chiefly to the Alefentery and Loins, ending towards 
 the Fundament in leveral fmall Twigs. 
 
 Having defcribed the Nerves which take ^^^ STerves 
 tl)eir Origin within the Skull, we proceed in ^^,^;V/^ arife 
 the next Place to thole which deri\'e their nvithout the 
 Beginning from between the Joinings of the Skull. 
 Neckj Back, and Loins, which fhall, in a 
 Manner, be but ju ft named; they being in Number thlrty- 
 fevcn, whereof leven arife from t'le Neck, feventeen from 
 the Back, and thirteen from the Loins and Oi Sicrtim. 
 
 Thole of the Neck are all of them difperfed, partly on 
 the Mufcles of the Face, partly on the Mulcles of the Neck 
 itfelf, and partly on thofe of the Shoulders and Fore-legs; 
 only it is to be remarked, that a Twig from each Nerve 
 of the fifth Pair, being joined with the like Twigs of the 
 fourth and fixth, compofe that remarkable Nerve, which 
 goes to the Midriff, called the Nervus phrcnicui. 
 
 The firft two Pair, which arife from between the Ver- 
 teln<e of the Back, communicate with the lowermoft of the 
 Neck, fending forth feme Twigs to the Neck and Shoul- 
 ders : The lecond, as alfo all that follow, fend each of them 
 a Twig 10 the IntercoHal Nerve, or Nerve of the ninth 
 Pair, their other Branches being chiefly fpent on the Jnter- 
 i-;7<// Mufcles, and Mulclesof the Back ; wiih fome fmall 
 Slips towards thofe of the lower Belly. 
 
 As theie are chiefly difperfed among the Mufcles of the 
 Back, and the Intercoftal, and the Mufcles of the low'et 
 Belly, fo thofe of the Loins, and thofe alfo which fpring 
 from the Oi Sacrum., are difperfed into the Mufcles of the 
 Loins, Hips, and hinder Legs, only that the anterior^ or fore- 
 branches of the firft Pair of the Loins, are fpent on the fleftiy 
 Part of the Midriff, and the Mufcie Pjoai^-3,vA ihtpo/ierior 
 Branches on the Mufcie called the Longijjimus Dorfi. 
 
 The Yard of a Horfe, and the Womb of a Mare, are 
 alfo furnilhed from the anterior Branches of the Loins, and 
 the Stones from the anterior Branches of the Os Sacrum^ 
 fent off to them from the fore-part of the Thigh. 
 
 § IV. OftheEyes^ and their feveral Farts. 
 Every one knows that the Eyes are the Organs T^e Eyes^ 
 or Inftruments of feeing the Ideas of all outward 
 Objedls being conve}'ed by them to the common Senfory. 
 
 They
 
 44 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. 1Y. 
 
 They are of a convex, globular Figure, inclofed within 
 their proper Lids ; which is an Orbit or Socket made for 
 ihat Purpofe out of the Bone. 
 
 7LeE)e-lids. The Eyc-lids, of which I fliall firft take 
 
 Notice, ferve as a Safeguard to preferve them 
 from Duft, and other external Injuries. They are com- 
 pokd of the Skin, flefhy Pannicle, and Mufcles, which are 
 a!l wrought into an exquifite Finenefs : The inner Mem- 
 brane, W'hich is very fmooth, that the Eye may move the 
 more eafily under it, is a Production of the Pericranium ; 
 the Extremities or Edges are hard and grillly, partly to 
 help their Adtion, and partly that they may meet clofe to- 
 gether. As to the Fat which lies among the Muicles, it is 
 of the fame ufe as in molt other Parts, to keep the Eye 
 moift, and eafy in its Motion. 
 
 The Humours ami The Eye Itfelf is compofed of three 
 
 Tanides of the Eye. Humcurs^ ^v\d (ouv Tunic/es. 
 The Adnata ^^^ ^'^ °^'^^ Tu?jiclcs is call'd Adnata ; 
 
 it anfes from the Pericranium^ and is fpread 
 all o\'t:r the White of the Eye ; by which Means it keeps 
 it firm in its Orbit or Socket : It is of exquifite Senfe, and 
 is very full of Blood- veflels, which are perceivable at all 
 times> but efpecially when the Eye is any. ways hurt. 
 cTK o-i ■ I^^e next, which is the firft of its proper 
 
 ro 1 a. (2!oats, is called the Sclerotica, from its 
 Hardnefs : It arifes from the Dura Mater, being opaque on 
 its hind-part, but clear and tranfparent, like Horn, on its 
 fore- part ; from whence it obtains another Name, and 
 is called the Carnea. 
 
 The Chore' 'es '^^^ third, call'd Choroidcs, from its Re- 
 femblance to the Chorion, which inwraps 
 the Pectus in the Womb. This arifes from the Pia Mater ^ 
 as it alfo forms the innermoft Coat of the Optick Nerve. 
 It is black on its Infide, and open on its fore-part the whole 
 Breadth of \\\e Pupilla. The fore- part of this Coat is 
 alfo diftinguifhed from its back- part by the Name of Uz-ea, 
 from Its refembling the Colour of a Grape. To thi5 
 belongs the Ligamentum Ciliare, becaufe it confifts of ilen- 
 der Filaments, like the Hair of the Eye-lids. The ule of 
 thefe Filaments is to widen and conltringe the Cryftalline 
 Humour, by contrading or opening the Perforation of the 
 Uvea. 
 
 _.. p . The innermoft or fourth Tunicle is an Ex- 
 
 Ue Ketiaa. ^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ Subftancc of the Oj>ticm^wt^ 
 
 and
 
 Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 45 
 
 and is call'd the Retina^ becaufe it encompafleth the glafly 
 Humour like a Net. By a Combination of the Rays of 
 Light on the fine Filament of this Coat, and the Refiedion 
 which is caufed by the Opaquenefs of the Sclerotica^ and the 
 Blacknefs of the Infide of the Uvea, all external Images are 
 conveyed diftinft to the Imagination ; whereas if the Rays 
 were not thus colleded on the Retina , there would be no 
 fuch Thing as diftinft Vifion. 
 
 The Humours of the Eye, which come next to be con- 
 fider'd, are in Number three. 
 
 The outermolt is called the aqueous, or 'Tke aqueous 
 watery Humour, being thin and fluid, like Humour, 
 Water ; it fills up the Space between the Cornea and Cry- 
 Ilalline Humour in the forepart of the Eye. 
 
 I'he Cry(lalline is the next, fo called n^Chriftal- 
 from its Brightnefs, being clear and tranfpa- line Humour. 
 rent, like Crylbl ; it is inclofed in the vitreous or glafiy 
 Humour ; it is look'd upon to be the chief Inftrument 
 whereby the Fays of Light are coUeded upon the filamen- 
 tous Expanfion of the Retina. 
 
 The laft is called the glajfy Humour : It '^he vitreous 
 is not fo folid as the Cryftalline, but exceeds Humour. 
 both it and the watery Humour in Quantity ; it is partly 
 convex, excepting that Cavity where it receives and fur- 
 rounds the Cryftalline. It is not fo bright asthe Cryftal- 
 line, but yet tranfparent, that the vifible Species, received 
 into the Cryftalline Humour, might not be refledted on be- 
 fore they reach the Retina, but Ihould be tranlmittcd to it 
 pure and unmix'd. 
 
 § V. Of the Ears. 
 
 The Ear is divided into the External and (j^j^^ ^^^.^ 
 Internal ; the External is that Part which a 
 Horfe moves backward and forvi^ard at Pleafure, and is fo 
 well known, that there needs but little to be faid about it. 
 Its Ufe is partly for Ornament, and partly to gather all 
 Sounds, and tranfmit them to the Internal. 
 
 The Internal Ear confifts of feveral Parts, ^(^ Parts. 
 which are very curious, and are feated in the 
 Cavity of the Os petrofum. 
 
 The firft of thefe is the Drum, with its <j-t^^ Drum 
 Cord and Mufcles. The Drum is a very thin 
 and tranfparent Membrane, being an Expanfion of the foft- 
 er Piocefs of the Auditory Nerve ; it is very dry, that it 
 
 may
 
 '4<5 The Anatomy of a HOVkS^. Chap. IV. 
 
 may the better contribute to Hearing ; and ftrong, that it 
 may the better endure loud Sounds, or any other external 
 Injuries ; for if once this be broke, or any way relax'd, a 
 Deafnefs mull unavoidably enfue. 
 
 77 Concha Within this Membrane there is a Cavity 
 
 nxjith ihi fmall ^"^^^ ^he CoHcbay wherein are four little 
 Bones contaimJ Bones, which are .bound together by a fmall 
 in it. Ligament proceeding from the Cord of the 
 
 Drum : The firft is called the Hammer, 
 which lies upon the fecond, called the Anvil. The third 
 is named the StapeSy or Stifrop ; but in a Horfe it is trian- 
 gular, like the Greei Letter A. Upon the upper Part of 
 the Stirrop, the longed Foot of the Anvil ftands. The 
 fourth is called Orbicular^ it is of a round Shape, and tied 
 with a flender Ligament to the Side of the Stirrop, where 
 it is fattened to the Anvil. 
 
 _~ . ... Thefe Bones are a Defence to the Drurn, 
 
 ty^- ^j^(j preferve it from being torn, or beat 
 
 inwards by the violent Vibrations of the outward Air in 
 loud Sounds, and are thus aflifting to the Senfe of Hear- 
 ing : When the external Air beats upon the Drum^ it is 
 driven againft the Hammer, Avhich ftrikes upon the Anvil, 
 as the Anvil beats againft the Stirrop ; and as this Force is 
 more or lefs exerted, fo the Stirrop opens the oval Wm- 
 dow mcMre or lefs, and proportionably the Sound apjiears 
 louder or lower. 
 
 fj.. ^ , The Cavities within the Os petrofurn are 
 
 Jbe L,oncna. j^^ Number three : The tirft, wherein thefe 
 four little Bones are iituated, is called \\-\t Concha., from its 
 refembling the Shell of a Tabor. When the Membrane is 
 ftruck upon by any outward Sound, the Eccho is made in 
 this Cavity, as in a common Drum. 
 
 There are in this Cavity divers Inftruments, whereof 
 fome are fpr Pulfation, as the four little Bones above-men- 
 tion'd ; fome are for conducting the Air into llie other Ca- 
 vities, fuch are the two fmall Perforations, called the IVin- 
 doivs ; and a third fort are thofe by which the pituitous 
 Matter, colle<5led within this Cavity, is dilcliarged towards 
 the Palate and Nofe. 
 
 7he o'valWin- ^^^ ^^^ of thefe two Perforations, being 
 jgr^^ the uppermoft and lajgeft, is from its Figure 
 
 iTam'd the cval JViJidow, which is kept fhut 
 next the Concha, by the Bafis of the Stirrop, as often as 
 the Sound ceafes. The other, which is round, is always 
 
 open.
 
 Chap. IV. The Amto'my <?/ ^ H O Pv S E, 47 
 
 open, having no Coveringj and is divided by the Oi /qua- 
 mofum into two Pipes i one of which tends to the CockUa^ 
 the other intb^ the Labyrinth. 
 
 The Labyrinth^ which is the fecond Ca- ^^^ Laljrinth 
 vity, by its leveral Turnings and Wind- 
 ings, which are fomewhat circular, modulates the Sounds 
 in fuch Manner as they may be leifurely communicated to 
 the Auditory Nerve, which is difperfed thro' the Mem- 
 brane that inverts this Cavity. There is, befides the two 
 Windows which open into this Cavity, one Perforation 
 ■which opens out of it into the inner Cavity call'd the Co' 
 chlea^ into which the Air pafles, after it has been agita- 
 ted in this Cavity and the Comha. Befides thefe, there are 
 four other fmall Holes for the Ingrefs of the nervous Fibres 
 that are inferted on the Membrane, which deaths it. 
 
 The Cochlea^ which is the third and in- q-j Cochlea 
 nermoft Cavity, is fo cali'd from theRefem- 
 blance it hath to a Snail's Shell, efpecially in its fpiral 
 Windings ; it is far leis than either of the former, but ii>- 
 vefted, as the others are, with a thin Membrane, into which 
 alfo the llender Fibres of the Auditory Nerve do enter. 
 This Cavity is fill'd v\4th the internal inbred Air, as well as 
 the former, by which the Eccho is made to [the Impulfe of 
 the internal Air upon the Tympanum : And the Auditory 
 Nerve being expanded upon the Membrane, which hnes all 
 thofe Cavities, it is fuddenly affected therewith, whereby it 
 comes to be communicated to the Original of the Nerves, 
 where all Sounds are diftinguifh'd. 
 
 § VI. Of the Nofe and Mouth. 
 
 As the Ear is made up of Parts, whereof 7/je liofe, 
 fome are External, and fome Internal ; fo 
 the Nofe is alfo compofed of the like Parts. 
 
 The external Parts of the Nofe are made up of Skinj 
 Mufcles, Bones, Cartilages, and Vefl'els of all Sorts. 
 
 The Skin is extremely thin, and without , _ 
 Fat, and adheres fo fall to the Mufcles and 
 grifly Part, that it can hardly be feparated from them. 
 
 The Bones, which make up its Cavities, are forae of 
 them common to it and the Forehead, and fome of them 
 proper to the Nofe only. The Griflles are in Number live, 
 \';hich fnali be treated of hereafter with the Bones. 
 
 Th«
 
 48 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. IV. 
 
 Its VefTeh '^^^^ VeiTels of the Nofe arc Veins frofn 
 
 • * the Jugulars, Arteries from the Carotids, 
 
 and Nerves from the third Pair, befides the Olfadory 
 Nerves \^■hich arc proper to it. 
 
 It is liii'd on its infide witli a fine Membrane, which 
 taketh its Rife frojii the Dura Mater, There arc on the 
 back-fide of this Membrane abundance of little Kernels, 
 vhich fepp.rate a great Part of the Moillure which comes 
 from the Nofe. It has alio another Membrane, call'd its 
 Mufcular Membrane^ which is laid to contract and draw 
 together the Nollrils. 
 
 The Os Cr'- ^^ ^^'^ upper Part of the Nofe is feated 
 
 brifonne. ^^ ^^ Cribrifor?ne, or Sieve-like Bone, 
 
 which is perforated in many Places, that the 
 fmall Twigs, which fpring from the Mamillary Procefles, 
 may have a free Paflage thro' it into the Infide of the 
 Nofe, ferving there to be the immediate Organs of Smelling. 
 
 As the Ear is form'd in fuch manner as to coUedt and ga- 
 ther together all Sounds into its Cavity, fo the Nofe is like- 
 wife adapted to gather into it all Smells ; which Scnfation 
 is peiform'd in this manner : The Effluvia^ M'hich fly oft' 
 from all odoriferous Bodies, being carried in the circumam- 
 bient Air, are communicated to all Creatures as foon as they 
 draw in their Breath at the Noftrils ; but more to a Horfe 
 than to many others, by reafon he fucks in moft of his 
 Breath that way. As foon as thefe Effluvia^ or odoriferous 
 Particles are got within th«; Nofe, thole little Branches of 
 the Olfat'tory Nerves, \\'hich are fpread all over its infide, 
 are immediately aft'eded therewith, and immediately com- 
 municate that Senfation, whether it be grateful or unplea- 
 fant, to the common Senfory, where it is dillinguifli'd. 
 J jj. Thus the Nofe is not only ufeful, as it 
 
 ■' ' helps all Creatures to diltingui'fh that which 
 
 is proper for their Food^ from that which may be hurtful 
 to them, as it is the chief Inflrument of that Inilindt ; but 
 it is alfo ufefu! to difcharge a great deal of E.xcrements 
 from the Blood. 
 
 ^be Mouth ^^^ come now to the Mouth, which is the 
 
 hfl Thing to be confider'd under this Di- 
 vifion ; and is generally divided into that which is call'd 
 External, and that which is term'd Internal. 
 tj-j^^ J-. The Lips are its external or outward 
 
 ^ ' . Parts, which are alfo divided into the upper 
 and under : Thefe are compofed of a foft, fungous Sub- 
 * - Itance,
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 49 
 
 ftance, as alfo fome proper Mtifcles cover'd on their out- 
 iide with Skin and Hair, but on the infide with a Mem- 
 brane common to the Mouth and Stomach. 
 
 The Ufes of the Lips are to gather in Hay or Oats, or 
 otlier Food, and to retain it while it is chewing ; they like- 
 wife ferve to keep the Gums and Teeth from external In- 
 juries. 
 
 The Parts of the Mouth are fome of them The Internal 
 flefliy and fome of them bony : The fiefliy ^^^*^ °f ^'^^ 
 Parts are the Lips laft defcrib'd ; as alfo ^l^^'th. 
 the Mufcles of the Cheeks and lower Jaw. The bony are 
 the upper and lower Jaw, together with the Teeth. 
 
 All thefe Parts, excepiing the Teeth, are cover'd or 
 lin'd with a pretty thick Membrane, which in the Palate 
 is fugged and knotty, by reafon there are a great numbsr 
 of Glands lie under it, out of which Part of the Slaver is 
 feparated into the Mouth. 
 
 The Parts contain'd within the Mouth, are the Teeth, 
 the Oi Hy aides ^ or Bone of the Tongue ; befides which, 
 there are the Gums, the Palate, the Uvulae the Kernels call'd 
 the Almondi of the EarSy the Tongue and its A'lufcles. 
 
 The Gums are compofed of a flefhy q-j n . 
 Subftance deftitute of Motion, that fo the 
 Teeth might the better be fa-ften'd in their Sockets. 
 
 The Palate^ fo calFd from its being q-j p t 
 fenc'd or pal'd in with Teeth, forms the ^ ^a e. 
 upper Part of the Mouth. It extends from the back 
 Part of the Mouth to the fore-Teeth, but is not fo 
 hollow in a Horfe as in human Subjects ; it is compofed 
 of eighteen Bars, and confifts of Bones and peculiar glan- 
 dulous Flefh, which are cover'd with a thick Coat, which 
 is full of Perforations or little Holes, that aftbrd a Pallage 
 to the Slaver, w^hich is feparated from the Glands above- 
 mention'd. 
 
 The Uvula is a red fungous Kernel^ 7hs Uvala, 
 ibmewhat longifh, feated at the b?>ck-part 
 ©f the PalatCj where the internal Pailage of the Nofe opens 
 into the Mouth, hanging downward, v.'irh a fmall bui 
 bluntifh End over the Chink of the Larynx. 
 
 The Ufe of the UvuJa^ is to moderate the Coldnefs of 
 the Air before it paflcs into the Lungs, and to hinder any 
 lliinji from falling into the Windpipe : In a Horfe it is of 
 other ufe, as it hinders the Water from going into the NcJfe 
 when he drinks. When this is much relax'd, it prevents 
 E " ihs
 
 S o The Anatomy ^/ <? H O R S E. Chap. IV. 
 
 the Food from palling into the Gullet, and makes it apt 
 to return back into the Nofe. 
 
 -.. ^ In defcribing the Tongue^ I need fay no- 
 
 J? orgu . thing as to its Figure, it being fufficiently 
 known to every one. It is cover'd with two Membranes, 
 the outward cloathing only its upper Part, being alfo very 
 porous. The inward Membrane covers the whole Tongue, 
 and is thin and foft, having many Protuberances branching 
 out of it, which are infei ted into the Pores and Holes of the 
 outward Coat. 
 
 It is of a flefliy Subftance, having Veflels of all Sorts, to 
 •wit, Veins from an inward Branch of the external Jugu- 
 lars, Arteries from the Carotids, and Nerves from the fifth 
 and eighth Pair. 
 
 There are alfo belonging to the Tongue feveral Mufcles, 
 by which all its Motions are performed j but of them here- 
 after. Thefe Mufcles are interlarded with a confiderable 
 deal of Fat, which, no doubt, ferve fomewhat to facilitate 
 their Aftion. 
 
 The Ufe of the Tongue is not only for Tafte, but alfo 
 to ferve as an Inftrument to turn every thing taken in at the 
 Mouth, that it may be the more expeditioully chewed, and 
 afterwards to thruft it backwards towards the Stomach. 
 
 Underneath the Root of the Tongue there is a pretty 
 large Kernel, from whence two Pipes, called the Salival 
 DuHs^ do fpring ; one from the Fore, and another from 
 the Hind-part ; thefe two are foon united into one, which 
 runs towards the Chin. But Dr. Wharton has obferved, 
 that in a Horfe there are other pretty remarkable Glands 
 that Hand on each fide this Dud, and difcharge themfelvea- 
 into it. This Pipe ends in otherlinall Glands towards the 
 Franum or Bridle of the Tongue, which difcharge fome 
 Part of that Slaver which keeps the Mouth continually 
 moifl. Belides this Duft, there are two others of the fame 
 ufe, which arile out of the Kernels under the Ear, called 
 the Parotides^ and run on the Ouifide of the Jaw-bone to 
 the Middle of the Cheek, where they open into the 
 Mouth. 
 
 The Ufe of the Slaver is the fame with the Saliva or 
 Spittle in Men, and fcrves continually to moiften the 
 Mouth, and all the folid part of the Food, whilft it is in 
 chewing, and being fwallowed down with the Aliment, it 
 is believed by fome Anatomifts tg cyntribuie to Digeftion. 
 
 TAB. IV,
 
 Chap. IV. The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. 51 
 
 T A B. IV. Fig' I- Shews the Brain infitu^ when the 
 upper Part of the Skull is taken off. 
 
 A. The Subjlance of the 'Brain coz'srei with the Pia Mat^r^ 
 only the Dura Mater being removed. 
 
 BB. The Cerebellum, or After-brain. 
 
 CC. The Procefl'us Vermiformes, or Worm -like Procejfes. 
 
 D. J Portion of the Medulla Oblongata. 
 
 E. The Dura Mater, fofar as it containi the Medulla Ob» 
 longata, cut afunder, and turned back* 
 
 Fig. 2. Reprefents the Under-lide of the Brain and Spinal 
 Marrow, with the Origin of the Nerves. 
 
 A A. The Eyes. 
 
 BB. The Optick Nerves. 
 
 CC. The moving Nerves of the Eyes, 
 
 DD. The Pathetick Nerves. 
 
 EEEE. he. The other Nerves arifmg "jcithin the SkuU 
 
 from the Spinal Marrow. 
 FFF. The Bottom of the Brain. 
 GG. The Medulla Oblongata, or Beginning of the Spinal 
 
 Marrow. 
 H. The Spinal Marrow cut off. 
 nil. The Bars of the Palate of the Mouth. 
 QC^ The Cavity that goes from the Palate tQ the Nofe* 
 RRRR. The Teeth. 
 SS. The Dura Mater turn'd back. 
 T. T^he Glandula Pituitaha. 
 
 Fig. 3. Shews the Bones of the Ear, ^V. 
 
 A A. The Infide of the Os Temporis, or Temple-bone. 
 
 B. Th^ Os Spongiofum, or Spungy bone. 
 
 C. The Hole thro' ivhich the Auditory Nerve does pafs. 
 
 D. The greater Winding of the Cochlea. 
 
 EEE. The three bony half Circles that form the Labyrinth, 
 
 F. The Malleus, or Hammer. 
 
 G. The Incus, or Anvil. 
 H. The Stapes, or Stirrop. 
 
 I. The exter?ial Mufcle of the Ear. 
 K, The Internal Mujcle. 
 
 E % Fig. 4J
 
 '52 TheJnatoniyofaUOKSiE. Chap. V. 
 
 Fig. 4. Reprefents the Eye taken out of the Head. 
 ■A. The Optic k Nerve cut off. 
 B. The Origin of the Mujcles. 
 
 CC. Their feveral Terminations into the Coats of the Eye. 
 ^D. The common Coat of the Eye^ called the Adnata, or Con- 
 jundiva. 
 
 E. The Cornea, or horney Coat. 
 
 F. The Pupilla, or Apple of the Eye. 
 
 CHAP. V, 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 § I. Of the Mhfcles of the Eye-lids and Eye. 
 
 Three Pair of "T* H E Eyelids have three pair of Muf- 
 Mufcles belonging A cles, one pair to open them, and two 
 to the Eye-lids. ^q fl^^t them. 
 
 That which openeth the Eyelids is called 
 Recius or Jperiens^ from its Office. It fpringeth with a 
 Jlender, but fieftiy Beginning, from the fame Place as the 
 Elevator oi the Eye doth, to wit, at the Hole through which 
 the Optick Nerve pafles into the Orbit, and -holds the fame 
 Courfe with it, till at lall parting from it with a pretty broad 
 but thin Tendon, it is inferted into the Griftle at the Edge 
 of the upper Eyelid, where it ferves to open the Eyelid by 
 lifting it up. 
 
 The other two Mufcles of the Eyelids are call'd Shutters j 
 and olheiwiie femicircular, becaufe each of them runs the 
 Length of the Eyeli'd ; they are feated between the Mem- 
 brana carnofa^ and the inner fmooth Skin that lines the Eye- 
 lids. That which draweth down the upper Lid, is larger 
 than the Mufcle which moveih the lower Lid to fliut it. 
 
 The frontal Mufcles are alfo thought to contribute fome- 
 thing to the Motion of the Eyelids, as they arife from the 
 Skull, near the coronal Suture, and are inferted in the Eye- 
 brows.; for by their Action they contradl the Skin of the 
 Forehead, by which Means the upper Eyelid is fometimes 
 drawn a little upward. 
 
 7he Eyes hanje ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^" P^'"^ °^ Mufcles, of 
 
 Sewn pair of which four are ftrcight, two oblique or flant- 
 Mufdes belong, ing, and the other pair circular, or round. 
 ing to them. The ftreiglu ferve to move the Eyes up- 
 wards
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HOP.SE. 5 5 
 
 wards and downwards, the oblique move them obliquely, 
 and the circular Pair keep the Eyes Tufpended In their Place. 
 They all arife from the fame Origin, to wit, from the 
 Membrane that invefts the Orbit of the Eye, near the Hole 
 thro' which the Optick Nerve doth pafs, into the faid Orbit, 
 touching one another at their Beginning, but immediately 
 feparating into flelhy round Bodies, from which they again 
 degenerate towards their Termination into a thin membra- 
 nous Subftance, which is inferted into the horny Coat of 
 the Eye, eneompafling it as far as it is white. 
 
 Thefe Mufcles have their feveral Appellations from their 
 feveyal Adions. The firft of the ftreight Mufcles, from 
 its Office of pulling up the Eye, is called AttoUens^ and in 
 Man fometimes Superbus ; as the fecond is call'd 1)eprimenSy 
 or Humilis. The third is call'd Jdducens, becaufeispulletti 
 the Eye towards the Nofe : And the fourth JbducenSy or 
 IndigtiatoriuSy from its Office of drawing the Eye to the 
 outer Corner ; which Turn or Afpedt of the Eye betokens 
 Anger or Scorn. 
 
 When thefe Mufcles ad feparately, they have thefe four 
 feveral Motions ; but when they all co-operate or work to- 
 gether, they have but one tonick Motion, which is princi- 
 pally to keep the Eye fteady and fix'd ; but in Beaits that 
 have the fufpending Mufcle, that Adlion is performed 
 chiefly, if not altogether by it. 
 
 The next are the two oblique Mufcles, which alio are 
 term'd the Circu?nagentes^ from their rolling the Eye about, 
 and are diftinguifhed by the Names of Major and ATinor ; 
 they being longer than the other, though fomewhat flen- 
 derer j the longer arifes from the fame Origin with thofe 
 above defcribed, and endeth in a fmall round Tendon, which 
 palleth through the tranfverfe Griille call'd Troclea, into 
 the inner Corner of the Eye. This rolleth the Eye inwards, 
 as the other (which riles from the Chink in the lower Part 
 of the Orbit, and has the fame Infertion with the Major) 
 rolls it towards its outward Corner. 
 
 The feventh, or round Mufcle, is called the Sufpenfo' 
 rius, or feptimus "Brutorum^ being peculiar to Brutes only. 
 It is fhort and flefhy, encompaffi.ng the Optick Nerve, 
 and is inferted in the hinder Part of the Cornea. This 
 Mufcle is not only affiftful in the Tonick Motion of the 
 Eye, but is alfo ufeful to keep the Eye fufpended, left by 
 looking continually towards the Ground, it Ihould hang 
 too m»ch outward, 
 
 E 3 § U.
 
 54 'I'he Amtomy ^/^ H O R S E. Chap. V. 
 
 § II. Of the Mufclcs of the Nofc^ Lips^ and Cheeks. 
 
 The Nofe, The Nofe is moved by four pair of Muf- 
 
 f our Pair of dej, two pair called \ht adducent or clofing 
 Mufcles. Mufclcs, and two pair lerm'd the abducent 
 
 or widening Mufcles. 
 r- /J p^.v The firft pair of the <2M//f^«/ arlfe from 
 
 ttrjt Fair. ^ i r /i 
 
 the upper Jaw- bone, near the nrft proper 
 pair of the Lips, and are inferred partly into the lower Part 
 of the Wings, or griflly Circumference of the Noftrils, and 
 partly into the upper part of the upper Lip. 
 
 c J v„- The fecond pair take thek- Origin rear 
 
 Second Pair. , t- • t , n n ^ t-. 
 
 the Lye, with an acute and fiefhy Begin- 
 ning, and end on the Wirgs, as the other pair, but more 
 expanded. The Ufe of thefe two pair of JMufcles, is to 
 draw the griftly Circumference of the Noilrils upwards, and 
 fo to widen and open them. 
 
 Third ard '\h^ Other two pair, or adducent Mufcles, 
 
 Tourth Pair, ^'''^^> the one from the Root of the Griftle, 
 which afcendingcrois- ways to the Ridge or 
 Top of the Nofe, arc there infertcd. I'he other are hid 
 in the Cavity of the Noftrils under the inner Coat that 
 cloaths them, and at their Infertion are Ipread on the griftly 
 Circumference, 
 
 The firft pair of thefe Mufclcs being contraflcd, deprefs 
 the Jlce or Gnftles of the Nofe ; and the latter p?.ir draw 
 them inwards, and fo dole the Noftrils ; to which Motion 
 the orbicular or round Mufcle of the upper Lip is alfo affif- 
 tant ; for by its drawing it downwards, it dolh at the fame 
 time contract the Noftrils. 
 
 The Lips. "^ *-• ^^''^ ^'P^ belong feveral pair of Muf- 
 
 cles, feme of which are proper to them alone, 
 and others are common both to them and the Cheeks. 
 Tnvo tair '^^^ ^^^ common Mufcle is called the 
 
 <otnmon. ^uadratus^ or four-fquai:e Mufcle : It arifcs 
 
 from one of the rertebra of the Neck, and 
 fome part of it from the Shoulder-blade, the Collar-bone, 
 and Breaft-bone ; from all which it afcends obliquely to the 
 Chin, Lips, and Root of the Noie, which part it draws 
 ilanting downwards- 
 
 The fecond is the 'Buccinator ; this fprings from almoft 
 the vvhole Length of the upper Jaw bone, at the Root of 
 the Gums ^ it is feated under the upper part of the former, 
 
 and
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy tf/ ^ H O R S E. 55 
 
 and is fpread over the whole Dimenfion of the Cheek. 
 Befides its ufe in contrading the Cheek in Horfes and 
 other brute Creatures, it greatly afTifts the Aflion of chew- 
 ing, by turning the Meat which falls between the Teeth 
 and the Cheek, over again to be ground and broken. 
 
 The Mufcles which are proper to the Lips fi^g p^lr pro- 
 only, are accounted by Anatomifts five Pair, per, and an odd 
 and one iingle Mufcle. The firft is called one. 
 Par attolkns, or Lifters up of the Lip. vjf.np • 
 This Pair fpring from the upper Jaw, where 
 it forms the Hollow of the Cheek, and are inferted in the 
 upper Lip near the Nofe. When both thefe Mufcles adt 
 together, they draw the upper Lip diredly upwards ; but 
 if only one ads, then is but one Side drawn upward ob- 
 liquely. The Adion of thefe Mufcles is very perceiveable 
 when a Stone- horfe fmells a Mare, or when any other 
 Horfe fmells at Duiig, or any other Thing that fends up 
 pungent Effluvia into the Noftrils. 
 
 The fecond Pair are the abducent^ or ^ezond Pair. 
 Drawers of the Lip on one Side : They arife 
 from the Cavity that is under the Os Jugale, from whence 
 they take their Courfe on each Side to the middle of the 
 upper Lip, where they are inferted with a ftrong round 
 Tendon ; thefe jointly move the Lip upwards and out- 
 wards, as the former; and when they ad feparately, they 
 aflift the former, by helping to draw the Lip fideways. 
 
 This third Pair is called by RioIaneSy Zu- 77/,.^ p^- 
 gomaticum, or Jtigale, from their Rife, 
 which is outwardly from the Procefs of the Bone of that 
 Name. Thefe reach to the Sides of the upper Lip, and 
 are inferted near the Corner of the Mouth. Their Ufes is 
 to draw the Lip fideways upwards. 
 
 The fourth Pair is called Deprimem^ from Tourth Pair. 
 their Office of drawing the upper Lip down- 
 wards. They arife fiefhy and broad from the lowermoft 
 Part of the lower Mandible^ from whence each marches ob- 
 liquely unto the under Lip, and are inferted into it about its 
 middle. This Pair affift in the fame Adion with the firft 
 of the common Mufcles, called the Detrahem quadratus^ 
 
 The fifth Pair, or oblique Z)^/ri;/;<j//i, from r.^ /- r p . 
 theirOffice of drawing the lowerLip oblique- 
 ly downwards and upwards : They take their Beginning 
 from the Sides of the lower Jaw, from whence they afcend 
 upwards, and are each inferted into the Corners of the low- 
 er Lip , E, 4 Thsr
 
 56 The Ajiatomy of a HOKSV.. Chap. V. 
 
 7he Orbh:uIa. Tiie odd Mufcle, or Orbkularis^ fo cal- 
 
 ris, or odd led becaufc it goes round both Lips, and 
 Mufde. Ibmetimes Conjlr'uigem^ as it lerves like a 
 
 Sphincter, to purte up or contradt the 
 Mouth, makes up the greatefl Part of the Lipsj and has 
 all the other Mufcles infcrted into it. 
 
 §. III. Of the Mufcles of the lower Jaw. 
 
 Tive Pair be- The upper Jaw, being immoveable, hath 
 knging to the no Mulcles, but the lower Jaw, having di- 
 loii-er Ja-M. y^j.g Adtions, is moved by hve Pair. 
 F'/i P ' "^^^ ^'^ ^^^ called the Temporal Mufcles^ 
 
 ■ "J *"'■ becaufe they are feated on the Tempks. 
 
 They Tpring on each Side from the Bones of the Forehead, 
 the Sinciput y the Temples, and Os Cune former or Wedge- 
 like Bone, and delcend under the Oj Jugale, between the 
 Periojleum and Pericranium^ to the acute Procefs of the 
 lower Jaw, into which they are infcrted : Thefe Mufcles 
 pull up the lower Jaw, and fliut the Mouth. 
 Second Pair Tht fecond Pair arife from the Styloid 
 
 Procefs of the Temporal Bone, flefhy and 
 round towards their Origin, but lofc their flefliy Subltance, 
 and degenerate into a nervous and round Tendon, as they 
 approach the Flexure of the lower Jaw-bone; and then 
 becoming flefhy again, are infertcd into the inner Side of 
 the lower Jaw, towards its middle or fore part; thefe be- 
 ing aflirted by the S^adrati above defcribed, pull down 
 the Jaw, and fo open the Mouth. 
 
 ^ThirdPair ^^'^ ^'^^^*^ ^^^^ ^^^ called the Miiffeters-t 
 
 being very allirtant in the Office of chew- 
 ing, by moving the Jaw to the right and left Side ; each 
 of thefe hath two Beginnings, one from the Suture where 
 the fourth and iiiil Bone of the upper Jaw are joined ; and 
 the other from the Oi fugale^ and are largely inferted into 
 The outfides of the lower Jaw ; Thefe, by reafon of the 
 diverfity of their Fibres, move the Jaws divers ways. 
 Fourth Pa- '^^'^^ fourth Pair are called Pterygoideum 
 
 extei?ium : Thefe have a double Beginning, 
 as the former, fpringing partly from the upper and outfide of 
 The Wing- like Procefs ot the Os Cuneiforme, or Wedge- like 
 Bone, and partly from the rough and fliarp Line of the faid 
 Bone, from whence defcending downwards, they are in- 
 leried :n the iniide of the lateral P.irt of the lower Jaw; 
 
 by
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 57 
 
 by which Means they move forwards, ftretching the Teeth 
 of the lower Jaw further out than thofe of the upper. 
 The lad Pair are call'd Pterygoidemn In- p.j-^^^ p^.^ 
 ternum : Thefe arife from the Cavity of the 
 Wedge- like Bone, and are inferted in the inner and hinder 
 Part of the lower Jaw. Their Ufe is to draw it backwards, 
 contrary to the former, and alfo airift the Temporal Muf- 
 cle in drawing it upwards. 
 
 §. IV. Of the Mufcles of the Ears. 
 
 The Mulcles of the Ears in Brutes, efpeci- The Mufcks ef 
 ally Horfes, Afles, Oxen and other Animals ^b' E^rs. 
 that have large Ears, differ much in Magnitude from thofe 
 in Man, they being indued with little or no Capacity of 
 Motion ; but that is made up in Man by the eafy Motion 
 of the Head, by which Means he can readily turn himfdf 
 to the hearing of all Sounds; whereas Four-footed Beafts, 
 wanting that Agility, need to have their Ears always move- 
 able, to receive the Sounds every way, and likewifc to drive 
 off Flies, and other Infeds that are troublefome to them, 
 which Men can do with their Hands. 
 
 Now the outward Ear has four Mufcles, The outivani 
 •which are confiderably larger in brute Crea- Ear four Muf- 
 tures tlian in Man ; and the inward Ear has '^"• 
 TWO, which are proportionable in both. 
 
 The lirft is called the attolem u^itrem, ^'^• 
 the Lifter up of the Ear : It arifes at the 
 Outlide of the Frontal Mufcle, from whence being carried 
 over the Temporal Mufcle, it is inferted in the upper Part 
 of the Ear, moving it upward and forward. 
 
 The fecond is called detrahens Aurem, Second. 
 or the Puller-back of the Ear: This arifes 
 from the Mam miliary ProceileSj and is inferted into the 
 Root of the Griflle of the Ear. 
 
 The third, or adducens Aurem^ by which T^hird. 
 the Ear is drawn forwards and fomewha-t 
 downwards, is implanted into the lower Side of the Root 
 of the Ear, and is only Part of the Mufcjilus quadratus^ 
 before fpoken of. 
 
 The fourth, or abducens Aurem^ becaufe fourth. 
 it draws the Ear backward, takes its Begin- 
 ning at the Occiput^ or back Part of the Head, whe nee It 
 is carried tranverfely to the hinder Part of the Bye, into 
 v/hich it is inferted. This Mu(cle is allifting to the fecond. 
 
 The
 
 5 8 The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. V. 
 
 Iht inner Ear, The firft of the tvvo Mufcles of the inner 
 ''"''''• Ear, called Externum Tympani Juris^ or 
 
 the external Mufcles of the Drum of the Ear, becaufe it 
 moves that Membrane upwards, arifes from the upper 
 Part of the Paflagc of the Ear, and becoming narrower, 
 it grows into a very fine and fmall Tendon, which runs 
 along the outfide of the Drum, and is inferted into its 
 Center over the Hammer, which, along with the Drum, 
 it draweth upwards and outwards. 
 
 The Internus, or inner Mufcles, takes its Rife from the 
 bottom of the Wedge-like Bone, where it joins to the Pro- 
 cejftis Petrofiis ; it lies within the Ca\-ity of that Bone, 
 and at its middle is divided into two very fmall Tendons, 
 ■whereof one is inferted into the upper Procefs of the Ham- 
 mer, and the other into the Neck of it. The Ufe of this 
 Mufcle alone is to draw the Head of the Hammer oblique- 
 ly forwards, and alfo to bring it fomewhat inwards ; but 
 when they adl both together, they move the Tympanum 
 with its imall Bones upwards and downwards. This 
 A6tion is performed as often as an Animal attentively 
 Mens to any approaching Noife, 
 
 ^. V. Of the Mufcles cf the Tongue^ and Os Hyoides> 
 l/i;ith thcfe of the Larynx, Uvula, and Throat. 
 
 *The Tongue, The Tgngue has five Pair of Mufcles 
 
 five Pair of proper to itfelf, befides thofe that are com- 
 Mujcles, pion to it and the Os Hyoides. 
 
 The iiril Pair are called the Gcmoglojum, becaufe they 
 ?.rife from the Chin in Men, and are inferted in the 
 Tongue. In a Horfe they arife from the Riiggednefs on 
 the middle of the lower Jaw ; in the inner and lower Part 
 of it they have feveral fuch Infcriptions as thofe on - the 
 lUeight Mufcles of the Paunch, and are inferted into the 
 lower Side of the middle of the Tongue. Their Ufe is td 
 move the 7'ongue forwards j which Adion is frequently 
 performed by Horfes when they gather their Meat. 
 
 The fecond Pair, called TpftlogJojJian^ becaufe they arife 
 ' from the bottom of the Os tiyoides: They are inferted in 
 the middle of the Tongue, and in their Adion are contra- 
 ry to the former, by drawing it backwards. 
 
 The Mykgloffmiy or third Pair, arife from the inner 
 Part of the lower Jaw, at the Roots of the fartheft grind- 
 ing Teeth, and are inferted into the Ligament which tiej 
 
 the
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy <?/"^2HORSE. 5^ 
 
 the Tongue to the Jaws. When thefe aft together, they 
 draw the Tongue do>^n wards, but when they act feparate- 
 ly, they draw it obliquely to one Side. 
 
 The fourth Pair, called CeratoglojJ'utn^ becaufe they arife 
 from the Horns of the Os Hyoides^ from which reaching 
 to the Sides of the Tongue, they are there infertcd. Their 
 Aflion is much the fame with that of the third Pair. 
 
 The laft Pair are call'd Styloglojfum^ becaufe they arife 
 from the Styloides, or Pen-like Procefs of the Temple- 
 |Dones : They are inferted into the Sides of the Tongue 
 about its Middle. When thefe adt fingly, they draw the 
 Tongue to one Side ; but when conjundly, they' pull it 
 upwards and inwards. 
 
 The Fork-hke Bone of the Tongue, call'd Four Pair com- 
 the Os Hyoides, hath four Pair of Mufcles, ^^°» /« '^^ Os 
 which are common to it and the Tongue. Hyoides ««i 
 
 The firft Pair is call'd Sternohyoideum, "^""S"'' 
 hecaufe they fpring from the Infide of the upper part of the 
 .S/^rw?/, or Breall-bone, and taking their Courfe clofe by 
 the Wind-pipe, are inferted into the Root ot the Os Hyoides^ 
 which they move downward and backward. 
 
 The Gcniohyoideum is oppofite to the former, arifingfrom 
 the Infide of the fore- part to the lower Jaw, and is inferted 
 into the middle Part of the Bone Hyoides^ which draws i: 
 ■ftreight upwards and a little forwards. 
 
 The third Pair, called the Carcchyoideum^ arife out of the 
 Prcce[fus Cardcoides, at the upper End of the Shoulder- 
 blade, and run obliquely upwards under the firft Pair of 
 Mufcles of the Head, and are at length inferted into the 
 Horns of the Hycides. Their Ufe is to pull that Bone ob- 
 liquely downwards. 
 
 The fourth and laft Pair, called the Styloceratohyoideuniy 
 arife from the Styloid Procefs, and alfo end in the Horns of 
 the Os Hyoides ; they moA'e that Bone obliquely upwards. 
 
 As the Mufcles of the Cheeks and Tongue ferve to tofs 
 The Meat to and again in the Mourh, and thofe of the lower 
 Jaw help to grind it ; fo thefe Mufcles, which are common 
 to the Tcngue and Os Hyoides, are principally of lJ(e to 
 give the Tongue fuch Motions as forward it into the Gullet 
 ■when it is fufficiently prepared to go into theStohiach. 
 
 The Ldryns\ or upper part of the Wind- 
 pipe, hashx pair of Mufcles, and one lingle TLe Mu/des of 
 one. The firft two Pair being common to ^^^ Larynx. 
 it, and the reft proper. 
 
 Til?
 
 60 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V. 
 
 The firft of the common Pair is call'd the Sternothyieai' 
 deurrit and by fome 'Bronchium, or the Weafand Mufcles : 
 Thefe arife from the upper and inner part of the Breafl- 
 bone, afcending by the fides of the Windpipe to the (hield- 
 like Griftle, where they are inferted. Their Ufe is to draw 
 down the faid Griftle, and fo widen the Chink. 
 
 The fecond Pair, call'd Hyothyreoideum^ arife from the 
 lower fide of the Os Hyoidcs^ and are inferted into the The- 
 Teoid Griftle. Thefe are fliid to ftreighten the Chink of the 
 Larynx, tho* fome affirm they widen it, and that the other 
 Pair contract it. 
 ,, ^ ^ Ti,r r The firft Pair of the proper Mufcles of 
 
 Its Proper Muf- . . n,, ^-, ; -j > • 
 
 ^Igf *^ the Larynx, call d Crycothyrcoideiim Jnti- 
 
 cum, becaufe they take their beginning from 
 
 the Ring-fafhion'd Griftle Cricoidcs^ and are implanted in 
 
 the Sides of the Thereoides, which they move obliquely 
 
 downwards, thereby opening the Chink of the Laryjiy:. 
 
 The next Pair, named Crycoa^-ytcstmdmm pojliciim, arife 
 contrary to the former, from the lower and back Part of 
 the Ring-fafhon'd Griftle, and are inferted in the lower 
 End of the Ewer- like Griftle, whereby they raife it upward 
 and backward, to open and widen the Larynx. 
 
 The third or lateral Pair, arifing from the Sides of the 
 Ring-fafhion'd Cartilage, terminate in the Sides of the 
 Ewer- like Griftle, opening ahb the Larynx, by drawing the 
 Griftles obliquely to one Side. 
 
 The fourth Pair are the largeft and ftrongeft of all the 
 proper Mufcles of the Larynx, and arife dole one to ano- 
 ther from the Middle of the hollow part of the (hield-like 
 Griftle, filling that Cavity through its whole Length, and 
 are inferted into the two Sides of the Ewer-like Griftle, af- 
 iifting the former. 
 
 The fifth and laft, called Jryitfnoides, or Claudens fa- 
 cundum, takes its Rife from the hinder Line of the Ewer- 
 Ike Griftle Jrytistioides, and is implanted in the Sides of 
 the fame. This fingle Mufcle helps to ftrengthen th« 
 Throttle, by drawing both Sides of the Ewer- like Griftle 
 together. 
 
 7he Epidottls ^^^ Epiglottis, or Throat- flap, which 
 no Mufde, but covers the Chink of the Larynx, has no 
 in Creatures very diftindt Mufcles, but in thofe Creatures 
 itatcheii: the that chew the Cud ; and flrall therefore be 
 <-^i^d, omitted in this Plage, 
 
 The
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 6i 
 
 The Vvula is faid to have two Mufcles to The Uvula tnva 
 hold it up, which have alfo very hard and pair, but very 
 long Names beftowed on them ; but they are f^all, 
 fo inconfiderable, that they are hardly worth Notice. 
 
 The Pharynx^ which is the upper Part of q-f^^ Pharynx 
 the Gullet, has belonging to it three pair of ^f^ygg ^ail. '" 
 Mufcles, and one lingle one, befides two pair 
 of a late Difcovery. The lirft pair are call'd the Spbernh 
 phariugaim^ which arife from the Appendage of the wedge- 
 like Bone, and are inferted into the lateral parts of the Palate 
 and Pharynx^ which they widen in fwallowing. 
 
 The next pair are called Cephalopharingceum^ fpringing 
 from that part of the Head which joins to the firft Verti> 
 bra of the Neck, and arc implanted on the Outfide of the 
 Pharynx.) ftreightning it by their Adlion, as foon as the 
 Food has pafled through it, thereby alfo forcing it down 
 the Gullet. 
 
 The third pair, called Stykpharingaum^ arife from the 
 Styloid Procefs of the Temporal Bone, and are inferted 
 into the Sides of the Pkarinx, v,'hich they dilate and 
 widen. 
 
 The fingleoiie, which has the Name of o„,r j.Muf 
 Oejophagicsm, encompalTeth the upper part ckJrSphinaer^ 
 of the Gullet, forming its Sphinder, and fer- 
 ving for the fame Ufe as thofe of tlie Arms and Bladder, to 
 •wit, to draw and purfe up the Mouth of the Gullet, as thofe 
 do the Extremities of the Bladder and ftreight Gut. 
 
 The laft two pair, firft difcovered by Dr. q-^^ p^-^ ^^-^ 
 Brcwne, were by him call'd Pterygopalatini., ccmered by Dr, 
 and Sphenopalatini. The ufe of the firft Browne, 
 pair being to deprefs the Glandula Palati^ 
 and that of the fecond to elevate and lift it up. 
 
 § VI. Of the Mufcles of the Headend Neck. 
 
 There are four pair of Mufcles common Four pair coTti- 
 To the Head and Neck, and eight pair pro- ^°^ f° '^^ ^^^'^ 
 per to the Head only. «"^ ^^^^' ""^ 
 
 The ^fj/?^/W^«w, which modern Anato- 'f^J^f'' '* 
 mifts reckon the firft proper pair, have each '^* ^'^ * 
 a double Beginning, one from the Breaft-bone, nervous, 
 and the other from the Collar-bone, which is flefhy ; 
 from whence they afccnd obliquely to the mamillary 
 PjoceiTes of the Temporal Bone, into which each is inferted. 
 
 When
 
 62 The Airaromy ^^/^ ^ H O R S E. Cf^ap. V. 
 
 When thefe ad together, they bend the Head forward, but 
 •when kparately, they draw it a httle to one Side. 
 
 The Sl>linium is reckoned the fecond Pair, being tl)e 
 firft of ihofe which pull back the Head ; they arife from 
 the five uppermoft Vertebra of the Chell, and the five 
 lowernjoil of the Neck, with a nervous Beginning, afcen- 
 tiing to the hinder part of the Head, where they ate infert- 
 ed. When thefe ad together, they draw the Head back- 
 ward ; but when they ad fingly, they draw it a httle to 
 one Side. 
 
 The third Pair, named Ccmplexvir., or Trigeminumy 
 becaufe each of them arife wi:h three Heads j two from 
 the firft, fecond, fourth, and fifth tranfverfe ProceiTes of 
 the Cheft, and the third from the Ridge of the feventh Ver- 
 tebra of the Neck j all which uniting together, are inferied 
 in the Noll- bone. 
 
 The third Puller back of the Head, or fourth Pair, 
 called Parvum Crajfum : Thefe are fituated under the for- 
 mer, arifing nervous from the tranfverfe Procelles of the 
 fix uppermoft Vertebra of the Neck ; but afterwards be- 
 coming fleftiy, are carried obliquely upward, and are infert- 
 ed into the hincermoft Root of the Procejfus mammillaris. 
 When thefe acl: lingly, they incline the Head lightly back- 
 ivard to one Side ; but when they act together, they bring 
 it ftreight backward. 
 
 The Rectum majus and Reolum minus , which make up 
 the fifth and fixth Pair, are feated one under the other, and 
 are both inferted into the Noll, aftifting the fourth Pair in 
 their Adion. 
 
 The Obliquum fuperius^ which is accounted the feventh 
 Pair, arife from the Middle of the tranverfe Proceiles of 
 7he firft Vertebra of the Neck j their Ufe being to nod the 
 Head backwards. 
 
 The laft Pair, called Obliquum infenus^ take their 
 Origin from the Spine or Ridge of the fecond Vertebra 
 of the Neck, and forming an oblique Courfe, terminate in 
 the tranfverfe ProceiTes of the firft Veriebra^ being of Ufe 
 To move the Head femicircularly. Now the Reafon why 
 there are fo many Mufcles appointed to move the Head 
 backwards, is becaufe of its great Bulk and Weight i by 
 which Means it is of itfelf prone enough to incline for- 
 ward and downward, fo that it wants not only a Stay, 
 but requireUi a greater Force to move it upward or back- 
 ■WSird. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. V. TheJ?jatorr2j'ofaUOKS'E, 6$ 
 
 The Mufcles common to the Head and Tha/e ccmmen 
 Neck are in Number four Pair, as has been fo the Head 
 
 ^ur^^,r^A and heck, 
 
 oblerved. 
 
 The firft call'd Spinatum^ becaufe they are feated among 
 the Spines of the Vertebra, take their Rife from the Root 
 of the Spines of the feven uppermoft Vertebra of the Cheft, 
 and five lowermoft of the Neck, and are inferted into the 
 whole lower fide of the Spine of the fecond Vertebra of 
 the Neck. Their Office is to bend the Neck backward, 
 or a little obliquely. 
 
 The next Pair is call'd Tranfverfale, becaufe the}' both 
 arife, and are inferted fnto the tranfverfe ProceiFes of the 
 Vertebra, arifing from thofe of the uppermoft Vertehns 
 of the Cheft ; and being inferted into the Outfides of all 
 the tranfverle Procefles of the Neck-bones. Their Ufe is 
 the fame with the firft. 
 
 The third Pair, call'd Longum, lie hid under the Gullet, 
 arifing from the Body of the fifth and fixth Vertebra of the 
 Back, and reaching the higheft Vertebra of the Neck, into 
 which they are inferted Their Ufe is contrary to the firft 
 two Pair, bending the Neck forward when they act toge- 
 ther, and when they ad fingly, to one fide. 
 
 The laft Pair is called Triangulave : Thefe are feated 
 forward on the fides of the Neck, having fome Perforations, 
 by which Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, pafs out of the 
 Body into the Fore-legs. 
 
 § VII. O/tbe Mufcles of the Breafi. 
 
 Having briefly run over the Mufcles which ^^ Bre.tf luL 
 ferve to move the Head and Neck, we come '^^"^'^ ^l'^ '^^' 
 now to thofe of the Breaft, which adluate /'"jf''^ ^> ^^* 
 the Cheft, whereof four Pair widen and di- 
 late it, and two Pair contrad it. 
 
 The firft of thofe which ferve to widen Tt:e four Pair 
 the Breaft, are called Subclavium, from their f^at iiiden tke 
 Situation under the Clavicle, or Collar-bone. Breafi. 
 Thefe arife from under that Bone, and are implanted into 
 the firft Rib near the Breaft-bone, drawing the firft Rib up- 
 wards and outwards. 
 
 The fecond Pair, call'd Serratum majus ar.ticum, (from 
 the Refemblance their Tendons have to the Teeth of a Saw) 
 arife from the Infide of the Shoulder-blade and the two up- 
 per RibSj and are inferted into the lower five true Ribs, and 
 
 tw»
 
 (54 The Anatomy of a, HORSE. Chap. V. 
 
 two upper fhort Ribs, {o that their Breadth takes up a grSat 
 part of the fide of the Cheftr. Thefe co-operate with the 
 firft Pair in widening the Cheft, as do alfo the two follow- 
 ing Pair, VIZ. the Par [erratum pojl'i cum fuperius, rifrng 
 from the Spines of the three lower Rack-bones of the 
 Neck, and firft of the Back, and being inferted into the 
 Ifiterjiices of the upper Ribs ; and the Par jerratum po/li- 
 cum inferius^ taking their Origin from the Spines of tire three 
 lowermoft Vertehrcc of the Back, and firft of the Loins, 
 and having their Infertions into three or ^our lower Ribs, 
 before they run cartilaginous. 
 
 Thefe four Fair, together with the Midriff, and the wi- 
 dening Intercojlal Mufcles, dilate the Cheft m Infpiration, 
 that is to fay, in drawing in the Breath ; and the two 
 following Pair, to wit, the Triangulare and Sacrolum- 
 
 cri D • bum., with the Internal and Intercoftah^ 
 
 The tivo Pair , V l /-il n. • t- • ■ i • 
 
 that detrefs the «lepreTs the Cheft m Expiration, or letting 
 Breafl^ forth the Breath. The triangular Pair 
 
 having their Riie from the middle Line of 
 the Breaft-bone on its Infide, and their Infertion into the 
 bony Ends of the third, fourth, fifth, and fixth true Ribs : 
 And the other Pair taking their Origin from the Oi facrum^ 
 and Spine of the Loins, and having their Infertion mlo 
 the lower fide of all the Ribs, about three or four Fingers 
 Breadth from the Ridge of the Back. 
 
 § Vlir. Of the Mufcles of the Bach and Loins ^ with thofe 
 of the Fundament and Bladder^ 
 
 Tour Pair com- The Mufcles of the Back and Loins are 
 tnon to the Back ufually reckon'd four Pair, which are com- 
 and Loins. ^^^ [q both. 
 
 The firft go by the Name of Longiffimi., from their ex- 
 traordinary Length, being the longeft ot the whole Body, 
 and endued with moft Strength. They arife from the Oi 
 facrum and Haunch- bone, and pafling by the Ridge of 
 the Loins, Backhand Neck, they reach to the mammilhry 
 Procefies of the Temple- bones. They arc almoft confoun- 
 ded with the Par facrolumbum^ and the Semi/pi?jatum^ in 
 their Paflagc through the Loins', but arriving towards the 
 Back, they again part with them, and appear to bs diftindl 
 from them. When both ad togeiher, they extend the Back 
 and Loins, but when they ad lingly, they incline the Spine 
 to one fide. They are of further Ule to moft Creatures, 
 
 but
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 6$ 
 
 but efpecially to Beafts of Burden, being a Bar and Stay 
 to the whole Back. 
 
 The Par qtiadratum, or fecond Palr^ fo called from 
 their Figure, being fquare when join'd together, tho' tri- 
 angular when feparate. They arife broad, thick, and 
 flefliy from the backward and upper Cavity of the Haunch- 
 bone, and from the inner and upper Side of the Os Sacrum, 
 and are inferted into all the tranfverfe Procefles of the 
 Vertebra of the Loins. Their Ufe is to bend the Racks 
 of the Loins with a right Motion forward or downward, 
 but when one only ads, it draws the Loins to one Side 
 fomewhat downwards. 
 
 The third Pair, arifing from the Os Sacrum^ are there- 
 fore called Par facrum ; they fpring from that Part of 
 the faid Bone where the Spine is faften'd, ending in the 
 Spine of the loweft Vertebra of the Thorax ; but at the 
 lame time having in their Paflage feveral Infertions into 
 divers of the Spines and oblique Procefles of the Vertehrcs, 
 of the Loins. If thefe a6l feparately, they pull the Body 
 a little on one Side ; but when both ad together, they ex- 
 tend that Part of the Spine to which they are faften'd. 
 
 The lall Pair, call'd Semifpitictufji^ arife with a nervous 
 Original from all the Spines or Ridges of the Os Sacrum 
 and Loins, and are inferted into the tranverfe Procefles of 
 the Loins, and fome of the lowermoft of the Chefl:. When 
 all thefe Mufcles of the Back and Loins work together, the 
 whole Back is extended ; but if the Mufcles of that Side 
 alone, the Body is then inclin'd to that Side*. 
 
 The Anus hath three Mufcles, two callU I'he Anus three 
 the Levators, and one nam'd its Sphin5ier. Mufcles, 
 
 The Sphin^er is feated at the Extremity j^^ Sthinaer 
 of the llreight Gut, encompafling it all 
 round like a Ring. It is attach'd to the lower Vertebra 
 of the Os Sacrum, compofed of circular Fibres, being of 
 ufe to contrad the Orifice of that Gut, as has been ob- 
 ferv'd in another Place. 
 
 The two Levators, or Lifters up of the ^' tivo Lcua-^ 
 Fundament, are fmall, broad, and nervous, '^^-f* 
 arifing from the Ligament of the Hip-bones and Os Sa- 
 crum, from whence, pafling by the Sides of the Gut, 
 they adhere to it, and are inferted into the upper Part 
 of the Sphin6ler ; a Portion of them alfo growing to the 
 Root of the Yard, and in Mares to the Neck of the Ma- 
 trix. Their Ufe Is to allill the Mufcles of the lower BeHy 
 F in
 
 66 The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. Chap. V. 
 
 in theExpulfion of the Excrement, which they do by lift- 
 ing up the Fundament. 
 
 Ti. ^th' 7 f The Bladder hjis alfo its Sphinfter, which 
 thBladdir ^^ compofed of circular Fibres, as that of the 
 jinus ; and in like Manner ferves to con- 
 ftringe or purfe up its Neck, that the Urine may not pafs 
 without a fpontaneous relaxing of that Mufclc. In Mares, 
 it is feated at the Hole where the Neck of the Bladder 
 opens into the Vagina. 
 
 Having already taken Notice of the Mufcles belonging 
 to the Yard, call'd its Ereiforis and Dilatoris, and the Cre- 
 mafter Mufcles, by which the Stones are fufpended, as alfo 
 thofe of the Clitoris in Mares, I fhall therefore pafs them by 
 in this Place, and proceed to the Shoulder-blade, i5ic. 
 
 §. IX. Of the Mufcles cf the Shoiilder-hlade and Shoulder, 
 
 with thofe which move the Fore-leg and Foot, 
 ^e Shoulder The Shoulder-blade has four Pair of Muf- 
 
 hlade four Pair, cles, agreeable to its four feveral Motions. 
 
 The firfl Pair, call'd Cucullares, from the Refemblance 
 they bear to a Monk's Hood, are feated between the two 
 Shoulder-blades, covering the Top of the Withers. Thefe 
 arife thin and flefhy from fhe hind Part of the Head, but as 
 they pafs down the Neck, have other membranous Begin- 
 nings from five of its Spines, and from eight or nine of the 
 uppermoft of the Chell, and are inferted into the whole 
 Spine of the Shoulder-blade, as alfo into the Shoulder- 
 bone, and broader Part of the Colb.r-bone. When the up- 
 per Part of the Mufcle is contraded, then the Shoulder- 
 blade is thought to be moved fomevvhat obliquely upwards, 
 becaufe of the oblique Diredion of its Fibres ; but when 
 that Part which fprings from the Withers is contrafted, it is 
 then pulled ftreight thitherward. 
 
 The fecond Pair are call'd Levator es., or Lifters : They 
 are fituated above the Collar-bone, arifing from the iranf- 
 verfe Proceiles of the firfl four Vertebra of the Neck, and 
 are inferted into the Fore-corner of the Shoulder-blades j 
 thefe draw the Blades upwards and forwards. 
 
 The third Pair, named Serratum minus Jniicum, lie un- 
 der the pectoral Mufcles, and fpring from the four upper- 
 moft Ribs, before they turn griftly, by four flefhy Portions, 
 reprefenting the Teeth of a Saw, and are inferted into the 
 Anchor-like Procefs of the Shculder-blade : Thefe move 
 the Shoulder-blades forward towards the Chefl. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. V. The Jnatomy of aloiOKS^. 67 
 
 The laft Pair, called Rhomboides, are feated under the 
 Cucullares^ and take their Origin from the hinder Procefles 
 of the three lowermoft Spines of the Rack-bones of the 
 Neck, and from the three uppermoft of the Chcft, and are 
 implanted into the Balis of the Shoulder- blades, their Ufe 
 being to draw them fomewhat upwards and backwards. 
 
 The Shoulder has five feveral Motions en n, ,, 
 perform d by nine Aiufdes, to wit, back- „;^^^ Mu/des. 
 wards, downwards, and circularly. 
 
 But before I proceed to a Defcr>ption of its Mufcles, 
 it will be proper to intimate, that although the Shoulder- 
 blades in Horfes are generally taken for part of the Shoul- 
 der, yet Anatomifts have always diltinguiflied between the 
 Shoulder-blade and Shoulder, accounting that Part only to 
 be the Shoulder, which is joined to the Shoulder-blade, and 
 reaches towards the Elbow. 
 The firft of its Mufcles is called De hoi des, q- v s 
 • from its Figure refembling the Greek Letter 
 ^. It arifes fiefhy from the midit of the Collar-bone to the 
 Top of the Shoulders, and the whole Ridge of the Shoulder- 
 blade, and is inferted in the middleof the Shoulder-bone, 
 
 This Mufcle not only raifes up the Shoulder, which is its 
 chief and principal Ufe, but by the various Direction of 
 its Fibres, it aflifls in other Motions, but elpecially in that 
 which is circular. 
 
 The fecond Ere6lor of the Shoulder is named Suprafpina' 
 tiis^ becaufe it fills all that Cavity which is between its Spine 
 and upper Edge. It arifes from the Spine of the Blade, with 
 a long and flefhy Beginning, and is inferted into the Neck 
 of the Shoulder- bone by a ftrong and broad Tendon. 
 
 The LatifTimus and Rotundus major, are a- r» ^ /r 
 the two Deprenors of the Shoulder ; the hrft ^ -^ 
 
 is fo called from its Breadth ; for with its Fellow it almoft 
 covers the whole Back. It arifes from the Tops of all the 
 Spines of the Rack- bones that are between the fixth Vertt" 
 bra of the Chell, and the middle of the Os facrum, as alfo 
 from the upper part of the Haunch-bone, and is inferted 
 below the upper Head of the Shoulder-bone lengthways. 
 
 The fecond Deprejjor^ which is the fourth Mufcle of 
 the Shoulder, called Rotundus major^ takes its Origin 
 from the lower Cojia of the Shoulder-blade, and is inferted 
 into the upper and inner Part of the Shoulder-bone. The 
 Ufe of this, and the laft defcribed, is to pull the Shoulder 
 downward. 
 
 F % T}io
 
 6S The j^?iatomy of a HOKSE. Chap. V. 
 
 Tii'o pairn<jhich The two Pair ot Mufcles wliich bring 
 bring the Shiul- the Shoulder forward, are called the one by 
 ier foriuards. the Name of P^^(7;v7//,j, and the other Co- 
 racoideus. The Pe^ oralis is To called from iis Situation on 
 the Forefide of the Bread. It arifes from the middle of 
 the Collar-bone ; its middle proceeds from the whole 
 LencTth of the Breaft. bone, and the Ends of the Griftles of 
 all thofe Ribs which terminate in it ; and its lower part 
 fprings from the fixth, leventh, and eighth Ribs. Its In- 
 fertion is with a broad and finewy Tendon into the Shoul- 
 der-bone, a little below its Head. 
 
 The Coracoideus has its Beginning from the Procejfus 
 Coracoides^ from whence it reaches to the middle of the 
 Shoulder-bone, where it terminates. The Ufe of this and 
 the former is to draw the Shoulder forward. 
 -. . The following three Mufcles, to wit, the 
 
 :tee move i Jnfrafpinatiis^ Subfcapularis, and Rotundus 
 minor, move the Shoulder backward. 
 The Irtfrafpinatus arifes from the Bafis of the Blade be- 
 low its Ridge, and is inferted by a broad and (hort Tendon 
 into the fourth Ligament of the Shoulder-bone. 
 
 The Subfcapularis is feated between the Scapula and 
 Ribs, and is inferted into one of the Ligaments of the 
 Shoulder ; and the Rctundus minor, which arifes from the 
 lower Corner of the Scapula, is implanted into the Neck 
 of the Shoulder- bone. 
 
 As to the circular Motion of the Shoulder, that is not 
 performed by any fingle Mufcle, but by feveral of thefe 
 aiieady named, ading fucceffively one after another, which 
 is eafily enough to be conceived by thofe who carefully ob- 
 ferve their Origins and Infertions, and the various Direc- 
 tions of their Fibres. But we fhall now proceed to thofe 
 that move the Fore-leg and Foot. 
 
 _, The Fore leg is bended by two Mufcles, 
 
 A 5 uv to wit, the Biceps, and Brachiaus inter nus. 
 
 bend the tor?- The Biceps, fo called from its double 
 
 Head or Beginning, ariling partly from the 
 upper Brim of the Shoulder-blade, and partly from the 
 Anchor- like Procefs of the fame Bone. This Mufcle be- 
 cometh ftrong and flefliy, and runs all along the Infide of 
 the Cubit- bone to the Knee, where it is inferted. Its Of- 
 fice is to bend the Cubit forward and fomewhat inwards. 
 
 The fecond, Qr 'Jsrachiisus inter jius, h called in Man, 
 from its Situation on the Infide of the Arm,' and may 
 '. C - .•. pro-
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 69 
 
 properly enough retain the fame Name in a Horfe. This 
 takes its Beginning near the Infertion of the Deltoides^ af- 
 ter which it runs its Courfe as the former, and is inferted 
 into the Forefide of the Cubit- bone a little above the Knee, 
 and is aflifting to the former. 
 
 . TwoMufcles alfo extend the Cubit, and en,„„ .„,^«j -, 
 , ^ r 1 11 1 r n • ^^^^ extend. t(, 
 
 thefe are feated on its hind part ; the hrlt is 
 
 called Longus : It takes its Origin from, the lower Rib of the 
 
 Blade-bone, and defcending along the hinder Part of the 
 
 Shoulder-bone, is inlerted into the outfide of the Cubit- bone 
 
 towards the Knee. This draws the Leg backwards, and 
 
 ibmewhat outwards, and thereby ftretches it out ftreight. 
 
 The fecond is called 'Brevis^ from its Shortnefs ; raifesit 
 from the hinder part of the Neck of the Shoulder-bone, and 
 holding the fame Courfe with the firft, it is inferted alfo 
 with it, and afliils it in its Motion. 
 
 Thereare, befides thefe, two other Mufcles *• . ^^. • 
 which give their Affillance in extending the -^ " * 
 
 Cubit, to wit, the Brachi£us Externus, and Anconaus ; 
 but Spigelius and others have thought the one to be only 
 Part of the Longus, and the other a Part of^thefhort Mufcle, 
 and therefore have left them out. 
 
 . Thefe are all the Mufcles that move the Fore-leg of a 
 Horfe, failing fomewhat fhort of the Number of thofe 
 which move the Arm of a Man, by Reafon a Horfe has 
 only one lingle Bone in that part, whereas there are two in 
 the Arm of a Man, tQ wit, the Cubit zn^ U/z/^z, which ferve 
 to turn the Arm and Hand round ; which Kind of Motion 
 is not any ways necellary for a Quadruped. 
 
 The Shank, which fomewhat anfwers to cr^^ r » r 
 the Metacarp in a Man, has the fameNum- ^hank 
 ber of Mufcles with the Fore-leg, viz. two 
 Extenfors, and two Flexors. 
 
 The firft of the Flexors, or Benders, is called Cubitaut 
 Inter fius ; it arifes from the. inner Knob of the Shoulder- 
 bone, and is implanted into the inner and hinder Sides of 
 the Top of the Shank. The fecond may be called the Cu- 
 bit ai intern} focius, or auxiliarius, as having the fame Rife, 
 Progrefs, and Infertion with the other. 
 
 The Extenders of the Shank are the Cu- «- . * d 't' 
 bit£us externus and its Fellow, which take 
 their Origin from the outer Knob of the Shoulder- bone, 
 and are inferted into the outer and Forefide of the Head of 
 the Shank. 
 
 F 3 The
 
 70 The Aiidtomy ^/ ^ H O R S E . Ch ap. V. 
 
 The next Joint is the great Paftern, anfwering to the 
 iirft Joint of the Finger in a Man's Hand, as the little 
 Paftern does to the fecond, and the Coffin- Joint to that 
 on which the Nail grows, all which are bended and ex- 
 tended as the former. 
 
 The firft Bender of thePafterns and Cof- 
 %J ^if^!j"j\ fi" J°'"^ 's ^^''^^ Sublirnis ; it fprings from 
 :'' i'A n ^ the inner Knob of the Shoulder-bone, and 
 IS inlerted into the rafterns. 
 
 The fecond is named Profundus, arifing from the up- 
 per Part of the Cubit-bone, and bending its Courfe down 
 to the Coffin Joint, into which it is inferted. 
 E i ddb They are extended by one confiderable 
 
 ^^,^ ^ Mufcle, called Ext en for magnus. This 
 fprings from the outer Knob of the Shoul- 
 der-bone, and is inferted into the fore and outer Parts of 
 the Paftern and Coffin Joint. 
 
 Laflly, The Mufcle which anfwers to that called Pal- 
 maris in a Man ; it arifes flefhy from the inner Knob of 
 the Shoulder- bone, but prefently grows into a flender Ten- 
 don, which defcends to the Sole of the Foot. 
 
 TABLE V. Reprefents a Horfe ftanding with his Face 
 towards us, that one may have a full View of all the 
 Mufcks that appear on his Fore-parts. 
 
 A A. Sheivs the Par Maftoideum. 
 BE. The MufcJes of the Scap^ih, or Shoulder-bladf. 
 CC. The Par Trigeminum, or Complexum. 
 DD. The Par Triangulare, or Scalenum. 
 E. The JVindpipe in its ?mtural Situation. 
 FF. The Par longum removed from under the Gullet, 
 GG. The Pair of the Nofe, called Philtrum. 
 HH. The clofmg Mufcles of the No/lrils. 
 II. The Mufcles of the Eyelids, 
 KK. The Temporal Mufcles. 
 LL. The Mujcles of the Ears. 
 M. The Frontal, or Forehead Mufcles, 
 N. The Cucullaris, or Monk's Hood. 
 O. ^he Deltoids of the Shoulder. 
 P. The Serratus Major Anticus fljrunk up, 
 Q(^ The Pe£iorals. 
 
 R. The oblique defending Mufcle of the lower Belly, Jhrunk 
 from the Serratus Major, 
 
 S. 'iht
 
 Chap. V. The Aiiatomy of a HORSE. 71 
 
 S. The Deltoides of the Thigh, fo calVd by Mr. Snape» 
 
 T. The Serratus Pofticus. 
 
 VW. The external Intercollal Mufcles. 
 
 VXY. The three 'Buttock Mufcles, 
 
 Z. The Vaftus Externus, 
 
 a. The Sacrolumbus. 
 
 b. The Longiflimus Dorfi, 
 
 c. The SelTiilpinatuS. 
 
 § X. Of the Mufcles of the Thigh y and thofe ivhich mOVg 
 the hind Leg and Foot. 
 
 The Thigh of a Horfe comprehends that Part which 
 is between the joint of the Huckle, or PVhirle Bone, and 
 the Stifle. 
 
 It is moved by feveral Mufcles, the firfl of ^;, ^ z j .t 
 which are call'd the Benders of the Thigh, <ihilfor=ward. 
 and are in Number three, vi%. the Pfoas^ 
 the Iliacus Intemus^ and Peclineus. 
 
 The firft of thefe arifes flefhy from the tranverfe Pro- 
 Ceflcs of the two lowermoft Vertehrcs of the Cheft, and 
 two or three uppermoft of the Loins, from whence, de- 
 fcending by the Inlide of the Os lleum^ it ends in a ilrong 
 round Tendon, which is inferted into the Forefide of the 
 upper Part of the lefler Head of the Thigh-bone. The 
 tJfe of this Mufcle is to draw the Thigh upward, and 
 fomeward inward. 
 
 The fecond, or Iliacus Intemus^ fpringeth with a flen- 
 der flefhy Beginning from the Infide of the Haunch- bone ; 
 and being join'd by its Tendon to the former Mufcle, is in- 
 ferted by a round Tendon into the lefTer Head, ox Rotator of 
 the Thigh- bone. This Mufcle is alfo of Ufe to raife the 
 Thigh upward, tho' not fo much inward as the other. 
 
 The PeiiineuSj which is the laft of thefe three Muf- 
 cles, arifes broad and flefliy from the Line of the Share- 
 bone, near the Griflle, and is implanted with a broad 
 and large Tendon into the lower End of the Thigh-bone. 
 This draws the Thigh upward and inward, and is that 
 Mufcle which, in Men, helps to lay one Thigh over the 
 other. 
 
 This Mufcle, aild all thofe that follow, excepting the 
 two lafl, are inferted into the lower End of the Thigh- 
 bone, jufl above the Stife j whereas in Men they are moH, 
 or all of them, inferted into its proper Part^ either at m 
 F 4 Neck,
 
 72 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V. 
 
 Neck, Or into one or other of the two Knobs at the lower 
 End of its Neck, called the great and lefler Trochanters. 
 Mr. Stwpe thinks the Reafon of this Difference is owing 
 to the Shortnefs of the Thigh-bone of a Horfe, compared 
 with that of a Man, whereby his Mufcles being very- 
 plump and bulky upon its Buttocks, it was neceflary they 
 Ihould have feme Space to grow more ilender, and become 
 Tendinous ; and therefore, he fays, they are extended as far 
 as the Stifle, which anfwers to the Knee in Man. But 
 rhis is alfo owing to the different Adion of the Thigh of 
 a Horfe from that of a Man, which manifeftly requires 
 its Mufcles to have a lower Infertion. 
 *n h "d t •^^ ^^^'^ ^^^ ^'^^^ Mufcles which bend 
 
 backward, ' ^^ Thigh forwards, it has the fame Num- 
 ber to bend it backwards. 
 
 The firft is called Glutaus Exiernus, or the moft out- 
 ward Buttock Mufcle ; it arifes with a flefhy Beginning 
 from the Crupper, the Ridge of the Haunch-bone, and 
 from the Os Sacrum, and pafling over the Joint of the 
 Huckle-bone, it ends in a ftrong and broad Tendon, 
 which is inferted above the Stifle into the inner Part of 
 the Thigh-bone. Its Ufe is to extend the Thigh, and 
 enable an Horfe to go backward. 
 
 The next is called the Glutaus 'Medius, lying in a Man 
 diredly under the other, but in a Horfe Side by Side with 
 the other. It tifes from the Spine of the Haunch-bone, a 
 little higher than the other, and from thence defcends ob- 
 liquely over the Joint of the Hip, and is inferted into the 
 lower End of the outerlide of the Thigh-bone. Its Ufe is 
 to extend the Thigh, and to draw it outward and back- 
 ■ward, as when a Horfe Hands to Stale. 
 
 The third and lalt of the Extenders is called Glutaus 
 Minor, or lefler Buttock Mufcle ; it arifes round and 
 flefliy as high as the former, and defcending obliquely over 
 the Joint of the Hip, to the lower End of the Thigh-bone, 
 is inferted fomewhat towards its fore-flde. This aflifts the 
 other in its Adion. 
 
 The Thigh is mov'd inwards by the TV/- 
 
 tZSe ''P'^ °^' ^^^^^'^'"S to fome, the Quadriceps, 
 •^ •' ' from its having four Heads ; the firff: Head 
 
 rifing nervous from the upper Part of the Share bone, and 
 defcending to the Infide of the lower End of the Thigh- 
 bone. The fecond beginning flefhy at the lower Side of the 
 fame Bone, and ending a little higher than the former. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a UOKS>'E. 75 
 
 The third arifing partly nervous and partly flertiy, from 
 the under Side of the Coxendix^ is inferred near the lall. 
 The fourth, having a hke Origin from the top of the Cqx- 
 endix^ runs along the Infide of the Thigh, and ends in a 
 round Tendon ; which joining with the Tendon of the 
 jfirll Part of this Mufcle, has the fame Infertion with it. 
 
 The Thigh is alfo turn'd outwards by j„j f^^ ,v 
 four fmali Mufcles, called ^adrigemini, Jt^warl by 
 all which are placed one by another, upon fo^r. 
 the Outfide of the Articulation of the 
 Thigh. The firfl is the Longeft, and takes its Origin from 
 the Lower and Outer Part of the Os Sacrum ; afterwards, 
 paffing over the great Rotator^ it is inferred into the Out- 
 lide of the lower End of the Thigh-bone. 
 
 The fecond and third arife both of them from the Knob 
 of the Os IJchium, near each other, and are inferred with 
 the firft. 
 
 The fourth is more flefhy than the reft, arifing from the 
 inner Part of the Knob of the Ifchium^ and terminating 
 with the former : To thefe mull be added the Deltoid€S 
 of the Thigh, which fpring from the Outfide of the Tip 
 of the Ileu7n^ with a Sharp beginning, but growing Trian- 
 gular, is inferted v;ith a broad membranous Tendon into 
 the Outfide of the Thigh-bone ; by its Situation it feems 
 to alTift the Adion of the Oiiadrigemini. 
 
 But laflly, the Thigh is turn'd obliquely <^ , . , .. 
 hy two Mufcles called Obturatoies, or Stop- /y"L"^^^ '^'^' 
 pers. The firft is called Obturator Inter- 
 nui^ and takes its Origin from the inner Circumference of 
 the Hole abovementioned, and is inferted into the Cavity 
 of the great Rotator. The Obturator Ext emus., from 
 the external Circumference of the faid Hole, and is inferr- 
 ed in the lame Cavity with the former. 
 
 The Leg has three feveral Motions peculiar to it, viz. 
 it is bended, extended, and turned obliquely Outwards ; 
 to perform all which Motions, there are the fame Number 
 of Mufcles in Horfes as in Man, only that feme of them 
 are different from thofe in Men, with refped to their In- 
 fertions. 
 
 It has firft of all five Mufcles, called Ex- The Leg is ex- 
 tenders, of which the firft is named Mejn- tended by five 
 hranofus ; and by fome the Fafcia Lata, Mufcles. 
 becaufe it involves and covers almoft all the Mufcles of 
 the Thigh. This Mufcle rifes flefhy from the upper Part 
 
 of
 
 74 The Anatomy of a HOVx.S'E. Chap.V. 
 
 ©f the Os Ikun:^ near the great Procefs of the Thigh-bone, 
 and covering the whole Thigh and the Stifle, over which 
 it croiies, it is at lall: inferted into the fore and upper Part of 
 the Bone of the Leg. Its Ufe is to extend the Leg diredtly ; 
 or, according to fome, to draw it obliquely outwards. 
 
 The fecond is call'd Longui, arifing from the upper 
 Part of the Appendix of the Os Ileum ; and pafling ob- 
 liquely down the Thigh, it is inferted into the Bone of 
 the Leg, a little below the Stifle. This Mufcle not only 
 extends the Leg, but alfo helps to draw it inwards ; for 
 which Reafon, fome Authors reckon it one of the Benders 
 of the Leg. 
 
 The third is call'd Re^us, from its ftreight Courfe : It 
 takes its Beginning from the lower Brim of the Haunch- 
 bone, and defcends ftreight down theForehde of the Thigh, 
 until it reaches the Stifle, where it turns into a ftrong and 
 broad Tendon ; and adhering to the Patella, in its Paf- 
 fage over it, it is at laft inferted into the Forefide of the 
 upper Part of the Shank. 
 
 The fourth is named Fajlus Externus, becaufe of its 
 great Bulk ; it arifes from the Root of the great Trochan- 
 ter, and from the Neck of the Thigh-bone, cleaving clofe 
 to its outfide, until it arrives at the Stifle, where, becoming 
 membranous and broad, and uniting with the Tendon of 
 the ftreight Mufcle, it is inferted into the fame Place with 
 it, but on its outfide. 
 
 The laft, or Va^us Internus, rifes from the Root of 
 the lefTer Trochanter, and defcending down the Inlide of 
 the Thigh-bone, it unites itfelf with the former two, after 
 it has pafied over the Stifle, and is inferted with them into 
 the fame Place of the Tibia. Thefe three laft defcribed Muf- 
 cles, joining together at their crofling the Stifle, form one 
 broad and ftrong Tendon, which involves the Patella, or 
 Knee-bone of the Stifle, and ties it fo firmly, that it is 
 almoft impoflible for it to be difplaced. 
 Bend dh fo r '^^^ Benders of the Legs are in Number 
 * four, viZ' the Biceps, the SemimembranofuSy 
 the Seminervcfus, and Gracilis, 
 
 The Biceps rifes fharp and nervous from the Appen- 
 dage of the Coxendix, and pafiing along the Outfide of 
 the Thigh, is inferted into the Outfide of the appendix 
 of the Tibia, or Leg- bone j this bends the Leg, by puU 
 Jing it backward. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy <?/^HORSE. 75 
 
 The next, according to 'Bartholin^ (who follows the 
 Order in his Defcription of thofe Mufcles) is the Semi^ 
 membranofus, which takes its Beginning from the Knob 
 of the Coxendix, as the other, and running down the 
 back Part of the Thigh, is inferted into that Part of the 
 Leg-bone, which in Man is called the Ham. 
 
 The third is call'd by the faid Author Seminervofus^ be- 
 ing partly nervous and partly fiefliy, as the other is partly 
 fieftiy and partly membranous. It has the fame Origin 
 with the other two ; but defcending obliquely towards the 
 inner Part of the Thigh, it reaches to the Middle of the 
 Leg-bone, into whofe inner Part it is inferted. 
 
 The fourth is called Gracilis ^ being Hender ; it ariies 
 with a nervous Beginning, from the middle of the Share- 
 bone, and defcending along the Infide of the Thigh, is 
 inferted near the other. When thefe A4ufcles adl together, 
 they draw the Leg direftly backward ; but when they 
 adt fingly, fome being placed more outward, and fome 
 more inward, they then bend the Leg either to this or that 
 Side. 
 
 But befides thefe, there is another called ^jt j tv, 
 T» I- 1-1 IT 11- 1 Mo'ved oblique' 
 
 Poglitaus, which moves the Legs obliquely. / ^ ^^^^^ 
 
 This rifes broad and nervous from the 
 
 outer Head of the Thigh-bone, and going obliquely down 
 
 the Thigh, is inferted in the back Part of the upper Knob 
 
 of the Tibia. 
 
 We come now to the Mufcles which move the lower 
 part of the Leg and Foot ; and here it will be neceilary 
 to take Notice, that by the lower Part of the Leg is to 
 be underftood, that Space which reaches from the Hock 
 to the great Paftern j which, Mr. Snape fays, is anfwer- 
 able to the Inftep in Men, as the great Paftern, and lit- 
 tle Paftern anfwer to the firft and fecond Joints of the 
 Toes J and the Coffin Joint to that whereon the Nails do 
 grow. 
 
 The Inftep is bended, by two Mufcles, to Ihe hjiep ben- 
 wit, the Tibialis Anticiis, and Perofiaus ded by the 
 Anticus. The firft arifes iharp and flefliy ^^^I'^"- 
 from the upper Appendix of the Leg-bone, cleaving clofe 
 to it in its Defcent, and paffing under the Griftle of the 
 Hock, is divided into two or more Tendons that are inferted 
 into the Forefide of the Inftep-bone, which, with the reft: of 
 the Foot, it moygs forward and upward.
 
 j6 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V. 
 
 The fccond is called Peronaus AnticuSy tho' improperly 
 in a Horfe, who wants that Bone which in Man is named 
 Perone^ or Fibula. This takes its Origin from the upper 
 Appendix of the Tibia or Leg-bone, and is inferted into the 
 Outfide of the Inftep-bone, which with the reft of the Foot 
 it moves forward and fomewhat outward. 
 
 The Foot is alfo extended or drawn back- 
 
 ^'"dbtllT"' """^^^^^ ^"^ ^^^'■^^ Mufcles, the firft is called 
 ae y }ree Ga/Irccfiemius ExternuSy and is that Muf- 
 " cle which in Man forms the Calve of the 
 
 Leg. It takes its Rife from the inner Head of the Thigh- 
 bone, and Part of it from the outer Head of the fame 
 Borie, and afterwards uniting together about the middle of 
 the Leg, they there turn into one ftrong Tendon, which bein^ 
 united with that of the following Mufcle, to wit, the GaJ- 
 trocnemius iiiternus^ are both inferted into the Heel-bone. 
 
 This Mufcle lieth ibmewhat under the former, arifmg 
 from the hinder part of the upper End of the Leg-bone, 
 and is inferted as aforefaid. 
 
 The laft Extender of the Foot is called Plantaris^ or 
 the Mufcle of the Soal or Tread ; it arifes flefhy, round, 
 and flender, between the former two, taking its Origin 
 from the back part of the lower Head of the Thigh-bone, 
 and in its Defcent foon becomes a flender round Tendon ; 
 "which, joining very clofely with the Tendons of the for- 
 mer two, palles down to the Heel bone, where it leaves 
 tliem, and proceeds along the back part of the Inltcp-bone, 
 and the two Pafterns, terminating within the Foot all over 
 the Bottom of it, making that part of the Foot which lies 
 next under the Soal, and plainly appears when the Soal is 
 drawn out. The Tendons of thefe three Mufcles joining 
 together, form that great Sinew called Magna Chorda, by 
 which the Butchers hang up their Meat. 
 
 The Foot is alfo moved fomewhat fide- 
 Mo-ued fide jays ^^ ^^j jj^^.^^d and outward, by 
 
 by t^MO Mufcles. ^ ^ In r \ 
 
 ■^ ■' two Mufcles. 
 
 The firft is called Tibialis PcfiicuSy having its Origin 
 from the upper End of the Leg- bone, and its ufe being 
 to move the Foot obliquely inward. 
 
 The fecond, called Peronaus Pofiicus, arifes from the 
 upper and hinder part of the Leg-bone, by a nervous and 
 flrong Beginning, and defcending with the Tendon of the 
 Peronaus Anticus, on the outfide of the Hock, continuing 
 its Courfe beyond it to the Bottom of the Foot, into which 
 
 it
 
 Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 77 
 
 it is implanted. Tills moves tlie Foot contrary to the for- 
 mer, viz. obliquely outward. 
 
 The Pafterns and Coffin Joint are likewife bended, and 
 extended by their proper Mufcles. 
 
 The Benders are in Number two, vi-z. the 'The Paflems 
 Flexor longui^ and the Fie)f.or brevis. The l>ef!dcd by t^^o. 
 iirft arifes from the upper and hinder part of the Leg- 
 bone, and defcends on the inner Side of the Hoof, down 
 the Inftep-bone and Pafterns, into the Coffin Joint. The 
 fecond takes its Origin from the Inlide of the Heel-bone» 
 a little below the Hock, and has the fame Infertion with 
 the former. Thefe bend the Pafterns and Coffin Joint 
 backward. 
 
 The Extenders are alfo two, thefirft cal- Jnd extended 
 led Extenfor lofigus, and the other Ex- h ^'^'^°- 
 ienfor brevis : The one rifing from the inner fide of the 
 Shank, juft under the Stifle, is inferted into the Fore and 
 Upper part of the Coffin Joint. The other rifing from the 
 Forepart of the Annular Ligament^ that binds about the 
 Inftep Joint, and defcending under the former, has the 
 fame Infertion. Thefe two extend the Pafterns and Cof- 
 fin Joint, by drawing them forward. 
 
 TAB. VI. Reprefents the hind Part of a Horfe, with 
 his Mufcles. 
 
 AA. The Cucullaris, or Monk's Hood. 
 
 B. The Edge of the Deltoides of the Thigh. 
 
 C. The Gluteus minor, or lefer Buttock Mufcles. 
 DDD. The Glutaeus medius. 
 
 EE. The Glutseus major, or greater Buttock MufcU. 
 
 F. The Biceps. • 
 
 GG. The Seminervofus of both Legs. 
 
 HHH. The Lividus, or Pe^iinals of both hind Legs. 
 
 I. The Semimembranofus. 
 
 K. The Orbicularis, or orbicular Mufcle of the Lips. \ 
 
 L. Part of the Longiffimus Dorfi. 
 
 M. The circular Mufcle of the Nofe. 
 
 N. The Sphin^er of the Fundament^ ' ' ,; 
 
 O. The Maftoides. "• 2 
 
 P. The Manforius of the Cheeks. 
 
 Qi 77?^ Triangularis. 
 
 R. The Complexus, or Trigeminus. 
 
 S. The Tranfverfalis Colli. 
 
 T. The
 
 7 8 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. VL 
 
 T. The Spinalus Colli- 
 
 V. The Vaftus Externus. 
 
 WW. The Gaftrocnemius Externus. 
 
 X. The Peronseus Amicus. 
 
 Y, The Peronaeus PolUcus. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Of the Bones. 
 
 § I. 0/ the Bones whkh frame and compofe the SkuU^ 
 zvith its Suture. 
 
 The Skull. 'T^HE firft and uppermoft Part of the 
 
 Head is the Skull, call'd by Anatomifts 
 the Cranium^ from its Office of covering the Brain like a 
 //. Bone^ proper ^/''"^^L ^^ "" compofed of nine Bones, three 
 and common. of which are common to it, and the upper 
 
 Jaw ; which are the Wedge-like Bone, the 
 Os Jugaky or the Yoke-like Bone, and the Os Cribri- 
 fcrme^ or Sieve-like Bone. The other fix are proper Bones, 
 and make up the Skull itfelf ; and thefe are the Frontal^ 
 or Forehead-bone, the OccipitaU or Noll-bone, the two 
 Bones of the Sinciput, or Parietal bones, and the Temple- 
 bones, within which are contained the fmall Bones of the 
 Ear, which with the two Orbicular-bones, make up the 
 Number of feventeen Bones peculiar to the Skull. 
 Jis Sutures, or ^he larger Bones are diftinguifh'd by fe- 
 Seams. '^^''^^ Seams called Sutures, both which and 
 
 the Bones are of the fam.e Number in a 
 Horfe as in Men, only that they are different in Shape 
 and Figure. 
 
 Some of thefe Sutures are proper to the Skull alone, 
 and fome are common to it and the upper Jaw. They are 
 alio dillinguifhed into thofe that are true, and thofe that 
 are falfe ; fuch as are indented one into another, being of 
 the firft Kind ; and fuch as are plain and linear, like two 
 Boards glued together, being accounted of the fecond Kind, 
 or only falfe Sutures. 
 
 Jts true Sutures. "^^^ ^''^^ Sutures are three in Number, 
 and proper to the Skull only, viz. the Co- 
 ronol, Lambdoidalj and Sagittal.
 
 Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HOKS^. 79 
 
 ThQCoronal^ fo called becaufe the Ancients were wont to 
 wear their Crowns or Garlands on that Part. The Suture, 
 ?s in Men, fo likewife in a Horfe, runs athwart the Skull, 
 above the Forehead, reaching on each Side to the Temple- 
 bones, ar.d joining the Forehead-bone to the Sinciput. 
 
 The fecond, LambdoideSi becaufe of its Refemblance to 
 the Greek Letter A. This is feated on the hind Part of the 
 Head, being oppofite to the other, beginning at the Bot- 
 tom of the Occiput^ and defcending above the Ear fome- 
 vvhat higher than in Men. It joins the Bone of the Occi^ 
 put^ or hind and under Part of the Skull, to the Bones of 
 the Sinciput and Temples. 
 
 The third begins at the Middle of the Lamhdoidal Su- 
 ture, dividing the two Bones of the Sinciput^ and is there- 
 fore called the Sagittal Suture ; but in Horfes, and many 
 other Quadrupeds, it crollcs the Coronal Suture, as in Chil- 
 dren, quite down to the Nofe. This Suture in a Horfe 
 is not fo much indent as the other two, but is in a great 
 Meafure ftreight and linear. ' 
 
 The falfe Sutures are in Number two ; Its falfe Su- 
 the firlt palles from the Root of the Pro- . ^"f"^^- 
 cejjlis Mammillaris with a circular Dudl, returning down 
 again towards the Ear, encompafling the Temple-bone. 
 
 The fecond runs obliquely downwards, arifing from the 
 Top of the former, and palles to the Socket of the Eye, 
 and the Beginning of the firft common Suture. 
 
 Thefc Sutures, which are common to the *^ko/e common 
 Skull, the Wedge-like Bone, and upper Jaw, ^-^ ^^-"^ Skull and 
 are chiefly thefe three that follow, to wir, «//^^ 7«w. 
 the Frontal^ the JVedge-Uhe Suture, and the Cribrofa : 
 The firft being that by which the Procefs of the Forehead- 
 bone is join'd with the nrll Bone of the upper Jaw ; the 
 fecond that by which the Wedge-like Bone is join'd with 
 the firft Bone 'of the fame Jaw ; and the third that Suture 
 which is common to the Wedge-like Bone and the Septum^ 
 cr Partition of the Nofe. 
 
 The Sutures are of Ufe, not only as they ^heirU/e. 
 divide the Bones which compofe the Skull, 
 buialfo as they afford a free Ingrefs and Egrefs for the Veflels 
 which fupply Life and Nourifliment to the Parts contained 
 •within the Skull, and likewife as they give a Pailage to thofe 
 little Fibres, by v/hich the Dura Mater is kept fufpended : 
 And further, they are of Ufe in Cafe the Skull ihould at any 
 lime happen lo be broke, that any fuch Fradure cr Fifiure 
 
 might
 
 to The Anatomy of a HOKS'E. Chap. VI. 
 
 might not run through the whole Skull, but be ftop'd at the 
 end of the fraclured Bone ; whereas if it was not for thefe 
 Seams, it might with one Blow be fliivered all in Pieces 
 Eke an earthen Pot. But I fhall now return to the Bones. 
 The Fro?ital or Forehead Bone, which I 
 ^e Frenfal i^^lvg already taken Notice of as the firft pro- 
 
 cZlus kz' ^^^ ^°"^ °^ the Skull, is feated before, and 
 " * ' ■ makes the fore-part of the Skull. It is bound- 
 ed on its fore-part by the Coronal and firll common Suture, 
 on the Sides by the Temporal Bones, and on its infide by 
 the OJfii Spongiofa^ or fpongy Bones. Between its Lamina 
 or Plates, there is a double Cavity, from whence there is 
 alfo a double Paflage into the Nofttils, diftinguifhed by 
 many bony Fibres, and fmall Scales, which are encompafTed 
 •with a green Membrane, and contain a foft, medullar, or 
 rather oily Sabftance. Thefe are proportionably larger in 
 a Horfc than in a Man, and have various Ufcs afcribed to 
 them, being thought by fome to aflift in the Office of 
 Smelling, by intangling the odoriferous Air ; by fome, to 
 promote the Shrilnefs of the Voice ; and by others, to be 
 a Receptacle for fome Portion of the excrementitious 
 Matter, which is feparated from thofe Parts. 
 
 Befides thefe Cavities, there is a Sinus or Den on each 
 Side, called the Frotital Sinus's^ compos'd of a double Scale ; 
 one making the upper Part of the Orbit of the Eye, and 
 the other forming the Cavity above the "Eyes, on either 
 Side, which is not very plain, having only Infcriptions an- 
 fwerable to the winding Convolutions of the Brain. This 
 Bone has alfo two Holes, which go to the Orbit of the 
 Eye, whereby the firlt Branch of the Nerve of the fifth 
 Conjugation goeth to the Mufcles of the Forehead. It has 
 likewife four Procelles, two of which are feated at the 
 greater Corner of the Eye, and the other two at its lefl'er 
 Corner, helping to form tlie upper Part of the Orbit. 
 7/j S' ciD t '^"^^ Bones of the Sinciput are next to the 
 
 * Frontal, being joined to it by the Coronal 
 Suture, and behind to the Occipital Bone by the La?nbdoi- 
 cal Suture, on each Side, to the Temple-Bones, by ihtSu- 
 tiircs Squammofce^ or fcaly Sutures, and by one of the com- 
 mon Sutures to the Wedge-like Bone. They are alfo join- 
 ed one to the other, by the Sagittal, or Arrow like Suture, 
 Their Figure is fomewhat fquare, and though their Sub- 
 ftance is thinner than that of the other Bones of the Skull, 
 yet they are alfo made up of two Lamina^ excepting where 
 
 lhc7
 
 C^AP. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. %i: 
 
 they are joined to the Temple- bones. They are frftooth 
 on their Outfide, but inwardly uneven, having feveral Ca- 
 vities to which the Dura Mater adheres by the Sides of 
 the Sagittal Suture ; as alio feveral long and winding In- 
 fcriptions, or P'urrows, form'd by the Branches of the /v- 
 ternal Jugulars^ in their Paflage to the Brain. Thefc 
 Bones have allb feveral Perforations ; fome of which go 
 quite through, others piercing only the upper Table, for 
 the Entrance of thofe Veflels which run between its Plates. 
 The Orr//)//^/, or Noll- bone, which makes q-^^^ Noll-boue 
 the hinder and lower Part of the Head, and .^^,y^;^ j,^ Parts'. 
 middle of the Bafis of the Skull, is the 
 hardeft of all the Bones of the Skull, excepting the Os Pe- 
 trofum of the Temple-bones, being very thick at Bottom, 
 where the two Sinus's of the Dura Mater are joined. 
 At the Sides of the great Perforation, through which the 
 Spinal Marrow defcends, it is fomewhat thin ; but that 
 its Thinnefs might be no Prejudice to it, it is llrengthenM 
 by a large Prominence, which afcends from the faid 
 Perforation quite to Its upper Part. By this Prominence 
 the two Protuberances of the Cerebellum are alfo diftin- 
 guilhed. 
 
 This Bone is in a Horfe ftve-corner'd, and has feveral 
 Channels, or Si;ius'sy two of which, being pretty large, 
 receive the Protuberances or Bunchings of the Cerebellum, 
 or After-brain ; others receive fome of the Convolutions of 
 the Brain itlelf, and fome, the two Sinus's of the Dura 
 Mater, that they might not be comprefled or hurt for 
 Want of a proper Cavity to lie in. 
 
 It has alfo divers Procelles, four of which, being covered 
 with a fmoolh Griftle, are received into the Si?ms's of the 
 lirft: Vertebra of the Neck ; but that which goes between 
 the Protuberances of the Cerebellum^ is the nroft confider- 
 able. It is perforated in five Places, for the Paflage of fe- 
 veral Vellels,- befides the large Hols through which the 
 Medulla goes into the Spine of the Neck.' 
 
 The lalt of the proper Bones of the Skull, iT^e Tempu- 
 are the Temple-bones, which are feated on ■P''*^^ '^'^^ 
 each fide of the Head, reachiiig to the Bot- thnrjroct^^ 
 torn of the Ears. Their Figure is on their '"''^^'^^^^^ 
 upper fides femicircuLar, but below they are rugged and 
 unequal, like a Rock ; from whence, and from their Hard- 
 nefs, the Temple-bone has alfo obtained the Name ot Oi 
 Petrofum, Thefe Bones are very thick at their Bottom, 
 
 G bus
 
 %z The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 but grow extremely thin upwards, lying like two Scales on 
 the lower Edge of the Bones of the Sinciput. 
 
 They have each of them two Sinus's, the outermofl being 
 the largeft, is lined with a Grillle, and receives the longer 
 Procefs of the lower Jaw. The other, or inward Cavity, 
 is common to the Temple-bone and Noll-bone. There 
 are alfo four Procefles belonging to each Temple-bone, viz, 
 that which in Man is called the ProceJJits StyloideSy or Pen- 
 like Procefs, though improperly in a Horfe, it being but 
 fhort. The next is called the ProceJJiis mammillaris, being 
 fbmewhat fliap'd like a Nipple. The third palling forwards- 
 fiom the Hole of the Ear to the Protuberance of the firft 
 Bone of the upper Jaw, and being joined to the !aft, forms 
 the Os Jugale\ or Yoke- bone. TThe fourth is the Procejfui 
 petrofus, or hard and uneven part of the Temple- bone ; 
 this,- being internal, jets out a pretty Way into the Infide 
 of the Bottom of the Skull, within v^'hich there are two Per- 
 forations 5 one to give a Paflage for an Artery, another for 
 the Auditory Nerve, mto the inner Cavities of the Ear, to 
 y^'it, the Tympanum, Labyrinth, and Cochlea. 
 
 This Procefs has alfo on its outfide three Perforations, or 
 Holes ; the firft called the Meatus auditorius, or Auditory 
 Paflage ; the fecond is that thro' which the Jugular Vein 
 enters into the inner Cavities ; the third is feated between 
 the Maimnillary and Styloid Procefles, ending in that Paf- 
 fage that goes from the Ear to the Mouth. As to the little 
 Bones that are contained in the Cavities of this Procels, viz, 
 the Incu:, Malleus, Stapes, and Os orbicularc, which, 
 with thofe already defcrib'd, make up the whole Number of 
 the Bones proper to the Skull, having taken notice of them 
 already in another Place, I fliall therefore pafs on to thofe 
 "which are common to the Skull and upper Jaw ; and thefe 
 are in Number three, namely, the Os Sphenoides, or Wedge- 
 like Bone, the Sieve-lih Bone, and the Toke-like Bone. 
 'The Wedze-like '^^^ Wedge-like Bone is fo called from 
 Bone '^^^ being placed like a Wedge between the 
 
 Bones of the Skull and the upper Jaw ; it is 
 joined before to the Frontal Bone, and behind to the Occi" 
 pital, its Sides to part of the Petrofiim above, and below 
 ■ to fome of the Bones of the upper Jaw and Palate. 
 
 It has feveral Procefles, fome external, and fome internal ; 
 as alfo divers Cavities, two of which are common to it and 
 the Temple-bones, and the Bones of the Sinciput. Its Holes 
 are about feven on each fide ; one of which gives a Paflage 
 
 to
 
 Chap. VI. The Jnatomy of aHOKS^. gj 
 
 to the Opt'ick Nerve, the reft are penetrated, feme by one, 
 and fome by leveral Paits of Nerves ; others by the Carotid 
 Arteries and Jugular Veins, and again, others both by 
 Nerves and Blood- vefiels. 
 
 The Os Cribrifcrme is the next Bone '^^^e Os Cri- 
 common to the Head and upper Jaw, and is bnforme, or 
 fo called from its innumerable little Holes, ^^(^•'^(•li^eBone* 
 which make it like a Sieve. It is litua:ed in the fore and 
 under Side of the Skull, between and a little below the 
 Sockets of the Eyes, and at the upper Part of the Noftrils, 
 and is joined by an even Line to the Forehead bone, the 
 fecond of the upper Jaw, and the Wedge-like Bone. 
 
 It is made of four Parts, viz. the Crijia Galii, or 
 Cock's Comb, to whofe fliarp Appendix the Falx adheres. 
 The fecond Part is that which is perforated, and mnkes up 
 the greateft Portion of it. The third is only a Piece's of 
 Its under Si.^«, by which the Noftrils are divide] ; And 
 the fourth is called the Os Spongiojum ; its Cavities being 
 filled with a fpongy fort of Flefli. This Bone helps to 
 rnake up the Corner of the Orbit of the Eye, and through 
 its Holes gives a Paflage to the innumerable Fibriila: of the 
 Auditory Nerves. 
 
 The laft is the Jiigale or Yoke- like Bone, q , . 
 and is compofcd of two Bones; one of which ° 
 
 is a Procefs of the Tcriiple-bone, and the other a Proce.s 
 of the firft Bone of the upper Jaw, forming the lower Sids 
 of the lefler and outer Corner of the Orbit of the Eye. 
 
 §. II. Of ths Jaiv-boncs end Teeth^ together ivith the 
 Os Hyoides, ar Bone of the Tongue. 
 
 Befides the Bones which are common to 
 the Skull and upper Jaw, there are twelve, 1"7'^^ ^?^' 
 
 r u c- r u- u ♦ proper to ttjc 
 
 wz. fix on eachSicie, which are proper to upLrJa'-uV-z 
 the upper Jaw alone, and are thole which 
 frame the lower Side of the Orbit of the Eye, the Nofe, 
 Cheeks, and Roof of the Mouth. 
 
 The firft is called Zygomaticu?n^ becaufe <^^^ ^„ 2y, 
 
 its Procefs makes up a Part of the O; Jugale : gomatlcum. 
 
 It compofes the lower Part of the outer ^ithitsfcli.'w. 
 Corner of the Eye. 
 
 The next is feared in the inner Corner of ^^^ fecond, 
 
 the Orbit of the Eye, and is called Lachry- Lachrymale. 
 piale^ becaufe it has in it a Cavity which con- 
 tains the Lachrymal Gland. This Bone has alfo a Perfora- 
 G 2 tics
 
 «4 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 tion into theNoftri!, through which a Nerve of ihc fifth 
 Pair pafles to the inner Membrane of the Nofe. 
 (J-, at- J 1'he thii-d is feated m the inner Side of 
 
 the Orbit of the Eye, and is continued with 
 the fungous Bones of the Noftrils. This Bone is joined to 
 four Bone^, viz. to the Forehead-bone, to the Wedge- like 
 Bone, to the laft defcribed, and the next following, and 
 is not diftinguifhed by any peculiar Name. 
 ^, f. , The fourth is called the Oj Mala, of 
 
 OsMalV' Check-bone. This Bone compofes the great- 
 
 eft Part of the Cheek, as alfo of the Palate ; 
 and moreover contains all the upper Teeth in its leflcr Ca- 
 terns. It is much the largeft of all the Bones of the upper 
 Jaw, and is circumfcribed with divers Sutures, being joined 
 above to the Frontal-bone on the Side next the Nofe, below 
 to the Wedge-like Bone, and the Bone of the Palate of the 
 Mouth, before to the Lachrymal Bone, and one of thofc 
 Bones that make the upper Part of the Nofe, as alfo to the 
 Cheek-bone on the other Side. It has alfo three Perfora- 
 tions, two of which are under the Orbit of the Eye, for the 
 PafTage of two Branches of the Nerves that are beftowed 
 on the Face ; and the third, for the Paflage of a Vein and 
 Artery, which go the Noftrils. This Bone has likewife a 
 great Den or Cavern on each Side, in that prominent Part 
 which ftands out under the Orbit of the Eye, and on each 
 Side of the Nofe ; when there happens to be Matter pent 
 up in this Cavity, it occafions mtollerable Pain, by reafon of 
 a very fine and fenfible Membrane, wliich lines its Infide. 
 
 The fifth Bone of the upper Jaw, with its 
 V be fifth, nuhich Companion, makes up the bony Prominence 
 
 Tinenceof the °^ ^^^ ^^'^"^- ^^ '^ ^^'"'^ ^"^ ^^'^^^' ^"^ '^ 
 ^'ofe"^^ ^^ perforated in feveral Places, for the Pallage 
 
 of Nerves and Blood Veflels, It is joined 
 above to the internal Procefs of the Frontal Bone : Its 
 Sides adhere to the firft and fourth Bone of this Jaw, in the 
 Middle to its Companion, and underneath to the Griftles 
 that make the lower Part of the Nofe. 
 
 The kft is that Bone which with its Com- 
 'ThelaJ}, nvith pgnion, frames the Roof of the Mouth : It is 
 jts Lompamon ^^.^^j ^ ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ fomewhat rough 
 
 frame the Roof ,' ' i_t-ji- rii 
 
 of the Mouth ^^" uneven at that End where it refembles a 
 Semi-circle. It is joined behind to the Wing- 
 like Proceflcs of theWedgc-likeBone; and on the Infide to 
 the Partition of the Noftrils. Il is alfo joi/icd lo the Check- 
 bone,
 
 Chap. VI. The Jnatomy of a HORSE. 8 5 
 
 bone, and to its back Part. It has likevvife two Perfora'' 
 tions, one on either fide, which have Communication with 
 the two Holes of the Wedge- Hke Bone. 
 
 The lower JaWjWhich makes the lower part 7?-^ Icnveryaw, 
 of the Capacity of the Mouth, comes next I'-'ith its Parts. 
 to be treated of. This difiers from the former, in that it 
 is moveable, whereas the other is not. At both Ends of it 
 there are two Procefl'es, the foremoft of w^hich running up- 
 wards, and from a broad Bafis growing fharp, ends in a 
 Cone or Point. It is this Point that receives the Tendon of 
 the Temporal Mufcle ; from whence it is, that a Luxation 
 of the lower Jaw is very dangerous, if not fpeedily reduc'd. 
 
 The other, wliich is the backward Procefs, is called jfrti- 
 mlaris, having a Neck and a longifli Head covered with a 
 Grillle, by which it is receiv'd and articulated into the Sims 
 of the Os petro/um,2Lr\d it is ftrongly knit thereto by a mem- 
 branous Ligament. It hath, at the Sides of thofe Proceffes, 
 fmall (hallow Cavities, for the Lodgment of its Mufcles. 
 Towards its back Part it hath a Cavity within it, which con- 
 tains a marrowy Juice for itsNourifhment. It has alfo four 
 Perforations or Holes, whereof two are at the Roots of the 
 Procefles, by which a V^ein and Artery, as alfo a Branch of 
 the fifth Pair of Nerves do pafs to the Teeth. The other 
 two are in its Fore- part, giving Way to two Twigs of the 
 faid Pranch, which go out to the lower Lip. 
 
 But the lower and upper Jaw have Sockets for the Teeth 
 to ftand in, which by Reafon of their Depth, have been 
 called Jheoli : When any of the Teeth fall out, as the 
 Foal Teeth, &c. thefe Pits foon become obliterated, and the 
 Jaw grows fmooth. 
 
 The Teeth are of a Subftance harder than ^, n- , 
 any of the. other Bones, which is abfolutely 
 neceflary, confidering their Office is to break and cut all 
 the Aliment. That Part of them which Hands out above 
 the Gums, is fmooth and free from any Covering, but all 
 within the Sockets of the Jaws is more rough, and covered 
 with a thin Membrane of exquifite Senfe. Thofe which 
 are called Grinders, have a manifeft Cavity within them, 
 hut the Fore- teeth and Pog- teeth have but very obfcure 
 ones. By the fmall ^oles which are difcernable in the 
 Roots of the Teeth, is conveyed into thefe Cavities a capil- 
 lary Branch of an Artery from the Carotidsy a fmall Veia 
 from the Jug.ularSy and a Twig of a Nerve from the fifth 
 Pair, which being expanded through the thin Membrane 
 Q X that
 
 86 The Anatomy <?/^ HORSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 tliat inverts the fiiid Cavity, is partly the Occafion of that 
 exquilite Pain which is felt in the Tooth ach. Thefe V^ef- 
 fels before- mention'd, namely, the Vein, Artery, and 
 Nerve, are inclofed in one common Capjda, or Sheath, 
 when they enter the Jaw, and running alonp a proper 
 Channel under the Roots of the Teeth, lend off to each of 
 them, in their Pallage, thofe fmall Twigs aforefaid. 
 
 7'hough the Teeth of Horfes are differently fituated from 
 thofe in Men, and are alfo more numerous, yet as to their 
 Offices, they admit of the fame Divilion, and are of three 
 Kinds 5 namely, the Inclfoiei^ Canmi^ and Molar es. 
 a-, r -r The Incifores^ Cutters or Shredders, aie 
 
 thofe we call the Foreteeth, being ieated in 
 the Fore part of the Jaw. They are broad and fharp-cdg- 
 ed, the better to crop and bite off the Grafs : They are in 
 Number twelve, fix on each Jaw. Thefe haye but one 
 Root or Fang. 
 cri Q • • The next are the Canim^ or Dog-teeth, 
 
 which in Horfes are called the Tu/J^cs ; and 
 are of Ufe to break whatever is too hard for the Fore- teeth 
 lo cut or fhear afunder. Thele have alfo but one P'a^g, 
 and are feldom to be found in Mares. 
 tj., y, , Thofe of the third Rank are the double 
 
 Teeth, and are named Alolares or Grinders, 
 becaufe they grind the Food like a Milftone : They are in 
 Number twenty-four, twelve on each Jaw ; their Seat is 
 in the inner Part of the Mouth, being invironed on theip 
 Outfide by the Cheeks, to prevent the Food falling out of 
 the Mouth while it is grinding. Thefe have feveral Af- 
 perities on thtir upper Part, by which Means they are ren- 
 der'd more fit for their peculiar Ufe. 
 tri r L 1-1 The two forcmofl of thefe Teeth, which 
 
 vhofe by nx'hicb „ , i t' n ■ ,- . t • i 
 
 Jior/e is kmun. ^^^^^ "^^^ ^"^ ^ "*"^^' ^''^ ^^"'^ ^X ^'""^" ^ 
 the Jpe of a Horfe may be known to be under feven Years 
 old, having till then feveral thin Shells, or 
 Scalesgrowingroundtheoutfideof the Top of them, forming 
 a hollow in the Middle. And it is to be cbfcrved, that the 
 nearer a Horfe comes to that Age, the more thofe Edges are 
 Xvorn down, till at lafl they become even with the reft ; fo 
 that the Age of a Horfe is no more to be known by that Sign. 
 The feveral Periods of a Horfe's Age, while only a Colt, 
 are alfo diftinguifliable by the Fore- teeth ; but thefe Things 
 being fufriciently known by every one who has been ufed 
 among Horfes, I fhall therefore proceed to the Bone of the 
 7'on|iue. That
 
 Chap. VI. The Jnatomy of a HO KSV.. $7 
 
 That Bone is called HyoiJes, from its 27^-? Os Hyoi- 
 Shape, being like the Greek Letter v {Tpfi- <les, or Bone of 
 Ion). It is feated at the Root of the Tongue, *^' Tongue. 
 being the Foundation or Supporter of it. It is made up of 
 three Bones, the middlemoft being gibbous outwards, but 
 inwards fomew hat hollow : The other two are called its 
 Cornuo^ or Horns, and are all tied to the adjacent Parts by a 
 Subftance which is partly nervous, and partly flefhy. 
 
 This little Bone is of great Ufe ; all the Mufcles that 
 move the Tongue being either inferted into it, or taking 
 their Origin from it. It alfo gives Rife to fome of thofe 
 Mufcles that move the Larynx, or Throttle, and is a reft- 
 ing Place to the Epiglottis^ or Throat-flap, when it is 
 ■gifted up in Breathing. 
 
 § in. Of theYcxveoxx of the Neck, 
 
 ThcNeck is madeup of fevenF^r/^^;'<^, The Vertebrae 
 or Rack- bones, reckoning from the Head of the Neck. 
 downwards, that next the Head being the firft ; they have 
 each of them a large Cavity, to give Way to the Spinal 
 Marrow : And befides this large Hole, which they have 
 in common with all the other Fcrtcbm, they have each 
 two fmall Perforations in their tranfverfe Procel^es,^through 
 which the cervical Veins and Arteries do pafs to the Head ; 
 and between their Joinings there is a third found, partly out 
 of the lower fide of the upper Vertebra., and partly out of the 
 upper fide of each lower Vertebra, by which the Nerves pafs 
 outward from the fpinal Marrow. 
 
 The firft of thefe Bones, in a human Thefrfi is cal^ 
 Skeleton, is called Mas, becaufe the Head ^^^^''^ Atlas. 
 IS articulated to it, and, as it were, fupported by it ; and 
 may therefore retain the fame Name in a Horfe. Its Body 
 is flender, but more folid than the Tips of its Procefl'es, 
 which are porous and open ; inllead of its hinder Spine or 
 Procefs, it has only a femicircular Prominence jetting out, 
 left the larger ftreight pair of Mufcles, which pafs over it, 
 fliould be hurt in bending the Head forwards ; but it has all 
 its other Procefles in common with the reft. On the Forefide 
 o^xlsgXQdX Foramen inwards, it has a fmall Socket fomewhat 
 femicircular, and lin'd with a Cartilage, to receive the Tooth- 
 like Procefs of the fecond Vertebra. 
 
 The fecond Vertebra is, becaufe of this ThefecondHen' 
 jProcefs, called Dentata j it is an Appendix, tata. 
 
 G 4 which
 
 88 T/je Afiatom)> of a HOUSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 which fprings from between its two defcending Procefles, 
 long and round, its Head refembling the upper part of the 
 Dog-tooth in Man, or the Tufh in a Horfc. It is alfo co- 
 vered with a Cartilage on that part which is received into 
 the forefaid Sifius of the firft Vertebra ; upon it the Head 
 turns round, as upon a Hinge. The Balis of this Tooth- 
 like Appendage is encompalled with a Ligament that knits 
 it to tiic Occiput. This and the following Vertebra have 
 Spines, or hinder Procefles, each of which are divided into 
 two, for the better Connexion of the Ligaments and Muf- 
 des to them \ and are, in every Rcfpedt, like the fecond, 
 fave only that their lateral Procefles are larger, and divided 
 as well as the hinder. 
 
 §. IV. Of the Vertcbrge of the Back and Loin?., as alfo of 
 the BreaJ}-bo?ie^ Collar-bones^ and Ribs. 
 
 T^oji of the The Back is made up of fcventeen Ferte- 
 
 Back and Loins, hra., or Rack- bones, which are fomewhat 
 different, both in their Bodies and Procefles, 
 from thofe of the Neck, the laft being longer and more fiat 
 on their Infide, that the Gullet might rell more fecurely on 
 them i and as for their Procefles, though they are equal in 
 Number, vi%. two tending obliquely upwards, and two 
 tending obliquely downwards, two tranfverfe, or lateral 
 ones, and one acute hinder one, called the Spine ; yet thofe 
 which are now to be defcribed, have their Spines, or hinder 
 Procefles Angle, and not divided, and their lateral ones more 
 fhort and blunt ; and infl:ead of the Holes which are in 
 thofe of the Neck, have only a (hallow Cavity, into which 
 the Ribs are articulated. 
 
 Neither are the Bodies of thefe Vertebra of fuch a firm 
 and folid Make as thofe of the Neck, though they are more 
 bulky ; befides that they are full of Imall Perforations, for 
 the AdmifTion of Blood-veflels to the Spinal Marrow, and 
 have each two Holes at their Joinings, for the Egrefs of the 
 Nerves which proceed from thence. 
 
 They have alfo on each fide a Sinus^ or Cavity, for the 
 Inarticulation of the Head of the Rib, which Sinus's are 
 wanting in thofe of the Neck, having no Communication 
 with any other but among themfelves. 
 
 The tranfverfe Procefles of two or three of the loweft 
 of thefe Rack-bones grow gradually jjjorter, and their 
 Spines more blunt md even, dalining not ib much down- 
 wards
 
 Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 89 
 
 ■wards as thofe more forwards. As for the great Perfora- 
 tion in their Middle, it is proportionable to their Size, and 
 the Marrow contained within it. 
 
 The VerUbroi of the Loins, which compofe the third 
 Part of the Spine, come next to be confidered. They are 
 in Number leven, and are bigger than any of the forego- 
 ing i their hind Procefles, or Spines, grow fhorter, but 
 are broader and thicker than thofe of the Back, fome- 
 wliat bending upwards, as moft of the other decline down- 
 wards ; but as to their internal Procefles, they exceed thofe 
 of the Back in Length : They are joined one to another by 
 a clammy Griftle, asalfo the uppermoft of them to the 
 lalt of the Back, and the loweft to the firft of the Os fa- 
 (rum^ by the fame Kind of Articulation. Thefe have alfo 
 feveral Perforations for the Ingrefs and Egrefs of Nerves 
 and Blood vcllels, as alio a large Cavity in each for the 
 fpinal Marrow, 
 
 Diredly oppofite to the upper Vertehrcs a-, e*^ 
 r 1 r) I i- J .u o, r> /I V/t-ff bternum er 
 
 of the Back, is feated the Sternum or Breaft- Breafi-bone 
 
 bone, which is very different in a Horfe from 
 
 what it is in Man, being, in all human Skeletons, flat 
 
 in its Outiide, and pretty ftreight; whereas in our prefent 
 
 Subje^, it is not only fomewhat arched, but in its Middle 
 
 is prominent and fharp, like the Keel of a Ship, being alfo 
 
 hollow on its Infide. This Bone in Foals, as in Children, 
 
 feems to be made up of divers Cartilages, which in 7'ime 
 
 become fo united, as to leave no Marksof their ever having 
 
 been divided. 
 
 In its upper Part it is pointed and fharp, whereas its lower 
 Part is fomewhat blunt and obtufe, terminating in a Griftle, 
 called the Cartilago Enfjformis^ or Sword-like Griftle. 
 Its Ufe is to ferve as a Safeguard to the Breaft, as alfo for 
 the Articulation of the Collar-bones ; and the nine upper- 
 moft Ribs having on each fide nine little Sitms'^y or Cavi- 
 ties, for that Purpofe. 
 
 The Collar-bones, which are the firft that 7'/6^CIaviculac, 
 are united to the Breaft-bone,are in Number °^ Collar-bones. 
 two, one on each fide ; they are called Cbviculie^ either 
 becaufe they refemble the ancient Keys, which were in (hapc 
 like an Italian f^ or becaufe they lock up and clofe the 
 Cheft: : Their Heads are fpongy and open, but their Mid- 
 dle fomey/hat thin and flat, and fomewhat more folid ; by 
 one End they are joined to the Top of the Breaft-bone, 
 and by the other to the firft Rack-bone of the Back, dif- 
 fering
 
 9© The Anatomy of aWOlkS^. C h a p. VI. 
 
 fering from thofe in Man, which are joined with the 
 Shoulder. They help to fuppcrt the Shoulder-blades, and 
 keep them from Aiding forward upon the Breall-bone and 
 Shoulder-bones, which, upon a Fradlurc, or Diflocaiion 
 of ihefe Bones, frequently happens. 
 Th R'b Next the Collar-bones arc feated the 
 
 Ribs. They are in all thirty four, viz. fe- 
 venteen on each fide. Their Subftance is partly bony, and 
 partly cartilaginous. The nine uppermoft are called the 
 true Ribs, becaufe each, with its Fellow, makes a Kind of 
 Circle, being joined together by the Mediation of the Rack- 
 bones of the Back behind, and the Breall-bone before ; 
 each Rib has two Knobs, one of which is received into the 
 Sinus of the Body of the Vertebra, and the leiler Knob 
 into that of the tranlVerfe Procefs ; they are in like manner 
 joined to the Breaft-bone, their Cartilages ending in little 
 iieads, which are received into its fmooth Sinus's. 
 
 The eight lowermoft are call'd the Bajiard-ribs, becaufe 
 they don't circumfcribe tHe Body, as the uppermoft do, 
 by their twofold Articulation into the Rack-bone, and 
 Breaft-bone. They are of a more foft and pliable Sub- 
 Itance than the true Ribs, and the nearer they advance to- 
 wards the Loins, they grow fhorter, leaving an open Space 
 for the Stomach and Guts, which might have eafily beeii 
 hurt by them, as often as diftended with Meat and Water. 
 
 They arc all rough and uneven on their Outfide, efpecial- 
 \j towards the Back, that the Ligaments, by which they 
 are tied to the Rack- bones, might take the firmer Hold ; 
 but on their Infide they are i'mooth, and covered with the 
 Pleuru, left they ftiould hurt the Lungs, and the other 
 Parts that bear again ft them. They are alfo narrow and 
 thick towards the Back, but broader and Hatter towards 
 the Breaft, and are fufrowed on the lower Part of their 
 Infide, in which fome Blood-vefiels and a Nerve are con- 
 duced. They are a Defence to the Rowels within the 
 ^leaft, and likewife to thofe in the lower Belly. 
 
 ^ V. Of the 'Blade-hone, the Shoulder-hone, and the Bona 
 of the Fore leg and Foot, 
 
 tri i>r J I The Blade- bone, or Shoulder-blade, is 
 
 1 he Blade- bone. -- , , , -.. u oj r .i. 
 
 feated like a 1 arget upon the bide ot the 
 
 true Ribs, reaching from the Vertebra of the Back almoft 
 
 to the Collar-bone. On its Inlide it is fomewhat concave 
 
 ^n4
 
 Chap. VI. The Amtomy ^/^HORSE. 91 
 
 2nd hollow, but arched on its Outfide ; it is joined to no 
 Bone but by its lower End, where it has a Cap that receives 
 the round Head of the Shoulder- bone : It is however knit 
 to feveral Parts by the Mufcles which are inferted into it, or 
 take their Origin trom it. It has three Procelles, the firft is 
 that Part which forms its Neck ; the fecond is extended 
 along the Middle of its Outfide, and is called its Spine. The 
 third is towards its lower and Infide, and from the Refem- 
 blance it has to an Anchor, is called Jnchoroides, or its An- 
 chor-like Procefs. 
 
 It has alfo about its Neck five Appendages, three of which 
 afford an Original to ibme Mufcles, and from the other two 
 arife the Ligaments by which the Head of the Shoulder- 
 bone is tied into its Cup. Round its Brim there is a thick 
 Griftle, which not only makes its Cavity the deeper, that 
 the Head of the Shoulder-bone, which is joined into it, 
 iliould not fo eafily flip out, but alfo facilitates its Motion. 
 
 The Shoulder-bone has two Heads, the fr/.r»cT4„«o 
 uppermolc inferted into the Cup or the j\ or Shoulder^ 
 Blade- bone, and the lowermolt joined to hone. 
 jhe upper Part of the Cubit or Leg-bone. 
 
 The uppermoft Head is large and orbicular, cover'd with 
 a Griftle, and is, at firft, only an Appendix to the Cubit ; 
 but in time becomes a Procefs of the Bone itfelf ; on the 
 Outfide of- this orbicular Head there are two lefler Promi- 
 nences, into which two Ligaments are inferted ; and on its 
 Infide there is a Cavity, out of which arifes the ftrongLiga* 
 ment that ties it into the Cup of the Blade. 
 
 The lower Head of this Rone, which in a human Body 
 is articulated with two Bones, viz. the Radius and UlnOy 
 is in a Horfe only united to one ; yet it is fo firmly cou- 
 pled to that one, that it cannot be eafily difplaced j for 
 there being three Procefles, and two Sifius's^ between it 
 and the Cubit, they both receive, and are received of each 
 other : And befides thefe Procefles, which ferve to its 
 Articulation, there is on each Side one, from whence arife 
 the Mufcles which lie on both Sides of the Leg. About 
 its Middle there is a Perforation, by which the Blood-vef- 
 iels have Recourfe to and from the Marrow contained 
 within its large Bore, and are thofe by which it is nou- 
 rifhed. 
 
 The next Bone, call'd the Cubit, or Leg- T^e Cubit, or 
 f.one, reaches from the Elbow to the Shank. Leg-bane. 
 This Bone has on its hinder and upper Part a notable 
 
 Pro-
 
 5>2 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 Procefs, long and round, which enters the larger Cavity 
 of the lower Head of the Shoulder-bone, and makes that 
 bunching out which is ufually called the Elbow ; this Pro- 
 ceis is fomewhat rough and uneven, partly that the Liga- 
 ments that encompafs the Joint might be the more ftrongly 
 knit to it, and j^artly for the Origination and Infertion of 
 the Mufcles which ferve to move thofe Parts ; for which 
 Caufe the Bone is rough at the Root of this Procefs, as 
 alfo the whole Circumference of the i>\nui^ into which it 
 is infer ted. 
 
 Tne feuen [mail Between this and the Shank-bone, there 
 Bones feated he- ^''^ Ranges of little Bones, one above ano- 
 iiveen the Leg. ther, three in the firft Range, and four in 
 bone andShank, the fecond, all v/hich are very firmly join'd 
 together. 7'hefe differ one from another 
 in their Magnitude, Forms, and Situation, and are faid 
 to be firft cartilaginous, but that in Procefs of Time they 
 grow hard and bony. Their Subftance is fpongy, as are all 
 thofe which at firft are only cartilaginous ; of which Kind 
 are the Appendages of Bones, the Breaft'bone, and the like. 
 They are covered with a Ligament, which is partly mem- 
 branous, and partly cartilaginous, whereby they are fo com-' 
 padted, that without dividing the faid Ligament, it is hard 
 to diftinguifh them one from another, but at firft View they 
 may be all taken for one Bone. 
 
 On their outer Surface they are fomev^^hat bunching, bu^ 
 on their Infide they are hollow. The firft that is placed oa 
 the Infide of the upper Rank, is fomewhat longifti, and 
 curved inwards, articulated with the Cubit-bone, and be- 
 low with the fecond of the lower Rank, touching both 
 the third and fourth of the fame Rank, and joined to the 
 fecond of its own Rank. The fecond has a Cavity on its 
 upper Part, which receives an Appendix of the Cubit- 
 bone. The third is joined above, by a plain Surface, to 
 the faid Cubit-bone, and with the fecond is joined under- 
 r.cath to the fourth Bone of the lower Rank. The fourth 
 Bone, or firft of the lower Rank, is round and fmooth^ and 
 is joined above to the Outlide of the lower Part of the firft 
 Bone, and below to the Shank-bone. The fifth has on. its 
 upper Part a large Sinui^ into which the firft Bone of the 
 upper Rank is articulated, and another below for Recep- 
 tion of Part of the Head of the Shank-bone. The fixth is 
 join'd with a plain Superficies on each fide, to the feventh,, 
 .^nd the foregoing above lo ;he fecond, ar^d below to the 
 
 3hank-
 
 Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 93 
 
 Shank-bone. The feventh is joined on its upper End to 
 the third of the upper Rank, and below xo the Head of 
 the Shank-bone, and on its Infide to the foregoing, to wit, 
 the lixth. 
 
 Thefe Bones are of Ufe, not only to fa- Their Ufe^ 
 cilitate the Motion of the Knee, but alfo 
 to ftrcnglhen it ; for by their convex Outfide, the Joint can 
 never be extended too far the contrary Way, and the Num- 
 ber of the lower Rank exceeding that of the upper Rank, 
 (as the upper End of the Shank- bone is broader than the 
 lower End of the Cubit) and as the Bones themfelves are 
 fomcwhat different in their Size from each other, like a 
 Piece of good Mafon-work, they cannot eafily be pull'd 
 afunder ; whereas if the Bancs of both Ranks were of 
 one Size and Number, and their Seams and Jun<fturc5 to 
 run ftreighr through, it would be impoffible but every the 
 kaft fah'e Step muft diforder them in fuch Manner, as to 
 occafion an irrecoverable Lamenefs. As to their Motion, 
 although by this Sort of Articulation they feem as if they 
 were incapable of any fingly ; yet it is very certain, the 
 whole have a fmall Tendency inward as often as the Shank 
 is bended, though that be fcarcely difcernable, and by vir- 
 tue of the cartilaginous Ligament, which covers all thofc 
 tittle Bones, and ties them together, they cover themfelves 
 as with a Spring ; fo that the Motion of that Joint muil 
 be more eafy and quick, than it could poffibly be by any 
 other Kind of Articulation. 
 
 But it would oblige me to go beyond the Limits of this 
 {hort Abridgment, if I fhould explain the Mechanilin of 
 the Bones i I fhall therefore proceed to the ctl cl i 
 Shank- bone, which comes next in Order, ^^^^ 
 and that which reaches from the Knee to the 
 great Paftern, and anfwers to the Back of the Hand in Man. 
 As that confifts of five Bones, the Shank bone of a Horfe 
 is made up of three, having one much larger and longer 
 than either of the other. It is joined by its uoper Part to 
 the lowermoft Range of the fmall Bones, and below to the 
 upper End of the great Paftern, by a reciprocal Articulation, 
 having two round Heads, and three fmall Cavities, where- 
 by thefe two Bones both receive, and are received into each 
 other, at the lower End of the Shoulder-bone and the up- 
 per End of the Cubit. 
 
 To each Side of this Bone is faftened a Splint, in Shape 
 like a Bodkin, being thick and round at the upper End, 
 * bu:
 
 §4- The Anatomy of a WOKS^. Chap. VI. 
 
 but fmall and pointed at the lower ; between thefe do run 
 the Tendons of the Mufcles that move the P'oot. 
 
 7hepreat Pa- ^^^ ^^"^^ '^ ^^^^ ^'^^^^ Paftem. This 
 
 a^j.^ Bone is gibbous and crooked on its upper 
 
 Part, where it is articulated with the Shank- 
 bone ; it has three fmall Proceiles, which are recei\'ed into 
 the Cavities of the faid Shank-bone ; and two Cavities, 
 which alfo receive its two Proceiles, and has alfo two 
 fmall triangular Bones faftened to its back Part, whereon 
 the Footlock Hair does grow ; thefe two Bones are a Stay 
 to that Joint, which Articulation, being like a Hinge^ 
 would be apt to llrain the Ligaments every Time a Horl'e 
 Ihould ftumble. 
 
 Th I'ttl Pa- "^^^ ^^^^^^ Partem is not much unlike the 
 a^^^ other, only that it differs in its Length ; its 
 
 upper End is articulated V/ith the great Pa- 
 llern, and its lower End confifts of two Heads, as that of 
 the great Paftern, which are received into the Coffin-bone, 
 in the fame Manner as itfelf receives the lower End of the 
 great Paftern. 
 
 Th c M -b '^^^ Coffin-bone, which is the lowermofl 
 
 •^" ' of all the Bones of the Leg, is fo called from 
 its Hollownefs. It is fomewhat femilunary, or half-moon 
 fafhion'd, thick upwards, where its Cavities receive the low- 
 er End of the little Paftern ; but thin and broad at its Bot- 
 tom towards its Edges, for its more firm Hxing upon the 
 Ground. Its Subftance is open and porous, having innume- 
 rable little Holes through its Sides, for the Paflage of the Vef- 
 fels ; as alfo many fmall Sinus's, wherein are inlerted the 
 Tendons of the Mufcles that move the lower Part of tht^ 
 Leg and Foot. 
 
 §. VL Of the Croupe, and Rump-Bone. 
 -^ - The Croupe, or the Bone which lies un- 
 
 crum or ^^^ ^^^ Crupper, olherwile called the Os 
 
 Croupe. Sacrum, is feated at the lower End of the 
 
 Back, and adheres to the laft Vertebra of 
 the Loins above, and below to the firft of the Bones of the 
 Du^, or Rump : It is much the broadeft of all the Bones 
 of the Back, of a Figure fomewhat triangular, growing, 
 from a broad Beginning, narrow towards the firft Bone of 
 the Tail j it is hollow on its Infide, but uneven outwards^ 
 becaufe of the Mufcles of the Back, and its Ligaments 
 cleaving to it. It has hardly any oblique Proceflcs but on
 
 Chap. VI. The Jmtomy of a HOKSE. 95 
 
 itn firft Vertebra^ and its other Procefles are either very 
 fmall, or very obfcure. On each Side, towards its Edges, 
 there are certain Sinuses to which tlie Haunch-bones adhere 
 by an intervening Cartilage. It has fix Fertel?ne-, its Spines 
 grow gradually lefs the nearer they approach the Rump, as 
 iheZ-^ff/'^^iJ^r^ themfelves do alfo. The Spinal Marrow has 
 likewife a Pailage in it, as in the other Vertebra^ out of 
 which there are feveral lefler Perforations for the Egrefs of 
 the Nerves. 
 
 The Rump-bones are in number eighteen, The Rump, or 
 and are join'd to each other by an interven- ^''• 
 ing Cartilage or Griftle ; but fo loofely, that a Horfe can 
 move his Tail which way he pieafes ; thcfe have no Hol- 
 lownefs in them, only the uppermoft has a fmall Cavity 
 that receives the Procefs from the iaft Bone above defcribed j 
 they are foft and fpongy, and therefore the better adapted 
 to Motion, as they are alfo from their Make, growing gra- 
 dually lefs, until they end in a fmall pointed Cartilage. 
 
 § VII. Of the Olla Innominata, divided irits the Hip^ 
 Haunch, d?id Share-bones. 
 
 The OJpi Innominata are feated on the Sides of the Os 
 Satrum. The firft is called the Os Ilium, q^ jj. 
 becaufe the Gut Ilium lies under it ; it is 
 the uppermoft and broadcft, and is joined with the Os Sa- 
 crum by a true Suture ; it is fomewhat fcmicircular, be- 
 ing convex and uneven on its OutfiJe, which is called its 
 Dorfum, or Back and Concave, and even on its internal 
 Side, which is called its Cojia ; and that Part by which 
 it is joined to the upper Vertebra of the Os Sacrum, is 
 called its Spine, or Edge. 
 
 Its Spine is, in many Places, rough and uneven, there 
 being feveral Mufcles that take their Origin from it, as 
 alfo from its Dorjuni^ or back Part, which is in Lke man- 
 ner accommodated for the fame Purpofe. 
 
 The fecond is called the Os Pubis, or Os p f 
 Share-bone, which forms the inferior and 
 Fore- part of the OJ/a Innominata ; it is joined to its Fellow 
 by an intervening Cartilage, and forms the Fore-part of 
 that Cavity, in human Bodies, and is called the Pelvis y or 
 Bafon. It is perforated with a very large Hole, and on its 
 inner and hinder Side, has two Procefles, from whence the 
 cavernous Bodies of the Yard, and fome MufcleSj lake 
 their Original,
 
 96 The Anatomy of a HORSE. C^ap. Vf. 
 
 The Ifchium, The third b the Inferior 2v\d Pojhriory 
 
 «r Coxendix. called the Ijchiu?n^ or Coxendix. It has a 
 large Cavity, which receives the Head of the Thigh-bone. 
 This Cavity has its Circumference lipp'd with a Cartilage^ 
 call'd its Supnciliimij or Brow, where there are feveral 
 Sinus's or Protuberances, ordained particularly for the 
 Produdion of Mufcles, and partly for Ligaments'. 
 
 In all young Animals thefe may be divided into feveral 
 Bones ; but in fuch as are old, the Cartilages, by whichr 
 they were at firft only Joined, change their Nature, and 
 become bony, by which Means they grow united, and 
 make but one Bone. 
 
 §. VIII. Of the Banes of the thighs. Hinder k^s, and Feet,- 
 
 TheThigh-bcxe. The Thlgh-bone is that which reaches 
 from the Hip to the Stifle ; it is long- and 
 round, and in fome Parts a little convex : Its upper Part 
 is made up of a large Head and Neck, with two Proceilesj 
 and below it determines into a Head, which has iwo Pro- 
 dudions, with a Cavity between them. 
 
 Its upper Head is round, and fomewhat longifli, that it 
 may the better fill up the Acetabulum, or Cup, which of 
 itfelf is deep, but the more fo, as it is encompalled with a- 
 Cartilage. There is alfo a thin Cartilage which covers the 
 round Head oi this Bone, that its Motion may be glib and 
 eafy within the Cup ; and becaule of the great Weight 
 ■which the Thigh fuftains, it is therefore tied by two ftrong 
 Ligaments, one of which is round, arifing from the Infide 
 of the Acetabulum, near its Bottom, and implanted into 
 a little Si?iuiov\. the Upper and Fore- part of the faid Head- 
 of the Thigh-bone, and the other, proceeding from the 
 Edge of the Acetabulum, hy the Aflillance of a membranous' 
 Subftance, inclofes the whole Articulation. 
 
 The flender Pan, under the Head of the Thigh-bone, is- 
 called its Neck : It is pretty long and oblique, and is ac- 
 counted a Procefs of the Bone. There arife, at the lower 
 End of the Neck, two other Procelles, which go by the 
 Name of the greater and lefler Trcchanters. The upper- 
 moft or larger Procefs is rough, becaufe of the Infcnion 
 of fome Mufcles into it. The undermoft is alfo fomewhat 
 uneven, efpecially towards its Root, where the ra/ius In- 
 ternui rifes. A late Anatomift has obferv'd, that thofe 
 Protuberances increafe mightily the Force of the Mufclesy 
 i.- by
 
 Chap. VL The Anatomy of a HO KSI.. 9/ 
 
 by removing not only their Inferticsis but likewile their 
 Dire>5tions from the Centre of Motion. 
 
 The Thigh-bone below its Middle becomes thicker, irs 
 lower End terminating in an ample and broad Head : This 
 Head is form'd into two Procefies, betwixt which there 
 IS a large Space that receives a Protuberance of the Head of 
 the Leg-bone. The Outfide of thcfe two Procefi'es is rough, 
 but their Infide is fmooth, being covered with a Cartil.ige, 
 for the more eafy Motion of the Joint. From them pro- 
 ceed fome of the Mufcles that move the Leg, and into 
 them are infcrted fome of thofe that move the Thigh. 
 Their Sides are full of fmall Holes, from whence arife the 
 Ligaments that ftrengthen the Patella or Stifle. 
 
 In the Middle, between the two Heads, there are two 
 Cavities, the foremofl: of which receives the Protuberation 
 of the Stifle bone, being covered with a Grillle for that 
 Purpofe. The other, which is deeper, is alfo rough and 
 unequal, receives the Protuberation of the Leg-bone. Be- 
 lides thefe, there is a Cavity on the Outfide of the outer 
 Head, and another on the Infide of the inner Head, thro' 
 both which the Tendons of the feveral Mufcles of the Leg 
 defcend. 
 
 Where thfe lower End of the T^high-bone en . t3-.»»tu 
 IS jomed to the upper End of the Leg bone, Stif.c-pan. 
 on the Forefide is placed a fmall Bone, 
 fomewhat round, called the Patella, or Stifle-pan ; it is 
 plain without, but on its Infide it is a little convex, having 
 n Ridge v.'hich falls between the Junfture of the two 
 Bones ; its Infide is covered with a Griftle, and its Out- 
 fide with the broad Tendons of fome of thofe Mufcles 
 that extend the Leg, which keeps it firm in its Place, by 
 adhering clofely to it. This Bone not only ftrengthcns the 
 Articulation of the Thigh and Leg, but alfo ferves as a 
 Fully for the Tendons of the Mufcles which pafs over it; 
 and facilitate their Adion, by removing their Diieifiion 
 from the Centre of Motion. 
 
 The Tibia, or Leg-bone, to which the fheH^h ot 
 Thigh-bone is articulated, comes the next -ieg.lcne. 
 to be defcnb'd. In a Horfe it is very diffe- 
 rent from what it is in Men, being long and round, and not 
 triangular, as in the latter, its upper Part is much broad- 
 er and thicker than its lower, and both receives and is 
 received by the Thigh-bone, having two Cavities, and be- 
 twixtthem a Prominence, which is alfo cover'd v/ith a Car- 
 H tilajsj
 
 98 The Ayiatomy of a HORSE. Chap. VI. 
 
 tilage, as all the other Appendages of the Joints are. With- 
 in the Cavities of this Joint there is always to be found 
 an unftuous or oily Matter, which is fcparatcd to further 
 the Motion thereof, by keeping it moift and flippery. Its 
 lower Head is round, and likewife covered with a Griftle, 
 to facilitate the Motion of the Inftep. 
 
 This Bone has feveral Sinus's and Appendages, as well 
 as the Thigh-bone, not only for the Paflage of the Ten- 
 dons of fome Mufcies, but alfo to give rife to others which 
 move the Foot ; and has likewife a confiderable Bore, 
 which reaches from the upper to the lower Appendage, 
 and is filled with Marrow, to keep it moift, and preferve 
 it from becoming too brittle. 
 en r // p T- ^c Bones »f the Hock are in Number 
 
 lae /mall hones, , ^ .,,.., ^^ , 
 
 of the Hock, ^"^ "^'^^ ^''^" mQ\t m the Knee, and are 
 likewife difpofed in two Ranks, vi%. three 
 in the firft Rank, and four in the undermoft. They are 
 alfo articulated wi[h the Inftep, as the others are with the 
 Shank, only that they arc leated in the bending of the 
 Joint. Thefe Bones are of Ufe to hinder a Horfe from 
 falling upon his Hams, when he raifes himfelf upwards, 
 and goes upon his Haunches ; and are alfo like a Spring 
 to that Joint, by which he recovers himfelf in all Actions 
 where the hind Legs are chiefly concern'd. 
 cr, J u, . The Inftep-bone, to which thefe fmall 
 
 I be Iniiep. „ ^ , ', . , ^ , 
 
 Dones are articulated, is made up of three 
 Bones, which adhere fo clofely together, that they can 
 hardly be Separated or diftinguifh'd, until the Periofleum 
 is very clean fcraped off; and are much the fame as thofe 
 of the Shank already defcrib'd. The Pafterns and Coffin- 
 bone, '<Sc. agreeing alfo, in every refpe(fi, with thofe of 
 the Fore-foot, I fliall therefore omit mentioning them in 
 this Place. But before I leave this Subje(5I, it will, no 
 doubt, be expedcd I fliould take fome Notice of the 
 Hoofs, they being alfo a hard Subftance, and a very great 
 Defence to a Ilorfe's Foot. 
 lb H ofs '^^^ Hoofs of a Horfe, are thofe Parts 
 
 which anfwer to the Nails in human Bodies, 
 and are no other than a Bundle of Husks, which cover and 
 flieath the Papill(£ Pyramidaks of the Skin, on the Ex- 
 tremities of the Feet, which dry, harden, and lie clofe one 
 upon another. They are of a middle Nature, between 
 Bones and Griftles, that they may not fplinter and break 
 becaafe oi their hardnef?, and at the fame time be able 
 
 to
 
 /'a^.pg
 
 Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a Horje- gg 
 
 to bear and fupport fo great a Burden without much Da- 
 mage ; and are without Senfe, that they may endure Tra- 
 velling among Stones and rough Ways. They adhere pret- 
 ty firmly to the Parts included within them, and are faft- 
 ened to the Coffin-bone by a Ligament that proceeds from 
 their Root, which is alfo, in fome Meafure encompaffed 
 with the Skin. 
 
 Underneath the Hoofs there are many Twigs of Nerves 
 and Tendons, and Mufcles, which take their Courfe quite 
 to the Soal of the Foot. When thefe are prick'd or bruis'd, 
 they occafion exquifite Pain. But of this when we come 
 to treat of the Difeafes incident to the Feet. 
 
 TABLE VIL reprefents the Skeleton of a Horfe. 
 A A. The Shoulder-blade. 
 B. The Breajl-bone. 
 CC, The Shoulder-hone. 
 DDDD. The Bones of both fore and hind Legs. 
 EEEE. Thef?nallRafigesof!Bones, which make the Knee 
 
 and Hock. 
 FF. "The Shank- bone. 
 f. f. The Injlep-bcnes. 
 
 GGGG. The Bodkin-like^ or Splint-bones. 
 HHHH. The great Pajlerns. 
 IIIL The little Pajlerns. 
 KKKK. The Coffin-bones. 
 \AAAj. The ftnall Triangular Bones, that adhere to the 
 
 upper End of the great Pajlerns. 
 MM. The Os Ilium, or Haunch-bone, 
 N. The Coxendix, or Hip-bone. 
 OO. The Os Pubis, or Share-bone. 
 PP. The Thigh-bones. 
 Q§K The Patella, or Stifle-pan.. 
 RRR, i^c. The Cartilages at the End of the Ribs. 
 SSS, ^c. The feventeen Ribs. 
 
 TTT, l5c. That Part of the Ribs where they are articula- 
 ted into the Vertebra of the Cheji. 
 v., The Os Hyoides, or Bone of the Tongue. 
 W. The loifer Jaiu. 
 X. The upper jaw. 
 Y. The Noll-bone. 
 
 From 1/^17, are the 1 7 Vertebra of the Chejl. 
 From 1 to 7, are thefeven Vertebras of the Loins. 
 From I to 6, the fix Prccejfes of the Os Sacrum. 
 
 H 2 From
 
 J 00 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. 
 
 From the Cypher i to i8, are reprefented the eighteen 
 
 Bvnes of the Rump or Dock. 
 I, II, III, IV, V, VI, Vll.Jhew the /even Vertebra or 
 
 Rack-bonei of ike Neck. 
 
 Tie APPENDIX, 
 
 Cor,crnv>,^ the \ FTER a Hiort Defcriprion of 
 Blood I'tffelsand /~\ ^^^ P^^ts which compofe and 
 Circulation of "^ "^ make up the Body of a Horfe, 
 the Blood, ^c. it cannot be thought unnecellary to add 
 
 fomc Things in general, concerning the 
 Way and Manner by which an animal Body is fullained 
 and nourifhed, and thereby render'd fit to perform the feve- 
 ral Fundions of Life. I Ihall therefore fum up this Abridg- 
 ment with a brief Account of the Circulation of the Blood, 
 and its Difliribution into all Parts of the Body. And in- 
 Order thereunto, I fliall not only ftudy Brevity, but endea- 
 vour to make the Diibourfe as eafy and intelligible as pof- 
 fiblc, beginning with the Aliment, and throughout the 
 whole following the Order of Nature; that tliofe who have 
 not had the Opportunities of Study, may reap fome Benefit 
 by it. 
 Tve Chile ^^ ^^°" ^^ ^" Animal gath.crs in his Food, 
 
 the Glands of the JNlouth pour forth their 
 Liquor, not only that it may be the more eafily chew'd, 
 but that it may be thereby render'd foft, and more readily 
 p:ifs through the Gullet into the Stomach. When it has 
 arrived there, fevenil Inltruments become alTillful to Di- 
 geftion. The Juices which flow from the Glands of the 
 Stomach, and the Drink, help to keep it moift ; fo that 
 by the continual Action of its Sides, which, by virtue of 
 its mufrular Fibres, perpetually rub one againil another, 
 and by the AflilUnce of the mclofed Air, all the Parts 
 and Particles of the Food are greatly feparated. The 
 grofl'er Parts are carried downwards by the Periftaltick 
 Motion of the Gut?, the Prefiirre of the Alidriff, and Muf- 
 clesof the lower Belly, and are voided at the Fundament, 
 while the finer Parts conftitute that white milky Subitance 
 which v.-e call C^v.V. 
 
 The
 
 The Anatomy <?/ <2 H O R S E . \ti 
 
 The Chyle being thus prepar'd in the Stomach, pafies 
 by Degrees out at its lower Orilice into the finall Guts, and 
 is by the fame Powers fqueez'd into the fmall and minute 
 Orifices of the /^t?!?^/ or milky Veins ; which, as has been 
 obferved in another Place, arife from all Parts of the 
 faid Guts, by fine capillary y or Hair-like j. p n- 
 Tubes : And altho' thefe Tubes are fo fmall ^y^^ fmaUQuts 
 that they cannot be perceiv'd but in Animals 
 open'd alive immediately after Eating, at which Time they 
 are full of Chyle ; yet every one of them imbibe and drink 
 up Part of the refined Aliment ; and as they run from the 
 Sides of the Gats to the Glands in the Mefentery, they unite 
 and form larger Branches, and are call'd the laHeal VeJJeh 
 of the firft Kind. Thefe Extremities of the La/fea/s hav- 
 ing Communication with the fmall capillary Arteries of the 
 Guts, receive a thin Lymphdy which not only dilutes the 
 Chyle, and helps to drive it forwards, but alfo walhes the 
 Laheali and Kernels^ that they may not furr and be Hop- 
 ped up by its ftaying in them upon falling. 
 
 There are other La^eals^ which are larger, q-j^^ LaSlcals 
 and are called Vena La^e<ff Jeciindi generis^ 
 or the Ladteals of the fecond Kind : Thefe receive the 
 Chyle that was difcharged by the firft^ into the veficular 
 Kernels of the Mefentery, and carry it immediately into 
 its common Receptacle. 
 
 The Lymplonticki^ which arife from mod of the In- 
 teftines of the Lower Belly, and from the lower extreme 
 Parts, empty their Liquor into that Receptacle, which 
 being mixed with it, makes its Parts Hill more fine, and 
 fit to be united with the Blood ; and as the Chyle leaves 
 its Receptacle, and afcends the I'horaick Dud, the other 
 Lymphaticks, which arife from the Parts contain'd in the 
 Cheft, empty themfelves into the Dudl, and thofe which 
 come from the Head, Neck, and Arm?, difcharge their 
 Contents into the Jugular and Subclavian Veins, by which 
 it becomes yet more diluted and perfcdt, as it entera into 
 the Mafs of Blood. 
 
 The La6teals and Thoraick Dufl have 7^<? Thoraich 
 Valves, which open for the Paflage of the ^'^^ '^^'^ ^^^° 
 Chyle, but fliut themfelves fo as to hinder '/'^f^ ^^"^^ 
 its Return back again ; and the Thoraick j,? p T' 
 
 1^ r. , . , .^ . 1 • J I A der ti}e Return^. 
 
 Dutt, being placed behind the great Artery, ^^ ^^^ Chde. 
 
 receives a new Impetus by its Pulfation> 
 
 which alfo forwards the Afcent of thq Chvle, The Lymph 
 
 H ^ Du^s
 
 'i 02 7he Anatomy of a HORSE. 
 
 Duds contrad thenirclves at equal Diftances, and have al fa 
 iheir little Flood-gates, \\\\\c\\ permit their Liquor to take 
 its Courfe towards the Ch)'la- Vcllels, but hinder its coming 
 back the fame Way ; by all which Means the animal Body 
 can never be depriv'd of its Nourifhmcnt, but in Cafe ot 
 Sicknels or Want. 
 
 - r, . The Chyle being prcpar'd in the Sr.omach 
 Its Entrance in- n /- . u i ur i j 
 
 to the Blood. '^^'^ imall Lruts, as has been obiervcd, and 
 being alfo further refined by the Commix- 
 ture of the Lympha^ in its Paflaoc through the Ladteals and 
 Thoraick Dud, is conveyed by that Canal to the left fub- 
 clavian Vein, where it opens itfelf at feveral Orifices, and 
 mixing with the Blood, is carried diredly to the right 
 Ventricle of the Fleart, and is no farther to be traced under 
 the Name of Chyle, but henceforth becomes a Part of the 
 Blood. 
 
 Now, that all the Blood takes a circular Courfe thro' the 
 Heart, is an Opinion fo generally received, that I need l^iy 
 nothing about it, but proceed to fliew the Way and Man- 
 ner by which that is perforni'd. 
 
 en n- 1 r The afcendins: and dcfccndingTrunks of 
 
 TJje Circulation ,, ^ .^ riTi» j 
 
 of the Blood ^'''^ Cava unite oppohte to the Heart, and 
 
 thro' the Heart, Open into iis right Auricle, or Ear ; and at 
 ^'c, the Place where they enter, there is a iinall 
 
 Protuberance made by their Coats on the 
 InfidCi like an Illhmu^^ which hinders the Blood of either 
 Trunk from rufliing againil the other, but direds both 
 into the Ear. The right Ear receives in its "Diajhlc, that 
 is, when it isdiftended, all the Blood from both Branches 
 of tlie Cava, which it empties by its Syfiole into the right 
 Ventricle of the Heart, wliich at the fame Tinre is in its 
 DiajJoIe. The right X^cntricje in its Syjhle prefently 
 empties itfelf into the Pulmonary Artery, or that of the 
 Lungs, for it cannot leturn back again into the Ear, be- 
 caufe of the Valvules Tricufpides ; as that which is once 
 receiv'd into the Ear cannot return into the Cava, bccaufe 
 of the tendinous Circle about its Mouth, which contrads 
 itfelf as often as the Ear is filled. As often as the Blood 
 has taken its Progrefs through ail Parts of the Lungs, in the 
 Pulmonary Artery, it is receiv'd from its capillary Branch- 
 es, into thofe of the Pulmonary Vein, and is convey'd by it 
 back agnin into the left Ear of the Heart, which, by its Con- 
 tradiun, thrults the Blood into the left Ventricle, then in. 
 its Dhijiole ; and when that is contraded, it is thruft out 
 
 into
 
 T/je Anatomy of a 'HOKSV.. 105 
 
 into ihtJorta; for it cannot come back again into the 
 Ear, bccaufe of the Valvuht Mitraks. 
 
 The Jorta having receiv'd the Blood q-j a 
 from the Left Ventricle, fends out two fmall ^^'^• 
 
 Branches, called the Coronarics^ which go the Heart, and 
 then forming a fmall Arch, by which the Force of the 
 Blood is fomewhat abated, in its Expullion 
 it is divided into ih^Jorta afcending and de- ^/^^'PfJ^u^'on 
 
 Rending. :nto all Parts. 
 
 The afcending Trunk climbing up by ri ^ u ^ • 
 the Windpipe to the Top of the Brealt, fends j'^'^s''^ 
 forth two Branches, call'd the Subclavian^ 
 which run under the Channel-bones on each Side. Thefe 
 fend forth feveral other Branches, both from their upper 
 and under Side ; from their upper Side fpring thofe Arte- 
 ries, which, in Men, are call'd the Cervical, being partly 
 fpent on the lUufcles of the Neck and Bread, and partly on 
 the Gkuduhv Thyrcilcs. Out of their lower Side proceed 
 the fuperior Intercojlals^ which palling thro' th,e Cheft, 
 fend forth feveral Branches to the Arms in human Bodies, 
 and to the P'^ore legs in Brute Creatures. 
 
 Where the Subclavians go off from the 'The Carotid 
 great Artery, on each Side there arife two Queries. 
 other principal Branches, which afcend upwards towards, 
 the Head, and are called the Carotid Arteries : Thefe are 
 fpent chiefly on the Brain, form.ing there the Rete Mi)a~ 
 bitCy and Plexus ChorcideSy he. but as they afcend, they 
 detach feveral Branches to the Windpipe, Larynx^ fome 
 to the Tongue and lower Jaw, and others to the external 
 Parts of the Head. By thefe four principal Branches, to 
 "wit, the Subclavian and Carotids^ the whole Head and 
 Neck, as alfo the external Parts of the Chelt and Fore-legSj 
 are fupplicd with Nourilhment. 
 
 The defcending Aorta^ as it goes down The dcfcendlng 
 towards the A'lidriff, fends forth the inferior Trunk, 
 intercojlah and the Bronchial Artery, which accompany 
 the Branches of the Windpipe in the Lungs ; and when it 
 arrives at the Midriff, it detaches thofe called the Phre- 
 7nck Arteries, which are difperfed through the Midriff 
 and MediaiVmum. After it has palled through the Midriff, 
 it marches dov»mwards as far as the lall Vertebra of the 
 Loins, but by the Way fends off feveral Branches to the 
 Stomach and other Liteftines, as the Caliach., the Sple- 
 niU\ and the upper Meferiterick \ after thefe fpring forth 
 H 4 the
 
 1 04 T/je Anator^y ofaWOKS'E. 
 
 I Dd th t' ^^^ Emulgent Arteries, one on each Side, 
 
 ^ J ' whit h goto the Kidneys; and below thefe 
 
 frorn the main Trunk alio arile the Spennaticki^ which go 
 to the Tejlicles and Ovaria, &c. Then the lower Me- 
 fetiierick communicating with the upper, fuppiy the whole 
 Mefentery. 
 
 As foon as tl^e Trunk of the great Artery has reached 
 the Top of the Os SucrwiK it divides itfelf into two equal 
 Branchcii, called the Iliac l:s^ which are again fubdivided 
 into the E, eternal and Inter naL From the Internal pro- 
 ceed thofe called 'Mujcula:^ which are btftowed on the Pfoas 
 and Mufcles of the Piuttocks ; as alfo the Hypogajhlch, 
 which run to the fireight Gut, the Matrix, and Bladder, 
 the Prcjlates and \ ard, and to all the other Parts con- 
 tained within tlie Pelvis. From the External Iliacks 
 arile IJrft tliS Epigailrick y^rterie;, which turning for- 
 ward?, creep along the Outfide of the Rim of the Belly, 
 ns far as the Navel, where they meet the MammlUary. 
 The next are thofe called thp Pudenda, w4iich go to the 
 Privities of boti! Sexes. Afterwards the Ihack Branches 
 go to the Thighs, and are then called the Crural Arteries y 
 iupplying the bind Legs and Feet with many confiderable 
 Branches. 
 
 This 13 the Order and Diilribution of the principal Ar- 
 teries of almoft all Animals, each of which Arteries arc 
 fubdivided into others, and thefe again into others, till at 
 laft the whole Body is overfpread with molt minute capil- 
 lary or Haiv-like Arteries, which frequently communicate 
 cne with another ; lo that when any fmall Artery is ob- 
 ftrucled, the Blood is brought by the communicating 
 Branches to the Parts below the Oblliu61ion, which muft 
 otherwife have been depriv'd of its Nourifhment. Nature 
 has obferv'd the lame Oeconomy in the Diftribution of the 
 Veins, that in cafe any Vein lliould be obftrudted, the 
 Elood might not ftagnate, but be alfo return'd by other 
 communicating Branches. 
 
 ^i . , . But before I proceed to an Account of 
 
 ujerx/ironp, ^^^ Vems, 1 lliall oblervc-fartlier concern- 
 Afid enaued 'tig ^^^ Arteries, that as it is their peculiar 
 •With a spring. Province to carry ilie Blood from the Heart, 
 and diflribute it into all Parts of the Body, 
 they are perfectly f.tted for that Purpofc by their Struc- 
 ri'.res : For an Artery being compofcd of three Coats, the 
 ni'ddjemort \fi:y llrong, and endued with Elafticity, by 
 
 virtue
 
 The Anatomy of aWOKS'E, 105 
 
 virtue of the fpiral Direction of its Fibres, it is thereby en- 
 abled to bear the frequent Sallies of the Blood in its Expul- 
 fion from the Heart ; and leH thefe Fibres fliould feparate 
 upon any violent Impulfe, the innermoft Coat, though a 
 fine tranfparent Membrane, yet it is wove fo clofe, as to 
 be able to prefcrve the middlemoft, and keep the Blood 
 within its proper Channels. 
 
 It is moreover to be obferved, as the Arteries are conical 
 Channels, and grow gradually fmaller, fo their Coats grow 
 proportionably thinner. And the Coats of <TheCoatsofthe 
 the Veins feem, according to the Opinion of /^^/„j ^ CoTtti- 
 the moft modern Anatomifts, to be only a nuationofthofe 
 Continuation of the Coats of the capillary of the Arteries^ 
 Arteries, refledled back again towards the 
 Heart. But although the Coats of the Veins be the fame 
 with thofe of the Arteries^ yet it is to be taken Notice of, 
 that the mufcular Coats of all the Veins are as thin as in 
 the capillary Arteries ; the Prefllire of the Blood againlt 
 the Sides of the Veins being much weaker than that againlt 
 the Sides of the Arteries, and therefore not requiring its 
 Channels to be fo thick and ftrong. 
 
 The Veinsare not endu'd with Pulfation, as the Arteries,' 
 becaufe the Blood falls into them with a continual Stream 
 from the capillary Arteries, which by reafon of their Small- 
 nefs, have only a very weak, or fcarcely any Motion ; and 
 then as it advances towards the Heart, it moves from a 
 narrow Channel to a wider ; and therefore its Motion 
 would have been extremely languid and flow, had not Na- 
 ture contriv'd feveral Helps to promote its q-j^gj/- 1^ j.„ .r. 
 Pafiage. For that Reafon, as it is the Of, Waives. 
 fice of the Veins to return and carry back 
 all the Blood to the Heart, there is to be feen in mofl of 
 them (efpecially in fuch as have their Direclion upwards) 
 feveral Valves at convenient Diftances, fometimes one, and 
 fometimes more, like fo many half Thimbles ftuck to their 
 Side, with their Mouths towards the Heart ; and as the 
 Blood moves that Way, they are prelled clofe to the Sides 
 of the Veins ; but if it fhould fall back, it muft fill the 
 Valves, and ftop up the Channel, that no Blood can repafe 
 them. Arid befides thefe Valves, it is alfo obfervable, that 
 in many Places where there is a Branch of a Vein, there is 
 an Ai tery lies under it, which by its continual Pulfations, 
 helps to forward the venal Blood towards the Heart ; fo 
 that albeit the Blood moves from?, narrow Channel into a 
 
 wider^
 
 1 o6 . The Anatomy of n HORSE. 
 
 ■wider, as has been obferv'd, and its Motion is in many 
 Places diredly upwards, yet nothing can happen in a na- 
 tural Way to retard its Progrefs. 
 
 But I fhall retain the Reader no longer with the Diffe- 
 rence between the Veins and Arteries, believing what has 
 been already Taid, fufficient to give any one a Notion of 
 their feveral Offices ; I fhall tlierefore proceed to give fome 
 Account of the Order and Diftribution of the Veins, as 
 they correfpond with the Arteries. 
 Tlie Cava. ^^ ^^^ S^e^t Artery receives the Blood 
 
 from the Heart, and dillributes it from 
 thence into all Parts of the Body ; fo the Cava^ like a 
 main River, receives into it the Blood which is conveyed 
 from all Parts of the Body, proceeding at firll from Vellels 
 infinitely fmall, and afterwards uniting in large Branches, 
 which empty themfelves into its fuperior and inferior 
 Trunks at proper and convenient Diftances. 
 Ihe defcendiny ^^^ fuperior, or defending Cava, le- 
 Cava. * ceives firft the Coronary Vein from the 
 
 Heart, near that Place where it opens into 
 the Ear. As foon as it pierces the Pericardium, it receives 
 the Vena fine pari, which is made by the Union of the • 
 Veins of the Ribs on each Side. 
 7. T\a •' ,;.■>. The Subclavian and Jugular Veins are 
 
 pretty large Vellels, which anfwer to the 
 Subclavian and Carotid Arteries, and are the next of any 
 Note that open into the defcending Cava. The Jugulars 
 are divided into the External and Internal ; the External 
 is that large Vein which runs along the Outfide of the 
 Neck, called in a Horfe the Neck-vein, and is moft com- 
 monly opened when Blooding is required. This Vein re- 
 ceives and carries back that Portion ot the Blood which 
 comes from all the external Parts of the Head and Face, 
 viz- fi'om the Eye-veins, the Temple-veins, and thofe of 
 the Nofe and Lips. Into the Internal Jugulars open all 
 ihcfe Veins which lie within the Bars of the Mouth, and 
 under the Tongue, and all the other Branches which com- 
 municate with thofe of the Brain. 
 
 The Subclavian Veins, viz, the two large Branches 
 which pafs under the Channel-bones, not only receive a 
 great Part of the Blood which comes from the Cheft, but 
 likcwife have all thofe Veins open into them, which run 
 along the outward Part of the Brealt, Fore-legs, and Feet, 
 iuch as the Bread-veins, that run between the Fore-Icgs, 
 
 which
 
 The Anatomy of a HORSE.' 107 
 
 ilvhich Farriers fomctimes open in Fevers, ^V. the Plate- 
 veins, the Shank- veins, and Shackle- veins, as alfo the 
 Veins of the Cornet and Toe, which are ufually opened in 
 Difeafes of the Legs and Feet. 
 
 The Cava afcendens, or the great afcend- cjj^^ afcendinz 
 ingVein, which anfwers to the great de- Qava. 
 fccnding Artery, receives alfo all thofe 
 Branches of Veins which return the Bloody from moffi 
 Parts of the Lower Belly, vi%. the Mejenteria from the 
 Mefentery, the Portce from the Liver, the Emulgents 
 from the Kidneys, the Spermatick Veins from the Parts 
 of (kneration in both Sexes. And after it divides itfelf, 
 as the Artery, into the internal and external Iliads^ it 
 receives feveral Branches. Into the Internal j^^ Diflribu- 
 open the Hypogaflricb, by which the Blood ^/^^^ 
 is returned from the Matrix, the Bladder, 
 and ftreight Gut ; and into the External open the Eptgaf- 
 iriciSy with Blood from the Peritonaiofiy and external 
 Parts of the Lower Belly ; and into the Epigajiricks open 
 tiie Criirdlsy which receive all the Blood that flows from 
 the extreme Parts ; for into them open thofe Veins, im- 
 jjroperly called by Farriers the Kidney-veins ; as alfo the 
 Spavin-veinSy the Flank and Spur-veifHy with that of the 
 Kump, C3.1!ed the Talc-vein. 
 
 Thcfe Things being premifed, it will be eafy for any one 
 to form an Idea of the Diftribution of the Blood into all 
 Paris of the Body ; efpecially if it be far- n-i -kt . •.• 
 ther conlidered, that the Veliels m which of the Parts 
 tlie Blood flows, are divided and fubdivided 
 into an intinite Number of Branches ; and that even all 
 the Parts of the Body, whether thofe that are hard, or 
 thofe tiiat are denominated foft Parts, feem to be no other 
 than fo many infinitely fmall Tubes varioufly modified 
 and combined together ; for by this Means the whole Body 
 is filled with Blood and other nutritious Juices, and re- 
 ceives its Nourifliment from Blood, as the Blood itfelf is 
 recruited and repaired by the Aliment. And from the 
 llime Confideration it is alfo evident, that no Animal 
 Body can be furtained without the Requifites of Food and 
 Rett, by Reafon the Strufture of all Animal Bodies is of 
 this Sort ; that is to fay, all are made up of Fibres, and 
 thffe Fibres are again made up of thofe that are lefs, and 
 jfoon in ififinitum. They muft therefore, becaufe of the 
 [Inliaity of Pores and Inteflincs that arc in them, require 
 I conltant
 
 TOf The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. 
 
 conftant Supplies, as there" are continually fome Dregs and 
 Excrements exhaling through them. 
 Of hryirbl ^^^ ^^'^ ^''^ appear dill more evident, 
 
 *Ira»fpiration. ^'^^^i we coniidcr, bcfidcs the Effluvia that 
 go off infenfibly in this Manner through the 
 Pores and Interllices of the Body, that moft of the Glands 
 are continually Separating fome Part of the excrementitious 
 Matter of the Blood ; though all that is difcharged by the 
 Mouth and Nofe, by Urine and Dung, and by Sweat, or 
 any other feniible Way whatfoever, does not near amount 
 to the Difcharge that is made through the Pores by infen- 
 fible Tranfpiration. This is fo palpable a Trath, and has 
 been fo well proved by the Experiments oi Sanclonus, that 
 ihere need^ be nothing farther faid about it ; and therefore 
 we may conclude, that fince the Bodies of all Animals are 
 thus compounded, and made up of Matter which is full of 
 Pores amd Interlaces, and maintained by Juices, which are 
 again capable of being diffipated and waited through thpfe 
 Pores, there muft be continual Supplies of Food to maintain 
 ihofe Bodies in an uniform State. 
 
 Now it is plain, that all Bodies fuffer a Diflipation and 
 VVafte, if the Quantity of the Aliment be abated : For in 
 fuch a Cafe we obferve any Creature grow lean and emaci- 
 ate. It is alfo evident, that all fuch iuffer by Excrcife, by 
 hard Labour, by Want of Reft, when it is the ftatcd Time 
 of Sleep ; and by many other Ways, not neceflary to be 
 mentioned. And therefore all Creatures are under an in- 
 tiifpenfable Neceffity both of Feeding, and raking fuitable 
 Reft, to make up the Wafte and Decays of Nature ; for as, 
 often as there is a great DilTipation by Labour, or by any 
 other Way, the fmall Fibrilla are thereby abraded and 
 •wore by the quick Motion the Blood and Spirits were in 
 during that Exercife ; or even, if the Body was not in 
 Exeicife, it will fuffer by the conftant Activity of the Spi- 
 rits themfelvts ; fo that a ftated Time of Reft muft alfo be 
 neceliary for all Bodies, as well as Food. For when the 
 Body is at Reft, the Spirits are, as it were, luU'd and laid 
 alleep ; fo that the Blood acquires, during that Time, a 
 more uniform and gentle Motion, and is more equally di- 
 ftributed into all Parts, and thereby fills up all the vacant 
 Sp;;ccs that are made during the Time of Excrcife, tf^c. 
 
 But it may be expeded, before I put an End to this Dif- 
 ccurfe, that I fhould (j^y fomewhat more particularly con- 
 cerning Secretion i but I Ihall only obferve in general, thac 
 
 ic
 
 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E ,^ 1 09 
 
 it will be neceflliry to confider, that the Blood, examined 
 chymically, is found to confiil only of the following Prin- 
 ciples, VIZ. Volatile Salt and Spirit, fame Phlegm and 
 Sulphur, and a little Earth, but little or no fixed Salt. 
 Now every one, who is the leaft ac(|uainted with Chymi- 
 llry, muft be fenfible how many difteient forts of Liquors 
 may be form'd out of a few Principles varioufly combin'd 
 together : So that although the Blood itfelf fimply con- 
 lifts only of thefe above-mention'd, and to the Eye feems 
 only to be made up of its red and ferous Part j yet, ac- 
 cording to the lateft Obfervations, there are near thirty 
 feveral Liquors feparated from it ; all which is owing to 
 the various Strufture of the Glands, fome of which are fo 
 fmall, and fo varioufly wound up, and their Veilels drawn 
 out into fuch extraordinary Length, that Nothing but the 
 moft minute and fpirituous Particles of the Blood can pafs 
 through them ; and doubtlefs, of fuch a Strudure is the 
 cortical Part of the Brain, by which the Animal Spirits are 
 lecerned. Others again are more wide, and feparate chiefly 
 Excrements. But I fhall not enter upon this Subject, fee- 
 ing thofe who have any Curiofity that Way, m.ay be fully 
 fatisfied by perufing feveral Books thai have been profefled- 
 ly writ on that Subjecft. 
 
 The End of the Anatomy of a Horfe, 
 
 SxJ^¥jS'^-^ 
 
 
 ^^i3C5;?sr^;^. 
 
 Sk^ 
 ^
 
 THE 
 
 F A R R I E R's 
 
 NEW GUIDE. 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 An Exaa and Perfea ACCOUNT 
 
 Of all the 
 
 I S E A S E S 
 
 Incident to 
 
 horses: 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 Method of Cure, ^c. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 Printed for T. Longman, at the Ship and Blacks 
 
 Swan in Pater-nojter-row, 
 
 MdCC XXXVIII,
 
 THE 
 
 F A R R I E R's 
 
 NEW GUIDE. 
 
 GQQGOQQ(S>0 fv^S^0C^Q G(S)QQC^Q pQ3 
 
 CHAP- L 
 
 Of the ^ifeafes of Horfes in general, and 
 the Caiifes thereof- 
 
 w 
 
 A 
 
 ^^ S Health confifts in a due and eafy Motion 
 Y\ of the Blood ; fo a Difeafe may be proper- 
 '%^ ly faid to be an unufual Circulation of the 
 Blood, or when its circular Motion is aug- 
 mented or diminiflied throughout the whole 
 Part onl}-- ; and thus a 
 
 ^ 
 
 Body, or in fomc- jrau uiuy ; iinu iiiui. d, ^ Difeafe de- 
 Creature may be properly terni'd difeafed, f^^^. 
 when its Blood flows fafter than ufual, or 
 when it is irregular in its Motion, being fometimes flow, 
 and ibmetimes more quick. Or laftly, when its Progrefs 
 is impeded and hindered in fome particular Part of the 
 Body only, as is common in all Swellings, ^c. and there- 
 fore whatever occaiions an unufual Circulation ot the 
 Blood, in any of the foregoing RefpeAs, may be account- 
 ed the Caufe of a Difeafe. 
 
 I Now
 
 2 The Parrier'j Ne^iv Guide. Chap. I. 
 
 Now the Caufcs which bring on Difeafes, being in a 
 Manner infinite, fince moft Accidents to which Bodies 
 are cxpofed from other Bodies^ may be the Occafion of 
 fome Diftemper ; and Ukewife lince Difeafes may proceed 
 from the A6tion of the fame Body upon itfclf, in a Way 
 that is either voluntary or involuntary ; I fhall therefore 
 forbear all unneceflary and unprofitable Deviations, and 
 only take Notice of thofe Caufes which are molt apparent, 
 and the moft common. 
 
 The Ancients being unacquainted with the true Struc- 
 ture and Oeconomy of Animal Bodies, afcrib'd a great 
 deal to thofe Qiialities which they believed to be in all 
 Bodies, proceeding from the four Elements, as alfo to the 
 Errors of Feeding, Exercife, and Reft, b^c. which they 
 called the Nonnaturah. And our Farriers, efpecially 
 Ji^arkham and De Grey^ in Imitation of them, have puz- 
 zled their Readers with a fort of Philofophy, which neither 
 themfelves underftood, nor will ever be of any Ufe to Po- 
 llerity. The one begins with Generation and Corruption, 
 the other with the Formation of animal Bodies out of the 
 four Elements, viz. Fire^ Air, Water^ and Earth j and 
 lubfequent to them to be made up of four Humotirs, viz. 
 jBlood^ Phlegm^ Cholera and Melancholy ; and accordingly, 
 their Bodies were of different Temperaments, hot and dry, 
 cold and moift, as this or that Humour was predominant. 
 Nay, Markham has refin'd fo far on thefe Notions, as to 
 judge by a Horfe's Colour and Complexion, which of all 
 the Elements had the Afcendant in him ; and confcqucnt- 
 Jy, whether he is of a cholerick, melancholy, or phlegma- 
 tick Difpofition. 
 
 1 fliall very readily own, that fome of thofe Marks, 
 which that Author has taken Notice of, may oftentimes 
 denote the Faults and Jmperfedlions of Hcrfes ; but that 
 they are reducible to fuch 'Femperaments and Humours, 
 as he has afcribed to them, is a meer Dream, and doubt- 
 It'i't^ may have been the Death of fome Thoufands of 
 Horlcs in this Kingdom ; fince it is reafonable to fuppofe, 
 that moft of the Englijh Farriers, building upon him, 
 guefs at the inward Diftcmpers of Horfes, more from 
 their Colour and Complexion,, than from any other Signs 
 ■whatfoever. 
 
 All thai can juftly be cbferved in Horfes, as to their 
 'Femperaments, is the two Extremes of too much Fire, 
 or too little, the reft inclining more or kfs to the one or | 
 
 to
 
 Ghap. I. Of the Ty'tfeafes in HorsesJ 3 
 
 to the other. When a Horfe has too much What to he ob^ 
 Fire, and is therefore untradable and un- firnjd concern- 
 manageable (if that Difpofition is not itfelf "'S i^'^T^ernp" 
 a Difeafe) It expofes him to a great many ^^/*'"^ '/ ^''■* 
 Accidents which would be needlels to name 5 ■' 
 befides, that by the continual Reftleilhefs of his Spirits, and 
 the conftant Hurry of his Blood, he muft therefore be fub* 
 je6l to feveral Diitempers, more particularly to Fevers and 
 oftentimes thofe of the worll Kind. If on the other Hand, 
 a Horfe be of a dull, fluggifti Difpofition, he muft alfo be 
 expos'd to Diftempers that are peculiar to a flow and lan- 
 guid Blood ; and the nearer any Horfe approaches to ei- 
 ther of thefe Temperaments, he is the more obnoxious to 
 their Diftempers. 
 
 fiorfes may be alfo faid to be of different Temperaments 
 at different Periods of their Life ; and therefore a young 
 Horfe being full of Blood, and his folid Parts as yet of a 
 ioofe Texture, muft be more fubjed to Difeafes, than one 
 who is arriv'd at his Prime ; and thofe Difeafes muft be of 
 vvorfe Confequence to him, if not carefully look'd to* 
 And likewife a Horfe who is grown old, tho' fuch an one 
 is not fo apt to be difeafed as a young Horfe, yet their Dif- 
 eafes more frequently end in Death, or prove irrecoverable ; 
 becaufe the Blood at that Time grows languid, and lofes 
 the Vigour that is peculiar to Youth, and the middle Age, 
 which muft needs deprive them of the Benefits and Alfift- 
 ances of Nature. But a Horfe in his Prime, having then 
 all his Parts well conform'd, and his Blood in its beft State, 
 neither too luxuriant, nor too much depauperated \ and 
 likewife the Quantity of Blood being in that Age nearly 
 adjufted to the Capacity of the Veflels in which it flows j 
 he is therefore neither apt to be<lifeafed, nor are his Difeafes 
 apt to be of a long Continuance. 
 
 But the Farrier ought carefully to take Notice, that albeit 
 thefe Obfervations concerning Temperaments may, for the 
 moft Part, be very juft, yet it is undeniable that fome are 
 more robuft and hardy, while but Colts, than others are 
 at the Prime of their Age ; and fome retain a great deal of 
 their Vigour, even when they are grown old, and as eafily 
 get over any Accident, as Horfes that are young. And 
 likewife it is to be oblerv'd, that fome Horles of a fainC 
 wafhy Colour, fometimes prove hard and durable ; and 
 therefore, befides all common Rules and Obfervations, it 
 may be necefTary, to ihe^ forming a right Judgment of thsr 
 I 2 Tern.-
 
 4 The Parrier'j Ne'i^ Guide. Chap. 1. 
 
 Temperaments and Conftitutions of Horfes, to have Re- 
 
 courfe to Examination and Trial. 
 
 After what has been faid as to Temperaments, I (hall 
 not trouble the Reader with thole confufed and unprofi- 
 table Speculations about Members, Powers, Adions, and 
 Operations, and the reft ot thofc they termed Naturals, 
 but proceed to the Konnatiirah, which, according to the 
 Ancients, were reckoned Six in Number, viz. Air, Meat 
 and Drink, Sleep and Watching, Motion and Reft, Things 
 excreted and retained, and the AfFevSlions or Motions of 
 the Mind, and were fuch as hurt by Neceflity ; lb that 
 this Enumeration is more accurate, as applied to brute 
 Creatures, than to Man, who has the Ufe of his Reafon, 
 and may therefore avoid feveral of the Accidents proceed- 
 ing from them. 
 
 IJonnaturaU, Now thefe are faid to be profitable, or 
 
 ho-i<j theyfrjfit, hurtful to all Creatures ; but our Bufinefs at 
 or became hurt- this Time is only to take Notice of them in 
 ful- the latter Senfe. And firft, as to Air. 
 
 The Air may be many times the Caufe of Difeafes; for 
 if that be too much rarified, it hurts the Blood's Circula- 
 tion, not being of fufficient Force to help it through the 
 Lungs ; whence its Motion becomes flow, and Perfpiration 
 decreafes, which leaves a Load upon the Veflels, and ren- 
 ders the Blood vifcid and tenacious. The fame Eftedt alfo 
 happens from the Air's being too grofs, for then the Circu- 
 lation of the Blood is impeded in the Lungs, by its too great 
 Preflure and Weight upon them. 
 
 Food may alfo become hurtful to Horfes, both as to its 
 Quantity and Quality ; for if that be mufty and raw, cor- 
 rupt and unclean, it muft breed Crudities, and thereby ren- 
 der the Chyle vifcid, which will of Neceflity retard the 
 Motion of the Blood ; and if it be of two hot and fpiri- 
 tuous a Nature, it muft, on the contrary, render the Blood 
 too thin, and thereby increafe its Motion too much. Im- 
 moderate Feeding, be the Food never fo wholfomc, efpe- 
 cially when the Horfe wants Exercife, muft vitiate the 
 Blood ; for in fuch a Cafe there is no Room given for Di- 
 geftion, fo that a great deal of Chyle muft enter into the 
 Mafs of Blood, before it has been thoroughly prepared in 
 the Stomach. The fame Effects may be alfo produced 
 from exceflive Drinking, efpecially of ftagnated Waters, or 
 Waters proceeding from fome Sort of Minerals. 
 
 Long
 
 Chap. I. Of the T>ifeafes ^/Horses. 5 
 
 Long continued Exerciie, efpecially when it is too vio- 
 lent, occafions a too great Diflipation of the Spirits; and 
 if a Horfe's Stomach is very full, or if he be full of Blood, 
 it brings on innumerable Diforders ; as fliall be obferv'd, 
 when we come to treat of the Difeafes particularly. But 
 the want of proper Exercife is equally pernicious, as it 
 hinders Digeftion, and occafions a too great Diftention of 
 all the Vellels, which caufes Surfeits and other Diftempers. 
 
 A too quick Difcharge of the Dung, before there is a 
 due Separation of the Chyle from the excrementitious 
 Parts, occafions Sicknefs ; for in fuch a Cafe there is ejeft- 
 ed and thrown out the Ufeful with the Ufelefs, whence 
 muft proceed a Refrigeration, and Weaknels of the Body, 
 by reafon of a debilitated Circulation of the Blood. As, 
 on the other Hand, when a Horfe is Coflive, and his Ex- 
 crements retain'd too long, a Plethora^ or Over-fulnefs, 
 will be apt to enfue. But thefe are rather to be accounted 
 Difeafes than Caufes, efpecially in brute Creatures. 
 
 Immoderate Sleep may often be the Caufe of Sicknefs; 
 becaule in Sleep the external Senfes are weak, the nervous 
 Fluid moves flowly, the Heart is feldomer contraded, and 
 the Circulation of the Blood goes on with lefs Brisknefs : 
 Watching produces all the contrary Effedls. 
 
 As for the Paffions and Aifeclions, to which Markham^ 
 and others, have afcribed Difeafes, it is very certain that 
 thefe Creatures have their feveral AfFedtions ; fuch as 
 Love and Hatred, Fear and Anger, which may be accom- 
 pany'd witli a flow or quick Motion of the Blood, as this 
 or that happens to be Predominant ; but thefe being fel- 
 dom Permanent, and of any Continuance in brute Crear- 
 tures, but chiefly adminiller to their common Inftincl of 
 Self-prefervation, there cannot therefore be much attribut- 
 ed to them. 
 
 Befides the above recited Caufes, which are indeed the 
 mod common and ordinary, there are an infinite Number 
 of others, which may bring on Difeafes, as has been al- 
 ready obferv'd ; and fuch are all outward Accidents, as 
 Falls, Bruifes, Wounds, and the like; as alfo unfeafonable 
 Evacuations, and all improper Application of Remedies, 
 which is frequently pradtifed among Farriers for Preven- 
 tion, while Horfes are in a State of Health. But I Ihall 
 take fome Notice of this in a following Chapter, and there- 
 fore proceed to the Signs. 
 
 I X CHAP,
 
 6 The Farrier'j AV:^ Guide. Chap. II, 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of the Si^J2S of Sicknefs in Horfes, 
 
 D'tfeafes in iT is indeed very difRcult to arrive at any 
 
 hnite Creatures * cgj-tain Knowledge in the Difeafes of 
 f'-'^^^ f° ^^ ^''' brute Crcp.tures, and therefore it is no wonder 
 fitnguipcd. j|: ^i^g Farriers are miftaken in enumerating 
 
 Signs, becaufe we can only judge by cjutward Appearances, 
 and not from any Infipht they can give into their own In- 
 difpofitions, but efpccially as there are many Difeafes that 
 arc accompanied with the fame common Symptoms ; and 
 therefore, tho' we may be afl'ured that a Horfe has a Fe- 
 %'er, or a Strangury, we cannot at the fame Time be certain, 
 without a very careful Examination, whether he may not 
 have an Inflammation in the Pleura^ or in his Kidneys, 
 All the Signs that thefe Creatures ufually give in the Af- 
 fedions of particular Parts, is by turning their Head to- 
 wards that Part. Neither is that always to be depended 
 upon ; for a Horfe may turn his Head towards the right 
 Side of his Belly ; and the Farrier, who chiefly takes that 
 Indication to fignify a difeafed Liver, may be grofly mif- 
 takcn, fmce a Horfe veiy frequently gives the fame Sign in 
 a Cholick. The only VVay therefore to get an Inlight into 
 the Difeafes of Horfes, is to make a judicious Comparifon of 
 all the Signs that can be gathcr'd in any Diflemper, and by 
 that Means the Farrier may go on to adminfter his Phyfick 
 with fome Afiurance; and herein they may be very much 
 aflifted by the Remarks of the Sieur De Sollcyfell^ who has 
 been a more accurate Obferver of all thofe Things, than 
 any other who has wrote upon the Subject. 
 
 The flrft Sign that a Horfe commonly gives of Sicknefs, 
 is loathing his Focxl -, this is common to all Fevers. In fome 
 Cafes a Horfe looks wild and haggard, and albeit at other 
 Times he was eafy and tractable, he now grows difobe- 
 dient and reftlefs, will neither ftand long, nor when he lies 
 down, will he continue in that Pofture, but immediately 
 Harts up again : This may, for the moll Part, be reckon'd 
 a Sign of violent and excclfive Pain, and no doubt, pro- 
 ceeding from an Inflammation of the Pleura^ or Lungs, 
 cipecially if his Heart and Flanks beat, and that he labfours 
 for Breath. Other Signs of Sicknefs are, a dry and parch'd 
 Mouth, the Tongue white and crufted over, and the Breath 
 
 exccfilve
 
 Chap. II. Of the Signs of Sicknefs in Horfes. 7 
 
 exceflive hot. Some Signs are alfo exhibited which denote 
 Sicknefs, but are different from the former ; as when a 
 Horfe hangs his Head, has a Coldnefs and Dampnels 
 about his Ears, his Eyes watery, fometimes with a Mix- 
 ture of Corruption, flow and dull in its Motions, being 
 apt to Humble, as often as he attempts to walk ; takes no 
 Notice of any other Horfe, or of any Perfon coming near 
 him. Some Sicknefles, as Intermitting Fevers, will pro- 
 ,duce fome Intervals of Trembling, and excelTive Sweat- 
 ing; and fome have Symptoms compounded and made up 
 from complicated Sicknefles, which exhibit feveral of thefe 
 Signs together. 
 
 There may be alfo divers Signs taken from the Dung 
 and Urine of a Horfe ; but thofe from the Urine are the 
 moft certain : When a Horfe in Sicknefs ftales clear, and 
 when that is preferved, if there be no Sediment in it, it 
 prognofticates a growing Diftemper ; but when the Urine 
 turns of a reddifli or yellowifh Colour, and has either a 
 Cloud fwimming in it, which is not black and earthy, or a 
 Sediment falling to the bottom, and begins to have a rank 
 Smell, it is then a Sign the Diftemper begins to break ; but 
 when the Cloud is of an earthy or black Colour, and co- 
 heres in a body without parting, it is a Sign the Difeafe will 
 prove mortal. It may be farther remarked as to Urine, if 
 it be different at different Times, fometimes refemblingthat 
 of a found Horfe, and fometimes giving Signs of Sicknefs, it 
 then betokens a great Malignity in the Diftemiper, proceed- 
 ing from an Inequality in the Blood's Compofure, whicli 
 caufes alfo an Inequality in its Motion. 
 
 There might be alfo Signs taken from the Pulfe, which 
 is plainly enough to be felt on the Temples and Fore- legs of 
 a Horfe ; but as that Method has never as yet obtain'd a- 
 mong Farriers, I (hall therefore pafs it over. 
 
 The Sieur Ds SoUeyfell obferves, when a Horfe piffes 
 without ftriding, and without putting forth his Yard, after 
 long Sicknefs (unlefs he lias been accuitomed to do fo in a 
 State of Health^ it is a mortal Sign ; and likewife that U is 
 a no lefs fatal Prognoftication, when the Flair of a Horfe*s 
 Skull or Tail may be eafily pluck'd off. The fame Author 
 obferves further, that it is alfo a dangerous Sign, when a 
 Horfe lies often down, but flarts up again immediately, 
 not being able to breathe freely in a lying Pofture ; and ou 
 the contrary, that it is a very promifing Sign, when a Horfe 
 lies quietly in the Decline of Sicknefs. But more parti- 
 
 I 4 cula?
 
 8 The FarrierV Ne'ju Guide. Chap. III. 
 
 cular Notice flwU be taken of thofe Things, when we come 
 to treat of the Difeafes themfelves. 
 
 CHAT. IIL 
 Of the Method of Cure. 
 
 XlT'HEN the Farrier has diligently enquired into the 
 ^ Nature and Caufe of the Difeafe, his Bufinefs js^ in 
 the next Place, to adminilter fuch Things as are proper to 
 reftore Health ; and that he may the better fucceed therein, 
 I fball lay down the following general Diredtions. 
 R d t k" ^^^-fl cfr.U, A particular Regard is to be 
 
 had to the ' ^^^^ ^° i\\o{c Symptoms that are the moll 
 fr.oji urgent urgcnt, and any ways endanger Life ; and 
 Symptoms. therefore if the Signs difcovcr a Horfe to 
 
 have an Inflammation in the Lungs, or 
 Pleura^ which may be guefled at by his being fuddcnly 
 feized with difficulty of Breathing, and an Inability to 
 continue in one Pofture ; or if a Swelling fliould arife on 
 his Throat, which might liinder him from getting down 
 his Food, or render him liable to Suftbcation, fuch Evacu- 
 ations, or other Means as are proper to remove thofe Symp- 
 toms, muft immediately be ufed, fetting afide all other 
 Confiderations of Sicknefs. And in like Manner, if a Horfe 
 Ihould be feized with a violent Hemorrhage of Blood, the 
 firft Intention muft be to ftop it ; for the removing of thofe 
 not only prefervcs Life, but in fome Cafes puts an End to 
 the Difeafe. 
 
 Seco?tdly^ If in any Diftempcr the Indication is taken 
 chiefly from Crudities lodging in the Stomach and Guts, 
 then iuch Medicines only as clear thofe Paflages are to be 
 adminifler'd, without Regard to any other ; but if this be 
 accompanied with any other Difeafe, then all the Medicines 
 that are to be given in fuch a Cafe, muft not be levelled at 
 the Difeafes of thofe Parts diredly, but at others in Con- 
 junction wiih them. 
 
 "Thirdly^ If the Indication is taken from the Blood, it is 
 then to be confider'd, that all its Difordcrs depend upon its 
 circulatory Motion being increafed or diminiflied ; and that 
 all the Changes in the Texture and Quality of the Blood, as 
 alfo in its Quantity, are attended either with a Diminution 
 or Iiicrcifc oi the Blood's Velocity j and therefore if the 
 
 Qiwn-
 
 Chap. II L Of the Method of Cure. 9 
 
 Quantity of the Blood is augmented, Bleeding and other 
 Evacuations are necellary ; but if the Quantity thereof be 
 diminiflied, then Reftoratives, Reft, and nourifliing Food 
 may be required : And if this laft proceeds from any Error 
 in the Stomach, caufing Lofs of Appetite, in fuch a Cafe, 
 thofe Things are to be adminiftred which create Hunger, 
 and help Digeftion. If the Texture of the Blood be chan- 
 ged, as is Uiual in a continual Courfe of Sicknefs, then it 
 may be neceflary, befides other Intentions, to adminifler 
 iuch Things as may corredl the vitiated Mais. 
 
 Fourthly^ When a Difeafe proceeds from an Increafe or 
 Diminution of fome Secretion, the Cure ought, for the 
 jnoft Part, to be performed by fuch Things as enlarge the 
 Secretions that are too fparing, and reftrain fuch as are too 
 liberal : And the fafeft Way to reftrain an augmented Se- 
 cretion, is by the Increafe of fome other Secretion. And 
 indeed this Method of Revulfion has been fafely praftifed 
 among all Phyficians ; and if it could be rightly underftood 
 by Farriers, it would be of the greateft Importance in 
 their Pradtice. 
 
 But here it is to be remark'd, that when we fpeak of arx 
 augmented Secretion, we underftand that as a Difeafe, and 
 not as a Remedy : For fometimes a Secretion augmented 
 becomes a Cure ; and in fuch a Cafe, it is not to be ftopped 
 immediately, but rather fomevvhat afiifted, when any 
 v/ays imperfedl. As for Inftance, If a Horfe be lax, and 
 has a Scouring upon him ; when this proceeds from a Dif- 
 order of the Guts only, by a Putrefaction of the Excre- 
 ments too long detained, it may be very proper to admi- 
 nifter fome moderate Purge, provided it be of fuch t 
 Namre as will not too much relax the Inteftinal Glands. 
 But if this Caufe proceeds from an obftruded Tranfpira- 
 tion, as is very ufual, then fuch Things as promote Sweat, 
 and a Breathing through the Pores, muft be likewife admi- 
 nifter'd. The like Method is to be obferved in moft other 
 Secretions, as in Sweat, Urine, running at the A/Touth and 
 Nofe, which may be often obfgrved among Horfes in the 
 Decline of Sicknefs. 
 
 Fifthly, In the Cure of ail Difeafes, Na- Nature to he 
 ture 'is the beft Guide, and therefore the Far- carefully obfer- 
 rier muft diligently follow her. Whenever fhe '"'^"• 
 finds herfelf opprelled, fhe endeavours to throw off the 
 Load, and tries all the neareft and propereft Ways for her 
 Eelief J and it is for the Confervation cf Health, or re- 
 covering
 
 10 The FarrierV Ne\V Guide, Chap. III. 
 
 covering it when lort, that fhe is fo abundantly fumifhed 
 with Drains and Outlets, for fuch are moll or all the 
 Glands, by which Secretion is performed ; but though 
 Nature is to be carefully obferved, and followed in all her 
 Motions, and to be aflirted when her Operations are too 
 weak and imperfcd, or reftrain'd when too powerful ; yet 
 fhe is not to be compell'd, but muft herfelf be the Begin- 
 ner, and very often the Finifher of the Work alfo. And 
 therefore, whenever the Pra^ftitioner finds her own Efforts 
 fruitlefs, while fhe is endeavouring one while by one Se- 
 cretion, and at other Times by another, to give Vent to that 
 •which opprefl'es her, he is not to be over-forward in affift- 
 ing her in her rellrain'd Inclinations, but conclude with 
 himfelf, that the Matter is not as yet render'd of fuch a 
 due Magnitude or Smallnefs, as to be carried along the 
 Canals, and difcharg'd by the Veflels which are appointed 
 for that Purpofe ; fo that his Bufinefs is only to help her 
 with fuch Things as will thicken or attenuate, ^c, as he 
 fhall fee Occafion ; waiting with Patience until her more 
 fenlible Operations become permanent and lafting, and that 
 ihe becomes free and eafy in all her Exertions ; and this 
 Change is what the Phyficians call the Crifis^ or Turn of 
 a Dirtemper. 
 
 But when her Operations are too violent and powerful, 
 jf Life Is thereby at Stake, as in the Inftances above-men- 
 tioned, by an excefiive Hemorrhage of Blood, or an Influx 
 into fome Part, occafioning a Suffocation ; or, in Cafe of 
 an augmented Secretion continuing too long, then the Rules 
 already laid down mull be followed. But if it happens, as 
 may be often obferved in imperfefl Cryjes^ that an He- 
 snorrhage of Blood proceeds only from a Rupture of Vef- 
 lels that are very fmall, or that the Blood, by Reafon of 
 jts abated Heat, flows but moderately ; or if a Tumour 
 ariles, or an Abfcefs be found in any Part of the Body, by 
 which Life is not in Danger ; thefe are not to be prevented, 
 butmanag'd in a Way that is fuitable to the Nature of fuch 
 Accidents. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. IV. ^tfcoverivg fume Error s^^z, ii 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Difcovering fome Errors in the Methods nfually taken 
 to prevent Dijeafes in Horfes, with the properefi 
 Means to preferve Health. 
 
 '^jOthing is more frequent among Farri- Thyjtck ume- 
 -^^ ers, than the adminiftring Phyfick to cefary to Hor- 
 Horfes that are found and healthful, in or- >- '^"^''^^ ^'''y 
 der to prevent their falling into Difeafes ; '"'^ '" ^'''^^''' 
 with this Notion mofh People, as well as 
 they, have been prepoflefs'd, infomuch that they have tied 
 themfelves up to Times and Seafons, believing a Horfe 
 can never keep found, if he is not bled at this Time, purg'd 
 at that, and at another Time rowell'd ; fome have Cordial 
 Balls ^ or Drinks, which they keep as Secrets, and which 
 they affirm will prevent all Manner of Infection and Sick- 
 refs. But I ihall endeavour to fliew what manifelt Abufe 
 there is in all thofe Things, and lay down fome General 
 Relics which may truly be of Service to the Prefervation of 
 Health. 
 
 Tho' Health, in its beft Ellate, is only relative, yet all 
 Creatures may be properly faid to be in Health, when they 
 fleep, eat, and digeft, when they move without Pain; and 
 ifil this depends upon a regular and uniform Motion of the 
 Blood ; now whatever contributes to keep up that uniform 
 and regular Motion, muft be the Means to preferve Health ; 
 but it is very certain, the Means that are ufed in Time of 
 Sicknefs, to reft ore that Regularity in the Blood's Motion, 
 muft be prejudicial in a State of Health, becaufe they 
 mult eftedi fome Change in the Animal Oeconomy, which 
 was not wanting. Thus Blecditig and Purging may be of 
 Ufe to put a Check to a Difeafe, if a Horfe be plcthorick 
 and full of Blood, or if a Horfe has any other Signs that 
 require Evacuation ; but then it is to be confidered, that 
 thefe are Difeafes aflually begun ; and if a Horfe has none 
 of thefe Signs, the Effedi that any fuch Evacuations can 
 have upon him, muft be a Leflening the Qiiantity of his 
 Blood, which is often of bad Confcquence; becaufe the 
 I.elTening the Qiiantity of the Blood, gives it a difierent 
 JMotion from what it had before. 
 
 If
 
 12 The T arrur's Nei:j Guide. Chap. IV\ 
 
 ^n ObjeSiion If any oiie (hould plead that thefe Eva- 
 
 anftuered. cuations are made to bring a Horle into a 
 
 better State of Health, and thereby llrengthen his Body, 
 and enable him the more to refill Difeafes ; I anfwer, there 
 is a certain State of Health which is natural and agreeable 
 to every Horfe, and confifts in the Requilites abovemen- 
 lion'd, to wit, in a Life free from Pain, or any inlenlible 
 Imperfedtion ; and, no doubt, as among Men, one Horfe 
 may, comparatively fpeaking, enjoy a more perfecl degree 
 of Health than another is capable of; and this is owing to 
 fome Difference in their original Struftureand Make, where- 
 of we are Ignorant ; fo that they may as well turn a black 
 Horfe white, or a white Horfe black, as to pretend to make 
 a Horfe Strong, who is naturally of a weak and delicate 
 Conftitution, All therefore that can be expeded from 
 tampering with Horfes that are in their bell Eltate, is 
 either little or no Alteration at all, if a Florfe has Youth 
 and Vigour to overcome the Shocks given to Nature by 
 Phyfick, or elfe an Alteration for tlie worfe ; becaufe the 
 ftrongeft Horfe may thereby be brought into an habitual 
 Weaknefs, which becomes a Difeafe j and a Horfe that is 
 Weak, may become yet much Weaker ; and thefe Acci- 
 dents frequently happen by fuch unskilful Management, 
 though they are generally attributed to fome other Cauie. 
 Ibe Caufe of But what has led Farriers into thofe Er- 
 
 ft'vcral Errors rors, is a confufed Notion many of them 
 in the Praiiice have of all Difeafes proceeding from corrupt 
 c/ Farriers. Blood ; and therefore, as if the Blood of 
 Horfes was like Pond or Ditch-water, which gathers Mud 
 and Filth at certain times, they think it fliould be often 
 cleanfed. And becaufe the Blood of thefe Creatures (as moil 
 of them are ufed to Toil and Labour) is generally of an 
 unpleafant Afpeft, they feldom or never take Blood from 
 any Horfe, but they think him full of bad Humours, not 
 confidering but this may be the natural State of his Blood ; 
 and for that Reafon they do not often mifs telling the 
 Owner, that his Horfe wants Purging as well as Blooding. 
 Another thing which feems to have given Encourage- 
 ment to thofe Methods, is, becaufe fome Horfes have been 
 obfei-v'd to eat plentifully, and not thrive, till after Evacua- 
 tions were made pretty largely. Whenever any fuch thing 
 happens, there is the Sign of a Difeafe proceeding from 
 fome Obflruftions in the Melentery, or Irom fome vifcid 
 floughy Matter lodg'd in the firft Pallagesj which may hin- 
 der
 
 Chap. IV. 'Difcovering fo?ne ErrorSy &c. i j 
 
 d€r a fufficient Quantity of Chyle entring into the Mafs of 
 Blood. But I don't mean fuch, but thofe, who, upon 
 full Experience are found to be in as found a State of 
 Health, as they have ever been known to be in at any time, 
 but are bled and purged, or have Cordials given them ac 
 luch Times as are prefcrib'd in Farrier's Books, or have 
 otherwife obtain'd by Cuflom. 
 
 But that I may not be thought too peremptory on this 
 Head, or to deviate too far from a Method that Ijas ho^n 
 fo univerfally received ; I Ihall therefore lay down fome few- 
 Cafes wherein Blooding, or other Evacuations, may be 
 made, even when there are no Indications to be taken di- 
 re(5tly from Sicknefs ; but thefe too are difcretionary, and 
 to be gone about with Caution ; as for Inftance, if Blood- 
 ing be moderately and fparingly ufed, it may be of Service 
 to young Horfes, efpecially after hard Exercife, or after a 
 Journey in a hot Seafon, becaufe either the one or the other 
 is apt to augment the Blood's Motion too much, which, be- 
 fore it has any ill Tendency, may be thus remedied. But 
 yet this may not be often necell'ary to Horfes that are ac- 
 cuftomed to conflant Exercife, as Hunting ; or thofe that 
 travel all the Year, as Stage- Horfes or Poft-Horfes, but 
 only to fuch as are more habituated to Eafe. Secondly^ A 
 Horfe that has been much us'd to ftanding in the Stable, and 
 has but feldom Exercife, may alfo have a Vein open'd upon 
 Sufpicion of the Blood's growing too vifcid, and flagnating 
 for Want of due Exercife ; becaufe, while he is thus kept, 
 a Difeafe may infenfibly, and by Degrees, be creeping up- 
 on him, while yet there is no Indication given from fenli- 
 ble Signs. Thirdly^ If a Horfe has ftumbled into a Pit 
 of Water, or a deep Ditch, and has continued fome Time 
 therein, though he does not immediately give Signs of Sick- 
 nefs, yet fuch Accidents arc a fufficient Indication both for 
 Bleeding and other Remedies, becaufe the Adftridion of 
 the Pores, occafion'd by the Coldnefs and Preflure of the 
 Water, may caufe a Fever, or a violent Cold, that may 
 end in the Glanders, or fome other fatal Diftemper. 
 
 The fame Cautions may be alfo obferv'd as to Purging, 
 and that fliould never be gone about barely at a Venture, 
 but when the Farrier or Owner may have fome Sufpicion 
 at leaft ; as, for Want of Exercife, eating unwholfome Food, 
 or drinking bad Water, or the like, whether that proceed 
 from Careleflhefs or NecefTity. In thele, or fuch like Cafes, 
 Blooding or Purging may be ufed by Way of Prevention ; 
 
 and
 
 14 ne T ARR jer' s Ne'ju Guide, Chap. IV. 
 
 and 1 (hould the ratlier lb fjir give into thofe Methods, 
 ■with rel'pedt to brute Creatures, becaul'e feveral of their 
 Difeafes may adtualiy have Ibme Footing before they can 
 be well difccrned. But yet, as there is even in all thefe 
 Cafes an Indication given, at lead from foreign Caufes, 
 what has been here advanced, will not juitify the Condudt 
 I am cenfuring, which is only adminillring Things at 
 Random, and which therefore often prove prejudicial. 
 
 lihall theretore venture to affirm, that unneceflary Eva- 
 cuations cannot be the Way to prevent Difeafes in Horfes, 
 but that may be better efteduated by a due Care in their 
 Keeping. 
 
 A J r„ -^ All Evacuations leflen the Quantity of the 
 A due Lare »« ,,, , , ^ . ,. , TTr i i • 
 
 Kecptn?, the i>lood, but moft immediately Blood-letting; 
 froperejl Way to ^^d when that has been frequently repeated^ 
 frcventSUknefs. or been taken away in a large Quantity, it 
 often becomes languid in its Motion, by a 
 leller Quantity of Spirits, derived from a lefler Quaniit/ 
 of Blood, fo that what remains has not Force enough from 
 thefe Spirits to reach the Paflages of the Skin, fo as to make 
 a Secretion there ; and from hence, inllead of preventing 
 Difeafes, it becomes the Caufe of many. Purging has alio 
 the fame Effect, though after a different Manner, and may 
 be of a worfe Confequence to Horfes, as all fuch Evacua- 
 tions a6: more diredtly againft Nature, and in fuch a Man- 
 ner, that the whole animal Frame, when the Medicines 
 happen to be of any Strength, is difcompofed by them ; and 
 thus a Horie that was in Health, is expofed to all the In- 
 juries that can proceed from any Element. But in good 
 and proper Keeping, all thefe Accidents are avoided, and 
 the lame thing effected. 
 
 The bell Way therefore to prevent Horfes being difeafed, 
 is, in the firll Place, to have no Kind of Food given them 
 but what is wholfome, and their Diir.k fliould be Rain- 
 water, or that of the running Brook, if fuch are to be had. 
 
 Secondly.) The next Thing to be regarded is Exercife, ef- 
 pecially fince the Health of all Animals depends fo much up- 
 on the Blood's regular Motion, for without that it is impofii- 
 ble but that it mull be apt many times to flagnate ; whereas 
 if the Body is often kept moving, the Blood is not only forc'J 
 thro' the Imallell Veins and Arteries, by the feveral Contrac- 
 tions of the Mufcles, but ail the little Glands and Strainers 
 throughout the Body are thereby forc'd to difcharge their fe- 
 veral Contents, which mult be a great Mean? to preferve 
 Health. ' rhh-diy
 
 Chap. IV. T^ifiovering fome Errors, ^c. i$ 
 
 Thirdly, The Exercife of a Horfe ought to be propor- 
 tion'd to his Strength, and hkewife to his Feeding ; for a 
 Horfe that is of a weak, delicate Make, cannot bear much 
 Exercife, neither muft that be violent, but gentle. In like 
 Manner, a Horfe who has but (hort Feeding, cannot bear 
 fo much, norfuch hard Exercife, as if he was kept high. 
 
 Fourthly, A Horfe {hould be gently ufed when he is 
 full, becaufe at that Time, befides the Prejudice done him 
 by the Weight of his Stomach, the Blood receiving from 
 thence frefh Supplies, will be apt to caufe a Plenitude and 
 Fulnefs of the Veflels, which may either occafion a too 
 great Rarefaction, or a Stagnation, efpecially in the Lungs, 
 by reafon of their near Communication with the Heart, and 
 their frequent Diftention with Air ; and Horfes that are 
 of a large and heavy Make, ought to be Rid more gently 
 at all Times, than thofe that are light and nimble. 
 
 Fifthly J No Habit fhould be broke fuddenly, but by 
 Degrees ; for Inftance, if a Horfe has been ufed to travel, 
 he ought to be walk'd out, and rid more or lefs for fome 
 time thereafter ; becaufe during the Time of Exercife, the 
 Blood muft have acquired a more than ordinary Aptitude 
 to Motion ; and therefore it will be ready to ftagnate in 
 fome remote Parts, where the Veflels are fmall. The fame 
 Rule is to be obferved with refpeft to Horfes newly taken 
 up from Grafs, becaufe they have been ufed both to Exer- 
 cife and Air, while at their Liberty in the Fields. Neither 
 muft a Horfe that has been ufed to feed plentifully, be fud- 
 denly reduced to a low Diet, becaufe he will be apt to 
 grow faint, and oftentimes fick in his Spirits, which may oc- 
 cafion very great Diforders, by reafon the Quantity of the 
 Blood is of a fudden render'd too fmall, in proportion to the 
 Capacity of the Veflels. And, on the contrary, a Horfe 
 that is low, muft be fed but gently, and brought to good 
 Keeping by Degrees. 
 
 Sixthly, A due Regard ought to be had to Drefling, be- 
 caufe rubbing and combing is a Sort of Exercife, efpecially 
 to a Horfe of Mettle, it promotes the Motion of the Blood 
 in the extreme Parts, and greatly helps the cuticular Dif- 
 charges; and therefore a Horfe that has been ufed to good 
 Drefling, fhould never go without it, left the Pores of the 
 Skin becomes fuddenly obftru(fted, which muft unavoid- 
 ably caufe fome Diforders. But if a Horle has never been 
 ufed to any Re.sularity, as to his Feeding, feV. which is the 
 Cafe of fome Drudges, the beft Way ii to continue in the 
 
 fame
 
 1 6 T/je Varruk s New Guide. Chap. V. 
 
 fame want of Method with refpefl to them ; becaufe we 
 often obferve the bring,in<3i; any fuch into regular keeping, at 
 firft proves generally of ill Confequence to them ; and that 
 for feveral Realbns, which I need not here mention. 
 
 From thefe general Direftions, the Reader may be able 
 to form luch other Rules, as may be of Ule, not only to 
 prevent Sicknels, but may alfo be the Means of bringing 
 Horfes to a better State of Health, without hazarding their 
 Conftitutions with the repeated Ule of Phyiick, as is very 
 curtomary in this Kingdom ; and proceeds from thofe Per- 
 fons, who are ufually intruded with the Health of our 
 Horfes, not being acquainted with the Mechanifm and Oe- 
 conomy of animal Bodies. I have been the more encoura- 
 ged to make fuch Obl'ervations, bccaui'e Tome of the moll: 
 judicious Farriers have been from Experience convinced of 
 thofe Errors, and are able to call to mind many Inftances, 
 of Horfes they have known to be prejudiced by an unfea- 
 fonable and unnecellary Ufe of Phyfick ; and methinks it 
 would be a common Benefit to Mankind, fo far as Horfes 
 are ferviceable to us, if thofe Prepoileflions could be ba- 
 rillied, and all luch fuperfluous Practice quite difufed anvi 
 laid alide. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Some general Rules to be obfer-ved in Bleeding 
 and Purging. 
 
 TJAVING, in the foregoing Chapter, taken Notice of 
 •*•■*■ fome of the Errors committed in Bleeding and Pur- 
 ging, I fliali in this lay down Ibme general Rules to be ob- 
 served in thefe Operations. 
 
 And Firjl^ Concerning Bleeding ; there is not any Ope- 
 ration more ready, or indeed more ufcful. As nothing can, 
 in many Cafes, give fuch immediate Relief ; for by Blood- 
 letting, the Heat of the Blood, and confequently its Velo- 
 city, proceeding from what-ever Caufe, may be thereb/ 
 abated 5 and not only its Velocity and Heat, but alfo its 
 Vifcidity, whether from an acid, or from any other coa- 
 gulating or thickning Matter, may in a great Meafure be 
 deftroy'd ; and therefore in all Cafes where the Blood is 
 too much agitated, and m Motion, or where it is too much 
 thickned, BJood-letting is required. 
 
 But
 
 Chap. V. Some general Rtiks-, ^(£. If 
 
 But we {hall lay down feme of the particular Indications* 
 which chiefly call for that Operation ; and in doing there- 
 of we fhall not tie any one up to Times and Seafons, or 
 particular Influences, which we find fo much obferv'd in 
 Books of Marfhalfy, and in old phyfical Writers ; for, ac- 
 cording to their Doiftrine, fome Part of the animal Body 
 mull: have been difeafed every Month. All the Caution 
 therefore, that is to be had in that Refpedt, is only to avoid 
 it as much as poflible in the Extremities of Heat and Cold, 
 excepting when fome urgent NeceHity requires it. 
 
 Now the Signs that require Blood-letting, n-L q- .? 
 
 r /T r»i •. J Tr-1 /- ^he bjgns that 
 
 are full, an over Plenitude or Fi'lnefsj .^.J ^^^^^^ 
 
 which may he difcovered in a Horfe, be- /^^/^w 
 
 caufe fuch a one will be apt to be purfive 
 
 when he is piit to any kind of Exercife, and his Stomach 
 
 will fomewhat abate. In fuch a Cafe Bleeding cools and 
 
 refreflies a Horfe wonderfully. 
 
 Secondly^ Blood-letting is propsr in the beginning of at- 
 moft all Fevers, whether flmple or complicated ; that is to 
 fay, whether the Fever confifts Amply in an Augmentation 
 of the Blood's Motion only, or when the Blood is befides 
 that vitiated. But Care muft be taken, if the Diftemper 
 takes its Origin from the want of Blood, as very often hap- 
 pens after large Hemorrhages, or after long fcouring, or 
 alter a too plentiful Ufe of Evacuations, or when a Horfe 
 has been fome lime in a declining Condition ; in fuch 
 Cafes, tho' fome Indications may, perhaps, require Blood* 
 letting, yet it is to be us'd fparingly. 
 
 Thirdly^ A Horfe ought to be Bled for all Swellings and 
 Impoflhumations, when they happen to be lituated oii any 
 Part of the Body, fo as to endanger a Suffocation, or any 
 other ill Accident ; but if there be none of thofe Appear- 
 ances, and at the fame Time have a Tendency to Suppu- 
 fation. Bleeding ought not to be perform'd, becaufe that 
 would be manifeftly to oppofe Nature, \vho herfelf is en- 
 deavouring to throw off v/hat is hurtful to her in another 
 way ; but in Si\'ellings of the Legs, occafion'd by ths 
 Greafe, Blood-letting is not only fafc in the Beginning, as 
 it may make a Revulflon, but neceil'ary before they ate 
 much inflam'd, or come to break ; becaufe this Dillem- 
 per at firft proceeds chiefly from a Stagnation of the Blood 
 in the extream Parts, from the Smallnefs of the Vellels, 
 i3c. and not from any manifefl Diforder in the Blood it- 
 felf. But of this in its proper Place, 
 
 K Feurthh,
 
 1 8 7he FarrierV Keiv Guide. Chap. V. 
 
 Fourthly^ Bleeding is neceflary in all violent Pain, whe- 
 ther that proceeds trom an internal or external Caufe, as 
 Wounds or Bruifcs ; and in Cale of inward Pains, as from 
 an Inflammation of the Lungs and Plcuro^ or the Liver, 
 when they can be difcovcred ; and then the Operation may 
 be once or twice repeated ; but in Pains of the Stomach 
 and Guts, proceeding from Ilimy and vifcid Matter lodg'd 
 in them, unlefs the Farrier could alfo be allur'd ihefc were 
 accompanied with Inflammation of thofe Parts, it is better 
 to forbear it ; becaufe in fuch a Cafe, if a Revulfion be 
 made, the Blood may be too much divefl:ed ot its Spirits, 
 and Nature balk'd of her Defign of expelling what flie 
 finds hurtful to her. 
 
 Fifthly^ Blood-letting is moreover neceflary in Verti- 
 goes, and moft: Diforders of the Head ; and in the Begin- 
 ning of all Colds, by which Defluxions are apt to fall wi 
 the Lungs, and Rheums into the Eyes. And here I cannot 
 omit taking Notice of an Error in the Sieur de SoUeyfell, 
 who forbids Bleeding in Difeafes of the Eyes. It is not 
 improbable that Author may have obferved fome ill Con- 
 fequences from this Operation, but it has been in fuch Cafes 
 as proceed from E.xwanition, that is, when the State of 
 ti]e Blood is very low ; for then that which is carried into 
 the extreme Parts, very often ftagnates, from the Want of 
 a fuflicient Force in the Heart to drive it furv/ai ds into thole 
 Parts ; and when the fucceeding Fluid has not Force enough 
 to impel the antecedent Blood, fo that if a Difeale ha[)- 
 pen in the Eyes from any fuch Caufe, the leflening the 
 Quantity of the lilocd, which is already too fmall, mufl: 
 needs occafion fome very great Diforder in thofe Parts, if 
 not abfolute Blindnef^ But in all Jlich Cafes a? proceed 
 from an Ovcr-fulncfs, or from hard Rid'^ng, wliich drives 
 the Blood faflcr into the outward Parts, than can be rea- 
 dily retinn'd by tiie fmall Capillary \''eins ; or if ihefc 
 Diforders proceed from the Blood's being too vifcid, by 
 which Means it loiters in the fmall Vcflels of the Eyes ; 
 Blood-letting muft then do very great Service, and is often 
 praflifed among Horfcs to very great Purpofc. For the 
 iame Reafons it may be ufeful in the Farcin, the Itch, and 
 all Difeafes of the Skin. 
 
 La/lly, There mufl be conflant Care taken of the Age, 
 Strength, and Conftitution of all Horfes. A young Horfc, 
 though he be more fubjcdt to Difeafes, as has been already 
 obferv'd, will, however, much fooncr recover the Lois of 
 
 Blood
 
 IChap. V. Some General Rules^ iyc. ip 
 
 Blood than a rforfe that is full aged i and a full aged 
 Horfe fooner than an old Horfe, becaufe all young Animals 
 are vigorous in their Appetites and Digeftion ^ but yet a full 
 aged, or an old Korfe, if either be hardy or ftrong, may 
 overcome all Lofles of this Kind, better than fome young 
 Horfes, who are of a wafhy and delicate Make, ^ut I 
 ihall now proceed to Purging* 
 
 I need not ofter to explain what Is In i>jhat Cafes 
 meant by Purging, fince every one knows P^^^^ng is 
 that it is the difcharging of Humours and ^^'^Jb f^"/- 
 Excrements thio' the common Pallages of Ao'- 
 the Belly. The Way this Operation is performed, is with 
 fuch A lediciivcs, as by their Irritation ftimulate the Mem- 
 branes of the Gli's, whereby the Periftaltick Motion is 
 quickened fo as to (hake off their Contents. But if the 
 Dofe or Potion happens to be large, or if it be made of 
 fuch Things as abound much with thofe ftimulating Parti- 
 cles, or, to exprefs it after the common Way, if very ftrong 
 Phyfick be given, it not only carries off what is contained 
 in the Gu^s, but hkewife caufes fuch frequent and reitera^ 
 ted Tv/itcl... , as drives a rhore than ordinary Quantity of 
 Blood into i.iK.ie Parts, whence is feparated and difcharged 
 Abundance of Serui^y which is thrown off hy the com- 
 nion PailagcS above mentioned. And hence it is evident, 
 that Phylick n-ay be i'o ordered, as to carry off more or 
 lefs of the Su'Mlance of tns Blood, according as the Dofe 
 ss enlarged or diininidicd, or as it abounds more or lefs 
 with tnofe purging P.iriicl£s ; and confequently that it 
 tnay be rendci'd jia.er pro£;able or huitful, according as it 
 %:> manage J.*- 
 
 t ihall ,notJ-:!'c dfclrin the Pv.c:;der witll tlie Manner of 
 preparing the }5ody for this Opei;'.iion j r:':;iher fli-'.ll I lay 
 down Rules for rcnJiing liiisor th;-*. Sort c!lfu!r,our ait for 
 a Difchni'^e b); ATt?cicihes, which huv€ been ij;norantly, 
 but wit;'! murt Inc'iUilry devis'd, to prepare Choler, Phlegm, 
 dr Melr.nchol}' \ ihuL Sort of Praflice being juftly now ex- 
 pos'd as unccrt.iin and ridiculous, fince it is very plain, that 
 all purgin^^ Ph\ lick differs only in the Degrees of Strength, 
 p.nd works no orherwife on different Humours, than as i: 
 is able to reach only thofe that are near, or fuch as are 
 morc remote from the Guts, where its principal Scene of 
 AcUon lies. What particular Regard is to be had to thofe 
 Things, will be fufficiently fhewn hereafter. I (hall there- 
 fore only in this Place lay down fome general Diredions, 
 
 K 2 which.
 
 :io The IarrierV New Guide. Chap. V. 
 
 which I hope will be of Ul'e to all who pradife among 
 Horfes. 
 
 Flrjl of all.. Purging may be neceflary in moft or all 
 Pkthiruk CafeSy efpecially after an Evacuation has been 
 made by 'Blood- let ting, and the Body render'd fomewhat 
 cool and lightfome ; for if a Horfe be purged when his 
 body is very full, it may, unkfs the other Secretions are 
 alfo free, occafion, during the Operation, a too great Hur- 
 ry in the Blood's Motion, bred from too great a quantity 
 of Blood ; or, by deriving too much Blood into the Intef- 
 tines, may occafion an Inflammation of the Guts. For the 
 fameReafon, Horfes that are plethorick and full of Blood, 
 ought only to have mild Purges given them. 
 
 Secondly, Becaufe a Horfe can feldom or never difgorge 
 himfelf by Vomit ; gentle Purging may therefore be allow- 
 ed in Diforders of the Stomach, before other things are 
 adminifter'd. 
 
 Thirdly, Purging is the moft necelTary Remedy for all 
 Foulnefsin the Guts, for the Expulfion of all vifcid, ropy 
 Matter, and in all Cafes where a Horfe is infefted with 
 Worms. 
 
 Fourthly, It is a great Releifin Coftivenefs. efpecially 
 after fuitable Qyfters have been firft adminiller'd. And 
 it is moreover ufeful in all Scouring and Loofenefs of the 
 Belly, when perform'd by fuch Medicines as afterwards 
 conftringe the Inteftinal Glands. But in this Cafe many of 
 the Tribe of purging Medicines may be very hurtful, and 
 occafion either a too great Relaxation of thofe Glands, or 
 an Inflammation of the Guts, by their too violent and 
 harfh Operation. 
 
 Fifthly, In all cafes where there is a grofs Habit, with a 
 Tendency to Sv/ellings in the Limbs, or any other part of 
 the Body, Purging is necellary, as alfo in humid and 
 watry Difeafes. In Diforders of the Liver, caufing the 
 Jaundice, and in many of the Difeafes of the Eyes, it docs 
 manifell Service, by the Revulfion it makes from thofe 
 Parts, and in moll Ailments of the Head, where there is no 
 Fever, but only a Stagnation in the Blood, in fome of the 
 imall capillary or Hair-Hke Arteries. For purging in fuch 
 Cafes not only drains of!' Part of the fuperabundant Mat- 
 ter, but alfo, by putting the Blood into a brisker Motion, 
 caufe,^ a Separation of its grofler Pajts, fo that it moves with 
 more Freedom and Eahnefs in all its Canals, and is thereby 
 brought more readily to the lecretory Ofiiccs. 
 
 But
 
 Chap, VI. Of Fe'vers in general. 21 
 
 But in this Operation, as well as in Bleed- /« Bleeding 
 in^s a particular Regard ought to be had to '^^^ P^'g^'^g, 
 the Strength of every Plorfe, becaufe the Irri- ^^J ^trevgth 
 tation that this kind of Phyfick makes in the |^^^ arded^ 
 Stomach and Guts, when it is powerful, ^ ^^^"^ 
 occafions fuch diforderly Agitations in the Blood and Spirits, 
 as caufe violent Sicknefs, attended with cold damp Sweats, 
 and fometimes convulfive Motions : And all this I have 
 feen frequently happen to Horfes while under this Opera- 
 tion ; and therefore they ought not only at that Time to 
 be carefully look'd after, but their Phyfick fliould be quali- 
 fy'd with fuch Mixtures as will prevent it from adhering 
 loo clofely to any Parts of the (3uts. 
 
 But what relates to this, and all other Operations, will, 
 I doubt not, be perform'd to the Farrier's Satisfaction in. 
 the Sequel of this Treatife, \vhere all thofe general Rules 
 fhall be juftly and methodically applied. 
 
 M^ 
 
 CHAP, VI, 
 
 Of the Fe'uers of Horfes in general, 
 
 [OST of thofe who have treated of the 'T'-^^ Sleur de 
 Difeafes of Horfes, have defin'd a Fe- Solleyfell'; O- 
 ver to be a preternatural Heat of Blood ; and t'"'^*' ^oTicem- 
 the Sieur de SoUeyJell has compar'd it to the '"^ " ^''''"'^ 
 " Ebullition of Wine in a Cask, where the Liquor being 
 " agitated, heated, dilated, and fermented, and having no 
 " Vent, breaks impetuoufly through all Obllacles, fpread- 
 ** ing its Steams and Vapours all around, and appe:irs fo 
 " muddy, that we cannot difcern the lead Drop of Wins 
 " in the Veflel. But after thefe diforderly Motions, all 
 " the Impurities that were in the Wine are feparated ; the 
 *' Lees fall to the Bottom, a Sort of Scum floats on the 
 " Top, and the Concavity of the Veflel is covered wilh a 
 " Sort of crufliy Subftance". This Comparifon betweca 
 the State of the Blood, and Wine thus pent up in the Cask, 
 is, according to that Author, a true Idea and Reprefenta- 
 tion of a Fever, which, as it is obvious to Senfe, will, no 
 doubt, fatisfy a good many Readers ; but yet, as the A- 
 greement is only in fome few Circumfl:ances, and not in 
 the whole, I fhall therefore give a fliort Account of a Fever, 
 a? it is founded on the Strudure of the Blood, and the Vef- 
 ^els in the which it flows. 
 
 K 3 But,
 
 22 The^ARKJ^K's New Guide. Chap. VI. 
 
 But firft, it will be proper to diflinguifh between a Fever 
 that is Simple, and that which is complicated and accom- 
 panied with fome other Diicafe. A fimple Fever confifts 
 only in the Increafe of the Blood's Velocity ; that is to fay, 
 ■when it runs more fwiftly through all its Channels than is; 
 ufual, but preferves an Uniformity in its Motion : Whereas 
 a complicated Fever has, befides the Increafe of Motion in 
 the Blood, feveral other Symptoms ; and thefe Difeafes, 
 ■which are Concomitants of fuch X'elocity in the Blood, are 
 often the Caufe of thofe Fevers, in which the Motion of 
 the Blood is not regularly and uniformly augmented, but is 
 diforderly, admitting of divers Periods. 
 
 .J, _ The Blood, as all other Fluids, being 
 
 t/a w'* '*' niade up of liquid Parts, is therefore capably 
 of being put into a more than ordinary de- 
 gree of Motion, both by external and internal Caufes : 
 When the Caufe happens to be fimple and external, as for 
 Inftance, when the Blood is violently agitated, and put in 
 Motion by the Heat of the Sun, or by violent and exceC- 
 fivc Exercife, then the Fever will be only fimple : In fuch 
 a Cafe the Blood is melted, and, like Wax, requires more 
 Space in the Veflels, than when in its ordinary Stale ; and 
 likewife as it becomes more thin and fluid, its Motion in-i 
 creaies ; which is obvious enough, becaufe all thin Liquors 
 will mcve with more Velocity and Swiftnefs than thofe 
 that are thick ; and becaufe a Liquor that is of a thin 
 Texture, will pafs through thofe that are more large, with- 
 out any Oppofition ; therefore all fuch Fevers are regular 
 and uniform. But when a Fever proceeds from any ill 
 Qu:ility in the Blood, as for Infl"ance, if the Blood be too 
 thick or vifcid, fo as to occafion ObftrucTtions in thofe 
 Vellclsthat are the mod minute and fmall, the Blood be- 
 ing oblbuded there, and meeting with Oppofition, muft 
 liseds occafion great diforders, while it flows in greater 
 Quantity than ordinary into particular Parts, and while it 
 endeavours to find out proper Vents and Paflages for itfelf. 
 Now in both thefe Cafes, the glandular Difcharges muft, 
 in a great Meafure, be hurt. But in thofe Fevers that are 
 complicated, fome of thcie Vents may be too much ob- 
 Urudted, while others are too free and open. And hence 
 it is, that Nature is fo much put to it in all Fevers ; for 
 in thofe that are the moft fimple, flie is overpower 'd by a 
 too great quantity of Blood, occafion'd by a too great Rare- 
 faclion, wliereby it takes up more Space than ufual in all 
 
 the
 
 Chap. VI. Of Fevers in general.' 25 
 
 the Blood- vefl'cls, which moves with fo much Rapidity as 
 to difcompofe the whole Body. And in thofe Fevers that 
 proceed from vitiated Blood, and are the Effects of fome 
 other Difeafe, (he is opprefled by violent Impulles and irre- 
 gular Difcharges before the Blood can become of fuch a Tex- 
 ture and Make as to render it fit to pafs equally into all Parts. 
 
 And therefore it is to be obferved, that ^,/p , 
 1 «-,! 1 T)i J J • All Fevert have 
 
 whatever Changes the Blood undergoes in j-^^ ^/,^^y mme- 
 
 all the different Kinds cf a Fever, fo long diateCaufe, ei- 
 as the Difeafe lafts, thefe Changes muft have ther a t^o great 
 a Tendency either to an over-great Rarefac- Thicknejs or 
 lion or Thinnefs, or elfe to an over-great T^hinnifs of the 
 Thicknefs, or to an Inequality of the Sub- Blood, or an 
 fiance of the Blood, whereby fome Parts of ^''"i''fp "f ■ 
 it will pafs more eafily than others through ''' ^'it>M»ce. 
 the fmalleft Vellels ; all which may at one 
 Time or other produce the Symptoms common to all Fe- 
 vers, to wit, a violent and exxeliive Heat, and beating of 
 the Arteries, ilfc. This is fo clear and evident, in Cale of 
 an over-great Rarefaction and Thinnefs of the Blood, that 
 it needs no Manr;er of Proof, iince Heat muft always be 
 the Effect of Motion. And, on the other Hand, when 
 the Blood happens to be too much coagulated and thick- 
 en'd, and when it is render'd of too adhelive and gluey 
 a Nature, whatever be the Figure and Size of its Particles, 
 or whatever other Qualities may be in it, it muft certainly 
 be obftructed in the fmalleil Paflages ; and thefe Obllruc- 
 tions in the fmalleft Paflages, muft give it a more than 
 ordinary Degree of Motion in thofe Vellels that are large 
 enough to receive it, and confequently its Heat muft alio 
 be augmented. 
 
 But this will be the more eafily underftood, In <what Man. 
 if we confider that the Arterie?, which carry "er the Blood 
 the Blood into all Parts, grow gradually i-jUI caufe a Fe- 
 fmaller the farther they advance from the YtTick" " " 
 Heart ; and that there is a proportionably ^''^ * '^ " 
 lefs Diftance betwixt their Branches, and towards their 
 Extremities, as the Diftance between thefe capillary 
 Branches grows ftill fmaller, refembling the little Fila- ■ 
 ments on the Leaves of Trees. It is alfo to be taken 
 Notice of, that, according to the lateft Difcoveries, the 
 Sum of all the Orifices of the fucceeding Branches of every 
 Artery, is larger than the Trunk from whence they arife, 
 which muft be fo ^reat a Benefit to Nature, that unlcfs 
 
 K 4 ihgfe
 
 24 The Farrier'j Kew Guide. Chap. VI. 
 
 thofe Veflels had been of fuch a Texture, it would have 
 been impofTible for any animal Body to have been fup- 
 ported under the leafl Diforder. But notwithftanding this 
 wife Contrivance, the Blood is ftill very liable to Obltruc- 
 ;ion vi'henevcr it happens to be too thick or vifcid. And 
 as all fuch Obftrudtions muft rationally happen in thofq 
 Parts where the Vcilels are of the fmallelt Texture, that 
 wliich flows in thofe that are larger, mud of Confequcnce 
 move with greater Rapidity ; becaufe, as has been already 
 hinted, v/hen it meets with Oppolition in its Courfe for- 
 wards, it mull; deviate in greater than ordinary quantity, 
 and with greater Force, into the ncareft lateral Branches. 
 
 Nature furniflies us with few Similitudes that would be 
 of any Service to illuflrate iljis fort of Mcchanifm, unlefs 
 a general Refemblance could be fu{hcient. Neither docs 
 Art aflift us othtrwife than by Mathematical Experiments, 
 which would not be eafily underflood but by thofe who 
 . ' _,^ ._ have fome infight into them. But that this 
 ''en tahJfrom "^''>' ^^ "^^^^^ as plain as poffibic, we fliall 
 Water runrirg fuppofe an Artery to be like a Pipe, which 
 in Pipes, &c. grows gradually fmallcr, according to the 
 number of Branches it fends forth. We 
 muft alfo fuppole this Pipe, and all its Branches, to be 
 conftantly filled with Water from f.^ime Fountain, and this 
 Water perpetually running frcm the mam Trunk into all 
 thefe Branches : We muft in like manner imagine the; Ex- 
 tremities or Endings of thofe Branches to be fo fmall, as 
 to be eiiiily choak'd up with Ssnd or Clay, or any other 
 I-cind of Matter ; and therefore when any fuch Matter 
 happens totally, or in Part, to oblhufl: one or more of 
 ;hcfe fmall Paflages, the Water meeting with Refinance is 
 forced back Jigain, and is taken up by thofe Branches that 
 are the nearclt i fo the Branches, which are antecedent to 
 thofe that are thus obilrufted, receive not only a more 
 than ordinary quantity of Water, but this Water is alfo 
 increafed in its motion in proportion to the Force by which 
 it is repulb'd; and likewile by that of the Water, which is 
 antecedent to i% which beiqg alfo in Motion, muft relift 
 jrs returning ihe fame way it came ; and, by giving a new 
 Impetus to the Water thus repulfcd, muft drive it with the 
 greater Force into the lateral Branches. And this will 
 .ippear ftill more manifeft from the Inftance of a large 
 Stone thrown into a very fmall Brpok or Rivulet, which 
 raking up feme Space, ijnd dividing ih? Stream in the 
 
 niidulej
 
 ^Ghap. VI. Of Fevers in general. 25 
 
 middle, the Water that runs on each Side will move with 
 greater Rapidity than that which is either before or behind. 
 From all which it is evident, that Obftruclions in the 
 fmall C'apillary Arteries, as they are the Caufe of a greater 
 and more violent Motion of the Blood in thofe that are 
 larger, mull occafion a Fever ; but efpecially as fuch a 
 Motion may bring on a fubfcquent Rarefaction in the 
 Blood ; becaufe whatever agitates the Blood, and puts it 
 in a more than ordinary degree of Motion, muft occa- 
 fion more frequent Conlradtions of the Heart, and alfo 
 of the Arteries, whereby the Blood muft, without doubt, 
 be communicated, and its Parts render'd more fmall. In 
 like manner an over- great Rarefaction maybe the Caufe 
 of a Coagulation of the Blood ; that is, when the Blood 
 liappens to be too much rarefy'd, as in the beginning of 
 a legitimate Fever, the thin Serum being expended in a 
 greater than ordinary Quantity, will leave the remaining 
 Mafs thicker, and more unapt to motion, whereby fe- 
 veral Changes and Alterations may be reaforiably expeCl- 
 ed : And now lince the Extremities of the Veins, which 
 communicate with thofe of the Arteries, are but little dif- 
 ferent from the Arteries themfelves, fave only that they 
 take a contrary Courfe, and that the Blood moves in them 
 backwards towards the Heart ; whereas in the Arteries it 
 moves from the Heart towards the Extremities : And as 
 the Motion of the Blood in thefe fmall communicating 
 Branches of the Veins, is chiefly owing to a continual Suc- 
 ceffion of Blood from the Arteries, when once therefore 
 it gets into them, its Motion cannot be eafily retarded, 
 unlefs in the Extremities of the Limbs, where its afcent 
 upwards muft, no doubt, be a great Hindrance to it. And 
 this is the Reafon why, in feveral Kinds of Fevers, efpeci- 
 ally in thofe where the Blood happens to be of unequal 
 Compolltion, viz. when it is thicker in fome Parts than 
 others, the Pulfation of the Arteries muft alfo be unequal ; 
 becaufe while its groiler Parts are detain'd in the fmalleft 
 Veins and Arteries, the Blood muft move with more Velo- 
 city in fome of the other VefTels, for the Reafons already 
 alledg'd ; but as foon as this Lentor has work'd it felf into 
 the more capacious Veins, which grow wider the nearer 
 they approach the Heart, and that a thinner and more at- 
 tenuated Blood fupplies its Place in thofe fmall Branches, 
 then the Pulfation becomes more moderate and uniform, 
 and the Fever is remov'd, ^t leaft for that Seafon. 
 
 But
 
 26 The Farrier'j Ne'i:; Guide. Chap. VI. 
 
 But in all Fevers whatfoever^ it is manifeft, that the va- 
 rious Changes made in the Blood, whether thefe are caufed 
 by an over Rarefadion and Thinnefs, or an over Thicknefs, 
 mull afibcl the Secretions; but in thofe that are complicat- 
 ed, they muft occafion Tome of them to be too liberal, while 
 others are too fparing; and may alio occafion one Secretion 
 at one time to be too open, and at another time too fparing. 
 „ , « And thus far we may here advance con- 
 
 tions mav be af cerning the Secretions, that in all fuch Fevers 
 feiledin Fevers, ^s proceed from an over Rarefadion, the fe- 
 rous Part of the Blood, being render'd more 
 than ordinary thin, muft needs go off' in too great a Quan- 
 tity, while the grofler Parts may be detained by the larger 
 Vefl'els, which compofe the folid Parts, prefling upon thofe 
 that are fmaller, efpecially towards their Entrance into the 
 Glands ; fo that by virtue of a fuperior Weight in the larger 
 "Vefl'els, nothing but the thinner Parts of the Serum can pafs 
 through them ; and that Expence of the thinner Parts of 
 the Blood, if it is not flopped in due Time, will leave the 
 remaining Mafs too thick, whereby other Symptoms will 
 be engender'd, and fuch as are common to Fevers of a more 
 complicated Kind : And when fuch a Change happens, 
 the Blood miuft lofe its regular and uniform Motion, and 
 the Difeafe will no longer conftitute one continued Fever, 
 of one Period only, but admit of divers Periods. 
 
 Now when fuch a Change happens in any fimple and 
 continued Fever, or if this has been the State of the Fever 
 from the Beginning, the Secretions muft be irregular ; for 
 feeing the Entrance into all the Glands is not the lame, but 
 that thefcPaffages are of divers Capacities and Sizes, the Parts 
 of th.e Blood Vind Serum not being fufficiently communicated, 
 2nd render'd fo fmall as to enter inio the fmalleft fecretory 
 Offices, muft therefore, when they meet with Oppofition, 
 :ind are deny'd Admittance into them, enter in an over great 
 Qiiantity into thofe that are large enough to receive them. 
 And thus we may eafily form an Idea how feveral Ferments 
 raay be engender'd in the Body during the Continuance of 
 fuch Fevers, efpecially if it be cojifidcred, as was obferved 
 in another Place, that a Liquor confifting of but few Prin- 
 ciples, may, by their various Combinations, produce a great 
 Variety of different Liquors. And therefore lince the Blood 
 is a Fluid confifting of different Principles, and undergo* 
 ing fo many different Changes, while its Secretions are thus 
 diltemper'd and irregular, it may, po doubt, be fo fermenx- 
 
 «d
 
 Chap. VI. Of Fevers in general 27 
 
 ^d by its various Mixtures, as to occafion all thofe evil 
 Symptoms which are difcovered in the animal Body, 
 while Nature is endeavouring to throw off" what is ofFenfive 
 and burdenfome to her. 
 
 After this fhort Account of Fevers in general, it follows 
 that we take Notice of their feveral Kinds, as they have beea 
 diftinguilhed by their feveral Names and Appellations, 
 wherein we fhall deviate as little as pofllble from the Me- 
 thod of thole who have gone before us ; that fuch as have 
 been ufcd to the Writings of Solleyfell^ Markham^ or any 
 .others of that Tribe, may not be too muchbewilder'd by the 
 Perufal of what they (hall here find new upon the Subjedl. 
 
 We have already divided a Fever into that <tv .-^ 
 Vi^hich is fimple, and of one Period only, and kinds of Fevers. 
 that which is complicated and accompanied 
 with fome other Difeafe. Under which Divifion may be 
 reduc'd all Sorts of Fevers ; but a fimple Fever (lands fingly 
 by itfclf, and is that which, properly fpeaking, conftitutes a 
 true Fever j and therefore all Fevers may be term'd more or 
 kfs fimpk, as they are m ide up of fewer or more Symp- 
 toms ; for the fewer Symptoms there are in any Fever, any 
 fuch jFever, will be the more fimple, and will approach the 
 nearer to that which confifts only in the regular Augmenta- 
 tion of the Blood's Motion : And, on the other Hand, the 
 more Symptoms there are in any Fever, it will be the more 
 complicated, and participate the more of other Difeafes. 
 All therefore that (hall be (aid concerning the particular 
 Fevers of Horfes, fhall be reduced to thole that are Simple 
 and Continued Fevers^ Heclick Fevers^ Putrid Fevers, and 
 thofe that are called Pejiilential Fevers ; and laltly, all 
 fuch as are Intermitting^ whether thefe be ^lotidian, Ter- 
 tian, or ^qrtan. As for thofe proper to the Seafons, viz. 
 the Jutuninalahd Vernal Fevers, &c. which Markham has 
 taken Notice of, they may be reduc'd to one or more of the 
 above-mention'd Kinds, tho' perhaps not with refpeft to 
 their whole complex Symptoms, and indeed in that Senfe 
 there is no Fever direiftly the fame, but may vary in fome 
 Circumftances ; for feeing the Bodies of all Animals are nu- 
 merous, and are infinitely compounded, and made up of 
 Veflels which are infinitely diiTerent in Size and Magnitude ; 
 and as the Fluids contain'd in thefe Veflels are capable of 
 different Changes and Modifications, it cannot therefore be 
 expected, but the fame Kind of Fever may have different 
 Symptoms in one Horfe fron^ what they are in another ; 
 
 and
 
 2S The I arrur' s New Guide. Chap. VII. 
 
 and this Variation may be in Proportion to the Size and 
 Make of the conftituent Vellels of different Horfes, iJc. 
 But if the Farrier will only endeavour after a competent 
 Skill in the animal Oeconomy, he will be the better able 
 to fuit his Methods of Cure to the feveral Indications that 
 may proceed from any fuch Variety. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of a Jimple continued Fever, 
 
 Ji jimph legi- np HIS Sort of Fever is not the leaft com- 
 timate Fever. A ^^^ among Hones, neither is it very 
 difficult, but may be eafily cured, clpecially in the Begin- 
 ning. It confifts in an equable Augmentation of the Blood's 
 Velocity, as has already been oblerved, and may proceed 
 *Th Ca fi ^'^°'^ divers Caufes: AsFirJl, From riding in 
 
 thereof. " very hot and dry Weather, for by that Means 
 
 the Blood being once fet in Motion, it there- 
 by becomes rarefy'd, and the external Heat contributes to 
 keep up both the internal Heat and Rarefadtion thereof. 
 
 Secondly^ This Fever is fometimes brought on Horfes by 
 turning them out to Grafs in hot and dry Weather, and in- 
 to fmall Inclofures, where there is but little Air, and where 
 there is not fome convenient Shade to cover them from the 
 fcorching Heat of the Sun. 
 
 Thirdly^ The eating hot and fpirituous Herbs, or other 
 Food, that communicate too great a Heat and Warmth to 
 the Blood (efpecially until a Horfe has been habituated to 
 fuch Feeding) will be the Caufe of fuch a Fever. 
 
 Fourthly^ This Sort of Fever is fometimes caufed by 
 Bleeding Horfes in the Heat of the Sun in the hot Seafon, 
 xvithout houfing them ; becaufe during the Time of the 
 Operation, the Blood is put into a greater Motion than be- 
 fore i and that new Motion is further increafed and kept up 
 by the additional Heat of the Weather, as has been obferv'd: 
 And this may be illultrated by the common EfFeds of Fire 
 under a Pot or Kettle, where the Heat of the Water in- 
 creafes more in the fame Spaces of Time, according to the 
 Degrees of its Motion, though the Fire be not increafed. 
 
 Fifthly^ External Cold will fometimes bring on fuch a 
 Fever, by hindring Perfpiration, efpecially when its Effects 
 are fudden ; for in fuch a Cafe the Quantity of the Blood 
 muft be fuddenly increafed, and that Increafe will be fol- 
 Ipv^'cd by an immcdute and fpcedy Rarefiidtion of the Blood. 
 
 And
 
 Chap. VII. Of a fimpJe continued Fe'uer. 29 
 
 And here it is to be obferv'd, with refpedl Ho^- Caufes and 
 to Caufes and EiTecfts, that the fame Caufe Effeaiaretobe 
 will Ibnictimes produce different Effeds j dtfiinguijhed. 
 and the lame Effed will often proceed from different Cau- 
 fes, as in thelnftance laft mentioned ; For Cold, when its 
 Effeds are fudden and univerfal, will caufe a fudden Rare- 
 fadtion in the Blood, by obftrufting mofl of the Paffages of 
 Perfpiration ; but when it is partial or gradual, it will have 
 a different Effedt. But the different Effeds which weobferve 
 from the fame Caufe, or the fame Effed proceeding from 
 feemingly oppofite Caufes, may only arife from the different 
 degrees of Efficacy in theCaufesthemfelves, whereof we can- 
 not be exad and competent Judges, efpecially as they are ex- 
 erted on the animal Body, which is infinitely various in its 
 Compofition and Stru6lure; and moieover as thefe Caufes 
 are alfo complicated ; and therefore when we fpeak of dif- 
 ferent Effeds proceeding from the fame Caufe, and via 
 verfa, of the fame Effed proceeding from different and op- 
 pofite Caufes, we are to be underffood, not in an abftraded 
 philofophical Senfe, but as this is moft obvious to our com- 
 mon Apprehenfions of Things ; which Difference we fhall 
 endeavour to account for in the moft rational Way we are 
 able, and that as often as we (hall find Occafion. 
 
 But, Lajlly, If the Affedions of Horfes can be enough 
 permanent and lafting, fo as to bring on Difeafes, accord- 
 ing to fome Writers, fuch a Fever, .as this we are treating 
 of, may take its Beginning from Rage and Fury, fince no- 
 thing contributes more to the Rarefadion of the Blood, 
 and the Increafe of its Motion. And therefore thofe Horfes 
 who have felt the Pleafures of Love, and have been after- 
 wards reftrained from Copulation, but yet have had Mares 
 frequently expofed to them, muft be moft in Danger from 
 fuch Caufes. 
 
 But we (hall now proceed to the Sign?, cjj^^ Si?m of a 
 which in a fimple and continued Fever are nmpkfenjer. 
 violent Heat and Fulncfs of the VeffelSjWhich 
 will even appear to the Eye ; a Beating of the Heart and 
 Flanks without Intermiffion ; a Drynefs on the Roof of the 
 Mouth and Palate, withaRoughnefs on the Tongue ; con- 
 tinual Watchfulnefs and Reftlefnefs, infomuch that if a 
 Horfe befeized in the Field, he will be perpetually moving 
 from Place to Place, gomg often to the Water, but not being 
 able to drink j he will fmell at the Ground in many Places 
 without Feeding, bui difcovering a great Delicacy from the 
 
 Want
 
 50 T/^^ FarrierV Ke-ji; Guide. Chap. VIL 
 
 Want of Appetite : And ifa Horfe in fuch a Condition hap- 
 pens to be in the Stable, the f^ime Signs will alfo be appa- 
 rent ; and he will moreover be apt to ftrike at any one that 
 comes near him, tho' at other time!; tradable and eaf)'. 
 r , , But here I muft alfo take Notice, as con- 
 
 In nvbat man- in i i • • 
 
 ner thefe are to ceming the Signs, that nothing is more care- 
 he dipngu^Jh'' d . ^^'^7 to be looked into than they, becaufe 
 the fame common Signs are often exhibited 
 in Difeafes that are different, and require a different Me- 
 thod of Cure. But this is not fo conlpicuous in other Di- 
 ftempers as in Fevers ; for which Reafon the Farrier muft 
 always have Recourfe to the Caufes, whereby he will be 
 the better able to form a right Judgment ; and that this 
 may become the more eafy to him, we fhall go over thofe 
 Signs more particularly, as they arife from common Effedls, 
 but are produced of their proper Caufes, and may therefore 
 be diflinguiflied from the fame Appearances in more com- 
 plicated Fevers. 
 
 Fhjl then, It may be obferved, that Heat, and beating 
 at the Heart and Flanks, is a Sign common to all Fevers. 
 But in a Fever that is fimple, the Heat is permanent, and 
 the Pulfations regular ; whereas in a Fever that is compli- 
 cated, neither the Heat nor Pulfations are regular, but are 
 fomctimes more, fometimes lefs obfervabla ; and in fome, 
 as in Intermitting Fevers, the Difeafe goes quite ofF, and 
 only returns at certain Times. 
 
 Secondly^ In a Simple Fever, the Drynefs on the Roof 
 of the Mouth and PalatCj and the parch'd Roughnefsof the 
 Tongue, are perceivable from the liift Appearances of the 
 Difeafe, as they proceed from an over great Expenceof the 
 thinner Parts of the Scrum ; but in other Fevers thefe Signs 
 are not fo fuddenly exhibited. 
 
 Thirdly^ Tho* other Fevers may be accompanied with 
 Want of Appetite, yet this Sign feems more peculiar to fim- 
 ple Fevers, being the conftant EfFeft of an over great Rare- 
 fadion and Thinnefs of the Blood, whereby it takes up 
 more Space in all the Ved'els of the Stomach, even fo as 
 fometimes to occafion Inflammation ; and this Diftention 
 of the Veflelsmuft take off the Senfation of Hunger, and 
 create a Loathing, which is alfo the Reafon why, notwith- 
 Ibnding that the Heat and Parchednefs make a Horfe thirlt 
 often in this kind of Fever, yet he drinks but little at a Time. 
 Fourthly, The fomc Plenitude of the Veflels in the Sto- 
 mach, as alfo in the circumjacent Part?, vIt^ the Pleura 
 
 and
 
 Chap. VII. Of a Jimple contmned Fever 31; 
 
 and Midriff', and moreover in the Lungs themfelves, is the 
 Caule of !he heaving of the Flanks, whereby the Lungs 
 are deprefs'd too clofe on all Sides, upon which the Pafla- 
 ges of Refpiration become obftruded ; whereas in other 
 Cafes, the fame Signs may be exhibited from the want of 
 Spirits, by which means the Adion of the Mufcles, which 
 elevate and deprefs the Thorax^ muft be hinder'd ; but 
 this may be eafily diftinguifh'd, by an Infenhbility and 
 Liftlefnefs to Motion ; as may alio an Inflammation of 
 the Lungs or Pleura^ from the manifeft Signs of infup- 
 portable Pain, as ihall be obferv'd in its proper Place. 
 
 Fifthly^ Albeit Pain is a Sign common to feveral kinds 
 of Fevers, yet it is more violent in this than in any other, 
 as the Pain proceeds from an over-plenitude and fulnefs of 
 the Veflels ; and therefore when we obferve a Horfe apt 
 to flirink or ftrike, as often as any one comes near him, but 
 efpecially upon offering to touch his Back, we may fuppofe 
 this to be occafion'd from Pain in the Back and Loi.ns, 
 arifing from an over-diftention of the Aorta, or great 
 Artery, that Veflel lying open and unguarded, and hav- 
 ing no Itore of Mufcles to inviron and fupport it. The 
 Farriers oftentimes, in this fort of Fever, when they obferve 
 a Horfe unwilling to have any one lay Hands on his hind 
 Parts, believe it to be the Sign of a fway'd Back, and make 
 their Applications accordingly. But we fhall have an 
 Opportunity of putting them right in this Particular here- 
 after. 
 
 Lajlly, The conftant Watchfulnefs and Reftlefnefs, 
 which is fo obfervable, and feems, in a great Meafure, pe- 
 culiar to a fimple Fever, is alfo the Refult of a very great 
 Rarefaction and Thinnefs of the Blood ; th^ animal Spirits 
 will therefore be the more eafily feparated from fo loofe a 
 Texture, and the Veflels, being at the fame Time' full, mull 
 therefore prefs upon the Nerves, caufing a continual flux 
 and reflux of the faid Spirits, from whence muft undoubt- 
 edly proceed Watchfulnefs and Reftlefnefs. But in Fe- 
 vers of another Kind, thefe Signs feldom or never go toge- 
 ther ; but if a Horfe be watchful, he is, perhaps, at the 
 fame time fluggifli and heavy ; or if a Horfe be reftlefs, 
 and fometimes in a moving Pofture, he does not continue 
 long fo, but becomes dull and unadive by Intervals, efpe- 
 cially if the Blood is of unequal Fluidity ; for in fuch a 
 Cafe, when the vifcid and tenacious Parts are got into the 
 fmall hair -like Velil-h of the Brain, there muft at that time 
 
 be
 
 3 2 The Farrier'j Ke-j:; Guide. Chap. VII. 
 
 be a very fmall Qiiantity of animal Spirits feparated from 
 it ; but when the more fluid Parts take Place in thofe 
 Veflcls, perhaps an over-great Quantity may be fecerned, 
 and then the Difeaie will relemble that of a limple and 
 continued Fever, excepting only that thefe Symptoms are 
 not, as in a iimple Fever, of a long Continuance, but 
 foon change into others. And therefore fmce the fame Dif- 
 eafe will often put on different Appearances, the Farrier can 
 never be loo careful in e.xamining into every Circumftance, 
 that he may not rafhly adminilter his Cures upon every 
 flight Obfcrvation, as is too common, but wait till the 
 Diftemper gives Indications of what i:> truly necellary to 
 be done. 
 
 Having thus laid down the Caufes and Signs of a fimpfe 
 and continued Fever, together with the Way and Manner 
 by which it may be diltinguilh'd from other Fevers, it re- 
 The Cure of a ^^^"^ ^^"^^ ^^ 5° o'^ ^^ ^^e Method of Cure, 
 fimple Fever wherein we are principally to obferve, that 
 fince there can be no Accidents in this Sort of 
 Fever but what depend upon the Augmentation of the. 
 Blood's circular Motion, aiid while in this State, the Blood 
 is not fuppos'd to be any wile, or, at leaft, but little viti- 
 ated ; thofe Things are only to be done, or adminifter'd, 
 that will leflen the laid Motion, and bring the Blood to a 
 more quiet and fcdate Slate ; and, in order thereunto. 
 Bleeding is, in the firft Place, to be preferred. After Bleed- 
 ing, Recourfe muft be had to Clyfters, and to all fuch 
 Things as will juft keep the Body cool and open, for by 
 this Method alone a fiinple Fever is to be cured. 
 
 Firft^ As to the Bleeding, if it be in Summer, while" 
 the Horfe is at Grafs, he ought to be hous'd ; and if the 
 Symptoms are'not very urgent, the Cool of the Morning is 
 the beft and properell Time for the Operation, becaufe 
 the external Heat contributes very much to the Increafe of 
 this Diftemper, or may be the principal Caufe of it after 
 Bleeding, as we have already obferv'd, becaufe of the 
 Blood's being put into a quicker Motion during the Ope- 
 ration : But this ought not to deter the Praditioner, for if 
 a Horfe be kept cool after it, any Symptoms that can 
 arife from it will foon ceaie, and will be quickly foUow'd 
 by a flower Motion in tiic Blood ; and this is manifeft, 
 becaufe we often obferve fuch Fevers, e/pecially m Horfes 
 of a rare and delicate Make, terminate in an Hemorrhagy 
 of Blood. 
 
 Hi?
 
 Chap. VII. Of afimple ccntinuedFever. 3/ 
 
 His Feeding mull be moderate during the whole Courfe 
 of his Sicknels ; for indeed nothing contributes more to 
 the leilening of this Dilteniper than Abftemioufnefs ; and 
 what Food is given him, fliould be mix'd vviih the Leaves 
 ot Vines, Strawberries, and Sorrel, and fuch other things 
 as are cooling ; for if the Fever be very Itrong upon hini, 
 nothing will reliih but what has a grateful Coldnels in it. 
 The fame kind of Things may be alio boiled in Water, 
 with a little Oatmeal Ibow'd upon it, for his ordinary 
 Drink ; and fometime, tv/o or three Drams 0\ Sal Pritnel- 
 Ics, or purified Nitre, may be dillblved in his Water, 
 which, during the Fever, ought to be always v/arm. 
 
 f^orthe Heat and Drynefs of the Mouth, fo much Vine- 
 gar or Verjuice, mix'd with fome Water, as will give it a 
 grateful Sourlfhneis and Roughnelsupon the Palate, fweet- 
 ned with Honey, will be very proper. The belt: Way to 
 life it, is by dipping a Rag tied round the End of a Stick, 
 into this Liquor, with which the Tongue and Roof of the 
 Mouth may be cooled, and gently rubb'd feveral times in a 
 day. A Feverifli Horfe will hereby be much refrelli'd and 
 difpos'd to Reft and Qi_iiet ; but if thofe Parts are become 
 crufty and very hard, the Vinegar or Verjuice may be ul'^d 
 without the Mixture of Water. 
 
 If the Practitioner obferves the fick Horfe to be coflive, 
 which is very common in this kind ofFever, and proceeds 
 from the fame Caufe that occafions Heat and Drynefs of 
 the Mouth ; the Florfe's Body muit then be opened by 
 fome emollient Clyfter, for purging Drenches are in this 
 cafe of dangerous Confequence ; becaufe while the Blood 
 is thus violently in Motion, d. Stimulus made in the Guts by 
 a Medicine of a rough Operation, will be apt to determine 
 the Blood into thofe Parts in an over-great quantity, fo as 
 either to occafion a Super-purgation, or an Inflammation, 
 which may be followed with a Gangrene. 
 
 But in all fuch Cafes, before Clyfters are adminifter'd, 
 the Farrier flrouldfii ft (his Hand and Arm being anointed 
 with Oil or Hogs lard) take the Horfe, and bring out as 
 much of the harden'd Excrements as he can conveniently 
 come at, after which he may inject his Clyfter, for which 
 every Farrier ought to provide a large Syringe, a Horn be- 
 ing but of little Ufe, as it feldom conveys the Clyfter 
 further than the ftreight Gut ; and becaufe the Guts of a 
 Horfe are not only very large, but of conliderable LenQ;th, 
 L even
 
 3+ The Farrier'j New Guide. Chap. VII. 
 
 even from the undermofl Valve downwards, the quantity 
 ought at lealt to be two Quarts, for othcrwifc it mull have 
 but httle Efficacy, unlefs it be made up of fach things as arc 
 of very powerful Operation, which are but feldom to be 
 meddled with, and then in fome very uncommon Cafes, 
 
 And therefore the Clyfters that are to be made ufe of in 
 fimple Fevers, ought to be compos'd of emollient Herbs or 
 Flowers, fome few Seeds that are proper to rarify and expel 
 the Wind ; by which Means the Dung becomes loofe, and 
 falls off the more eafily from its Adhefions. A moderate 
 quantity of Oils, or any other greafy Subftance, which 
 contributes alfo to the fame Purpofe, by lubricating thofe 
 Paflages, and rendring them glib and flippery ; and when a 
 Stimulus is required, a purging Medicine of more or leis 
 Efficacy may be mixed with it, as flull be judg'd neceflary, 
 according to the following Method, 
 
 " Take Mallows and Marfh-mallows, of each a large 
 *' handful, Camomile half a handful, Fennel-feeds bruis'd 
 *' three Drams, or half an Ounce, boil them in three Quarts 
 *' of Water till one Qiiart be confumed, Itrain the Decoc- 
 *' tion through a Sieve, and dillblve in it three Ounces of 
 *' Lenitive Electuary, and a quarter of a Pound of Hogs- 
 " lard. Oil, or Butter." This mufl be given blood-warm, 
 holding the Tail clofe to his Fundament. If there be Signs 
 of Inflammation in the Guts, which may be fufpcded 
 tvhen the Fever is very ftrong, tb.e Excrements exceeding 
 hard and black, and when the Hoife rtrains often to dung, 
 and is in miferable Pain withal ; in Juch a Cafe may be 
 added an Ounce and a half, or two Ounces of the Sal Pa- 
 lychrejlum, which will diflolve in the Decoclioj[x ; or an 
 Ounce of Cream of Tartar, and two Drams of Salt Pe- 
 tre^ or ^al Prunella \ thefe will not only allay the Heat, 
 but make the Clyfler fomewhat more purgative. 
 
 The Clyfter may be repc;ited once a Day, or at leaft, 
 until the Fever abates, or liiat the Horfe becomes orderly 
 in his Body. 
 
 It may be obferv'd, as to the Compofitlon of fuch Cly- 
 fters, that any of ihe emollient Herbs, as Pellltory^ Mercu- 
 ry^ &c. or th? Flowers and Leaves of Melilot, the Leaves 
 of Violets, and in the room of Fennel-feeds, thofe of Dill, 
 Anife, and Caraway-i, may be fubltituted, and will fuit the 
 fame Intentions. Broths may be alfo fisbllituted in the 
 room of fuch Compolitions, efpecially when thefe Ingre- 
 dients cannot be had in dt^e Time. 
 
 But
 
 Chap VIII. Of a "Putrid Feverl fl 
 
 But if a Clyfter of more immediate Efficacy be requii'd* 
 a Handful of common Salt may be added ; or inftead o^ 
 the Lenitive Eleduary, three or four Ounces of tlie Vomit- 
 ing Wincj known by the Name of Vinum Beneditlum^ 
 may be mixed with the Decodtion ; but thefe Alterations 
 will feldom be necellary, unlefs to Horfes who are very 
 hard to be work'd on ; there being nothing farther required 
 by Clyfters in a fimple Fever^ than keeping the Body mo- 
 derately open, that Nature may have her free Courfe, and 
 not fuffer by Obftru6tions in the firll Paflages. 
 
 Care muft alio be taken to keep the Pores open by con» 
 llant Dreffing, tho' that ought not to be more than what 
 is ufual at other Times ; neither fliould his Cloathing be 
 augmented, or any Thing be given that will fuddenly 
 promote Sweat ; becaufe moft, or all fuch Things, are apt 
 to call off the thinner Parts of the Serum only ; and a Fe- 
 ver that is truly fimple, feldom ends by any of thofe Dii- 
 charges, but wears off infenfibly by a gradual Abatement 5 
 and it is to be obferv'd, that a fimple Fever, as fuch, is but 
 of fhort Continuance, and in a few Days either begins to 
 wear off in the Manner juft mentioned, or elfe it puts on 
 other Appearances ; and if it gives Signs of Concodtion, 
 either by Urine, or by a Tendency to fweat, it is no m.ore 
 to be treated as a fimple Fever, but as one that is more or 
 iefs complicated ; and then Medicines that promote Sweat 
 are very proper, fuch as will be prefcrib'd in the enfuing 
 Chapter. 
 
 CHAP, VilL 
 
 Of a Tut rid Fever. 
 
 A S the Fever we have treated of in the foregoing Chapter 
 "^ is fimble and uniform, that which comes here under 
 our Confiderations is of a complicated Kind j and, for the 
 moft Part, proves fatal to Horfes ; for as in a fimple Fever 
 there is only a Rarefaction of the Humours, in this there 
 are, befides the Augmentation of the Motion of the Blood, 
 fome evil Qualities ingender'd in it, which require a confi- 
 derable Time before they can be removed, and during the 
 Continuance thereof. Nature oftentimes finks under her Bur- 
 den ; and the greater muft be the Danger in brute Crea- 
 turesj as they are not under the Guidance of Reafon. 
 
 L 2 Putrid
 
 '3<5 The Farrt^r'^ Ncvj Guide. Chap. VIII. 
 
 cT' n r r Putrid Fevers, and all Fevers of a compli- 
 
 p * -J r cated Kind, are more incident to youncr 
 
 rutna rciur. .t - .1-1 ■ »i ■ • 
 
 Horles, than tnole who are ad vane d to their 
 
 Prime; and to fome more than others tvcn in their Colr- 
 age, which, accordina; to the beft Authors, is, by reafon 
 the Blood of all young Animals is apt to be of unequal 
 Fluidity, as not having been fufficiently commuted by fre- 
 quent Circulations thro' the Lungs ; therefore it will be 
 the m.ore ready upon any Change, either to putrify, or, 
 at leuft, to put on the Appearances of Putrefaction. And 
 as the Appeiitcs of yourg Horles are ilrong and vigorous, 
 they are apt to over-gorge thcmfclves, and oftentimes too 
 with unwholfome Food, begetting Crudities in the Sto- 
 mach, by which Means the Chyle is contaminated, and 
 the Blood, for the mod Part, render'd more grofs and vif- 
 cid. This alone is fufficient to bring on a putrid Fever ; 
 but more efpecially if a Horfe hnppens to be put to violent 
 Labour, or hard Riding, before his Body is prepared for 
 it, either by moderate Feeding, moderate Excrcife, or pro- 
 per Phyfick ; for when the Blood is once put into a more 
 than ordinary Motion, while in this unactive State, any 
 one muft then eafily conceive what great Diforder mult 
 needs happen to that Animal. 
 
 Cold taken abroad in the Night, or in unwholfome, 
 foggy Weather, fwhen a Horfe has been us'd to warm 
 and delicate Keeping^ will, by flopping the Paflages of 
 Perfpiration, bring on fuch a Fever, efpecially where there 
 is a grofs Habit ; for in fuch a Cafe the Blood cannot be 
 10 fu-idenly rarefy'd, as to conftitute one of a more lim- 
 ple Kind ; and the fame may haj;pen from feveral other 
 Caufes, which I fn.tll not detain the Reader with at pre- 
 
 The Signs are thoie wliich it has in com- 
 Th- Sfgns. mon with all other Fevers, to wit, inordi- 
 
 nate Heat, a Clamminefs and Parchcdnefs 
 in tlie Mouth, a Heaving and Beating of the Flanks ; 
 but this is not regular, as in a limple P'ever, but is 
 Ibmetimes more, fometimes lefs, according as the p'ever is 
 more or Icfs upon him ; and whereas in a limple legitimate 
 Fever, a Horfe is watchful and reftlels, in this he is, for 
 the moll Part, unactive and dull, hangs his Head, takes no 
 ^Notice of any one that comes near him, his Body fliakcs j 
 and quivers, and he reels as he ofters to walk ; and this pro- 
 ceeds from a Paucity or OppreiTion of the animal Spirits. | 
 
 In '
 
 C H A p . V I II. Of a Tut rid Fever. 3 7 
 
 In order to the Cure, the fame Evncu.i- o-l r- r 
 
 , .',.,. Ihe Cure of a 
 
 tions are to be made as is ulual in a continu- putrid Fever 
 ed P'ever, viz. Bleeding, and purging by 
 Clyfters ; for as in a fimple Fever the Blood may be ren- 
 der'd more thick by lellening the Qiinntity thereof; fo in a 
 putrid Fever alfo the Blood becomes more atenuated and 
 thin, by having more Room given it in the Vellels, where- 
 by its Motion becomes alfo more uniform ; fo tha' fome- 
 what mull of Confequence be abated from the Diftemper: 
 But yet as it is grofs and vifcid for the moll Part, it will be 
 apt to require more frequent and repeated Circulations, 
 than perhaps can be performed without wafting and dellroy- 
 ing the Body, to bring it into fuch an equable Mixture, as 
 is necefi'ary to Health ; and therefore, befides thefe Uni- 
 verlals, fuch Things ought alfo to be admin^iter'd, as may 
 conduce to the attenuating the Blood, and help to bring 
 it to fuch a Texture and Make, as will render it fit to 
 pafs equally into all its proper Channels, and from thence 
 to have its morbifick Matter thrown off in fuch Propor- 
 tion?, and by fuch Secretions^ as are molt agreeable to 
 Nature, 
 
 For which Purpofe, all fucli Things as promote the Dif- 
 charges by Sweat and Urine are very proper ; and therefore 
 when a Horfe labours under this Fever, purify'd Nitre, or 
 Sdl Prunellt^ (hould be diflolved in his Water, or that \o 
 much recommended by the Sieur deSdlleyJeil, which he caHs 
 a Fehrjfage^ may be given him to drink, vi%. 
 
 " Put a Qiiart of Water, with two Ounces of Salt of 
 Tartar, in a Brazen Pot, witli a Cover, and fet it over 
 the Fire till the Salt be dijTolved, then pour the Water 
 into a Pail, and after the fame Manner diflblvc an Ounce 
 of Sal Armoniack beaten to Powder in another Q|_rarc 
 of Water; mix this laft Solution with the former, and 
 fill up the Pail with common Water ; and if your H )i fe 
 refufe to drink it, add a little Barley-flower, to qualify 
 the unpleafmt Tafte." This will not only help to allay 
 the ex'celiive Hear, but contribute to promote both Sweat 
 and Urine. 
 
 But if there be Signs of Concoifiion, which may be 
 di'cover'd by an Increafe of the Fever, and by a Clou i oi 
 Sediment in his Urine, which may \r^ preferv'd in a g!.-\z'd 
 Pan for that Purpofe ; then the following Cordial ai ly be 
 given him. 
 
 L 3 . u xuke
 
 3S T>^^ TarrierV AVjy Guide, Chap. VIII. 
 
 ** Take of the diftill'd Waters of Carduus, Scibious, 
 ** and Marigolds, three Pints ; or inftead of them, the fame 
 ** Quantity of Milk-water, which may be had of an j^po- 
 *' thecary^ and will anfwer the End as well ; diflblve in it 
 " an Ounce of Mithridate, and give it in a Horn, after 
 ** -which let him be well cloath'd ; and when he begins 
 *' to fweat plentifully, let him have a Draught of warm 
 *» Water, with a fmall Mixture of White- wine in it". 
 
 During the whole Courfe of the Fever, a Horfe ought 
 to be well rubb'd, that the Paflages of Perfpiration may 
 be kept as free and open as pofTible ; and that the Blood, 
 Avhich is apt to languifh in the fmall Veflels towards the 
 Skin, may be forwarded. Care ought alfo to be taken of 
 his Mouth, to keep it clean and moift, according to the 
 Method already laid down. 
 
 And becaufe a Horfe cannot vomit by convulfive Throws, 
 as fome other Animals, yet as Vomiting is proper, not only 
 in this, but in moll or all complicated Fevers, thofe Helps 
 which the Pradice of experienced Farriers have fubftitu- 
 ted may be made Ufe of ; and therefore half an Ounce of 
 JJfa Fcetida^ and the fame Quantity of Savi?:, put up in a 
 Rag, may be tied to his Bit, Polipody of the Oak, green 
 Juniper- wood, Horfe-radifh, or anything elfe that is of ^ 
 hot and ungrateful Tafte, faflened to his Bit, will have 
 the fame EfFe6V. This may be done for the Space ci an 
 Hour once a Day, efpecially in the Beginning of the Fever, 
 which will anfwer fome of the Intentions of Vomiting. For 
 by {training to cough, vomit, and fneeze, which happens 
 on the Ufe of fuch Things, the whole Body is adfuated 
 and fhook, and thereby a great deal of Lentor may un- 
 doubtedly be fqueez'd through the fmalleft Veflels, which 
 cannot but be a great Relief, and may often bring the Dif- 
 eafe to a more fpeedy Solution. But altho' chewing Balls, 
 Isfc. may be thus ufeful in a Fever, where there is a Lentor 
 and Slownefs of the Blood in the fmall Arteries, yet they 
 cannot be proper in a fimple and legitimate Fever, notwith- 
 fi-anding they have the Authority of SoUeyfell to fupport 
 their Ufe : Becaufe fuch {training may have a Tendency 
 to flir the Blood too much, which is fiappofed to be in an 
 pver-great Hurry already. 
 
 Lajlly^ If the P'ever ends with a Defiuxion of Rheum 
 from the Mourh and Nofe, as is not very uncommon in 
 fuch Cafes ; " Boil a Handful of Red-rofe Leaves in a 
 " Quart of Water j and when ths Deco6tion begins to 
 
 *' cool,
 
 Chap. IX. Of a ^eftilenttal Fever. 3 9 
 
 *' cool, diflblve in it an Ounce of Diafcordium, to be 
 
 *' given as a Drench. Thi5 being repeated for two or 
 
 *' three days fuccefTively, will digelt that Humour, and 
 
 '• dry it up by degrees. 
 
 CHAP. IXo 
 
 Of Teftilential Fe'vers. 
 
 T J N D E R this Title may be included all thofe Kinds 
 of Fevers that have a high degree of Malignity in 
 them, and of fuch are many of the Sickneflts peculiar to 
 fome Seafons. But when they amount to a Plague or Mur- 
 rain, the whole Mafs of Blood becomes fo fuddenly vitia- 
 ted, that they generally prove mortal before any Helps can 
 be given them, there being no Time left for their due Ope- 
 ration of the common Means. 
 
 Thofe v/hich are of the ordinary Kind The Caufe of 
 differ only in degree from ether malignant Peplentid le- 
 Fevers, having in common with them the '^^''^' 
 fame Lentor of Blood, and oftentimes proceed from the 
 fame Cauies, as the eating of unwholfome Food, butefpe- 
 cially fuch Herbs as are of a cold, vifcid Nature, and are 
 therefore apt to beget Crudities ; or from the Excefs of Ex- 
 ercife upon a full Body, and the like, which, in the Procefs 
 of the Difeafe, brings on Symptoms that bear an Affinity to 
 thofe which are obfervable in the Plague. But when the 
 Plague actually feizes Horfes, the Effeds are fo fudden, 
 that it can be attributed to no other Caufe than fome Dii- 
 temperature in the Elements, or Infedion from thofe who 
 are already feized with the Diftemper ; and whatever be 
 the Nature of thefe Infedions, whether they proceed from 
 corrofive Ferments, or from any other Caufe, their Opera- 
 tions are fo fudden, that they feem to bring the Blood into 
 an immediate, and almoit univerfal Stagnation ; which Ef- 
 feds may be accounted for in the fame Manner as is ufual 
 in the Operation of Poyfons ; and, excepting in fome few 
 Circumftances, require the fame Method of Cure. 
 
 As for the Signs, they are not unlike thofe e^/^g ^j 
 of putrid and malignant Fevers, only that 
 there is a great Stupidity, and, for the moil part, a Swelling 
 and Inflammation of the Kernels about the Throat, pro- 
 ceeding from a Stagnation of the Juices in thofe I'mall Veflel?. 
 and when the Difeafe is very violent, a vaft quantity of- 
 L 4, Wai?T
 
 40 Tbe Carrier's New Gm^e. Chap. IX". 
 
 Water run? from the Eyes, and a yellowifli Matter diftils 
 from the Nole, and fometimcs from the Mouth alio, being 
 fometimes ropy and mix'd with Blood ; the Eyes are like- 
 wile inflam'd, and^ clammy Sweat hang,s on his Ears. 
 q-j f . As to the Cure, becauTe this Diftemper 
 
 for the mojt part proves mortal, and that 
 of a fudoen, procecdi;ig from an Over-diftention of the 
 fmall Blood- vtilcls of the Biain, caufing Apopledick Dif- 
 orders ; therefore the Neck-vein niuft immediately be 
 opened, and Toon after a Clyfter is to be ndminifter'd, and 
 fuch an one as \\\\\ be of Tome Efficacy ; for which Purpofe 
 \\'c recommend the following. 
 
 " Take of Marfli- mallows two handfuls. Rue one hand- 
 *' ful, one bitter Apple, boil them in five Pints of W^ater 
 *■'■ to two quarts; mix with the Decoclion two Ounces of 
 *' the Powder, or Species called J:Iicra Picra^ with four 
 *' Ounces of Oil, or Hog's-Jard. 
 
 This may be once or twice repeated ; but if the morbi- 
 fick Matter happens to be ca(t out by Impollumation upon 
 any Pa: t that is fa'^e, the Ufe of Clyfters may then be laid 
 afide, unkfs the OpprefTion and the other bad Symptoms 
 continue, and that there are not to be feen in the Horle's 
 Pifs the Appearances of a Change and Solution of the Dif- 
 eafe ; in tliis Cafe milder Clyfters, fuch as may be made 
 of Broth, or Waier-g:uc], with three or four Ounces of 
 common Treacle, may be of no fmall Service, as they will 
 be the Means to lefien that Oppreflion. 
 
 But befides thele Evacuations, there muft be a conftant 
 Ufe of Internal (for fuch are very much requii'd in all Pe- 
 ftilential Difeafes) and for this Intention the moll powerful 
 Counter- poifons are efteemed the moft proper, fuch as 
 Venue-Treacle, Mithridate, London- Treacle, Pills or Pow- 
 ders made of the Roots of Gentian, W'hite Dittany, Biftort, 
 Tormentil, Virginia Snake Root, Zedoary, Contrayerva^ 
 and the like J but thofe things not being always in readinefs, 
 I fliall therefore take another Opportunity to give fome 
 Direc'tions concerning their Preparation ; and therefore 
 ■we fhall in the mean while content ourfelves with fuch 
 Things as may be had at any Time. 
 
 *' Take the ciftill'd Waters of Carduus, Q^ieen of the 
 *' Meadows, Water Germander, and Marigolds, of each a 
 *•'' quart, or inflead of the diftiU'd Waters, take a laige' 
 *' handfi.I of each of thcfc, in fufe them in four quarts of 
 ** boiling "Water. Give your Horfe two Puus ot thisln- 
 
 " fulioa
 
 Chap. IX. Of a Prfiikntial Fever. ' 41 . 
 
 *' fufion every day, with lialf an Ounce of /"">;//>(? 'treacle, 
 " or Mhhridate dillnlved in each Pmt ; if you add cam- 
 " phorated Spirits of Wine, it will be yet more efficacious, 
 " which may be done in the Manner following. 
 
 *' Take Spirit of Wine redified, or French Brandy, 
 *' half a Pint, diflolve in it two Drams of Camphire, let 
 *' two or three Spoonfuls of it be mixed with each Dofe .)f 
 " ilje Cordial Infufion, and it will be a great Means to 
 " overcome the Malignity of the Diilemper. 
 
 The fick Horfe mull be kept in warm Cloathing, and his 
 Body ol'ien rubb'd ; but if the Diilcmper proceeds from In- 
 fedtion, the Sound ought to be removed from the Unfound, 
 and the Stable perfum'd, by burning Piteh, Frankincenfe, 
 Olibanum, green Juniper Wood, and the like. 
 
 If the Dilfemper goes off like the Glanders, by a dif- 
 charge of irinking corrupt Matter from the Nofe, as is not 
 uncommon in fuch Cafes, Diafcoi'dlum dillblv'd in a De- 
 codtion, or Infulion of Red rofe Leaves, as in the preceed- 
 ing Chapter, may be given him for feveral days j the like 
 may be done in Cafes of any Impofthumation. 
 
 I {hall put an End to this Chaoter, by m- a -^f j- ■ r- 
 
 r ■ li ■ r I o ; o ;/ / ;; ^ Medtttie of 
 
 krtinga Meoicine ot the bieur de boueyjell^ ^^^ ^lg^^^ ^^ 
 which h.e recommends in Pelrilential Fevers, Solleyfell. 
 and with wh-ch that Author performed a 
 confiderable Number of Cures in Ger?nany^ where there 
 happened to be a great Mortality among the Horks in th.it: 
 Country. The Medicine was this. 
 
 " Take Treacle not above three Months old, and AIoss 
 *' Hepatka in Powder, of each an Ounce, Confection of 
 *' Hyacinth and Alkermes without Musk or Ambergreafe, 
 *' of each half an Ounce, diflolve them in a Decovilion of 
 *' Scalfioiis^ Cardiius 'Be>iediilui^ and Speedwell, of each 
 " a large Handful." The faid Author obfervcs, that the d;- 
 ftilled Waters of thofe Herbs were more ef!edtual than the 
 Decoction ; but that might be accidental : For he muft have 
 had a vaft many Inftances before he could be fure of their 
 difierent Efficacy. But we flia 11 proceed to his Method, 
 bccaufe it is better than what we have hitlierto met with m 
 any Author, or known prac^ifed by any of our Farriers. 
 
 The next and thcfollovv'ing day after this A4edicine was 
 exhibited, he injected Clyfters ; and if the Violence of the 
 Diiiemper was not abated, the Remedy was again repeated 
 only withhalf the quantity of the Treacle, Aloes, and C(!P.- 
 ivrctio.ns j but ih? quanllt}- of the Decoction was the f-^^ ^. 
 
 This
 
 42 The Farrier J Neiju Guide. Chap. X. 
 
 This he affirms to have cured all the Horfes to which it 
 was given. I fhall here oblerve, that the chief Efficacy 
 this Medicine can have againft the Plague, lies in the De- 
 codion and Treacle, the Confedions of Alkermes and 
 Hyacinth being very coftly ; and yet the one will fcarcely 
 be found to excel our common Syrup of Clove-gilly-flow- 
 zn ; and as the other is chiefly proper in a Lax or Loofe- 
 nefs, it may perhaps have check'd the Operation of the 
 Aloes, and chang'd it into an Alterative, which may ftUl 
 be better done by a due Mixture of Salt of Tartar. 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 Of a HeBick Fever. 
 
 ^ H O' the above-mention'd Author has taken no Notice 
 -*• of this fort of Fever, in his Treatife of Difeafes, yet 
 as moft other Writers have given it a Place in their Perfor- 
 mances, and likewife flnce it is a Diftemper that is not un- 
 common in our Wands, where Horfes are not fo well ufed 
 as in France, we have therefore in like manner given it a 
 Place here. 
 
 A He^ick Fever is very often accompanied with an in- 
 ternal Ulcer in the Lungs, or fometimes with an Infirmity 
 in the Liver, and then it is often attended with the Yellows 
 or Jaundice; but there being little or no Hopes of Recovery 
 in either of thefe Cafes, we fhall confider it only as the 
 Effect of fome other Difeafe, where the folid Parts are 
 wore and abraded, but not much broken. 
 7he Caufes f "^^^ Caufeisfrom Weaknefs firft brought 
 
 Heaick Fe^er. °" ^^ Body of a Horfe by fome Mifmanage- 
 ment ; as bad keeping, or other hard ufage ; 
 or it is often the EfFeds of fome previous Sicknefs, which 
 has gone oft' by fome imperfeft CrifiSy or by the Excefs or 
 Suppreffion of fome ufual Evacuation. But there is nothing 
 contributes more to bring on He^ick Diforders, than an un- 
 skilful and injudicious Ufa of Phyfick ; for by this Means 
 many Horfes, from a Prefumption of carrying off foul Hu- 
 mours, have their vital Spirits lb far wafted, as to be infuffi- 
 cient to anfwer the common and ufual Fundions of Life. 
 *rhe Smis ^"^^ ^'^°'^ hence the Signs of this Diftem- 
 
 per are manifeft ; for tho' there are many of 
 thecommonSymptoinsofa legitimate P'cver accompanying 
 
 ihisj
 
 Chap. X. Of a HeBich Feverl 45 
 
 ihis, as Heat, Drynefs of the Mouth and Tongue, ard few 
 or no intermiflions of the D ilea fe, excepting after Fcca:ng, 
 that the Fever is a little more rais'd, anu t^'cit Spirits more 
 adive than at other Times ; yet the lealt Exercifs brings 
 them again to their dejedted State, and the Work is fcarcely 
 able to move, but looks tired and jaded, as if he had under-!- 
 gone fome violent E'xercife ; his Flefli becomes flabby, and 
 ■while he ftands in the Stable, he breaks out into frequent 
 and repeated Sweats, which ftill add to the Decays of Na- 
 ture, and confequently adminiller to this fharp and lingring 
 Fever. If the Difeafe be accompanied with an internal 
 Ulcer, ot any Kind whatfoever, it may be diftinguifhed by- 
 its Extremes ; for where ever there is an internal Ulcer, 
 it will be fometimes choaked up by Inflammation ; and 
 until a frefh Difcharge be made, or that the Blood, by a 
 more free and eafy Perfpiration has Room to difperfe itfelf 
 into its proper Channels, the Horle will difcover Signs of 
 violent Pain in ibme particular Part, with a more than or- 
 dinary Augmentation of the Fever. But of this more par- 
 ticularly in another Place ; for here we fuppofe the inward 
 Part, if at all, to be but ilighrly touch'd. 
 
 The Cure conlifts in a due Adminiftration cri^ r 
 of all thofe things that are proper to recover 
 Nature ; and whatever does that, will by Degrees remove 
 the Dillemper, and it mull therefore be a very good Token 
 of Recovery, when a Horfe improves and mends upon an 
 Augmentation of his Feeding ; whereas the contrary will 
 always be of bad Prognoltication. 
 
 But what is more particularly to be done in this Cafe, 
 conlifts, lirft of all, in the difpenfing of fuch things as are 
 proper to abate the Heat and feverifh Symptoms ; for 
 which Purpofe, Recourfe may be had in thofe Helps, which 
 have already been given for the Removal of a fimple and 
 legitimate Fever, only with this Caution, That Bleeding 
 is not altogether fafe, but when there is a Sufpicion of Pain 
 and Inflammation in the Lungs, or otlier internal Parts, 
 which is dilcoverable by an Oppreffion, and unufual heav- 
 ing of the Flanks, ^c. Neither are Cly Iters profitable 
 here, but will rather prove hurtful, unlefs when the Symp- 
 toms are increas'd by an over- great Coftivenefs ; and in 
 fuch a Cafe, thofe of the moft eafy and mild Operation 
 are only to be exhibited. 
 
 Secondly^ Becaufe R^llorative: arc .proper in HePAck 
 Difeafes, thefe ihould be io ccntnv'd, a' :o icme, a.^ muc'i
 
 44 T/je^AViRnR's Ne'-jn Gn/de. Chap. XT. 
 
 as pofiible, into the Diet of a Horle ; and for that Reafon 
 Mallows, Mercury, Agrimony, Melilor, Ilorehound, and 
 the like, or fuch others of the fame Kind as are not of a 
 naufeous Tafte and Smell, may be mixed with his Hny, at 
 leaft upon Trial, becaufe fome Horfes will eat thofe things. 
 The Powder of Diapente^ which is lufficiently in the Ac- 
 quaintance of all Farriers, may be very profitably given in 
 this Cafe ; not fimply, as it is a Reftorative, but as it con- 
 tributes to ftrengthen the Stomach, and helps Digeftion. 
 And in fine, all PetUral Sails, fuch as {hall be ordered in 
 Broken- winded, Confumptive Cafes, may alio be exhibi- 
 ted with Succefs. His Corn ought to be given him only 
 by Handfuls at a Time, but pretty often ; and if the difeafcd 
 liorfe has been ufcd to eat Bread, Loaves made of Bailey 
 and Flour mixed together, will make up one convenient 
 Part of Diet for him. As for his Drink, two or three good 
 Handfuls of French Barley fhould be boiled in it ; for the 
 Barley thus ufed makes a very good Reftorative, and helps 
 to abate the Acrimony that is lb conltant a Concomitant 
 of thofe Difeafes. 
 
 Tkirdly, Moderate Exercife is alfo very ncceflary, and 
 therefore he fhould be walked out gently every Day wiieii 
 the Weather permits, and that may be inctcas'd according 
 as he recovers Strength. 
 
 And Lajtly, his Cloathing ought not to be heavy, nor 
 his Dredings more than is ufual at other Times ; becaufe 
 in all fuch Difordeis there is already too great a Propenfity 
 to fweat. 
 
 C H A P. XI. 
 
 Of Intermitting Fei'ers. 
 
 AL L Fevers are faid to i/jtermit, that have any fenfible 
 Space between the Pciroxyjms, or the Fits, free iiom 
 the Dileafc j and therefore under this Title are included 
 CMiotidiam, viz, thofe which return once, or oftner, every 
 Day : Tertians, thofe that only return once every other 
 Day ; and Quartans, fuch as feize a Horfe only every 
 third Day : But thefe proceed from one and the lams 
 Caufe, and admit of the lame Mcihod of Cure. 
 
 Now
 
 Chap. IX. Of Intermit t'mg Fevers. 45 
 
 Now all thofe things that can any Ways <^, ^ ^ 
 weaken and deftroy the natural Tone of tlie j T. l"!'/-^ "^ 
 
 c- , ^ ,-, . • T intermitting 
 
 btomach, may very readily bring on inter- Fervc-s. 
 mittmg Fevers ; and therefore they are often- 
 times the EfFeifl: of ibme Fever, Surfeit, or Cold, taken in 
 low marfliy Grounds, which have never been clearly car- 
 ried off, but by their long Continuance have left a Debi- 
 lity and Weaknefs behind them ; the eating Herbs that are 
 of a cold vifcid Nature, and which grow plentifully in 
 fome Seafons, may alio give Origin to Intermitting Dif- 
 tempers. But nothing contributes more to the bringing 
 on of fuch Diforders, than an unskilful and frequent U]e 
 of Phyfick ; for as the Stomach is ufually the lirft Scene of 
 Adion for all fuch Things, it is eafy enough to conceive 
 how the Tone of its Fibres may be relaxed or broke, fo as 
 to render it unfit to perform Digeftion as it ought to do ; 
 and therefore as the Aliment is net fufficiently comminuted 
 in the Stomach, a great deal of its grofs and vifcid Parts 
 muft be tranfmitted into the Mafs of Blood, and there- 
 by retard its Motion in the imall Veflels ot the Extre- 
 mities. 
 
 The Signs are firft a Coldnefs, withTrem- ^'^-'^ Signs. 
 bling, accompanied with a Debility and Laf- 
 fitude, which is fucceeded by an extreme Heat and Drought, 
 that fuddenly terminates in a plentiful Sweat, and as foon 
 as that is over, the Horfe will feed, and appear as if he 
 was quite recover'd, until another Fit overtakes him. 
 
 But in order to the Cure, it will be neceilary to remem- 
 ber, that the Blood, in all Intermitting Fevers, is render'd 
 thick and vifcid ; and therefore to bring the Dillemper to 
 a Solution, it is neceilary that thofe Vifcidities (hould be 
 broke, and this happens during the hot Fit, fo that a great 
 deal of that Lentor is thrown off in Sweat : But becaufe 
 the Stomach continues ftiU in its weak and debilitated Con- 
 dition, there is therefore a conflant Supply ot frefli Vifci- 
 dity communicated to the Blood, for which Reafon the 
 Difeafe returns. Bat if there be no Alteration in the Habit 
 of the Body, the Difeafe will be apt to return at certain 
 Times, and the Intervals between the P^r^^'Z/wj', or Fits, 
 will be equal ; becaufe while we fuppofe near the fame 
 Qi_iantity of the common and ufual Food to be eat, and 
 that there is the fame Capacity of Digeftion left in the 
 Stomach ; moreover, that all the common Diicharges 
 are the flime, or near the fame, in any given Space, vi%. 
 
 in
 
 46 The FarHierV IsIcjj Guide. Chap. XL 
 
 in 48 or 72 Hours (which conftitutes the Intervals in Ter- 
 tians and Quartans) therefore the Blood will probably in 
 that Time acquire a Degree of Vifcidity equal to what it 
 had before the Beginning of that Spaccj that is, immediate- 
 ly before the Solution of the proceeding Fit, and therefore 
 another Fit will be apt to return at the fame Diflance of 
 Time. But if any Alteration happens, whereby the Sto- 
 mach may be render'd yet more weak ; or if a Food of 
 harder Digeftion than what is ufual happens to be eat in 
 that Time ; or if the common Dilcharges happen to be 
 more than ordinary oblbuded ; or if a more than ordi- 
 nary Quantity of the thinner Parts of the Blood be exhauft- 
 ed J then the Fits, will, probably, return ol'tner, by reafon 
 the fame Degree of Vifpidity will be fooner ingender'd in 
 the Blood. But if between the Intervals, the Stomach ga- 
 thers more Strength, and the Blood becomes more attenua- 
 ted and thin, whether thofe Changes happen by the Ui'e 
 of proper Exercile, Diet, or Phyfick, then the Fit will not 
 return at its ufual Time, but, if at all, its Return will be 
 later, for the Reafons already alledg'd j and if the fame 
 Oeconomy of Diet and Phyfick be continued, the Blood 
 muft yet become more attenuated, and the Stomach will 
 acquire its wonted Tone ; fo that of Confequence there 
 will be no farther Return of the Diieafe. 
 
 From all which it is evident, that the Cure of Intermit- 
 tent Fevers conlilt not in thofe Things that are necellary 
 barely to remove the Fit, for that happens naturally by a 
 determin'd Increafe of the Quantity of vifcid Blood, di- 
 rtending the fmall Veflels, and an habitual Aptitude in the 
 lUdorifick Pores, to calt off the Lentor by Sweat ; but that 
 Aptitude conilitutes Part of the Difeafe, and is rather to be' 
 cured than encouraged ; and therefore fuch Medicaments 
 are to be ufed as will be of EfBcacy, not only to break 
 thofe Vifcidities which obftrudt the Capillaries and fmall 
 Veflels, but alfo to draw up the Solids into fuch a Tenfi- 
 ty, and recover their Vigour to fuch a Degree, as is necef- 
 fary to prevent the Increafe of fuch Matter for the Time to 
 come ; for it is by this lail Intention, that Digeftion, and 
 a due Comminution of the Juices, is to be perform'd. 
 The Cure Therefore, if a Horfe labouring under this 
 
 Diftemper be young, and has not been too 
 much v/ore out by the Continuance of his Sicknefs, a mo- 
 derate Quantity of Blood may be taken from the Neck- 
 vein J but this mult be done with Difcretion ; for if the 
 
 Horfe
 
 Chap. XT. Of Intermitting Fevers, 47 
 
 Horfe be old, and much wore with the Diftemper, it will 
 do him more hurt than good. 
 
 Immediately after the Fit is over, give your Horfe an 
 Ounce of the following Powder in Red Wine and Water, 
 and let the Dofe be repeated three or four Times a Day, 
 that, if poflible, the Return of the Fit may be prevented. 
 
 '' Take Gentian Root two Ounces, Camomile Flowers, 
 *' Galingal, Zedoary, of each one Ounce, Mynh and 
 ** Gum Guiacum, of each an Ounce and a half, (or if he 
 *' be a Horfe of fmall Value, two Ounces of the Bark of 
 " Saflafras, or an Ounce of Oil-bark, may be fubftituted 
 " in the room of the Gum) j mak« thefe into a jfine 
 *' Powder. 
 
 But if there be a Tendency to a Lax or Loofenels, 19 
 fuch a Cafe every Dofe of the Powder may be made up 
 into ^diy P&iie mih Dia/cordium, given him either whole 
 or diflblv'd, in any convenient Liquor ; for a Lofenefs 
 is above all things to be prevented, becaufe in all aguifh 
 Diftempers it contributes to the Diminution of a Horfe's 
 Strength. 
 
 I knew a Horfe once cur'd of an Intermitting Diftemper 
 by repeated Dofes of Diapente given in Ale ; and an emi- 
 nent Farrier told me, he had cured two or three Horfes of 
 Agues, only with Juice of Rue given them in a Morning 
 falling : But the Efficacy of this Herb feems to be more ad- 
 apted to Pifeafes of greater Malignity ; as for the Diapentey 
 it is compofed of the Powders of the Roots Gentian, 
 Birth wort. Myrrh, Bay-berries, Shavings of Hart's- horn, 
 or Ivory, of each an equal quantity. Thefe Ingredients 
 (the Hart's-horn only excepted) are the fame with thofe of 
 the Ekiiuar'mm DiateJJeron of the London Difpenfatory, 
 which claims a very ancient Father in Phyfick for its Au- 
 thor, and are not improper in the intermitting Difeafes of 
 Horfes, efpecially when there are Things of more Efficacy 
 joined with them. 
 
 But fince the Virtues of the Jefults Bark are fufficiently 
 known, and its Effeds manifeft in the Cure of thofe Di- 
 ftempers in human Bodies, it may, no doubt, be given 
 with good Succefs to Horfes, as the Oeconomy of both is 
 in many Refpe(fts the fame ; and I am the more ready to 
 introduce this Medicine into the Farrier's Practice, becaufe 
 I knew it given with Succefs to a fine young Horfe, that 
 was fo much addifled to Sweating, that he became very 
 v/eak, and his Flefli grew exceeding flabby j and indeed
 
 4-S The Farrhrj Nc-jj Guide. Chap. XL 
 
 it cannot but do lingular Service in all Cafes where the 
 Stomach is weak, and the IbiiJ Parts relaxed ; and I am 
 of Opinion, had the Virtues o\ this celebrated Drug been 
 known in the Sieur de Solleyfell's Time, he had, without 
 doubt, given it a Place in m.uiy of his Cures, and would 
 have found its Ufe preferable to that of the Liver of Anti- 
 mony, in moll ot the fame Inleations where tliat was found 
 Juccelsful. 
 
 Now as the moll fimple Preparations of the Bark, for 
 the moll Part, prove more efficacious than thole that have 
 more Time and Labour beftow'd on them, it may be the 
 better comply'd with ; and therefore if the Tick Horfe be 
 of any Value or Service, and has got fuch a Fever as we are 
 now treating of, take a quarter of a Pound of this Dru^ 
 made into a Hne Powder, and divide it into fix Papers, for 
 fo many Doles. Give one, as foon as the Fit is quite gone 
 off, in any common Liquid that is not purgative ; and let 
 tv/o more be repeated in the Ipace of twelve Hours, and a 
 Fourth two Hours before the Keturn of the next Fit. And 
 it the V\i returns but once in two Days, then the Bark may 
 be repeated in the fame Manner the Day following : But if 
 there is no Return of the Fie at its ufual Time, three or four 
 Dofesmore will go nigh to make a Cure. If a Loofenefs 
 ; happens, it may be gwen'm D^fcordium, as the Powder 
 above defcrib'd, until fuch Time as that Symptom goes ofF, 
 becaufe during the Loofenefs, the Medicine lofes much of 
 its Efficacy, as alfo if it be given in Time of the Fir. 
 
 And becaufe every thing is proper in tb.is Cafe, that may 
 any wife contribute to forward the Circulation of the Blood 
 in the Capillaries and Imall Veflels, therefore a Chewing 
 Ball ought to be ty'd to his Bitt, for an Hour, or half an 
 Hour every Morning, excepting when the Fit is upon him ; 
 and he will, doubtlcls, recover much the fooner, if he be 
 rid out gently for two Hours every day, there being nothing 
 that contributes more to invigorate the Stomach, and 
 llrengthen all the folid Parts, than a moderate and conti- 
 nued Ufe of Exercife. 
 
 His Oats fhould be clean and nourifliing ; and though he 
 fhouldhave but little Feeding at a Time, yet that fhould be 
 often ; and if lie has been accullom'd to Bread, the lincft 
 •U'ill agree with him, but nothing that is harfli and fcouring. 
 
 Good Rubbing will be of Service to him, efpecially when 
 the Diftemper begins to wear oft', becaufe that alfo keeps a 
 Horfe in a lort of moderate Exercifci but he if he be empty.
 
 Chap. XII. Of Surfeit f. ^^ 
 
 or was but newly relicv'd of his Fit, in that cafe he ough^ 
 not to be over much fatigu'd. 
 
 CHAP. XiL 
 
 Of Surfeits, 
 
 "DEcaufe this is a Term frequently us'd among Farrler^i 
 and all Sorts of People, to fignify a Difeafe, we have 
 thought convenient to conclude this Difcourfe of Feveisi 
 with a {hort Account of thofe Diforders that go under that 
 Denomination. 
 
 By a Surfeit is principally underftood all What is gene- 
 inch Maladies as proceed from exceffiveand rally meant by 
 immoderate Feeding, but efpecially upon <J«^"''f' 
 unwholforae Provender, from Coldj or hard Riding, ^rV, 
 whereby the Horfe comes to forfake his Food, grows lean^ 
 and fometimes will be infefted with hard Sv/ellings, which, 
 if they happen to fall upon the Joints, will in Procefs of 
 Time, occafion Lamcnefs, and many other Diforders. 
 
 Now whatever be the original Caufe of Surfeits, whether 
 they proceed from Cold, Excefs of Feeding, or Labour, 
 or from any Difpoiition of the Air or Climate, it is very 
 certain, that what goes under the Notion of Surfeits, is nO 
 other than that which follows the imperfect Solution of 
 any Difeafe ; but thofe which proceed only from a Glut 
 of Provender, and the like, being the moll fimple, are eafy 
 to be cur'd, as their Caufe is the mofl fimple ; whereas 
 thofe on the other hand, proceeding from more compli- 
 cated Caufes, are often the EfFeds of Chronick Diftem- 
 pers, and therefore muft be hard and difficult, and often'^ 
 times prove incurable. 
 
 But this will be better underftood, if we examine fome- 
 what more narrowly into that kind of Surfeits which pro- 
 ceed from Feeding ; far by the Knowledge thereof, all 
 that is necelTary concerning Surfeits will be the more in- 
 telligible, as it is that alone which, truly and properly 
 fpeaking, conftitutes a Surfeit. 
 
 We are then to fuppofe, that while the A Surfeit de^^ 
 Stomachj is conftantly receiving Food, and /(■rih'd. 
 as conllantly tranfmitting frefli Supplies of Chyle to 
 the Mafs of Blood, that all the Blood- veflels muft become 
 dillended and full, infomuch that the fuperfluous Moifture 
 M cannot
 
 50 The FarrierV Neij^ Guide. Chap. XII. 
 
 cannot be carried off thro' the Pores of the Extremities, 
 in fuch Qi_iantity as is neceffary, by reafon that thele Pores 
 are not of fufficient Capacity and Magnitude, that is to fay, 
 they are not wide enough to give Vent to fo much Matter ; 
 and therefore the Dlilention of the Vellels will flill be more 
 increafed j and as the grofler Excrements mull alfo be aug- 
 mented from the conftant Supplies of Food, the Guts mult 
 thereby receive more than can be difcharged in the ufual and 
 raturalWay ; but this will be ealily apprehended by any one, 
 who conliders the flow Progrefs of the Dung in the Intefti- 
 nal Tube, which is of a very great Length from the Stomach 
 to the Fundament, and is wound up into many Circumvo- 
 lutions and Turnings, as is vifible when the Belly of any 
 Creature is laid open ; and therefore when the firll Paf- 
 fages, and likewife all the Blood-veflels are thus cramm'd, 
 a Fever mull be created ; but becaufe the Oppreflion is fo 
 very great, that Nature cannot fupport it long before (he 
 difcharges herfelf of the Burden ; therefore where -ever the 
 Nifia or Impetus is moll, there fhe breaks forth fometimes 
 like a Flood ; and if that happen to be in Sweat, the fudori- 
 fick Poies are open, and ftrctch'd to fuch a Degree, that the 
 Diftemper will be quite folv'd, and all the other Paflages 
 made glib and eafy, fo that the Excretions of another Kind 
 begin all to loofen and fall off through their proper Dudls ; 
 but if the Solution happen not to be univerial, though the 
 Fever be in a Manner abated and quite gone, yet becaufe 
 tlie internal Glands, but particularly thofe of the Guts, for this 
 is moll to our prefent Purpofe, are not at all, or at leall fuf- 
 ficiently opened, therefore the harden'd Excrements are no 
 ways loo'en'd from their Adhefions, but continue faflned by 
 a Sort of glutinous and vifcid Matter to the Sides of that 
 Canal. But while the Dung is in this Manner pent up, it 
 ingenders a more than ordinary Degree of Putrcfadion, and 
 its Acrimony and Sharpnefs becomes a Stimulus to the Guts, 
 and by its Vellication occalionsa more than ordinary Qiian- 
 tity of Liquor to be drained from the intellinal Glands, 
 io that the Excrements are at length call forth by a Loofe- 
 nefs, and are difcharg'd in a very great Qi_iantity ; and now 
 Nature being more at Liberty by a plentiful Difcharge of 
 the Dung, the Blood is thereby put into a brisker Motion, 
 by which it dilates itfelf, and flows with more Eafe, and in 
 greater Qi^iantity, into the fmall Vellels towards the Extremi- 
 ties of the Skin, To that if its Texture be thin and moveable, 
 it Will cither caufe an Hemorrhage at the Mouth or Nofe, 
 
 by
 
 Chap. XIL Of Surfeits: ^f 
 
 by a Diftraftion of the fmall Fibres, or will otherwife breafe 
 cut into little Puftules among the Hair, which will alfo bp 
 accompanied with Sweat, and then the Difeafe will proba- 
 bly come to a fpeedy Ifllie; but if the Blood has acquir'd a 
 more than ordinary Vifcidity during the Lentor and Con- 
 tinuance of the Dung in the Guts, which is moft likely, and 
 what ufually happens in fuch Cafes ; it will then be apt to 
 ftagnate in fome Places more than others, and caft off the 
 Remainder of the Difeafe in Biles and Swdlings, fuch as we 
 often obferve after Surfeits. 
 
 We may therefore determine all fuch Tu- In "johat man- 
 mors, or other Excrefcencies, as are the Ef- ^^^ Surfeits are 
 feds of an over Plenitude and Fulnefs, to be, ^° ^^ dijlingiti- 
 properly fpeaking, what belongs to a Surfeit, '^ ' ' 
 and when the like Symptoms proceed from the imperfe6l 
 Difcharges of any Cold, wheieby the Pailages of Perfpira- 
 tion have been fuddenly obftrufted, they then bear a near 
 Affinity to the former, as a Lentor of the Bowels is often- 
 times previous, or at leaft, a Concomitant of fuch a Cold. 
 And if fuch Swellings be the Refult of a putrid of malig- 
 nant Fever, that has not been of long Continuance before 
 the Difeafe was brought to a Solution, tho' thefe may un- 
 doubtedly be worfe than the other, yet they only differ in 
 degree, and require the fame Method of Cure. And with 
 thefe may be clafs'd all fuch as happen after any Kind of 
 violent Exercifethat has not been of long Continuance^, and 
 "which proceed from forae flight Diiorder arifmg from 
 thence. Bui if the fame outward Sym.ptom, or rather 
 Symptoms, having the fame outward Appearances, proceed 
 from long continued and hard Labour, by which the Ma- 
 chine is, as it were, broke and quite diforder'd ; or if they 
 be the Effeds of hedick and intermittent Fevers, or any other 
 internal Malady, that has been of fuch duration as to wafte 
 nnd decay the Body, and pervert the natural Juices, they 
 are in this cafe not to be deemed Surfeits^ or the immediate 
 Effed of SurfeitSy but to be look'd upon as what w:ll con- 
 ftitute Ulcers of the worit kind. But as v/e have allotted a 
 particular Place for the Cure of all forts of Tumors and 
 Ulcers, which the Reader may confult at his Leifure, we 
 fiiall therefore in this Place take Notice of Surfeits^ and the 
 Accidents that are more efoecially peculiar to them. 
 
 When the Farrier obferves a Horfe to be q-^^ q^^^ 
 furfelted, and unSer a heavy Oppreffion from 
 the want of the common and ufuai difcharges^ he ought, 
 M 2 " fiR
 
 52 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Chap. XIL 
 
 in the firft Place, to take Blood from the Neck-vein, and 
 after raking him with his Hand, give him an emollient Cly- 
 fter, with a larger than ordinary quantity of Oil or Hogs- 
 lard in it, the better to lubricate the Paflages ; after which 
 if he has no Fever, or at leaft, but a flight one, he may 
 give him the following purging Drench. 
 
 " Take of Sena one Ounce, fweet Fennel-feeds, Cori- 
 ** ander, or Caraway-feeds, of either half an Ounce, Salt 
 *' of Tartar one Dram, infufe them in a quart of boiling 
 *' Water, pafs the Infufion through a Sieve, or pour it off 
 ** by Inclination, and when it is cold, add to It an Ounce 
 *' of the Powder of Jalap." This muft be given in the 
 Morning, and the Horfe kept fafling for the fpace of four 
 Hours before and after it ; and as foon as the Drench begins 
 to work, he muft be walk'd gently, till the moft of its Ope- 
 ration is over ; his Water fhould be warm, and ftrew'd with 
 Oatmeal or Barley- flower, and nothing fhould be given 
 . „ . him that is cold. And here I cannot but 
 
 paififl cold Wa- take notice of a ridiculouj Cuftom that has 
 tfr ivhen a ^f late been pradifed both among Farriers 
 Horfe has taken and Grooms, and that is, giving a Horfe 
 « purging his Belly full of cold Water, to promote the 
 
 Drench. Operation of purging Phyfick ; the Effect 
 
 of this muft be by creating Cholick Diforders in the Guts, 
 as I have often obferv'd, and afterwards it never fails to 
 operate to Excefs ; but if Horfes of Strength and Vigour 
 can fcarcely overcome fuch Shocks, it muft go very hard 
 •with thofe that aie weak and infirm ; all which is demon- 
 llrable; but I fhould think common Reafon fufficicnt to dil- 
 luade People from fuch palpable Folly ; therefore we fhall 
 fay nothing further about it, but return where we left off. 
 
 The Day after the Phyfick, chewing Balls are to be ufed 
 for an Hour in the Morning, and then he ought to be rid 
 out for Air and Exercife, and at his Return he may be per- 
 mitted to eat a few boil'd Oats with Bran, his Water fhould 
 be warm all that Day, becaufe the Effeds of the Phyfick 
 may not be quite wore off; and the Day following his 
 Phyfick may be repeated, with an Addition of two Drams 
 of Diagridium, provided he be a Horfe of Strength. But 
 if after all this he breaks out into Boils, and inflamed 
 Swellings, which, as has been obferved, happen, for the 
 moft part, after an imperfect Solution, then the Ufe of 
 purging muft be laid afide, unlefs he turn very coftive, and 
 in that Cafe mild Clyfters may be injected j and becaufe 
 
 Nature
 
 Chap. XIII. Of the 'Difeafes of the Head, $3 
 
 Nature mufl always be affifted in her own Way, therefore 
 let him have plenty of warm Water, ftrew'd with Oat- 
 meal, and acidulated with Sal Prunella^ purify'd Nitre, 
 or the like, to provoke Urine, and to dilute and open the 
 Humours ; and if he be a Horfe of Value, he may have a 
 Pint of Milk- water, with half a Pint of Treacle -water, 
 given him, and repeated the Day following ; but this is 
 more efpecially to be comply'd with, if the Tumours be 
 the Refult of a putrid and malignant Fever ; for in this, 
 and all other fuch Cafes, if any Evacuation be made other- 
 wife than by fuch Things as are proper to excite a gentle 
 Breathing through the Pores, and promote the Secretions 
 by Urine, l^c. Nature will be very apt to alter her Courfe 
 into that which is not fo agreeable to her ; fo that not be- 
 ing able to make a full Difcharge, the Relicks of the Dif- 
 eafe will be ftill left behind ; and thofe Things that are made 
 ufe of with an Eye to aflill her, will, probably, inftead of 
 that, weaken her yet more j and it is from fuch contradic- 
 tory Methods that fo many Horfes lofe their Appetite, or if 
 they be able to eat plentifully, they notwithftanding look, 
 lean and jaded, and are unable to do proportioable Service ; 
 and it is from fuch Mifmanagement, that the Mange, Far- 
 cin, Lamenefs, Blindnefs, and the whole Train of chroni- 
 cal Difeafes, very often take their Origin, 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 Of the Difeafes of the Head. 
 
 XlT'E find in Books feveral Difeafes rank'd General Ohfer- 
 ^ under this Title, that are feldom met 'vations concern 
 with in the Farrier's Pradice, at leaft, not di- '""S ^^""f" 
 llinguilhed, unlefs it happens that fome ho- °ftb'tiead. 
 reft well-meaning Perfon may take it upon Truft, from 
 thofe Signs which have been attributed to them by his favou- 
 rite Author. But yet it is very certain, that a Horfe is oft- 
 en fubject to Difeafes, which in a more efpecial Manner 
 affect that Part ; and if his Food were not more fimpleand 
 agreeable to Nature, he would undoubtedly be more fub- 
 jeft to fuch Difeafes than Man, becaufe of the prone Pofi- 
 tion of his Head, which muft occafion a greater Influx of 
 ^lood into the Brain, and alfo forward it upon the Eyes, 
 Mouth J and Nofe. 
 
 M 3 Mark'
 
 54 The ParrierV NeiJi) Guide. Chap. XIV. 
 
 Markham basin his Catalogue enumerated allthoie Dif- 
 eafes that are peculiar to Man, but in Horfes they are very- 
 hard to be diftinguifh'd, becaufe of the Similitude of the 
 common Symptoms ; neither has the Sieur de Solleyjell 
 mended the Matter very much, having confufedly fcaiter'd 
 them here and there in his Writings, excepting only that he 
 has clailed fome together vs'hich were the Concomitants of a 
 great Sicknefs that happened in Frame and Gsrmany in his 
 Time; but thefe were improperly tcrm'd Difeafes of the 
 Head, being only the Attendants of that Sicknefs. We 
 fhall therefore go on a little more methodically in explain- 
 ing thofe Diforders, as they feem moft agreeable to the 
 State and Condition of that Animal ; and that we may 
 avoid all ufelefs Divifions, we fhall take them in the Method 
 "^hich feems to be the moft natural. 
 
 CHAP, XIV. 
 
 Of the Head-ach. 
 
 *T^ HI S has had a particular Place among the Difeafes of 
 "^ the Head, both oy the Phyficians and Farriers in all 
 Af^es ; the laft have made no Diftintft on, but the Phyfi- 
 ciaus have diftinguifhed between a Head-ach, which they 
 term Idiapathick^ as it proceeds from a Caufe without the 
 Blood- veflels, and that which they call Syiiipathetkky 
 being the Concomitant of fome other Difeafe : But our 
 Bufinefs here is only with the firft Kind, fince the other is 
 but a Symptom, which muft of courfe wear off with the 
 Pifesfe to which it belongs. 
 
 As to the Caufe, it is believed to proceed from a Di- 
 ftraftion of the Fibres of fome Blood-veflels in the Brain, 
 or Membranes thereof, occafioned by fome of the fmalleit 
 t*ar tides of the ^erum being ftruck into the Ports or Inter- 
 ilices of the faid Veflels, by the frequent Occurfions of the 
 Blood. 
 
 The Signs are, according to Markham^ the hanging 
 (down of the Horl'e's Head and Ears, dropping of his Urine, 
 dimnefs of Sight, fwoln , waterifh Eyes : But thefe are 
 common to divers other Difeafes ; and I am truly of Opi- 
 nion, fuch a Head-ach cannot be eafily diftinguifh'd in brute 
 Creatures, that want the Faculty of Speech, and therefore 
 cannot declare their Infirmities : But however^ if a Horfe 
 
 has
 
 Chap. XV. OftheStaverSi or Staggers. 55 
 
 has Tuch Symptoms without a Fever, and if it be obfeiv'd 
 that he often puts his Head againft the Stall or Manger, it 
 will be very proper to have Recourle to fome Remedy ; 
 for which Purpofe we recommend Bleeding, Purging, and 
 Rowelling, as alfo the Ufe of Chewing 'BalU^ &c. 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the StaverSj or Staggers. 
 
 N order to the Knowledge of this Di- jjpoplexv 
 ftemper, it will be necefl'ary firft of all to 
 
 I 
 
 enquire into the Nature of an Apoplexy and Vertigo^ for with- 
 out fome Infight into thefe, the other can never be rightly 
 underftood. 
 
 Firft then, As to an Apoplexy^ That is ufually defin'd a 
 Privaucn of Senfe and Motion, excepting only a weak 
 and languid one in the Heart and Breaft ; and this pro- 
 ceeds either from a Caufe without the Veflels, viz. when 
 the Blood or any other Fluid happens to break out of fome 
 Veflel within the Brain, or when there happens to be pre- 
 ternatural Bones or Tumours bred and contained within 
 the Skull, or any other extraneous A/[atter that may in any 
 Sort prefs upon the foft Subflance of the Brain, caufing 
 thofe deadly Diforders. But this is a Species that is in- 
 curable, and for the mofl Part feizes fuddenly, without 
 any foregoing Tokens and Warnings : But the other pro- 
 ceeds from fome Caufe within the VeiTels, whereby the 
 Arteries, which are woven into the Pia Mate7\ or inner- 
 moft Membrane of the Brain, or that Part of it which in- 
 volves the Trunk of all the Nerves, becomes over-much 
 extended ; fo that by the Preil'ure of thefe Vellels upon 
 them, Senfation is intercepted, and Motion loft. 
 
 Thus, in an Apoplexy^ Senfe and Motion are in a Man- 
 ner quite loft, becaufe of the Prellure that is made upon the 
 Origin of all the Nerves that arife from the t^ ,. 
 Head; But in 2i Vertigo, Objects that are 
 at Reft, appears as if they were turning round, and by that 
 Means occanon any Creature to reel and ftagger : And this 
 proceeds from the Vibrations and Tremors of the Optick 
 Nerve, whereby the Images falling not directly, but fuccef- 
 fjvely upon the different Pur.s of the Retina., an Objed that 
 is ^\. ^N.eltj v/iU therefore nppear as if it v.'as taming round ; 
 M 4 and
 
 5 6 The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. XV. 
 
 and this may be occafion'd, either when an Animal is fear- 
 ful of falling, or from a Repletion and Overfulnefs of thofe 
 Arteries which are fituated near the Optick Nerve, which, 
 by prefling upon the Brain, will caufe a Shaking in that 
 Nerve. But our Bufmefs is only with the laft. 
 -.. ^ Now if we examine a little carefully into 
 
 reduciblfu)^ all the different Appearances of that Diftem- 
 the one or the per which Farriers call the St avers or Stag- 
 other, pronPH by gers^ wc fhall find them reducible to one of 
 Infiances taken thefe IMaladies above defcribed. 
 from the vari- For, firft ofallj if we confider that Sort 
 cus Appearances which is the moft fimple, viz, when a 
 of that Difeafe. j^grfe fuddenly falls down upon the Road 
 in a very hot Day, or when he falls upon hard Ri- 
 ding, we fhall find nothing in the Caufe of this Diforder, 
 but what is in one of the former ; and the Reafon of this 
 is eafy enough to be conceived, and will happen to a 
 Horfe, whether he be in a good or bad Cafe ; for when the 
 Blood is put into a more than ordinary Motion by any 
 hard Exercife, it will ealily flow into the Brain of a Horle 
 in a greater quantity, than can be readily returned by the 
 Veins ; and therefore the Origin of the Nerves will be 
 prefs'd upon by the diftending VeJlels, fo as to intercept the 
 Animal Juices ; or otherwife thefe may be fent forth in 
 fuch diforderly Manner, as to occafion a Horfe's falling 
 down ; but in this Kind, when a Horfe has lain fome lit- 
 tle Space, and that the Impulfe of the Blood ceafes, it 
 then flows more regularly through the Veins, by which the 
 Arteries become lefs diftended, and the Horfe recovers his 
 fienfes, and rifes up as from Sleep. Thus the Head is 
 afFedfed in the fame Manner as in an Apoplexy ; but as there 
 is little or no Fault fuppofed to be in the Blood, the Horfe 
 foon recovers, and oftentimes without the Afliltance of any 
 Application. 
 
 There is another Kind of Staggers which refembles the 
 former, and alfoafieds the Head in the fame Manner as an 
 Apopledick Diforder, and that is when a Horfe falls down 
 while at Grafs : And this Sort I have obferv'd happen the 
 firft or fecond Day after they were turn'd out ; for while 
 they feed with a more than ordinary Intenfenefs, with their 
 Head conftanily down towards the Ground, the Blood 
 muft flow in a more than ordinary quantity to the Brain ; 
 and Vvliile the Head is in this dependent Situation, the 
 Uiood i;i iis Return mull afcend upwards : So that if a 
 
 Horfe's
 
 Chap. XV. Of the Stavers or Staggers. $j 
 
 Horfe's Head be kept long in that Pofture, but efpecially if 
 the Blood be vifcid, and unapt to Motion, it will undoubt- 
 edly obftrucft the fmall Arteries, and caufe a Horfe to fall by 
 the Preflure of thofe Arteries upon the Nerves. 
 
 But that Kind of Stagger whereby a Horfe falls down in 
 the Stable, or when he is newly brought out into the 
 Light, or when his Exercife is but moderate, it is either a 
 true Apoplexy, or a Vertigo, or perhaps both ; but when a 
 Horfe reels and runs round, being fome time under the Dif- 
 order before he falls, that is plainly a Vertigo: And if after 
 a Horfe has thus fallen down, he immediately rifes up again, 
 but looks ftupid and blind, reels and tails again, knocking 
 his Head againll the Boards or Walls, thefe are alfo for the 
 moft part Signs of a Vertigo ; for what fometimes happens 
 of that Kind in a Frenzy, comes not properly under this 
 Denomination ftho' moft of our Authors confound them 
 together) unlefs it be that Sort of Frenzy, which may pro- 
 ceed from extraneous Matter lodged on the Brain, or its 
 Membranes. But all thefe Symptoms we have now men- 
 tion'd, may, and for the moll: part, do arife from a Verti- 
 go ; for here Senfation is not quite obftru(5ted, but, as we 
 fuppofe, a Vibration and fhaking of the Optick Nerve, the 
 Stable, and every thing about him, muft feem to run 
 round ; and if he rife in this Condition, he muft certainly 
 fall, and that inftantly. 
 
 Having thus given a fhort Account of the The Cure of 
 different Kinds of Staggers, and the Caufes ^^^^ Sta^gers^ 
 thereof, we fhall in the next place, proceed to the Cure. 
 And firft of all, whether they arife from an Apoplexy, or 
 Vertigo, or only from an Over- repletion of the Blood-vef- 
 fels of the Head by hard Riding, iffc. the Method to-be ob- 
 ferved, as to the firft Intentions, will be much the fame ; 
 becaufe even in the moft fimple Kind we fuppofe the Blood 
 to be fomewhat faulty, therefore Blood muft betaken pretty 
 plentifully both from the Neck- vein, and likewife from the 
 Spavin or Flank- vein, or from any other towards the hin- 
 der Parts ; but firft from the Neck, becaufe by opening that 
 Vein, as it drains the Blood immediatety q-^^ Method of 
 from the Head, that Portion of the Blood, Hiedini Horfes 
 which is in the fmall Arteries in the Brain, for Difeafes in 
 as thefe are empty'd into the fmall Branches the Head. 
 of the Vein that is opened, muft undoubtedly 
 give fudden Relief, and by that Means take off from the 
 
 Preffure
 
 5 8 The Varrur's New Gmde. Chap. XV. 
 
 Prellure upon the Nerves; But becaufe the Head of a 
 Horle is not in an ered Pofture, as that of a Man, but 
 many Horfes have the Pofition of their Heads only a little 
 higher than their Shoulders ; but efpecially as in all fuch 
 Diforders, a Horfe is apt to llouch and hang his Head, a 
 Revullion is alfo to be made by opening a Vein behind, 
 and this ought particularly to be obferv'd in all Difeafes of 
 the Head ; for altho' Blood taken from the Neck- vein, is 
 very proper to give immediate Relief, yet a greater Quan- 
 tity mult thereupon flow into the Brain, fince it is fuffici- 
 ently knowm, that all inclofed Liquids will run towards a 
 Vent; but when a Vent is made ibon afterwards behind, 
 then a greater Quantity of Blood will flow into the defcen- 
 ding Jorta, and from thence backwards ; fo that a lefi'er 
 Quantity will flow forwards towards the Head. 
 
 For which Reafon, unlefs the Horfe be weak, take im- 
 mediately a Pint of Blood from the Neck ; and when that 
 Opcrition is over, open one of the Veins behind, and from 
 thence let him blood a full Quart. This alone will cure 
 any ftagger'd Horfe, if fo be his Difeafe is Ample, and on- 
 ly ef the firft Kind, and that he is afterwards kept to a mo- 
 derate cleanfing Diet, and is for fome Time thereafter har- 
 den'd with proper Exercife. 
 
 But if the Staggers are the Refult of a true and genuine 
 Apoplexy, he muft be exercifed every day with Chewing 
 Balls made of Jj/a Fcetida, Savin, and the moll noifome 
 Things that can be got -, for thefe Smells will put him upon 
 conftant Adion, and help to forward the Motion of the 
 JBlood in the fmall Veflels where it is obftrudted. 
 
 After this, Recourfe muft be had to Clyfters, to ftrong 
 Purgatives; for which Purpofe we recommend the follow- 
 ing Clyfters out of S alley jell. 
 
 '^ Boil two Ounces of the Scoria of Liver of Anti- 
 *' mony, made into a fine Powder, in five Pints of Beer ; 
 " after five or fix Warms remove it from the Fire, adding 
 *' a quarter of a Pound of ihe U/2gue?!tum Ro/atum^ injett 
 *' it lukewarm. Inftead of the Unguentim Rofotum^ may 
 be ufed Butter or Hogs-lard. Or the following Clyfter 
 may alfo be ufed. 
 
 " Take two Bitter Apples, boil them in five Pints of 
 *' Water ; pour off the Liquor, and mix with it three 
 *' Ounces of the Juice of the Buchthorn Berries, or four 
 *' Ouncesof the Syrup, the fame Qi^iantity of Oil or But- 
 *' ter as in the former." Thcfe may be repeated two or 
 
 ihrcj:
 
 Chap. XV. Of the Stavers or Staggers. $9 
 
 three times ; after which the following purging Drench 
 may be given. 
 
 ** Boil one bitter Apple in a quart of Beer, and after it 
 ** has been ftrained out, and is become almoft told, add 
 *' to it an Ounce and a half of Powder of Jalop, and two 
 " Drams of Diagridhm" Thefe may be repeated two 
 or three Times, if the Horfe has Strength to bear it. 
 
 He ought alfo to be exercis'd and rubb'd very well ; 
 and while he is under fuch Courfes of Phyfick, his Water 
 fliould be warm, nnd fprinkled with Oatmeal. 
 
 But that Kind of Staggers which is oc- ^^^ Cure of a 
 calion'd from a Vertigo^ requires a milder Vertko. 
 Method ; and therefore a Clyll:er made of 
 an Ounce of «S>«rt boil'd in five Pints of Water, with four 
 Ounces of common Treacle, with the ufual quantity of 
 Oil, or Lard, may be injeded : And this may be alfo 
 repeated for two or three Days ; after which he may have 
 a Drench of Beer given him, wherein Roots of Piony, 
 Angelica, Rue, Rofemary, Flowers of Lavender, and the 
 like, have been fteeped, according to the following Pre- 
 fcription. 
 
 " Take of the Roots of Male-piony one Pound, Roots 
 *' of Angelica half a Pound, Galingal bruifed four Oun- 
 " ces. Flowers of Lavender, Tops of Rofemary and Rue, 
 " of each two Handfuls ; let them be infufed in eiglit: 
 *' Gallons of new Wort, and when it has fufficiently 
 *' work'd, give your Horfe two Qiiarts every Day, keep- 
 *' ing him bridled an Hour before and after. 
 
 But if this Diforder happens to continue obftinate, 
 and there are frequent Threatnings of a Relapfe, fuch 
 Things muft be ufed as will efFedually eradicate the Caufe, 
 for which Purpofe we recommend the following Balls, 
 viz. 
 
 " Take of Cinnabar, and the clcareil AJfa Fcetida, of 
 " each half a Pound, Bay-berries four Ounces, Caftor two 
 " Ounces." But if the Horfe be of fmall Value, and 
 not worth the Expence of the Cailor, it may be left out, 
 though the Medicine will not perhaps be of fuch imme- 
 diate Efficacy, *' Thefe muft be pounded in a Mortar 
 *' until they are reduced into Powder ; after which they 
 " are to be made up into a Mafs, or ftifF Pafte, adding 
 *' by degrees as much Oil of Amber as is fuHicient for 
 ** that Purpofe ; make them into Balls, weighing an 
 *^ Ounce and a half each_j wlierepf one is to be given every 
 
 " Morn-
 
 60 The FarrierV Ne'Vj Guide. Chap. XV. 
 
 " Morning in a Quart of the medicated A}e, ftanding 
 " bridled as above direded." The Cinnabar, as all other 
 Minerals, but efpecially as it abounds with Quickfiiver, is 
 therefore a molt efficacious Remedy for opening Obftruc- 
 tions in the fmalleft Veflels : But the Reader may turn to 
 that Part where we have treated of the Farcin, where its 
 Virtues are taken Notice of more at length. 
 
 But here it is to be remarked, that the laft prefcribed 
 Remedies are not only proper in that Kind of Staggers, 
 where the Horfe reels and turns round, but alfo in the 
 other Kind, when he falls on a fudden : For as in an Apo- 
 plexy, Senfe and Motion are taken away by a Prefllire on 
 all the Nerves, To in a Vertigo the Prefllire is either in Part, 
 or elfe the nervous Juice is rendred more vifcid and unapt 
 to Motion than it ought to be, fo as to occafion thofe Tre- 
 mors, which are the more obfervable in the Optick Nerve, 
 as they afFed the Sight ; and therefore the chief Difference 
 in the Cure lies only in this. That in Apopledlick Cafes, 
 Things of the greateft Efficacy muft be ufed, even in the 
 common Way of Evacuation, becaufe Senfe is fo much de- 
 ftroy'd in all Parts of the Body, that Things of a milder 
 Nature will do but little Service ; whereas in Vertigo's, 
 Senfation not being altogether obftru6ted, at leaft in the 
 beginning, but render'd diforderly, the Purgations need 
 only be fuch as Avill make moderate Evacuation, and thefe 
 not long continued. 
 cri Moll of our Farriers cure the Staggers by 
 
 "■ihe common ,. » i- - r t-i ■ i ° V 
 
 IVav of curin? rn^'^^'^g Applications of 1 hings that are or 
 the Staggers. ^ ^^ot and pungent Nature, to the Ears ; as 
 Garlick, Rue, Aqua-vitct\ Cloves, Ginger, 
 Baj'-falt, and the like, which being ftitch'd up within the 
 Ear, may, no doubt, be fometimes efficacious in thofe 
 Cafes that are fimple, (and which are indeed the molt 
 common) as they ftimulate the tender and fenfible Mem- 
 brane which covers thofe Parts, and thereby rouze the Blood 
 to a quicker and brisker Motion ; but thefe ought to be us'd 
 "with Caution and Circumfpedtion ; for I have feen Horfes 
 run Hark mad when thofe Applications have been too ftrong ; 
 and it was with much ado they could be kept from knock- 
 ing out their Brains againlt tlie Walls ; and fometimes that 
 violent Agitation, inftcad of giving Relief, makes the Fits 
 return the oftner upon them, by driving too much Blood 
 into the Arteries of the Brain. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. XVI. Of a Palfy. 6t 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 Of a Talfy, 
 
 THE ancient Farriers, and many of the Country Peo- 
 ple to this Day, when they fee a Horfe or Bullock 
 have his Limbs fuddenly taken from him, and not being 
 able to think what ftiould be the Caufe of fuch an unex- 
 pedled Change, believe him either to be planet- ftruck, or 
 Shrow-run ; but molt or all thofe Accidents are owing to 
 the Palfy, and therefore we fhall include them under that 
 Denomination. 
 
 A Palfy is an Inability to Motion, arifing ^p^j. ^^^^,^^ 
 either trom a Fault m the Blood or animal ■" 
 
 Spirits, or from both together ; and it feizes fometimes 
 the whole Body, fometimes one Side, and fometimes a 
 particular Part only. 
 
 When the Caufe happens from the animal Spirits, then 
 Senfation is in a Manner loft ; and fometimes with an Ina- 
 bility to Motion alfo ; and becaufe the nervousFluid is ren- 
 der'd thick, and unapt to Motion, and the Nerves them- 
 felves relax'd and moift, and confequently unfit for lively 
 Vibrations. There will alfo be fometimes a Numbne(s 
 and Infenfibility to the Touch, but yet a Capacity of Mo- 
 tion may be preferv'd. But when a Palfy arifes from a 
 Fault in the Blood, viz. from an over-great Humidity, or 
 when it is rendered too thick : In the firft Cafe the Mufcles 
 are ftretch'd out in Length, and their Fibres relaxed, and 
 by lohng their Tone, they become incapable of Contradli- 
 on ; and therefore tho' there may be a Diftribution of the 
 nervous Juice, yet Motion is loft by Reafon of that over- 
 Relaxation ; while at the fame time Senfe may remain ; 
 and in the other Cafe, though there be a Concourfe of 
 Spirits, yet the Blood is fo thick, that it cannot be fud- 
 denly enough rarefied to produce Motion. But, laftly, 
 •when the Blood and Spirits are both affeded in a Palfy, 
 the Senfe and Motion will both be loft : And if the 
 Nerves or Blood be affeded within the Brain, then the Pal- 
 fy will be accompanied with an Apoplexy or Vertigo. 
 
 And therefore the Caufes of a Palfy are all n-i r- r e 
 tnoie things that may induce an over-great a Palf> 
 Humidity into the Blood and Spirits, fo as ' 
 
 to
 
 (52 T/jeT arruk's New Guide. Chap. XVL 
 
 to occafion a Relaxation or Loofenefs in the Canals or 
 Fibres ; or when the Blood alone is render'd fo thick, that 
 it cannot be fuddenly rarefy'd, by which Means the Nerves 
 and animal Juices become alfo affeftcd ; and this is ufually 
 brought about either by a moid Temperament, Climate, 
 or Seafon, or the eating of cold vifcid Herbs, but efpecially 
 ivhcn a Horfe goes in a wet marfhy Pafture, and lies fre- 
 quently on the cold wet Ground. The fame EiFeds are 
 alfo produced from Things of an oppofite Nature, as the 
 iinternal ufe of hot Things ; but our Bufinefs is only with 
 that Sort of Palfy which proceeds from Humidity, b'V. 
 Jhe other feldoni or never happening to Horfes. 
 
 Its Cure. -^^ ^^^"^^ ^° ^^^ Cnxz, the Horfe fhould 
 
 be exercifed with Cheiving Balls made of 
 Savin, Rofemary, and Lavender-flowers, made into Pow- 
 der, and beat up with ^Jfa Fcetiday and a fufficient quan- 
 tity of Oil of Amber ; after which to be ty'd in a Rag, 
 and faftened to the Bit, as ufuj.l : And at proper Intervals, 
 Clyflers fliould be injeded, fuch as have been ordered in 
 an Apoplexy. But, as we fuppofe the Caufe from an 
 over-great Humidity and Relaxation of the Veflels, Bleed- 
 ing is not necellary, but may rather prove hurtful, unlefs 
 there fhould alfo be the Signs of an Apcplexy, and in that 
 cafe it will be very needful. 
 
 All hot Things, as Muftard, Ginger, Pepper, and other 
 Spices, but efpecially Muftard infus'd in Ale, will be pro- 
 per to recover the Tone of the Fibres, and thefe may be 
 given alone, or added to the Ale above dire^fled, in an 
 Liipoplexy and Vertigo. But as the external Parts are io 
 fenfibly affedted in this Diftemper, therefore Embrocations 
 of hot and penetrating Oils and Spirits are to be rubb'd, 
 where-ever Motion is loft or impair'd j fuch as the Oil of 
 Petre, Oil of A?nber^ Oil of SaJJhfras^ and the like, mix'd 
 ■with the Soldiers Ointment, or Ointment of Marfli-mal- 
 lows, with a fmall Quantity of Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or 
 other volatile Spirit. 
 
 Sweating in a Dunghill, or with very warm Cloathing,' 
 will r.kewife be of very great Service \ as alfo frequent Drinks 
 of the Decociion of Guiacum, Scijfafras,^c. fuch as is 
 prefcrib'd for the Farcin. 
 
 Lajily^ A Horfe ought, in all paralytick Cafes, to be 
 rowel'd in one or more Places j for by that Means a great 
 deal of the moift or vifcid Matter will be difcharg'd, and the 
 Nerves and mufcular Fibres ftrengthen'd* 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. XVII. Of the Falling EviU ^z. 6i 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 Of the Fall'mg Evil and Convulfions, 
 
 "~p H E Fallhg Evil J is that which, in the Phyfidam 
 •*■ Terms, comes under the Denomination of an Epi^ 
 lepfy, and fcems to be no other than an Apoplexy or 
 Vertigo^ accompanied with Convuljions, either as the Caufe 
 or Effed. 
 
 In the Falling Evil, a Horfe drops down of a fudden, 
 his Teeth and his Eyes become fix'd, but his Head and 
 Body is fhook and extremely agitated ; Froth bubbles out 
 of his Mouth, his Flanks heave and labour, and fometimes 
 there is an involuntary Excretion of the Dung and Urine : 
 All which arife from an involuntary and diforderly Mo- 
 tion of the Blood and animal Spirits, rufliing with greater 
 Impetuofity into a Mufcle on one Side, than that which is 
 its Antagonift, fo as to occafion a Vellication and Contrac- 
 tion of that Mufcle; and becaufe there is not an equal 
 Quantity of Blood and Spirits detach'd into the oppolite 
 Mufcle, therefore that Member cannot be extended as well 
 as contrafted, but drawn one Way, and the Part affected 
 will continue immoveable, excepting in thofe violent 
 Shocks and Agitations. 
 
 The Caufe of Convulfions are, -F/r/?, I'l^e Caufe of 
 whatever waftes and exhaufts the Body, or Con'vulfions. 
 any of its Parts, as the taking away too much Blood, violent 
 Purging, or hard Labour, long Sicknefs. Secondly^ What- 
 ever fills the Body too much, and gives Origin to Obftruc- 
 tions in the Blood- vefiels or Nerves, or brings a Debility 
 and Weaknefs into the Stomach : And Laflly^ Wounds, or 
 whatever elfe caufes Pain and Inflammation. 
 
 As to the Cure, it is the fame with that of an Apoplexy 
 ox Vertigo -y only this general Rule is to be obferved, that 
 when it proceeds from Loofenefs, Evacuations by Bleeding 
 and Purging are to be laid afide, excepting where feme Cir- 
 cumftances may make a moderate Ufe of them neceflary : 
 But as our Britijh Horfes are feldom troubled with thefe 
 Diforders, excepting when they are occafioned by Wounds, 
 or other things inducing exquifite Pain and Vellications in 
 the more fenlible Parts ; and becaufe thefe will be taken 
 Notice of in their proper Places, we (hall therefore omit 
 faying any thing tarther about them here. 
 
 CHAP,
 
 <J4 T/je^ARRnR'sNewGfiUe. Chap.XVIIL 
 
 C H A P. XVIII. 
 
 Of the Lethargy y or Sleeping EviL 
 
 'T^Hough this Diftemper is as feldom to be met with as 
 ■*■ the former, yet becaufe it has been treated oif by fome 
 of our Authors, we fhall lay as much concerning it as is 
 needful. 
 
 Markham obfervcs, that it proceeds from Phlegm ; and 
 that white and dun Hcrfes being of a phlegmatick Difpoli- 
 tion, are moll lUbjedt to it. But a Lethargy is as near al- 
 ly'd to thofe that have been the lall delcrib'd, as poliible, 
 and is oftentimes their Companion, and is produced by the 
 lame Caufes which bring on an Apoplexy, or any of the 
 other Diftempers peculiar to the Head. For in a Lethargy, 
 tho' a Creature is not abfolutely depiiv'd of Senfe and Mo- 
 tion, yet by a PreflUre of the fmall Arteries upon the Nerves, 
 and an Over-thicknefs of the nervous Juice, both the exter- 
 nal and internal Senfes become dull, caufing a perpetual In- 
 clination to Sleep, which at length, as it impairs the animal 
 Faculty, weakens and decays the Body. 
 The Cure "^^^t Cure is, in the Beginning, to take a 
 
 moderate Quantity of Blood, if your Horfe 
 be in good Cafe ; but if he be very poor, and that the Dif- 
 eafe has taken its Origin from Exinanition, then your Horfe, 
 if at all, is to be but Sparingly bled and purged. 
 
 But Cheiving-b'alh of the moll fetid Itinking Things ima- 
 ginable, are to be ufed every Dayj lb far as the Horfe '9 
 Strength is able to bear the Action ; for thefe will help to 
 rouze his Spirits, and put the Blood into a brisker Motion. 
 And for the fame purpofe. Volatile Salts or Spirits, as thofe 
 of Armoniack, or Harts-horn, may be fometimes held to his 
 Nofe. The Cin?iabar-baUs, direded in an Apoplexy and 
 Vertigo, ought alfo to be given him every day, and con- 
 tinued for a coniiderable Time, and Rowels or other Ill'ues 
 ought to be put into his Belly, but particularly a Hair- 
 Rowel put through his Skin behind the Poll of his Head, 
 which alone will fuffice, if the Horfe be weak. In which 
 Cafe alfo he mult be well kept, by having Food often, tho' 
 but little at a Time. By this Method your Horfe may be 
 recovered, if he is not wore out with Age, or very much 
 broke by the Continuance of his Difeafe, 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. XIX. Of Frenzy and Madnefsl t^ 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 Of the Frenzy and Madnefs in a Horfel 
 
 ALtho' we are very well aflur'd that our 'BritiJJj Horfes 
 are not often fubje<5t to Madnefs, yet becaufe the 
 Italian Authors, and likewife feme of our own, have 
 ranked it among the Difeafes of the Brain, IfSc. we fhall 
 therefore, in Obedience to Cuflom, before we leave this 
 Subjed, take Notice of thofe things that are the moil likely 
 to produce Frantick Diforders. 
 
 Firjl rf all then^ A Frenzy may be caus'd 'The Caufes of 
 by the exceffive Hurry of the Blood in a le- « 'Frenzy. 
 gitimate fimplc Fever ; but that Symptom will very readily 
 abate, by thofe Things that are proper to aflwage the Vio- 
 lence of that Difeafe. 
 
 Secondly^ Blood or Matter collefled upon the Brairi, dr 
 the Membranes that involve it, may occasion a Frenzy, 
 whether that proceed from Wounds or BruifeS, dr from a 
 Diftraftion or Rupture of the Veflels, when they have been 
 over-full and diftended beyond Meafure, or when there is 
 any foreign Subftance grown within the Skull ; but then a 
 Frenzy arifmg from fuch CaUfes, will probably end in fud« 
 den Death. 
 
 Thirdly^ A Fren7.y may follow Upon the Bite of any veno- 
 mous Creature j but this will atfedt the Head as a Pertilential 
 or other malignant Fever, and as to Internals, mull be treat- 
 ed after the fame Manner ; what relates more efpecially to 
 tha Wound, fhall be taken Notice of in its proper Place. 
 
 But la/ily. That Sort of Frenzy, which in a more parti- 
 cular Manner deferves the Name of Madnefs, is what may 
 happen without the Concurrence of any other Difeafe, and 
 is moft likely to proceed from excefllve Lufl, occafion'd by 
 full Feeding, either in a Horfe or Mare, and when they are 
 reilrain'd from Copulation ; for by this Means many lively 
 Images may be prefented to the Imagination, without any 
 Certainty or Order, and like a Dream delude the Fancy ; 
 fo that they will be apt to tear and rend every thing that 
 comes before them. But this may alfo be cur'd by Bleeding 
 and Purging, with the Concurrence of a low Diet, ^<". 
 
 7^1? Stallion fnuffs the well-known Scent afar, 
 >And fnorts and trembles for the dijiant Mare -, 
 
 N Kir
 
 <56 The ParrierV New Guide. Chap. XXr 
 
 2^ or Siti nor Bridles can his Rage rejl rainy 
 And rugged Rocks are interposed in vain ; 
 He males his Way o'er Mountains^ and contemns 
 Unruly Torrents, and unforded Streams. 
 
 Dryden'i Virg. Georg. Bool III, 
 Sutfar above the refi, the furious Mare, 
 Sarr'dfrcm the Male, is Frantick with Defpair : 
 For zvhen her pouting Vent declares her Pain, 
 She tears her Harnefs, andjhe rends the Rein : 
 For this when Venus gave them Rage and Pow*ry \ 
 
 Their Mafters majigled Members they devour ^ > 
 
 Of Love defrauded in their longing Hour, Ibid. J 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 Of the Difeafes of the Eyes, 
 
 THere are no Difeafes whereunto Hor fes are more liable, 
 than thofe that happen to the Eyes, the Reafon of 
 which will not be very difficult to any who is acquaint- 
 ed with the Oeconomy of a Horfe, but particularly with 
 the Struilure and Mechanifm of the Eye, which is fuch a 
 tender Part, and fo fenfible to the Touch, that the leaft . 
 Foreign Matter from without, as a Grain of Sand, or a 
 little Dull, will put any Creature into exquifite Pain, and 
 the leaft Determination of Blood and Spirits from within, 
 more than ought to come into thofe Parts by the common 
 Courfeof Circulation, will have the fame Effed:. But 
 ■when we confider the natural Adivity of a Horfe, and 
 that the common Service requir'd of him expofes him more 
 to Heats and Colds, and to all Manner of Fatigue and 
 Toil, than any other Creature ; and that of Coni'equence 
 he is render'd more liable to Sicknefs, and fuch as is of the 
 •worft Kind, he muft therefore be more fubjed to Infirmities 
 of the Eyes, and fuch as without a great deal of Care will 
 be apt to end in abfolute Blindnels. 
 
 V^/' Direafes of ^°^^ ^^^ ^^^^ Difcafes of the Eyes proceed 
 the Eyes proceed ^^^^^^^ ^''^"^ external Caules, fuchasWounds, 
 either from ex- Briiifes, Duft, or Other foreign matter getting 
 ternalor inter- within the Eyelids ; or from internal Caufes, 
 jial Caufes, or fucli as are the Effect of Sicknels, or any In- 
 fromanillCon- diipolition of the Blood. And laftjy, A 
 formation of Horfe may be render'd obnoxious to Difeafes 
 the Eyes, ■ ^^
 
 Chap, XXI. Of aJVound ontheUye.^Q. d^ 
 
 in his Eyes, from an ill Conformation of the Fye itfelf; as 
 for Inftance, when the Eye happens "o be too large or too 
 fmall, or when the Pupil, or clear tranfparent Pair of the 
 Eye is narrow, and ibmewhat longifh, as is obfervublc in 
 many Horfes; for in this Cafe the Cryft.Iline Humour 
 feems to be over-much comprefs'd by the ciicumambient 
 Parts ; and if any Rheum, or flux of Humours, happen to 
 fall into an Eye that has this Defe6t in it, the Infirmity 
 will readily Incrcafe, and in time the Retina^ or Bottom of 
 the Eye, will be quite hid, fo as to produce Blindnefs. Yet 
 notwithftanding all thefe Imperfections, a Horfe's Eyes 
 inay be very good, if he be otherwife of a hearty D.fpofi- 
 tion ; and they may continue good during his Life, if 
 there be proper Care taken of him, and that he meets with 
 no Accident ; however, as all Difeafes are the worfe the 
 more they are complicated, therefore when any Accident 
 Iiappens to the Eyes, its Cure will be the more difficult, 
 ■where there is, befides the Difeafe, a natural Defedl and 
 imperfedion in the Eye itfelf. 
 
 Having thus diftinguifh'd between thofe Difeafes Of the 
 Eyes that proceed from external Accidents, and thofe that 
 iarife from internal Caufes, or from an ill Conformation of 
 the Eye itfelf, or when there is a Complication of thofe 
 Caufes ; we are in hopes, by this general Divifion, the Dif- 
 eafes incident to the Eyes of Horfes will he much the bet- 
 ter underftood, becaufe all the different Sorts of Blind nefsj^ 
 and all other Accidents whatfoever happening to the Eyes, 
 are reducible to one or other of thefe general Caufes, which 
 not being fufliciently attended unto by Farriers, has made 
 thofe Cures hitherto very imperfed^ 
 
 CHAP. XXL 
 
 Of a Wound or Bloix) on the Eye^ as ulfo of 
 other external Accidents, 
 
 'TpHE Difeafes which are caufed by outward Accidents 
 '*■ become more or lefs dangerous to the Eyes, accord- 
 ing as the Caufe is more or lefs violent, but efpecially as 
 the Horfe happens to be in a good or bad ftate of Health 
 when fuch Accidents befal him. 
 
 When the Caufe is fimple, as for Inftance, SmaU Acd- 
 proceeding only from Duft, or any other ex- ^^"^^ °" *^^ ^ . 
 traneous Matter blown into theEyes, or when £yes,^'nvcur'a^ 
 N z ' they
 
 6i The Farrier*^ New Guide. Chap. XXL 
 
 they are hurt by (harp frofty Winds, or the like ; if thefe 
 Diforders do not wear oft' immediately upon Reft, as is 
 ufual, then the Eye ought to be look'd into ; and if there 
 be any bit of fharp Sand or Gravel fticking to either An- 
 gle, it fliould be wip'd out with a bit of very fine Spunge, 
 cut fmali at the Point, and ty'd with a wax'd Thread to 
 the End of a Stick ; if there is nothing to be feen, the moft 
 fimple and eafy things in the Beginning will go nigh to 
 relieve them, and recover them to their ufual Strength 
 and Vigour, as a little Plantain and Red-rofe Water, or 
 the Leaves of Plaintain and Red-rofes boil'd in Water, 
 wafhing the Eyes with the Decodtion three or four times 
 a Day Blood-warm. 
 
 But when a Horfe receives a Wound or Blow on the 
 Eye, or fo near as to caufe ah Inflammation in the Eye, 
 
 a-L n I the firft thing to be done in this Cafe is, 
 \[he Cure of a i -kt i • i • r i 
 
 Wound or Bl<nv. ^° °P^" ^"^ Neck- vein, taking from thence 
 a moderate Quantity of Blood ; and this I 
 rather chufe than opening that near the Eye ; becaufe when 
 the Neck-vein is opened, it will not caule fo great a Deri- 
 vation towards the Eye, as when the Eye-vein is opened ; 
 for when an Orifice is made too near the afFeded Part, the 
 Blood is apt to flow in an over-great Quantity, towards that 
 Part, as we have already obferv'd in another Place ; and 
 the Eyes being in a dependent Pofition, as they are fit ua ted 
 in the lower Part of the Forehead, the Blood therefore falls 
 by a very eafy defcent into them. 
 
 After Bleeding the Eye may be look'd into, but if it 
 be fo much fwell'd that it cannot eafily be open'd, as it 
 often falls out, becaufe of the immediate Flux of Blood 
 into the Eyelids j then the following Application may be 
 made, viz. 
 
 '* Take Conferve of Red-rofes, fpread it pretty thick 
 on a Pledgit of fine Flax, or clean Hurds, and lay it 
 over the Eye, applying at the fame time above the Eye- 
 pits, and about the Temples, Flax dipp'd in a Charge 
 made with Vinegar, the white of an Egg, and Bole- 
 armoniack ; this by allaying the Heat, will put a Check 
 to the Blood, and hinder it from flowing too faft to- 
 wards the Eye. 
 The whole Drefilng ought to be cover'd with a Bandage 
 about four or five Inches Broad ; this may be made of 
 pretty thick, but foft Canvas, ftitch'd to the upper Part of 
 Ihe Collar, fo as to cover the Half of the Face i when 
 
 the
 
 Chap. XXI. Of a Wound on the Eyey 5cc. 69 
 
 the Sorance is but in one Eye, it ought to reach to the 
 middle of his Nofe, and to have a Piece of ftrong Tape 
 faften'd to each of the lower Corners to tie behind ; but 
 this mult be fo cafy, as not to hinder the Adlion of the 
 lower Jaw. 
 
 Bathe or moiften the Edges of the Eye-lids with warm 
 Honey of Rofes and Red Wine two or three times a Day, 
 There will be no Occafion ot torturing him too much, by 
 forcing Medicines into the Eye, for in all fuch Cafes thole 
 harlh Methods do more Harm than Good, for as the Eye 
 is a tender fenfible Part, it is to be us'd with all the gen- 
 tlenefs imaginable. 
 
 But becaufe an Increafe of the Quantity of Blood muft 
 certainly be prejwdicial where the Eye is bruis'd or wound- 
 ed, and has a great tendency to Inflammation ; therefore, 
 befides the opening of a Vein (a Method of drefling being 
 now fet on foot) fome other Evacuations may be encou- 
 raged, for which Purpofe he may have purging Clyfters, 
 or every now and then fome kind of Phyfick. that is very 
 moderate ; for ftrong Purging, by putting the Blood in 
 too great an Agitation, would be apt to make it flow over- 
 readily into the difeafed Part, which is to be avoided as 
 much as poflible ; and therefore I prefer the Ufe of Cly- 
 fters to other Purging, in this Cafe efpecially, as we don't 
 fuppofeany Fault in the Blood. 
 
 And therefore feeing the Body is only to be kept coo!, 
 fo far as relates to Internals, a foluble Diet mufl: alfo be 
 very proper, giving him, inftead of Oats, fcalded Bran, as 
 alfo now and tlien a Mafh of Malt ; and in his Water may 
 fometimes be dillblv'd half an Ounce of purify'd Nitre or 
 8al Prunella^ which will alfo contribute to the fame End. 
 
 His Exercife ought to be gentle, fuch as will not excite 
 too great Heat, but rather cool and refrefli his Body, and 
 create an Appetite. 
 
 If there be the Appearance of proud Flelh upon the 
 Wound, take Powder of Tutty finely levigated, and lay a 
 little of it on the Excrefcence once a Day ; or thus, Take 
 Tutty prepar'd, burnt Allum and Sugar-Candy in fine 
 Powder, of each equal Parts, take a fmall Quantity of 
 this Powder between your Finger and Thumb, and appjy 
 it upon the Fungus. 
 
 A Wound or Blow may be thus eafily cur'd if the Eye 
 
 ip not very much bruis'd, or if the Woun4 be but fuper- 
 
 N 3 ficial
 
 ?o The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. XXII. 
 
 iicial, and clear from the Pupilla of the Eye ; but when it 
 is otherwife, Death or Blindnefs may be expected. 
 
 When a Horfe's Eye happens to burft fomewhat out of 
 its Socket, by the Violence of a Blow or Wound ftretching 
 or cutting the Mufcles, the firll Thing to be done is, to re- 
 duce it, and put it carefully in its Place, applying the 
 Charge as above direded ; and after the fame Method of 
 keeping the Horfe's Body cool and open has alfo been 
 comply'd with, and that it begins to matter, it may be 
 drefs'd with the following Digeftivc, viz. 
 
 *"• Take Honey four Ounces, Oil of Rofes one Ounce, 
 f ' and the Yolks of two Eggs, mix them together, by ftir- 
 ** ring them with a Knife, or wooden Slice ; and when 
 *' the Digellive has been made a Rule warm before the 
 *' Fire, dip a Pledgit of Flax into it, and apply it over the 
 *' Eye." This may be done once or twice a Day, and a 
 reitringent Charge conunueu over the Dreffing, until the 
 Cure is ptrform'd, though in reality the Iflue will be very 
 doubtful, if the Mufcles are much relax'd or wounded. 
 
 Note^ In ;'.!] Accidents where the Eye is bruis'd, or wound" 
 ed, a Horfe ought to have no Oats given him but what 
 are boil'd foft, until the worfl Symptoms are gone ; but 
 efpecially in this lalt Cafe, where it is protruded and thruft 
 out of its Socket, for then his Food ought to be only fcald- 
 ed Bran, now and then with a mixture of Oats; becaufe 
 the Adion of the Jaw, in chewing hard Food, would be 
 a great Means to hinder the Cure. 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 Of Rheums and hfammations in the Eyesl 
 
 Rheums and '"pHO' Rheums and Inflammations, for 
 hjicmn.ations. -■• the moft Part, accompany the ilighteft 
 Diforders in the Eye, yet, if after a Wound or Bruife has 
 been he il'd, the Eye continues weak and indifpos'd, a Horfe 
 will become n:uch fubjcdl to thofe Diforders for the Fu- 
 ture, efpecially upon tva^j Change ot Air or Diet, or as 
 often as he chances to be rid harder than ordinary, or put 
 upon any uncommon and unufual Exercife. 
 
 The like will alfo happen from any other Caufe inducing 
 ,. .e^knefs into the Eye, as after a Cold, or other Sick- 
 iii-ii .:>{isding the Eyes, and where there has not at firlt 
 
 been
 
 Chap. XXII. Of Rheums y n^c. 71 
 
 been fufficient Care taken to put a Check to the Influx of 
 the Humours, or to take off their Acidity and Sharpnefs ; 
 for by this Means the Eye becomes injur'd, and is render'd 
 liable to Rheums and Defluxions, and to many other Ac- 
 cidents, notwithllanding the Horfe may, in all other Re- 
 Ipecls, be recover'd to a good State of Health. 
 
 Sometimes thofe Symptoms do accompany, or are the 
 Effeds of an ill Habit of Body ; whether that be induc'd at 
 firft by an Over-plenitude, or if it arifes from Debility and 
 Lownefs, or from any other Caufe, whereby the Blood be- 
 comes vitiated : For as the Eyes are very tender, and of 
 exquifite Senfe, they muft therefore be as fenfibly affefted 
 m all fuch Indifpofitions, as any other Part of the Body. 
 
 And therefore in order to the Cure, the ny ^ 
 Farrier ought to examine diligently both in- ^' ^*^^° 
 
 to the paft State and prefent Condition of the Horfe. If 
 he finds him under any Indifpolition, then his firft and 
 chief Care mull be to remove that ; that, for Inftance, if 
 he be hide-bound, or if he has got the Farcin or Mange, 
 iJc. fuch Things as are hereafter ordeied in thofe Cales, 
 muft be adminifter'd to him at the fame Time that proper 
 Applications are made to the Eyes \ but if a Horfe be 
 otherwife in a tolerable State of Health, the Farrier may 
 conclude, that there is either feme natural Infirmity in the 
 Eye, difpofing it to thofe Diforders, or elfe that the Eye is 
 rendered very weak and difeafed by a continual Defluxion 
 upon it J in either of which Cafes it will not be very need- 
 ful to burthen him with Medicines : But yet if the Horfe 
 fae fuUof Flefli, left the Diftemper fliould be over-much 
 fed, a moderate quantity of Blood may be taken from 
 him, and he may be purg'd gently every Week, or have 
 now and then a Clyfter given him ; and the other Rules 
 of Diet and Exercife, which have been laid down in the 
 foregoing Chapter, may alfo be obferved. 
 
 After thefe general Diredions, we fhall conclude this 
 Chapter, by inferting fuch Remedies as the Pradice of the 
 beft Marifhals has warranted to be the moft effectual in all 
 outward Intentions, where the Eyes have been troubled 
 with fharp Rheum.s and Inflammations. 
 
 If the Eyes are only inflam'd, without a Defluxion of <?^- 
 fum upon them, they may be wafli'd once or twice a Day 
 with a little Wine, Red or White j or Wine wherein the 
 Leaves or Tops of the common Briar have been boiled ; 
 or if thefe are not in Seafon, the following may be ufed. 
 
 N 4 ** Take
 
 yz The ParrierV Ne-:JJ Guide. Chap. XXII. 
 
 " Take Camomile and Red-rofe Leaves, of each half a 
 '' handful, boil them in a Pint of Water till a Fourth part 
 " be confumed, ftrain the Decodlion, and add to it a Dram 
 " of Caniphire, firft dillblv'd in a Spoonful of Brandy." 
 Let your Horfe's Eyes be moiitened therewith two or three 
 Times a Day. 
 
 Or the following Remedies may be ufed, which will 
 be of equal Ser' ice in all Cafes where there is a De- 
 fluxion of Rheum, or where there is only an Inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 " Take white Vitriol two Pounds, Roch-allum three 
 " Pounds, fine Bole-annoniack half a Pound, Litharge of 
 '* Gold or Silver two Ounces'* Reduce ail the Ingredient;? 
 to Powder, and put them into a new glaz'd earthen Pot, 
 with three quarts of Water, boil them very gently over 
 a fni^ll Fire without Srnoke, fet ecjually round the Pot, 
 till the Water be evaporated, and the Matter at the Bottom 
 perfeftly dry ; then remove the Pot frorn the Fire, and 
 fufFer the Matter to cool, Avliich ought tq be hard, and 
 ■will grow ftill harder the longer it is kept. This is called 
 0e Lapis mirabilisy or wonderful Stone. 
 
 *' Put half an Ounce of this Stone in a Glafs Bottle, 
 f * with Four Ounces of Water, it will be diflblved in a 
 *' quarter of an Hour, and make the Water as white as 
 *' Milk, when you fhake the Bottle ; you mult wa{h the 
 *' fore Eye Morning and Evening with the Water or So- 
 f lution". A Solution thus made will keep twenty 
 Days. 
 
 This I have taken from the Sieur de Solleyfell, who 
 gives the following Accourit of it i and doubtlefs it mull 
 ^e very good. 
 
 *' Some Apothecaries (fays he) keep this Stone in their 
 *' Shops, and make Ufe of it for Men j and as for me, I 
 ** ufe it for Horfes, nor ever feek any other Remedy for 
 ^' Rheums, Blows, or Moon-eyes. Every Man that is 
 *' Mailer of a Horfe, ought to keep fome of it by him, 
 " for it will keep very good long ; and there are few Re- 
 ** medies for the Eyes that are not inferior to it. 
 
 Many of this Kind might be added, but w-e fliall con» 
 tent ourlelves in this Place by inferting one more, which 
 has been us'd with equal Succels both to Man and Beaft; 
 ^nd has been recommended' for fuch Intentions by one of 
 fhe belt Judges i and is as follows, 
 
 <« Take
 
 Ch. XXIII. OfLunatick, or Moon Eyes'. 75 
 
 " Take Roman Vitriol and Bole-armoniack of each two 
 *' Ounces, Camphire half an Ounce, and powder them 
 *' together ; of this Mixture fprinkle half an Ounce at a 
 •' Time in two Pound of boiling Water, in which ftir it 
 " well about, then take it off the Fire, let it fettle, and 
 ** decant off that which is clear by Inclination." This is 
 an excellent Remedy, not only for Rheums and Defluxions 
 of the Eyes, but for many Purpofes externally. It may 
 be made ftronger or weaker, as the Praditioner Ihall fee 
 Occafion. 
 
 C H A F. xxiir. 
 
 Of Lunatick or Moon-Eyes. 
 
 Vy HE N a Defluaion of Rheum has What meant fy 
 ^ ' continu'd fo long as to caufe an obfti- Moon-Eyes, 
 natc Stagnation in the fmall Arteries of the Tunica adnata^ 
 or outermoll Coat of the Eye, and a Relaxation of the 
 imail Kernels that are feated at each of its Angles, it be- 
 comes then very hard and difficult to be cured ; but by 
 the Lentor and Corrofivenefs of the Matter, it at length 
 deftroys the TranfpareHcy and Clearnefs of the Cornea^ io 
 as to caufe Blindnefs j and when this happens to a Horfe, 
 he is faid to be Moon-blind. 
 
 Now this Diftemper, which goes under this Name, docs 
 not always make one continued Progrefs, but oftentimes 
 the Rheum, in a great Meafure, dries up ; and when that 
 happens, unlefs the Matter has been fo fharp as to corrode 
 the Cornea^ a Horfe's Eye will again look clear and 
 tranfparent ; but becaufe thofe Parts have been fo much 
 weakened, and the Glands fo much relax'd, every little 
 Error committed either in Feeding or Exercife, and every 
 flight Cold, and even the Sharpnefs of the Air, will caufe 
 a Return of the Humour ; which VicilTitudcs have occa- 
 lion'd Farriers, in ancient Times, when, thro' Ignorance, 
 much was afcrib'd to the Influence of the Planets, to attribute 
 this Diforder to the Moon, infomuch that even the Sieur de 
 SoUeyfell being prepoflefs'd with the ftme Notion, very 
 gravely fays, " That the Eyes of thofe Horles which 
 ** are troubled with this Diftemper, are darkened with a 
 ^' Rheum at certain Times of the Moon, whereas at other 
 " Times they appear fo bright, that you would conclude 
 
 ^' they
 
 74 TbeVARRUR's New Guide. Ch-XXIIF. 
 
 *' they were perfedly found". And afterwards he adds, 
 *' That ibme enjoy an Inierval oi fix Months, others are 
 " troubled with a Return of the Diltemper once in three 
 ** Months, and fome grow lunatick every two Months." 
 But according to the llrideft Obfervaiion I have been able 
 to make, this Diltemper feems to bear a near Affinity with 
 that v.-hich in Man is called the Epiphora^ refembling it 
 both m its Signs, Caufe, and Effeds ; only that in Horfes 
 it is more fatal to the Sight, becaufe of the prone Po/ition 
 ot a Horfe's Head, which gives the Humours a ftronger 
 Tendency towards the Eyes. 
 
 *rhe Caufe. ^^ ^^^^^ '^^ Origin, generally fpeaking, 
 
 from the Want ot tiie common Dilcharges 
 of the Pores of the .^kin, and by Urine ; and from ihofe 
 Things that may occalion a too great Accumulation of the 
 Serum in the Blood, whether they proceed firftof all from 
 a Cold, or from any other Caufe. 
 
 The Signs are alfo manifeft, for in this Diftemper the 
 Eyes appear hot, fwoln, dark, and troubled with a conti- 
 nual Rheum and Weeping, and according to the laft men- 
 tion'd Author, with a feint Yellownefs under the Apple, 
 which, as he rightly obferves, is the lured Sign, as it muft 
 be the conftant Effeift of exceflive Heat and Moifture in 
 ihofe Parts. 
 
 The Cure muft, as to Internals, be chiefly perform'd by 
 Purging Medicines, and fuch as are of the greateft Efficacy 
 to fufe and melt down the ferous Parts of the Blood ; for 
 Phlebotomy is needlefs, and oftentimes proves hurtful in 
 this Cafe. And therefore if the Horle be coftive, after you 
 have opened him with a Clyiter or two, let the following 
 Balls be given him. 
 
 *' Take of the cleareft fhining Aloes two Ounces, Tur- 
 *' bith Root in fine Powder half an Ounce, Diagridium 
 " two Drams, Liquorice Powder Four Ounces j make 
 them into large Balls with a fufficient Quantity of Frefh 
 Butter. Let thefe be given in Wine, or any other Liquid, 
 to wafh them down j and for a Change, the following 
 Purge may be fometimes exhibited, viz, 
 
 *' Take Aloes and Jalap in Powder, of each an Ounce 
 *' and a half. Cream of Tartar three Ounces, Diagridium 
 ** one Dram". Ler this be given in a Quart of White- 
 wine, Ale, or Beer, Wun. . . ming it, becaufe if it be 
 hot, Jbme of the Ingredients, as the Aioes and Diagridium, 
 and even the Jalap, if it be relinous, will be apt lo ryn into 
 Lumps. Bi^t
 
 CHAt». XXIIL Of Moon-Eyes: 7$ 
 
 But if it be hard to get down this Medicine, becaufe of 
 the Naufeous Bitternefs of the Aloes, the Jalap, Aloes, and 
 Diagridium, may be made into a Pafte with Liquorice 
 Powder, and a fufficient Quantity of Butter as the other, 
 and the Cream of Tartar diflblv'd in the Liraor with 
 which it is to be wafh'd down, or in fome warm Water> 
 after it begins to v/ork. 
 
 The Purging mull be repeated twice every Week, or ac- 
 cording to the Horfe's Strength, walking him for half an 
 Hour after his Phylick, as is ufual ; during which time his 
 Food ought to be moderate, but yet what is neceflary to 
 fuftain Nature ; for the ftrongeft Horfe will fufFer by Purg- 
 ing, if his Food is not in fome Meafure proportioned 
 to it. 
 
 And while this Method is comply'd with, as to Inter- 
 nals, his Eyes ought to be conftantly wet Morning and 
 Evening with one or other of thofe Waters, which are the 
 laft inferted in the foregoing Chapter ; and three or four 
 times a Day let them be bath'd with the following Decoc- 
 tion, made warm every time it is ufed. 
 
 " Take Leaves of Mallows and Marfh-mallows, of 
 " each a Handful, Red-rofe Leaves and Melilot Flowers, 
 " of each halt a Handful -, the Heads of two white Pop- 
 " pies fliced, and two Ounces of Fenugreek-feeds: Boil 
 " them in two Quarts of Water to three Pints." This 
 will greatly contribute to blunt the Acrimony and Sharp- 
 nefs of the Serum. 
 
 The fame Ingredients boil'd wi'.h five or fix Crap-apples, 
 and afterwards beat in a Marble or Stone Mortar, and 
 pulp'd thro' a Sieve, will make an excellent Cataplafm to 
 lay over the Eye, in order to allay the Heat, and put a 
 Check to the Influx of the Humours. 
 
 The Corners of your Horfe's Eyes may be alfo touched • 
 now and then with a little of the following Ointment, 
 viz. 
 
 "Take frefh Butter four Ounces, white Wax one Ounce, 
 ** Tutty finely prepared half an Ounce, Sugar of Lead 
 *' two Drams, white Vitriol one Dram, Camphire two 
 *' Scruples : Mix and make an Ointment." 
 
 As foon as you obferve the Symptoms be- Hanxj a Moon- 
 gin to abate, let him be moderately rid every ^y^ ^°^'fi " '^ 
 Day in fome ftiady Place ; for the Exercife ^f ""^"f .f '^ 
 will contribute to mend the Faults of hisCon- ^J^ DiLmter. 
 ftitution : But if you ride him too much in " v / • 
 • ■ the
 
 7<5 The FarrierV Ne'uj Guide. Ch. XXIIL 
 
 rhe Sun, or where the Light is too ftrong, you'll be apt to 
 create frefh Trouble ; for though the ferous Part of the 
 Blood may be render'd more thin and fluid, and its Acri- 
 mony much abated by the Ufe of Exercife, and the Help of 
 proper Remedies, and confequently the Moifturc leflcned, 
 yet as the Eyes themfelves muft be impair'd by a long and 
 continued Defluxion, they muft therefore have Time to re- 
 cover that Weaknefs. For the fame Reafon, the Ufe of fit 
 Applications muft not be too foon laid afide, but fuch things 
 conftantly provided as will comfort and ftrengthen thofe 
 Parts, though they ought to be of more gentle Operation 
 than what were us'd during the Violence of the Diftemper. 
 Wherefore we very much recommend Decodions of Red- 
 rofe Leaves, Plantain, Ground-Ivy, or their diftill'd Waters, 
 with thofe of Eye-bright, Chervil, Celandine, and the like, 
 for outward Ufe ; and thefe to be continued foe fome con- 
 iiderable Time : And if there be the leaft Appearance of a 
 Return, a fmall Quantity of white Vitriol, or the white 
 Troches of Rhajls may be dilTolv'd in either of thefe "Wa- 
 ters, viz. half a Dram of the Vitriol, or a Dram of the 
 Troches, to four Ounces of the Water : And by following 
 this Method, any Horfe may certainly be cured, unlefs there 
 be fome natural Defeat in the Eye, or that it has been too 
 much injured by the Corrofion of the Diftemper. 
 rev . nt .1 J Moft Farriers, when they find this Dif- 
 
 iPhal Methods r , n- y it r ^ -n 
 
 are penerally ^^^^ obftinate, rowel a Horfe near the Jbyes, 
 vfed^vben the ^^^ ^^^^ up the Eyc-veins; but in taking up 
 Dijiemper a Vein, I prefer SolieyfelN Method, becaule 
 
 fra^ss ob/Ii- he does not make Incifion into the Vein ir- 
 «^/f- felt, but ties it with a wax Thread, and by 
 
 that Means the Communication is as effedually flopped. 
 But whatever Succefs may have been attributed to the ta- 
 king up of Veins for Infirmities in the Eyes, there can be 
 but little faid to countenance that Operation, fince by tying 
 up thofe Veins the Return of the Blood is hinder'd ; and 
 therefore it can only be fuppofed to do Service where the 
 Eye is Ihrunk, and like to perifli for Want of its proper 
 Nourifliment. As to Ro welling, that may indeed, and 
 often is of Service, becaule by it many fmal{ Veflels, both 
 Veins and Arteries, are opened. And as the Arterial 
 Blood moves with a greater Impetus than that of the 
 Veins, the grcatcft Part of the Difcharge muft therefore be 
 fro.m tlje Arteries ; fo that a lefi'er Quantity of Blood muft 
 be dcriv'd towards the Eye. 
 
 5ome
 
 Chap. XXIIJ. Of Moon- Eyes y Sacl 77 
 
 Some make the Rowel at the Side of each Eye, v;hich 
 is not amifs, when upon the Mufcles on the Flat of the 
 Cheek-Bone. Others make a Seaton under the Poll, which 
 is alfo very proper, and will not disfigure a Horfe fo much 
 as the other. The Way to perform this is, by paffing a large 
 three-edg'd Needle under that Part of the Horfe's Neck- 
 where his Mane begins ; or if you would rather chufe to 
 do it without Blood, make Ufe of a fharp Iron almoft red 
 Hot ; when you have pierced the Flefh, have a large Probe- 
 Needle in Readinefs, with a plaited Hempen Cord, or one 
 ©f Hair dip'd in Wax or Bafilicon^ to follow the Iron : This 
 may be moved once or twice a Day, and every now and 
 then frefh Ointment put upon it to keep it running. 
 
 But there are befides the taking up of Veins and Rowel- 
 ing, feveral other Operations made by Farriers for the Cure 
 of Lunatick Eyes ; as the giving the Fire, and cauterizing 
 the upper Part of the Forehead ; and fome, when the Cafe 
 has been defperate, have had Recourfe to a v^y defperate 
 Cure, and to fave one Eye, have put out the other, by run- 
 ning a Needle acrofs through the Eye-Ball: But we can 
 fay very little in favour of thefe Operations, not only as 
 they are both exceflive painful and uncertain, but alfo as 
 they have had but fmall Approbation by thofe who have 
 been the beft Judges. But there is one other, which, in 
 fome Cafes, may be neceffary ; and if it does not make a 
 Cure, yet if it be well perform'd, it fometimes affords Re- 
 lief, and that is cutting out the Haw, which is only fome 
 Part of the Kernelly Subftance that lies at the Corners and 
 Bottom of the Eye, which being very much relax'd, and, 
 as it were, foak'd by the continual Influx of the Rheum, ar 
 length enlarges to fuch a Degree, that like a Piece of 
 Spunge, it thrulls out the under Eyelid, and thereby oc- 
 cafions both Pain and continual Weeping. 
 
 Now when you have apply'd all things that are proper to 
 harden and conilringe that Glandulous Subftance, and fo to 
 make it contract itfelf, but without Succefs ; and when you 
 obferve the Excrefcence grown fo large that it cannot be 
 eafily deftroy'd by any Application, that would not at the 
 fame time hazard the Eye, then Recourfe muft be had to cut- 
 ting, which ought to be gone about in the following manner. 
 The Horfe being caft, and fo fecur'd that he ^-^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^,^ 
 cannot move, you are to take a Needle arm'd j^^^^ ^„^ ^y \ 
 with a wax'd Thread, and having pierc'd Horft's Eye. 
 the under Eyelid below the Griftle that fur- 
 rounds
 
 7S T/jeVAnniiR's Neiv Guide. Chap.XXIIL 
 
 rounds it near the Comej towards the Nofe, you are afier- 
 wards to give the Thread to feme skilful Peifon to hold, 
 that the Eyelid may be kept open ; and by this means the 
 Excrefcence will fairly appear. The Operator muft then, 
 by the help of a fine Hook, take hold of the upper Part of 
 the Excrcicence, and draw it upwards, that he may fee all 
 Parts to which it adheres, and with a very fine Inftrument 
 feparate firft above from the Eye-ball, and then below from 
 the under Eyelid ; and if it grows pretty far backwards 
 towards the outer Corner of the Eye, another Thread ought 
 to be drawn through the under Eyelid, about its middle, 
 pafling the Needle alfo under the Griftle, that by holding 
 back the Eyelid, it may be the more eafily feparated from 
 thence : And when it has been in this Manner freed from 
 all its Adhefions, both above and below, it muH be cut as 
 near as poflible to the Inner Corner and Bottom of the Eye, 
 drying up the Blood and Moifture with a foft Sponge. 
 
 This Operation is perform'd by the French, and fome Ita- 
 lian Farriers, but feldom or never by the Englijh^ unlefs 
 ■when there is an Ungius, which is a hard, membranous, or 
 rather cartilaginous Subftance, growing to the inner Corner 
 of the Eye, which almoll every Smith can take off, by paf- 
 iing a Needle thro' the upper Part of it ; and when they 
 have puU'd it gently out by the Thread, they cut it off with 
 a ftiarp Inftrument, or Sciifars, and that is what our Farriers 
 call cutting out the Haw ; and this is indeed a more eafy, 
 and perhaps a more neceflary Operation than the other. 
 
 After the Operation has been thus perform'd, the Eye may 
 be wafli'd with red Wine, or Aqua vitce ; and to prevent 
 a frefh Inflammation, which will readily enough happen 
 after Cutting, a reftringent Charge made with Vinegar, 
 Bole-Armoniack, tfr. may be apply'd over the Eye and 
 Temples, until iuch time as it comes to be in good tem- 
 per ; and a little Honey of Rofes may be fometimes dropt 
 into the Eye warm, which will bring the Matter to a good 
 Digeftion ; but if there be the leall Appearance of a frefli 
 Excrefcence, which is not uncommon in thofe moift Parts, 
 and efpecially where they cannot be kept down by the Ap- 
 plication of Bandages, then recourfe mull be had to the 
 Vitriol Water, or the Solution of the Lapis Alirabilis in- 
 ferted in the foregoing Chapter ; and in the mean while the 
 Eye muft be as little as poffible expos'd to the Light. By 
 all which means a great Check will be put to the Humours, 
 and their Conflux will be much leis for the Time to come. 
 
 Moa
 
 Chap. XXIII. Of Moon-Eyes, <tc\ 79 
 
 Moft People are of Opinion that this Diftemper is here- 
 ditary, as well as govern'd by the Moon ; and therefore that 
 it is never to be cured. It is very crue, a perfed: Cure is ve- 
 ry hard to be efFeftuated, efpecially when it has beer of 
 long Continuance ; but I am very fure, and fo muft every 
 one whe is the leaft acquainted with the animal Oeconomy, 
 that tho' a Horfe may naturally be of fuch a Conftitution, 
 as will difpofe him more particularly to this Diftemper, yet 
 the fame may proceed from any other Caufe. We Ihall 
 therefore put an End to this Chapter, by inferring an Obfer- 
 vation of one Taquetus^ as it is recited by the Sieur de Sol- 
 leyfell, becaufe it may be of Service to Gentlemen who 
 breed Horfes, fince it is more eafy to prevent Difeafes by pro- 
 per Keeping, than it is to remove them when once they 
 have got fure Footing. Solleyfelh Words are thefe. 
 
 *' This is an hereditary Diftemper, and . ^Mr^ .• - 
 " thererore great i-are muft be taken to ^^ Taquetus 
 •* chule Stallions that have good Eyes ; it ^^t c^SolIeyfell. 
 " may alfo be occafion'd by the Foal's eat- 
 *' ing Oats with his Dam when he is but one Year old, or 
 *' younger ; for by their ftraining and endeavouring to chew 
 ** the Oats, the Veins above and about the Eyes are 
 ** ftretched and diftended ; and confequently dn.w too 
 *' much Blood to thofe Parts, which by the too great 
 ** Quantity of Nouriihment, are heated and render'd ob- 
 ** noxious either to that kind which follows the Courfe of 
 *' the Moon, or to the other, which waftes and deftroys 
 *' the Eye. I have borrowed this Obfervation from a 
 ** Treatife concerning Horfes, compos'd by one Johii ^a- 
 '* quet^ who exprelly affirms. That the Lofs of a Foal's 
 ** Eye is not occafioned by the Subftance of the Oats, 
 " which may be fuppofed to heat them, but only by their 
 *' ftraining too hard in chewing that hard Sort of Food ; 
 *' and to prevent thofe fatal Confequences, headvifes thofe 
 *' who have Foals, to caufe their Oats to be ground or 
 ** ftamp'd : by which Means, he fays, they will grow 
 *' ftrong and lufty, without the leaft Danger of Rheums, 
 *' or any other Infirmity in the Eyes. 
 
 I (hall only add to what Taquet has judicioufly obferv'd, 
 that over-much Feeding, of whatever Kind, as it eafily 
 caufes an over-plenitude in young Horfes, who eat heartily, 
 may therefore very readily bring Defluxions and other 
 Weakneffes upon the Eyes : And many of our Englijh 
 Colts fuffer by an Excefs of this Kind, as others do by be- 
 ing
 
 80 The^ARRnR'sNei^jGrnde. Gmap.XXIV. 
 
 jng put too early to hard Labour, and owe theif Difeafes 
 in the Eyes more lo thefe Errors, than either to the Moon 
 or to their Sire. 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 Of Films, JVebSy and other T^ifeafes of the 
 Eyes of Horfes, caiifmg Dimnefs or Lofs 
 of Sight » 
 
 External Blind- \JiT^ often obferv'c, after a Horfe has been 
 Tie/s from Films y VV ^^^^ ^jj^g troubled with a Defluxion 
 ond Scars on of Rheum, or Other Dilbrders in his Eyes, 
 ihc Cornea. jj^^j^ ^j^j^^ Subllances grow over them, foas 
 to obfcure the Sight, and thefe fometimes adhere fo clofely 
 to the Eye, that it is very hard to remove them ; fome- 
 times from the fame Caules, or from fome flight Wound, 
 the Cornea, or horny Coat of the Eye, is rendcr'd obfcure, 
 that the Light cannot pafs through it ; for when it is fret- 
 ted by the Corrofion and Sharpnels of Matter, and its 
 Subftance abraded and wore ; or if that happens by any 
 outward Accident, its Reunion may ealily become imper- 
 feft, becaufe of" its exquifite Fincnefs, which cannot be 
 again equally united, but, like a Darn in a Piece of fin6 
 Lawn, will appear with a vilible Blemifli, and become 
 more or lefs injurious to the Sight, according as the Eye: 
 hiis been more or lefs hurt. 
 
 . Sometimes the Caufes of Blindnefs c.r 
 
 \Lheinurnal Dimnefs are more internal, and, according 
 
 • ' ^ to fome, may proceed from a Condenfatioii 
 
 moitrs, or inner' » c ^ ii r u r- 
 
 tnoji Parts of °^ Curdling of the Humours of the Eye ; 
 the Eye. wittch though they be naturally clear and 
 
 tranfparent, yet by exceflive Heat they be- 
 come thick and opaque, like the White of an Egg wheii 
 it is boil'd. Sometimes Blindnefs is occafioned by fome 
 l-'oreign Subftance gathered in the watry Humour of the 
 Eye, which at length increafes fo as to hinder the Light 
 from paffing through the cryftalline and glally Humours 
 into the Retina, or Bottom of the Eye. "Lhis Deftift in 
 a human Eye h C2dkd a. Cataraely and is the fame which 
 the Farriers diftinguifh by the different Names of a 
 Sped, Pearl, or Dragon, according to its different Ap- 
 pearance?, 01 according to the Progrefs it makes on the 
 
 Eye,
 
 Chap. XXIV. Of Films, Webs, ace. 8i 
 
 Eye. When it is very fmall, and {hows itfelf only in the 
 Bottom of the watry Humour, it is then called a Dragon ; 
 if more towards the Surface, a Zpeck ; and when it comes 
 to its Maturity, and covers the whole Pupil, or Apple of 
 the Eye, or when it is grown pretty large, it is called a 
 Pearl. But there is one Sort of Blindnef'', which is as 
 common and ufual among Horfes as any other, and that 
 is, where there is no vifible Defect in the Eyes, but the out- 
 ward Coat and Humours appear tranfparenr, and without 
 Blemifli, and this Sort is as difficult to be reaioved as any; 
 becaufe the Fault lies in the Comprefhon of the Retina, or 
 Optick Nerve, by an over-great Diftention of the Vell'els 
 that are interwoven in it. 
 
 When the Eye is onlycover'd with a Film ^^ Cure of 
 or membranous Subllance, unlefs that has «xternalBlind- 
 its Origin from a Scar made on the clear ^''■f^' 
 tranfparent Part of the Cortiea, or horny Coat, it may, and 
 is often cured by external Applications only, and fuch as 
 are very eafy and fimple ; as the Juice of Celandine, Eye- 
 bright, and the like, dropt into the Eye ; but when there 
 is a Scar, or if the Film adheres very clofe to the Subftance 
 of the Eye, Things of a more powerful Operation will then 
 be requir'd, as the camphorated Water, or the Water made 
 by a Solution of the Lapis mirabiiis, as direded in the 2 ijl 
 Chapter ; or the following Eye-JVater, which I have otter* 
 experienced to be moft effei5lual, not only to clear the Eye 
 from Films, ^r. but do the greateft Service in all Rheums 
 and Defluxions, and even cure thofe where there has been 
 an apparent Defefi: on the Cornea. 
 
 *' Take unflack'd Lime four Ounces, and pour upon it 
 " a Quart of boiling Water ; after it has fettled fome 
 ** Time, and grown clear, pour it off gently from the 
 " Lime, and then filter it through Brown Paper, and put 
 *' it afterwards into a clean Brafs or Copper Pan, and dif- 
 *' folve in it one Ounce of crude Sal Annoniack, letting it 
 ** Hand in that Vellel until it turns to a very beautiful blue 
 " Colour, then filter it as before, and keep it for Ufe. 
 " Let four or five Drops of this Water be inftill'd into the 
 " Horfe's Eye every Day, once or oftner, as there (hall be 
 '' Occafion." 
 
 This Water will keep a long while, and is not only 
 ufeful to the Eyes, but to wafh all old obftinate Ulcers ; 
 and therefore may at any Time be made in a larger 
 Quantitv. 
 
 O I:
 
 82 The Y hv.v.i^K' s NeiJ:: Guide. Chap. XXIV. 
 
 If your Horl'e's Eyes be alfo hot and fwoln at the fame 
 lime thefe outward Defeds are apparent on them, he 
 ought to be Bled, Purg'd, and Rowell'd, according as you 
 find him in Cafe to bear it ; and by thefe Means his Sight 
 may certainly be preferv'd, unlefs the Cornea be \ery much 
 injured. '■'''' 
 
 There are many ether Remedies to be met with in Au- 
 thors, which may be outwardly uied with Succefs, as thofe 
 compofed of the Vitriols^ crude Sal Armoniack^ Camphor ^ 
 and the like, and are enough in the Acquaintance of moft 
 Farriers ; but fuch as are made of Shells, Powder of Glafs, 
 and the Powder of Flint, or of Turkifi Whetftone, can^ 
 only be fuccefsful, as their fliarp Points may tear the Sub- 
 ftance of thofe Bodies that grow over the Sight, while they 
 roll about in the Eye ; yet as thefe cannot be diflblv'd, 
 but often flick in the Corners, and in the foft Flefh in the 
 Bottom of the Eye, and thereby caufe violent Inflamma- 
 tion, they are therefore not to be meddled with, unlefs 
 when the Cafe is defperate ; for it may be often obferved, 
 that the Ufe of fuch harfh Things, while the Defedt is only 
 in one Eye, bring? it into both, by Realon of the conftant 
 Symp-.uhy there is between them. 
 
 But we fhall now proceed to thofe Defedls which are 
 more internal ; and though we do not propofe a Cure for 
 fuch as are obftinate, or out of the Reach of common 
 Applications, yet we fhall lay down the moft certain Signs 
 whereby they may be diftinguiflied, and at the fame time 
 adminifter thiofe Helps that are the moft rational in thofe 
 Cafes. 
 
 . >. . Firfl then^ If one or more of the Humours 
 
 i ^'^'Z"^'' "^' of the Eye fhould be coagulated and thick- 
 
 ternal Blind- J .• , i i n. \ 
 
 ^^- en d, as abovemention d, this mult be appa- 
 
 rent to any one, bccaufe the Bottom of the 
 Eye, which is plainly vifible in a Horfe, or any other large 
 Animal, mud then be hid, and nothing can be feen but the 
 Colour of the condens'd Humour thro' the Cornea : But 
 this Kind of Blindnefs rarely happens, unlefs it proceed from 
 a Wound or Bruife, and then it becomes incurable. 
 
 The next inward Imperfedion, fo far as it aft'eds the 
 watery Humour of the Eye, is fomewhat a- kin to the for- 
 mer, and is very frequently to be met with among Horfes, 
 infomuch that ibme have been foalM with Catara^s or 
 Pearls on their Eyes : But as this Defcdt alfo lies within 
 the Cornea^ it is not to be cured in Horlcs i for nothing 
 
 applied
 
 Chap. XXIV. Of Films, Webs, Sec. 8 j" 
 
 applied outwardly can reach it, but whar would at the 
 fame Time deftroy the Eye ; and therefore it is in vaia 
 that Farriers ufe corrofire Medicines to eat off Catara(5ts, 
 as is commonly pra^tifed among them. Neither would 
 internal Means, or any Operation avail much towards re- 
 moving it, though that alio has been allay'd by Mounte- 
 banks ; for after a Cataradt has been couch'd, as thofe 
 Creatures are unmanagable, it generally grows again, and 
 the Horfe remains blind. 
 
 Cataracts are of different Colours, yel- T/je Sicns of a 
 low, black, and white ; yet tholu to which Catarad, 
 Horfes are chiefly fubjecl, are either whitiili, or of a Pearl 
 blue, or inclinable to green, and are ealily known, becaufe 
 in ti've Beginning they are but very fmall, but grow larger, 
 as that Matter which forms them is continually falling 
 into the watery Humour. But there is one Sign whereby 
 to know a Catara(fl:, efpecially before it is ripe ; and that is, 
 by rubbing the Outlide of the Eye j for by that Means it 
 will a little (hift Place. 
 
 There have been other Signs taken Notice of by all Phy- 
 fical Writers, as when there is the Appearance of Flies, 
 Duft, or Hairs floating before the Sight, And Mr. Snape^ 
 in his Third Book q\ The Anatomy cf a Horfe ^ Chap. 13. 
 fpeaking of the watery Humour, has applied thefe Signs to 
 Horfes which are apt to ftart without Caufe. His Words 
 are thefe. 
 
 " It is obferv'd in Men, that if any clotted and colour- 
 " ed Bits or Motes fwim in this Humour, the Shapes of 
 *' feveral Infeds, as Gnat?, Flies, Spiders, and the like, 
 *' will feem to be flying before their Eyes, as has been of- 
 " ten declared by Men who have had this Afflidlion. I 
 *' am therefore apt to believe, that many Horfes are not 
 *' without fuch Kind of congealed Bits floating in this Hu- 
 ** mour, that without any evident or external Caufe to oc- 
 *' caflon it, are much given to ftart, efpecially with their 
 *' Head, the Reprefentation of the forefaid Infeds moving 
 " before the cryftalline Humour, which makes them fear 
 •' fomething or other is ftill flying into their Eye. 
 
 *' Yea, it is in human Bodies further obferv'd, that of- 
 *' tentimes feveral of thele colour'd Particles m the watery 
 '* Humour do gather together, and unite fo clofe, that they 
 " grow, as it were, into a Skin or Film, fprcading bet^ore 
 *' the Sight of the Eye, which caufes an abfolute Blindnefs, 
 *' and is that Difeafe which Piiyflcians call a Catarai^-y 
 O 2 " which
 
 B4 The Carrier's New Guide. Ch. XXIV. 
 
 " which Difeafe the Animal we are treating of is much 
 " fubjeft to, though we have not fo proper a Term for 
 *' it as this is. 
 
 But a late eminent Phyfician has obferved, that thefe 
 Reprefentations cannot be occaiioned by any Kind of Mat- 
 ter floating m the waiery Humour, becaufe the Pofition of 
 the Retina, and Convexity of the Cornea is fuch, that all 
 Bodies mull be placed at a greater Dillance from the Eye 
 than the aqueous Humour, or the Cornea, to caufe fuch 
 Appearances ; and therefore he fays, thole Signs can only 
 be exhibited, when the Parts of the Retina are over-much 
 comprefl'ed by a Diftention of the Arteries. And this may 
 jiG tta'Se- happen, and is oftentimes the Caufe of a 
 j.pjj^_ Gutta Serena, which is the laft Sort of 
 
 Blindnefs which we mentioned, viz. where 
 the Eye feems to have no vifiblc Defed in it. And there- 
 fore, as that Author has obferved, whenever thofe Signs 
 appear with a Cataradl, any fuch Catarad muft at the 
 fame time be accompanied with a Gutia Serena ; for a Gut- 
 ia Serena is often the Concomitant of other Difeafes of the 
 Eyes, but is only diftinguilhable as fuch, when the Cornea 
 and Humours are tranfparent. 
 
 *rke Shns Now I am apt to believe, there are but 
 
 •^ * very (ew who have bought many Horfes, 
 
 and have not had Experience of this Sort of Blindnefs 
 to their Coft. And the Signs that Mr. Snape has attributed 
 to a Catarad, when a Horfe Harts with his Head, if that 
 is not the Etfedt of Fear, it is, no doubt, to be lufpedted 
 as a Token of bad Eyes, and to denote that Imperfedf ion 
 which we are now treating of : But there is one, which is 
 the moft infallible, and more to be depended on than any 
 oihcr, viz. When a Horfe moves his Ears backwards and 
 forwards, and often points them towards his Eyes, as if 
 he wanted to drive away Flies, when there are none near 
 him : And if he renew his fhaking of his Ears, as often as 
 he is turned to a new and different Light, it may be then 
 with very good Reafon fufpeded, his Eyes are defedive, 
 though nothing appears outwardly upon them ; and this I 
 have oftentimes obferv'd in Horfes that wereill-fighted, and 
 have known it fometimes the Fore-runner of abfolute Blind- 
 nefs. 
 
 Thefe being the Signs of a Gutta Seiena, and the imme- 
 diate Caufe being a Diftenrion of the fmall Arteries prcfhng 
 upon fcveral Parts of the Retina, as was obferv'd j what- 
 ever
 
 Chap. XXV. Of a COLD, &c. Zs 
 
 ever therefore be \\\cProcatartick Caufe (as Phyficians term 
 it) whether from Colds, Surfeits, or from any Fault in a 
 Horfe's Feeding, ^c. it is very certain the Cure muft con- 
 fift in all thofe Things that are proper to open Obllrudtions 
 in the fmalieft Paflages 5 for by that Means thofe in the bot-^ 
 torn of the Eye may be removed. 
 
 Wherefore if your Horfe has Strength ^. „ 
 enough to bear it, he ought in the iirft Place 
 to be bled, and afterwards purged two or three times with 
 the Remedies prefcribed in the preceeding Chapter ; but 
 Rowelling muft by no Means be negle(fl:ed : And becaufe 
 the Mineral Kingdom aifords us Medicines of the moft 
 powerful Operations in all fuch obllinate Cafes, Recourfe 
 may be had to the Antimonial Balls directed in the Farcin, 
 or to the Cinnabar Balls in the fame Chapter, or thofe ap- 
 pointed for the Staggers j which being continued for fome 
 Time, will, no doubt, prevent Blindnefs : But if the Re- 
 ttjia be fo much comp<efs'd as to lofe all Senfation, the 
 Cafe will be very defperate ; for this Sort of Blindnefs is 
 ieldom or never to be cared but in its Infancy. 
 
 CHAP. XXV, 
 
 -£' 
 
 Of a Cold and Morfounding 
 
 AFter we have faid fo much in another ACoUnndim- 
 "^ Place concerning Fevers and Surfeits ^wq perfed Fever. 
 need not take much of the Reader's Time in explaining 
 the Nature of a Cold ; fince a Cold, as fuch, is no other 
 than an imperfedl Fever, and affeds the Body in many Cir- 
 jcumftances,as we have defcrib'd a Surfeit, only we thought 
 t might not be improper to tranfpofe it to this Place,becaule 
 the Difeafes of the Lungs, which we are to treat of in the 
 following Chapters, though they often proceed from divers 
 other Caufes, yet they have a greater Dependency on a Cold 
 than any other Diftemper, as a Cold more efpecially affects 
 the Lungs, and the Parts appertaining to them. ■».'*' 
 
 Now the Caufes of a Cold are fufficiently ^-^^ Caufe of 
 known to every one, being produced of all Colds. 
 thofe things that caufe a fudden Stagnation of the Pores ; as 
 when a Horfe has been very much heated, and in this Con- 
 dition expos'd to the (harp Air, without being at fome Pains 
 to cool him by degrees, and neglecting to rub off the Sweat, 
 which ftrikes a Chillinefs and Damp over the whole Bodv ; 
 Q 5 P--
 
 S6 The Vakrhr s Ne'-j:; Guide. Chap.XXV. 
 
 permitting ?. Horfe to drink cold Water, while extremely 
 hot i expoling a Horfe that is tender and well kept to the 
 Night Air : And fomctimes many of -the fame Symptoms 
 will happen when the Air is too much rarefy'd and thin ; 
 for by that Means its PrelTure is not fufRcient to force the 
 Blood through the fmall V^ellels of tiie Lungs, but will oc- 
 cafion a Stagnation there, and caufe a Difliculty of Breath- 
 ing, which will be accompanied with a Cough ; and this 
 Sortj if not fpcedily cured, is the mod dangerous, both 
 as to its immediate and future Efleds. 
 tj-j ^. The Signs are, Dulnefs, Want of Appe- 
 
 '* ' tite, a Cough, and running at theNofe; and 
 
 fometimes it afFecls the Eyes, as we have already obferved ; 
 and in moft young Horfes, caufes Swellings about the 
 Kernels of the Throat. 
 
 The Cough proceeds from a Diftention of the Lungs 
 which llreightens the Paflages of Rcfpiration, or it proceeds 
 from a Defluxion of Rheum, from the Kernels of the 
 Windpipe being then relaxed and diftended ; and when the 
 Difcharges from thence happen to be pretty confiderable, 
 it is by Farriers faid to be a wet Cough ; but when a Horfe 
 CO jghs without any great Matter of Difcharge, it is then 
 call'd a dry Coucji, and is look'd upon as an ill PrognoHick. 
 But a dry Cough is not always a bad Prognoilick, as 
 they imagine ; for in the Beginning of a Cold, it often hap- 
 pens only from the Oppreffion of the Lungs, when the 
 fmall Vellels, towards their Extremities, are over-charg'd, 
 jnfomuch that the Air which the Horfe draws in, is not able 
 to penetrate through their whole Subftance, fo as to 
 enter into all the little Bladders, but is fuddenly repuls'd 
 hack again, and occafions him often to cough, while it 
 meets with a Portion of the lame Air, before the Action 
 of Refpiration is begun ; and we may oftentimes obferve 
 the fame Symptoms in Horfes that are narrow chefted, 
 upon a very flight Cold ; becaufe in that Cafe, when the 
 Blood-vellels nre full, they have not Room for a fufficient 
 Elevation. But if a dry, husky Cough continue after the 
 common Symptoms of a Cold are paft, it is then to be 
 very much fufpeded as a Thing that will be of ill Con- 
 lequence, as being the Fore-runner of a Confumption. But 
 we (hall fliew the Reafon of this in its proper Place ; and 
 in the mean time proceed to the Cure of a Cold, while 
 it is unattended with any other Accidents than what are 
 commori. 
 
 The
 
 Chap. XXV. Of a COLT>, &c. S7 
 
 • The firft thing to be done in a Cold, is to take a pretty 
 large Quantity of Blood from the Neck- vein, if the Horfe 
 is otherwife in good Cafe, and full of Flefh ; but if he be 
 low and poor, the Lofs of too much Blood may be preju- 
 dicial to him : But yet as ail Colds, for the mod Part, 
 affedl the Lungs*more or lefs. Blood ought in the Begin- 
 ning to be drawn away, tho' the Qiiantity be but fmall ; 
 for here it is necellary, as in all other Cafes where the Blood 
 is too vifcid, to give it more Room in the Vell'els. 
 
 If he labours and breathes with Difficulty, and at fome 
 times appears to be in much Pain, he may be Bled a lecond 
 time j and if his Blood looks of a florid red Colour, and has 
 little ox ViO Serum \x\ it, and the Pain flill continues, after 
 the Space of twelve Hours he may be Bled a third time, to 
 prevent an Impoflhumation in his Lungs, or fudden Death ; 
 for it fometimes happens, that Horfes are feiz'd in the Be- 
 ginning of a Cold with a Pleurify, ok P eripn-eumon-j ^ when 
 no one near them knows the Caufe of their Agony. 
 
 After Bleeding, if your Horfe be coftive, as is not un- 
 common in the Beginning of a Cold, let him have the fol- 
 lowing Clyfter. 
 
 *' Take Mallows and Marfh- mallows, of each three 
 *' handfuls ; Mercury and Pellitory, of each one handful ; 
 *' boil them for the Space of half an Hour in three Qiiarts 
 *' oi Water, and to the ftrained Deco6\ion add half a 
 " Pound of Treacle, coarfe Sugar, or Honey, and the 
 " fame Quantity of Oil or Butter, to be injeded Blood- 
 *' warm, and repeated as often as needful. 
 
 If a Lax or Loofenefs happens, it mud not be too foon 
 ftopp'd, for fometimes the Difeafe terminates that Way, ef- 
 pecially if he has been furfeited ; but if it continues too long, 
 and caufcs fore and painful Gripes, it mult then be treated 
 according to the Method laid down for the Cure of that 
 Kind ot Loofenefs which is accompanied with a Cholick. 
 
 To recover loft Appetite, which is a Symptom that at- 
 tends every violent Cold, he muft be exercifed every Day 
 more or lefs, with Chewing Balls ^znd kept to very moderate 
 Feeding: The following Jr?nan may alfo be made Ufe cf, 
 •which I can promife to be much the bell of its Kind. 
 
 " Take Honey of Rofes half a Pound, the Infide of a 
 " white Manchet finely crumbled, Cinnamon and Nugmegs 
 " of each an Ounce, Gallangal, Zedoary, and Calamus 
 *' Aromaticus, of each an Ounce and a half. Let all ihefe 
 '■'■' be made into a fine Powder, and incorporated wuh the 
 O 4 ** Honey
 
 8 8 The lEAnRiiK' sJStew Guide. Chap.XXV. 
 
 '* Honey of Rofes, adding Syrup of Lemons, as much a^ 
 *' is neceflary to make it into the Confiftency of a thin 
 *' Palle ;" and let him now and then have the Quantity 
 of a Walnut given him upon the End of a Bull's Fizzle, 
 firft foak'd in Water, and then beat foft ; his Tongue mult 
 be puU'd to one Side, and the Pizzle put up to the Back- 
 part of his Mouth, letting him Chew upon it afterwards. 
 
 For his Ccugh^ let ihe following Drench bs given him, 
 
 *' Take Hyllbp-water one Pint, diflbfve in it four 
 •' Ounces of the Juice of Liquorice, otherwife called Spa- 
 '* nij}) Juice, and two Ounces of brown Sugar-candy, take 
 '* the Roots of Elicampain, round or long Birthwo'rr, and 
 *' Gentian, of each half an Ounce; the Seeds of Fenu- 
 '* greek and Lintfeed, of each three Drams ; Gallangal 
 *' and Cinnamon, of each two Drams. Let all thefe be 
 *' made into a line Powder, and mix'd with the Hyflbp- 
 *' water and Liquorice, after which add to it a Pint of 
 *' White-wine or Ale, and give it in a Horn. 
 
 Let this be repeated once a Day until the Cold be 
 loofen'd, and that your Horfe begins to feed plentifully, 
 and his Eyes look brisk and lively, and the Matter from 
 his Nofe (if there be a Running from thence) grows thick 
 and w'ell digefted. But the following will be ftill m.ore 
 efficacious, and, indeed, inferior to none that can be given 
 in this Cafe. 
 
 *' Take three or four Heads of white Poppies, two Hand- 
 *' fuls of Colrsibot, four Ounces of Lintfeed, boil them in 
 *' three Pints of Water till one is confum'd, add to it four 
 *' Ounces of the Juice of Liquorice, dillolved in the Hyf- 
 *' fop- water, as above dire(fled, adding alfo the Powders 
 ** as in the former Prefcription. 
 
 The following Powder out of Solleyfell may be made 
 and us'd upon Occafion, which I believe will not be the 
 lefs acceptable, that it has all the Ingredients of the Dia- 
 pente in it. 
 
 " Take Bay-berries, Gentian, round Birthwort, Myrrh, 
 *' Flower-de-luce, Shavings of Harts-horn, and Elicam- 
 *' pain, of each four Ounces ; Zedoary, Cummin-feeds, 
 *' Anifeeds, and Savin, of each two Ounces ; Cinnamon 
 *' half an Ounce, Cloves two Drams, Flowers of Corn- 
 *' Poppies dry'd two Ounces." The Dofe is two Ounces 
 infus'd all Night in Wine. 
 
 The celebrated Horle-Balls of Markham may alfo be 
 given, one in a Morning, for feveral Days toge'.her. They 
 are thus made: *' Take
 
 Chap. XXV. Of a CO LTf, 5:c. 89 
 
 *' Take Anifeeds, Cummin- feeds, Foenu- MarkhamV 
 nugreek, Carthamus-leeds, Elicampain- Balls. 
 Root, Flower of Brimftone, and brown 
 Sugar-candy, of each two Ounces, beaten and fearced 
 very fine. Then take an Ounce of the Juice of Liquo- 
 rice, and diflblve it in half a Pint of White-wine, which 
 done, take three Ounces of the Syrup of Coltsfoot, of 
 Sallet Oil and Honey, of each half a Pint. Let thefe 
 be mix'd with the former, and with as much Wheat- 
 flower as will bind and knit them all together, work 
 them into a ftifF Pafte, and make them into Balls as big 
 as a large French Walnut, or as big as a Hen's Egg. 
 Some ufe, inftead of the Syrup of Coltsfoot, two Ounces 
 of the Coltsfoot dry'd and made into Powder; others add 
 an Ounce of the Chimical Oil of Anifeeds, which is very 
 proper, as Horfes are much fubjedl to Wind and Flatu- 
 lencies in their Bowels ; and many other Alterations I have 
 feen which are not material. 
 
 The chief Vertue of thefe Balls confifts ^heir Vertue. 
 in their mollifying and foftening Quality, 
 whereby they take off from the Acrimony and Sharpnefs of 
 the Rheums, which occafion tickling Coughs, by which 
 means they alfo fatten fome Horfes. But if it fhould, up- 
 on any Occafion, be necelfary to make them more detcrfive 
 and cleanfing, the Quantity of the Flower of Brimftone 
 may be increas'd, and the Honey proportionably, or there 
 may be added to them the Powder of the Roots of Smallage, 
 dry'd Hyflbp, and Horfe-mint, the Tops of Fir, and the 
 like, which will make them a moft excellent and fafe Scour- 
 ing for Horfes, by breaking thofe Vifcidities which obftru(!L 
 the fmall Pallages of the Lungs, the Liver, and other prin- 
 cipal Bowels, caufing Purfinels and Difficulty of Breathing. 
 But in extemporaneous, or ofF-hand Applications, thofe 
 Cleanfers which are fufficiently known to all Farriers, vi%. 
 Garlick, Onions, Brimftone, Honey, IBarbadoes Tar^ or 
 common Tar, when rightly adjuftcd, and when a Horfe is 
 not overmuch cloy'd with them, may be of Service; and 
 as they are exceeding Powerful in their Operation, they 
 often fucceed, and that very foon. 
 
 But in the Cure of a Cold, nothing is more material than 
 a due Care of a Horfe's Feeding and Drefling, and likewife 
 of his Exercife ; and therefore befides Moderation in his 
 Feeding, which we have already obferv'd to be neceflary, 
 whatever Food is given him ought to be fomewhat open- 
 
 in 
 
 o>
 
 90 T/jelc arruk's Nezv Guide. Chap. XXVI. 
 
 ing, as fcalded Bran, or Barley inftead of Oats ; and in his 
 Water thole things that are diluting, and will promote the 
 Difchargcs by Sweat and Urine, as the Sal Polychiejluniy 
 Sal Prunella., crude Tartar, and crude Sal Armomack^ al- 
 ready defcribed in putrid and malignunL P'cvers ; tor a vio- 
 lent Cold comes the nearelt to Fevers of a malignant Kind, 
 and is often "ihe Fore-runner of fuch Fevers, as wc \v.\^ 
 fometimes obferve ; and therefore all thofe things are nccel- 
 fary that help to carry off the groller Parts of the Serv.vi, 
 for by that Means a due and uniform Circulation of the 
 Blood is the fooner recovered. 
 
 And this is alfo greatly forwarded by moderate Exercife, 
 t^c. by rubbing and drefling ; *nd if you find your Horfe of 
 himfelf inclinable to fweat, which often happens in the Be- 
 ginning of a Cold, or if he lies under a heavy OpprelTion, 
 thofe Difcharges may be then eafily promoted by warm 
 Cloathing ; and, if necefTary, may be yet more forwarded 
 by giving him an Ounce of Venice Treacle in a Pint of 
 White- wine or Treacle- water. And Lajlly, 
 
 cr ^ , ,7 If the Running at the Nofe be likely to 
 
 70 prevent the . i ° r i i o 
 
 Running at the contmue too long after the other Symptoms 
 J^ofe tmnin<j to ^re in a great Meafure gone off, let him have 
 the Glanders. once a Day, for fome Time, a Decodion 
 made with three or four handfuls of Red-rofe 
 Leaves, an Ounce of Pomegranate Bark, and an Ounce 
 and a half of Diafcordium dilFolv'd in it, and let his Nofe 
 be often fyring'd with fome of the fame Decoction, or with 
 Honey of Roles, which is much the fame ; and by, follow- 
 ing this Method, you may prevent it turning to the Glan- 
 ders, unlefs your Horfe be alfo confumptive j in which 
 Cafe it v/ill be very hard to put a Stop to it. 
 
 CHAP. XXVI. 
 
 Of C heft-founder ingi &c. 
 
 Chejl founder- '~p H E Difcafe that goes under this Deno- 
 ing hears an *■ mination in Horfes, comes the nearelt 
 ■^"'(y /o a qP gj^y jQ jj^^j which in a human Body is 
 fleurijy. called a Pleurifyy or Peripneumonia^ which 
 
 is an Inflammation of the Lungs or Pleura^ accompanied 
 with Pain and DifHculty of Breathing. 
 ^he Caufe ^^^ Caufe is from all the fame things thaf 
 
 produce a Cold, as expofing a Horfe when 
 
 he
 
 Chap. XXVI. Of Ckeft-fonndering, ^z. 91' 
 
 he is hot to the cold Air, riding him at that Time into cold 
 Water, or letting him have cold Water to drink ; and 
 therefore it is fometimes introduc'd by a Cold. 
 
 Sometimes it proceeds from a Horfe's eating unwholfomc 
 Hay, and bad Provender, or his Feeding on cold frozen 
 Grals in Winter, efpecially if he has not been us'd to it ; 
 but the moft common and ordinary Caufe, is the over- 
 riding a foul-body'd Horfe that has not been accuftom'd to 
 Exercii'e, for then his Blood being agitated, and put into a 
 more than ordinary degree of Motion, pafles forvt'ard into 
 the Lungs or Pleura in great Quantity, and very much 
 diftends tlie fmall Veflels there, but becaufe of its Vifcidity, 
 it fuddenly ftagnates, and occafions Pain and Inflammation, 
 with the other Symptoms we have already mention'd : 
 And therefore young Horfes, as their Bodies are moft apt 
 to be foul, and their Blood of unequal Fluidity, are the 
 moft liable to Cheft-Foundering. 
 
 The Signs are, an exceffive heaving of the „■, «.^ 
 Flanks, ftarting with Pain as often as he of- ^ 
 
 fers to m.ove ; when violent, it is always accompany'd with 
 a Fever ; but as the Fever is only an Effect of the Inflamma- 
 tion, it goes off as foon as that is removed. 
 
 But a Horfe is often faid to be Cheft-foun- The Cure of 
 der'd in his Body, when there are novifible Chejl-founder- 
 Symptoms of much Pain, only an Oppreffi- ^"^ , '^"^ ^°""- 
 on ; but as this even proceeds from the fame l^^J^ ^ 
 Caufes, and as it produces many of the fame ° ^' 
 Effeds, as breaking the Horfe's Wind, melting his Greafe, 
 and all other Difeafes that follow fuch an Oppreffion on 
 the Lungs, and other Bov^^els, it ought, in the Cure, to be 
 treated much after the fame Manner as if there was Pain 
 and Inflammation, only that Bleeding may be more fpa- 
 ringlyufed; for when there is fuch an Oppreffion that a 
 Horle cannot breathe, but is like to be fuffocated, then 
 Bleeding muft be repeated, as the lefler Evil. 
 
 And in this cafe I would always recommend opening the 
 Flank- veins, or thofe of the Infide of the Thigh, to make 
 a Revulfion, which will be found much more fafe, and an- 
 fwer the End much better than Bleeding in the Neck 01^ 
 Plate-veinSj as is ufually pradliied in fuch Cafes, for this of- 
 ten caufes a greater Derivation upon the Lungs or Pleura. 
 
 And becaufe a Cheft-founder'd Horfe has oftentimes a 
 great inward Heat and Coftivenefs, etpecially in the Begin- 
 ning, he ought to have an emollient Clyfter given him^ as 
 
 that
 
 92 The Farrier' J- New Guide. Ch. XXVII. 
 
 that infcrted in the preceeding Cliapter for a Cold, which 
 may be repeated as often as there is Occafion ; and if there 
 be no Symptoms of Pain, but only Heavinefs and Oppref- 
 fion, which does not hinder a Horle from lying down, nor 
 keep him altogether from Feeding, the Method we have 
 laid down for the Cure of a Surfeit is to be followed. And 
 if he be alfo addided to a Cough, the Remedies for that In- 
 tention are likewife to be made ufe of. 
 
 But if you find him in Pain, and full of Agony, after he 
 has been bled, and had a Clyfter injected, let the following 
 Drench be given him to promote Sweat. 
 
 " Take Milk-water one Pint and a half. Treacle- water 
 *^ half a Pint, diflblve in the Treacle- water fix Grains of 
 *' Camphire, afterwards add an Ounce and half of /^^wV^- 
 •* Treacle or Mithridate, or two Ounces of London Treadcy 
 " mix all together, and give it your Horfe thro' a Horn. 
 
 Afterwards let him be walk'd a little, and well cloath'd ; 
 and when he is inclinable to drink, let him have warm Wa- 
 ter flrew'd with Oatmeal. 
 
 When thofe Things are done, let one of the following 
 Balls be given him twice a Day, one in the Morning, and 
 another in the Afternoon an Hour before Watering- time. 
 
 *' Take Conferve of Red-rofes two Ounces, Sperma Ceti 
 '' one Ounce, Linfecd and Fenugreek-feed in Powder of 
 ** each an Ounce and a half, Liquorice Powder two Oun- 
 *' ces." Let thefe be made into four Balls, with as much 
 fwect Oil, or Oil of Aveet Almonds, as is fufficient. 
 
 The Ufe of thefe muft be continued for feveral Days; 
 and when the violent Symptoms are abated, he may by 
 Degrees be inur'd to Exercife, which, with a cleanfing 
 Diet, will perfedl: the Cure, 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 Of Turjivcy Broken-windedj and Confiimpti've 
 Cafes. 
 
 ^T is fufHciently known to any one who is the leafl ac- 
 ■*• quainted with the Animal Oeconomy, that whatever 
 caufesan over-great JnJ^uxofBloodintothe Lungs,and other 
 Par'^ adminillnng toRcfpiration, will occafion a Heaving 
 of the Flanks, and Difliculty of Breathing ; and therefore 
 there are very few Difeafcsof any kind, but what are accom- 
 panied
 
 Chap. XX VII. Of Broken-wmded Cafes. 9 j 
 
 fttnied more or lefs with thofe Symptoms. Confumpti've 
 But the Dil'eafes that come under our pre- ^'"j Bioken- 
 fent Confideration, are fuch as have their '^'''"^■f^ Cafes, 
 chief and principal Seat in the Lungs, pro- f^^^'-^l^f^ 
 cttd'mg from an Ulcer, or fome ^"^"^^^^ the Lulls^'^^ 
 Wafting, whereby the fmall Vellels are wore ' 
 
 and abraded by the Acrimony and Sharpnefs of the com- 
 mon Difcharges, or from fome obftinate Stagnation, hin- 
 dring the Air from penetrating, fo as to elevate and lift 
 them up in the Adtion of Refpiration, or when there is 
 tough mucilaginous Matter feparated in the Branches of 
 thf Windpipe, for all fuch Things will occafion a very 
 great Difturbance in the Flanks of a Horfe ; and when a 
 Horfe has any of thofe Infirmities upon him, he may juft- 
 ly be term'd purfive, or broken-winded. 
 
 The Caufe is from Colds, Surfeits, and Caufed by 
 other Difeafes that have never been tho- CoM and other 
 roughly carried off, but chiefly obftinate Difeafes affea- 
 Colds, for by them the Lungs are in a more "'^. ^''J ^'''^f^. 
 efpecial Manner affeaed ; and therefore "^f^f?"" '"''^ 
 whatever brings on a Cold or other Difeafes 
 affedling the Lungs, may be looked upon as the Procatar- 
 ticky or remote Caufe of Broken- wind, or Purfivenefs. The 
 Eating of unwholfome Food, and Feeding in a bad Air, 
 alfo bring on thefe Diforders : But many Horfes have thejr 
 Wind broke by ill Ufage, as hard Riding when they are 
 full, for by that Means their Blood is thrown into. the 
 Lungs with fo much Impetuolity, and in fuch Qiiantity, 
 ihat it fuddenly caufes Foundringand Inflammation, which 
 is oftentimes followed with an inward Abfccfs, or Ulcer, 
 which proves incurable. 
 
 The common and ufual Signs are,a Hea- q-j.^ ^i^ns 
 ving and Beating of the Flanks, fomctimes 
 a Wheezing and Rattling; and in fome delperate Cafes, a 
 Swelling of the Kernels about the Throat, and a glander'd 
 Running at the Nofe. ,; 
 
 But here it is to be obferv'd, that fome Se-ocral Cafet. 
 Horfes may be purfive and fliort- winded, 'vjhirsin aHorfe 
 and exhilMtfeveral of thefe above-mention'd "^°y^ hepurfy. 
 Signs, and yet their Cale not dangerous, nor ''^^'^ ^f.^^^ ^r °'^ 
 properly to come under the Denomination ^yohn'^Wind^ 
 of a Broken-wind, or Confumption ; for and fet befref 
 Ibme Horfes are naturally thick-winded, frum that Dif- 
 efpecially thofe that are great and foul Feed- xempr. 
 
 ers.
 
 94 The Farrter'j Ne'ju Guide. Ch. XXVII. 
 
 crs, for by that Means their Blood is, for the mod part, 
 grofs and vifcid, and palles with fome Difficulty through the 
 fmall Veflels of the Lungs, which being alio frequently 
 prefs'd by a full Stomach, will not only occahon Purlivc- 
 nefs, but fomeiimes a Cough ; yet as fuch are very apt to 
 turn broken-winded, they fhould be kept to fpare and clean 
 Feeding, or have conftant and daily Exercife. 
 
 Moft young Horfes that have been habituated to Eafe, 
 will blow upon the leaft Exercife, efpecially if they be 
 fat; and that proceeds alfo from a thick and plentiful 
 Blood j but it is very well known, that if fuch Horfes are 
 rot over- labour'd while in this Condition, but by Degrees 
 hardcn'd and inur'd to Exercife, thofe Symptoms will Ibon 
 vanifhi and if the Helps of Phyfick are required, their Dif- 
 orders may fpeedily be remov'd by Bleeding, and very mo- 
 derate Scouring. 
 
 Horfes that are poor, and in a low Condition, when 
 they are exercifed beyond their Strength and Feeding, will 
 alfo heave and labour as if they were broken- winded ; as 
 alfo thofe that have been fick, or lie under fome Diftem- 
 per that wraftes their vital Spirits, though their Lungs are 
 perfedly found ; or if an Horfe has had any immoderate 
 Difcharges by Blood or Dung, any of thofe will caufe a 
 Horfe to heave and labour for Breath, as if he was brokcn- 
 Tvinded : But as in all thefe Cafes this feeming Oppreflion 
 proceeds only from a Scarcity of Blood and Spirits, there 
 not being what is fufficient to aftuate and elevate the Lungs 
 and Cheft, the Symptoms wear off by good Care and 
 Feeding, 
 
 And Laflly\ We may obfery;e fome Horfes that have no 
 inward Infirmity, blow and wheeze, from an Imperfection 
 in the Pallages between the Mouth and Nofe, which hap- 
 pens the more readily to Horfes, as they draw in and ex- 
 pel their Breath chieiiy at the Nofe ; but that Imperfedion 
 is eafily diftinguifhed, for albeit his Flanks move like a 
 broken-winded Horfe, while he is in Action, yet as foon 
 as he is ftopp'd, that Agitation goes oft", and nothing far- 
 ther is to be taken Notice of in his Breathing, but what is 
 natural. And there are fome Horfes fnort- winded from 
 the Narrownefs of their Chell, which is plainly difcern- 
 able as often as they are put to gallop, or to any Labour, 
 But where that Defedt proceeds from fome Imperfedion 
 of the Lungs, it is eaiily enough diltinguiflied ; becaufe in 
 all Cafes where the Lungs are hurt, tho' a Horfe 's Flanks 
 
 will
 
 Chap. XXVII. Of Broken-winded Cafes. 9$ 
 
 will heave and work moft impetuoufly upon ExercKe, 
 yet even when he ftands in the Stable, there is no Interval 
 free from that Agitation, but he ftill labours more or 
 lefs. 
 
 Now a Horfe is faid to have his Wind What Horfes 
 touch'd or broke, according to the Nature are properly de- 
 and Degree of Efficacy in the Diftsmper ; f^''^^ «"« '-^"^ 
 for fome Horfes will laft a great while with ^'"*^- 
 Infirmities of this Kind, and Continue at the fime Pals, 
 and do abundance of Service, and yet be abfolutely incu- 
 rable ; fome wafte and decline gradually, and others very 
 fuddenly ; all which we fhall endeavour to explain. 
 
 The Diforders that afFed the Wind of a Horfe, yet not 
 fo as to caufe a fudden Wafte and Decay, are chiefly of 
 two Kinds. 
 
 In the Firji, Tho' a Horfe has no Intervals free from a 
 Working and Agitation of his Flanks, yet if he coughs but 
 feldom, and has no Moifture proceeding from his Nofe, 
 nor does wafte in his Body, it is a Sign that his Infirmity 
 proceeds from fome obftinate Obftrudions in the fmall 
 Yeflels of the Lungs, or from chalky Matter ingender'd in 
 them, which hinders the Air from paflifig into all the little 
 Air Bladders, fo that they cannot be fully inflated and di- 
 ftended, or it may be caus'd by fome Adhefion to the Pleu- 
 ra and Ribs^ for then the Lungs cannot be fufficiently de- 
 prefs'd ; and a Horfe in this Condition muft have his No- 
 ftrils frequently contracted in fucking in the Air, but will 
 never Breathe out freely. 
 
 The next is different from the former, and fhews itfelf 
 by other diftinguifliing Signs ; for, as in the firft Cafe, a 
 Horfe feldom coughs but when in Exercife, or when his 
 Stomach and Guts are full ; in the laft, a Horfe will cough 
 pretty often, but efpecially upon every flight Cold, and at 
 the fame time is frequently troubled with a Wheezing, an4 
 Rattling in his Pipes ; all which proceeds from a thick mu- 
 cilaginous Matter fticking in the Branches of the Wind- 
 pipe, that not only muft occafion frequent Coughing, 
 but alfo caufe a conftant heaving and working of the 
 Flanks. 
 
 The Diforders that caufe a total Decay, and which may 
 not improperly be faid to conftitute a Confumption, are 
 alfo reducible to two Kinds : The firft is, when there is 
 a Wafte occafioned by an Over-relaxation in the glan- 
 dulous Parts, and a too great Difcharge of the Juices, 
 
 which
 
 96 Tle}:ARniv.R'sNe-^Gm^e. Ch. XXVIL 
 
 which are only allotted to keep the Lungs moi(t ; and 
 the fecond is, when there is an Ulcer formed in ihem. 
 And thefe arc diftinguifliable from the former in this, that 
 where-ever there is a Decay, either by an Ulcer, or by fuch 
 a Wafte as we have been i'peaking of, a Horfe will be able 
 to bear no Manner of Exercife without a Sinking and Low- 
 nefs of his Spirits ; and as his Diftemper continues, lofes 
 Flelh, turns flabby, and is fubjed to hedtick Diforders ; 
 whereas in the other Cafes, a Horfe will go through a 
 Journey, or perform any other Exercife, if he be well us'd, 
 without any confiderable Infirmity, excepting that of his 
 Flanks. However, as this Diftindion is not fo eafily 
 made in a Beginning Confumption, while a Horfe as yet 
 retains fome Strength and Vigour, his Cough ought there- 
 fore chiefly to be obferved ; for if that be (hort and vehe- 
 ment, or hollow and founding, it is then very much to be 
 doubted ; for fuch Coughs as thefe generally attend where 
 there is an Ulcer in the Lungs, or where there is a con- 
 llant Wafte, by the Superfluity of the common Dif- 
 charges. 
 
 T/^e Cure ■^"'- ^^^ ^*^^ "°^^ proceed to the Cure : 
 
 And firfl: of all, as to thofe Defers in the 
 Wind of a Horfe, which are caus'd by obllinate Obftruc- 
 tions in the fmailefl: Arteries, or chalky Matter, &c. 
 though we do not propofe any abfolute Relief in fuch 
 Cafes, as we fcarcely imagine any thing can be exhibited, 
 either to penetrate through hard and obftinate Obftruc- 
 tions, or diflodge foreign Matter ingender'd in the Lung?, 
 or remove Adhefions, that perhaps have been begun before 
 the Horfe was foal'd ; yet becaufe a Horfe may ftill be 
 of Service, notwithftanding thefe Infirmities, he fhould 
 now and then have fuch things given him as are gently 
 opening, and are fit to lubricate all the Pallages, and ren- 
 der them glib and eafy ; for which Purpofe we recommend 
 Markharn'^ Balls, or any Compofition of the like Ingre- 
 dients ; he may alfo fometimes have a little clean Antimony 
 given him. 
 
 Teedini and ^^^ ^^^ principal Thing to be obferved, 
 
 Exercife. ^'^ the common Feeding and Exercife of fuch 
 
 Horfes ; tho* I need not lay down any Me- 
 thod for it, becaufe every one knows that the ordinary 
 Rules are to be obferved in the ftridteft Senfe, with refpeit 
 to broken-winded Horfes. For albeit Exercife is as necef- 
 fary to ihem as to any other, yet when it is in the leaft 
 
 im-
 
 Chap. XXVII. Of Broken-winded Cafes. 97 
 
 immoderate, or if it be given upon the Stomach, its Ef- 
 fedts are for the moft Part very bad ; and he that would 
 give fach an Horfe much Water to drink, or keep his 
 Rack conftantly full, muft be but a very young Groom : 
 For when the Stomach is full of Kay or Water, as it lies 
 upon a Level with the Lungs in all fuch Creatures, it is 
 the more apt to prefs forwards upon the Midriff, and 
 hinder the Adion of the Lungs, which cannot but be very 
 troublefome in all Cafes wherp they are any wife defec- 
 tive, as we daily obferve in purlive and broken-winded 
 Horfes. 
 
 As to thofe Horfes who have thick mucilaginous Mat- 
 ter obftruding the Pipes, and whofe Lungs mull alfo be 
 very humid, and, as it were, more relaxed than natural ; 
 albeit the fame Rules are to be obferved in their Oeconomy 
 of Diet and Exercife, as in the former Cafe ; and though 
 the fame Remedies are alio very proper, yet becaufe this 
 .Diftemper is fometimes more violent by Fits than at other 
 Times, and may therefore require Medicines of more pow- 
 erful Efficacy ; befides Bleeding, which is neceflary when 
 the Oppreffion is upon him, the following Balls may be 
 given him with good Succefs. 
 
 " Take Galbanum and Gum Ammoniacum, of each a 
 *' Quarter of a Pound, Burdock-root half a Pound ; firft 
 " beat them well in a Mortar with two Ounces of the 
 *' Flowers of Benjamin ; then add by Degrees fweet Oil, 
 *' until you bring them into a Pafte lit to be made into 
 *' Balls weighing two Ounces each. Let your Horfe have 
 " two of thefe every Day, one in the Morning, and another 
 " in the Afternoon, two Hours before Water, keeping him 
 " ty'd up to the Rack all that while. 
 
 The following Balls may be alfo given with good Suc- 
 cefs, and may be eafily procured at all Times, and almoft 
 in all Places. 
 
 " Take four Heads ofGarlick, an Ounce of Horfe-radifh, 
 " ftamp them in a Mortar ; then add an Ounce and an half 
 *' of Flour of Brimltone, and work them into a Mafs 
 *' with as much fweet Oil as is fufficient : Let thefe be 
 *' made into two Balls, one to be taken in the Morning, 
 ** and the other in the Afternoon, as above direded. 
 
 All the Remedies prefcrib'd in a Cold, are alfo profit- 
 able and ufeful in this Cafe ; and he may have fome- 
 times fcalded Barley inltead of Oats ; and nothing will be 
 more proper than Barlev boil'd in his Water with Liquo- 
 
 P rice,
 
 9^ The FarrierV AVu^ Guide. Ch. XXVIL 
 
 rice, which he will drink with Pleafure after he has been 
 ufed to it. 
 
 We now proceed to the Cure of thofe Horfcs that are 
 broken-winded and confumptive, which is only to be at- 
 tempted in the Beginning, and before they begin to fall 
 much away ; for Horfes in this Condition will often eat to 
 Excefs, and keep up their Body that Way, if they are not 
 put to daily Labour ; and bccaufe a proper Diet in this 
 Cafe is the n;ioft likely to fucceed, he Ihould, in the firit 
 Place, be reftrifted from eating too much Hay, and from 
 drinking too much Water, efpecially at a Time, and that 
 for the Reafons already alledg'd ; for what he wants in this, 
 may eafily be made up another Way. 
 
 Therefore let the Mixture of Linfeed and Fenugreek- 
 feeds be given him frequently in his Corn, and fometimcs 
 a few of- the greater hot Seeds, as thofe of Fennel, Cara- 
 ways, and Anife ; in his Water may be boiled three or four 
 Handfuls of Barley, with a little Liquorice or Honey dif- 
 folv'd in it ; but he muft not be ufed conftantly to the Li- 
 quorice, efpecially if he appear to wafte very much, for it 
 may in that Cafe prove over deterfne. 
 
 He ought to have Exercife more or lefs every Day ; but 
 that muft be moderate, and only when the Weather is clear, 
 for by this Means the Toughnefs of the Blood is broke, and 
 all the Difcharges kept free and open. 
 
 If he be at any Time feized with an Oppreflion, and a 
 more than ordinary Difficulty of Breathing, he ought to 
 have a Vein opened in his Flank, or on the Lifide of the 
 Thigh, from whence may be taken a fmall Quantity of 
 Blood ; but this muft be only gone about when there 
 is abfolute Neceflity for it. 
 
 The following Balis may be given, and continued with 
 good Succefs, l^c. 
 
 " Take of Myrrh and Gum Benzoin of each four 
 *' Ounces, Gum Arabick, the Roots of Orrice, round 
 '* Birthwort, and the Shavings of Hartfhorn or Ivory, of 
 *' each tv/o Ounces, Galangal and Zedoary of each an 
 " Ounce, Fennel- feeds, Cummin-feeds, and Fenugreek, 
 ** of each an Ounce and a Half: Let thefe be beat into a 
 *' fine Powder, and made up into a ftiffPafte with Honey, 
 " or Syrup of Colts-foot, then work into the whole an 
 " Ounce of the common Baifam of Sulphur, and let 
 *' them be made into Balls the Bignefs of a large Walnut, 
 " whereof one is to be given every Morning and Afternoon, 
 *' an Hour before Watering Time. 
 
 All
 
 Chai?. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, ^c. 99 
 
 All peroral Herbs, as Maiden-hair, Colts-foot, Rocket, 
 Scabious, and the like ; all healing Balfams and Gums, 
 and all the Remedies direded in this and the two preceed- 
 ing Chapters, may be profitably given in Broken-winded, 
 confumptive Cafes. But if your Hcrfe, notwithftanding 
 thefe Helps, turns Poor and Emaciate, low in his Spirits, 
 and addided to fweat, heaves to his Chine, and, with a 
 reduplicated Motion, farts much and often, coughs and 
 rattles, founds hollow, and looks ghaftly, with his Eye- 
 pits fallen, you had better give him to the Crows, than 
 be at the Expence of his keeping, for his future Services 
 will never be anfwerable to it. 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 Of the Glanders and Mourning of the Chine, 
 
 'npHE Glanders is a Flux or running of corrupt Matter 
 from the Nofe of a Horfe, which is of different Co- 
 lours, white, yellow, green, or black, according to the 
 degree of Malignity, or according as it has been of a long 
 or fhort Continuance. 
 
 Concerning the Nature and Caufe of this Difcharge, 
 Authors have given very ftrange and unintelligible Ac- 
 counts ; fome have afcrib'd it to the Lungs, fome to th-e 
 Spleen, fome to the Liver and Kidneys, and fome to the 
 Brain ; and when it has continued fo long that the Mat- 
 ter becomes of a blackifh Colour, as is ufual in its lait Stage, 
 they have imagined it to come from the Spine ; and from 
 thence have called it the Mourning of the Chine. Mr. 
 8nape^ in his Anatomy, has taken Notice of the Farriers 
 Miftakes concerning this Diftemper ; and altho' there are 
 fome things in his Account of it that are liable to Excep- 
 tion, yet becaufe it is much more rational than any thing 
 that has hitherto been advanc'd upon the Subjed ; and like- 
 wife becaufe the Authority of fo eminent a Farrier may, 
 no doubt, weigh with moft Readers, we fhall therefore give 
 it a Place here. 
 
 That Author having in the 5//; Chapter M-. SnapeV 
 
 of his id Book fhewn^he Ufe of the Glan- >^y-«»«^ of the 
 
 duia pituitaria, and that there can be no ^f '"^'f' '"'■j. 
 
 i Difcharge from it into theNofe, falls into the ^^jfcSS 
 
 ! following Digreflion concerning the Glan- 
 
 i P 2 tiers;
 
 loo The ^KRVLi^K'sNevj Guide. Ch. XXVIII. 
 
 ders ; wherein he obferves, that the Matter which iffueth 
 fo plentifully out of the Nofes of Horfes that have got 
 great Colds, or are glandered, falls not, as he himfelf had 
 feme time believed, from the Brain, but that it was fepa- 
 rated from the arterial Blood by the Glands or Kernels of 
 the upper Part of the Inlide of the Nofe, which, he fays, is 
 the more readily to be believed, becaufe the other Glands 
 are fwell'd at the fame time, and particularly thofe under the 
 Horfe's Jaws, that being one of the moll certain Signs of a 
 Horfe's inclining to the Glanders. But he goes on in the 
 following Words : " And this may ferve to convid of Error 
 *' all our ancient Authors, who did hold (and our Pradi- 
 " tioners, who at this Day do hold) that the Glanders 
 " proceed from a Defeft and Wafteing in the Brain ; and 
 *' that all that fnotty Matter comes from thence, which 
 " iflues out of the Nofe ; which, were it fo, all the Brain 
 " in the Horfe's Head would not be fufficient to fupply it 
 *' with Matter for three Days, according to the Quantity I 
 '* have feen come from one in that Time. It is therefore a 
 " very falfe Opinion, taken up meerly upon guefs, with- 
 *' out infpeding into the Parts, that our Praditioners do 
 *' commonly entaintain concerning this Difeafe. 
 
 *' Neither is there fuch a Difeafe as the Mourning of 
 ** the Chine, as they do to this Day hold ; for it is impof- 
 *' fible any Creature fhould continue fo long alive, as till 
 *' all his Brain be fo far wafted by this Difeafe, that it 
 ** comes to reach the Spinal Marrow without the Skull, 
 *' which is that, I fuppofe, they call the Chine. 
 
 *' But this Difeafe, by them called the Mourning cf 
 *' the Chine^ is diftinguifh'd into a different Difeafe from 
 *' the foumer, from the Matter's altering its Colour ; for it 
 *' is generally obferv'd, that after a Horfe hath had this 
 *' Difeafe running on him for fome time, the corrupt Mat- 
 " ter or Snot, changes by degrees from an indifferent white 
 *' to a more dull Colour, inclining at firft to a little red- 
 " difh, but after a longer Time, efpecially when a Horfe 
 *' begins to grow towards his End, it will be very black, 
 ** and very naufeous both to fee and fmell. 
 
 *' From this alteration of the Colour, as I have faid, I 
 " do believe they give the Difeafe this proper and diftin- 
 ** guifhing Name of Mourning of the Chine ; whereas it 
 " is only a greater degree of one and the fame Difeafe, in 
 *' which the Chine is not at all affected, at leaft no more 
 '' than any other Part of the Body, all of wliich languilhes 
 
 *' away
 
 Chap.XXVIII. Of the Glanders, &c. loi 
 
 away by this inveterate Diflemper. By what Steps it 
 proceeds, and how the Matter comes to alter its Colour, 
 I will give you my Opinion. 
 
 " The Mafs of Blood beinp; depraved, either by un- 
 wholfome Food, or by great Colds, or Laftly, by In- 
 fedion from the Air, and from other Horfes ffor this 
 Diftemper is catching) this phlegmatick Matter colled- 
 ed in it, is fpued out of the Ends of the Arteries in the 
 upper Part of the Noftrils, about the fpongy Bones chief- 
 ly; for in an Horfe there is little of this Matter comes 
 out of the Mouth, but it ftill defcends by the Noilrils. 
 This Humour, I fay, diftilling out of the Arteries by 
 the fpongy Bones continually, doth in Procefs of Time 
 fo fill the faid Bones with filthy Matter, that, like a 
 Sink or Channel, being choaked up with Filth, there is 
 not fo free a Paflage for the Humour, as when the Dif- 
 eafe firft began ; fo that the Aiatter by that Means is 
 there ftay'd, and by its Continuance there it acquires fo 
 bad a Quality, that it corrodes and cankers thofe Bones, 
 and indeed ulcerates and gangrenes all the Paflages of 
 the Noftrils, till it has mortify'd and confum'd them (as 
 happens fometimes to Venereal Perfons) and at length de- 
 ftroy'd the Beall ; for indeed it is feldom or never cura- 
 ble, when it is once come truly to be a Canker. 
 " Nov,' by theFoulnefs of thefe Bones (as I have faid) 
 that Matter or Snot which doth defcend by thefe Paf- 
 fages (which indeed doth at length drivel down in a 
 greater Quantity than before, by reafon of the Paflages 
 being widen'd, from the Parts being gnawn afunder by 
 the canker'd Humour) I fay, that Matter or Snot, 
 which defcends after this, is of a contrary Colour to 
 what it ufed to be ; for it is become more black and 
 waterifh, mixed with a little red, and hath a very ill 
 Smell i but this Alteration happens not from the Mat- 
 ter's flowing from a new Part, but is caufed by reafon of 
 the Foulnefs of the Parts through which it palTeth ; for 
 from thence it hath its Dye in a great Degree. 
 " Not but yet there is another Caufe of it, which is the 
 greater Foulnefsofthe Blood ; for as the Beginning of the 
 Diftemper did proceed from the Corruption or Depra- 
 vation of the Blood, which was become, as it were, de- 
 generate from its fpirituous, balfamick, and volatilized 
 Condition, into a flat and vapid State, like to dead Wine ; 
 fo in Procefs of Time, for Want of the Spirits to quicken 
 P 5 '' It,
 
 102 The T a-rriik' s New Guide. Ch.XXVIII. 
 
 ' it, and caufe the Fermentations nccefiary to the proper 
 
 * Places of the Body, where the excremcntitious Parts of 
 ' the Blood fhould be thrown oft, fuch Excrements are 
 ' colleded every Day in a greater Qiinntity, and acquire a 
 ' greater Degree of Malignity, being hardly any Part of 
 ' them difcharged any other Way but this, which is pre- 
 
 * ternatural, and moft times becomes deftrudlive to the 
 *' Beaft, after the Dileafe hath arrived to the Height. 
 Sone further But we fliall here fubjoin, to what Mr, 
 Ohjcrnjat'ions Siiupe has laid concerning the Glanders^ fome 
 ccncerfiing the few Confiderations ilwt will make this Mat- 
 Clandersy &c. jg^ yet more intelligible ; and in order there- 
 unto, the Reader would do well to confidcr that an Ulcer, 
 or an Abfcefs form'd in any Part, from whence there may 
 conftantly be derived a very large Difcharge of Matter, will 
 foon bring the Body into a weak and debilitated Stale, by 
 depriving it of its neceflary Suftcnance and Support \ and 
 this we find by daily Obfervation, both in human Bodies, 
 and in brute Creatures. 
 
 Nor does this happen by Reafon of the Quantity of Mat- 
 ter alone that iillies from thole Parts, but as it caufes an 
 over great Determination of the Blood towards the ulcera- 
 ted Part, which leflens the common and ordinary Difchar- 
 ges by the Glands and Pores of the Body ; for by this 
 Means the Blood is rendei'd niore vifcid, and unapt to 
 Motion, and fas the above-mention'd Author obferves) it 
 lofes Its Spirits ; and therefore it very readily ftagnates in the 
 ibft Parts, and wiiere the Blood-veilels are very fmall, ?.3 
 in the Lungs, Kidnies, ^c. forming Ulcers in them alfo. 
 And for this Reafon it very oficn falls out, that glander'd 
 Horfes turn Confumptive, and Conlumptive Horl'es turn 
 glander'd. And this has brought Farriers into different Opi- 
 nions concerning the Glanders, becaufe molt glander'd 
 Horfes, after they were open'd, have been found defedtive 
 in one or more of their Inv/ards. 
 
 But to underitand the Nature of this Diftempcr aright, 
 It will be neceflary to confider, that it takes its Beginning, 
 and has its chief Seat in a little foft fpongy Flefli, which is 
 eafdy dilated by the leail Influx of Blood ; and therefore 
 we fometim.es obferve a Running at the Nole in fome 
 Horfes from a very flight Cold ; but when this Subflance 
 happens to be very much relaxed, any one may, without 
 much Diflicultyj imagine how the Running will be apt tq 
 increafe.
 
 Chap. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, 6cc. 103 
 
 But that this may yet be the more readily 7he Glanders 
 apprehended, we fhall confider it in all its confJer d in all 
 different Stages. Firjl^ As it is a fimple i^i Stages. 
 Running ; Secondly ^ As it becomes an Ulcer : And under 
 this Head it may be alfo confider'd in a twofold Refpedl, as 
 it is an Ulcer in the Flefhy Parts, and as it becomes an Ul- 
 cer in the Bony Parts. And tho' this be only an advaiKed 
 Degree of the fame Difeale, yet we have made this Diftinc- 
 tion in Compliance with thofe, who, in its laft Stage have 
 call'd it the Mounwig of the Chine. 
 
 Now this Difeafe at firft is no other than a Superfluity cf 
 Matter proceeding from the foft fpongy Flefh in tlie upper 
 Part of the Nofe, and that it is caufed by an over-great 
 Plenty of Blood from the Arteries into thofe Parts ; for by 
 this Means that glandulous Flelh becomes inlarged : And 
 whereas in its natural State there is nothing feparated from 
 it but a little Moifture, which in Horfes is hardly perceiv- 
 able, and ferves chiefly to refrefh thofe Parts which are the 
 Organs of Swelling ; yet now that the Glands are dilated 
 and fwell'd, there is a conliderable CXiantity of Matter con- 
 tinually difcharged from their Excretory Dufts. 
 
 And whether this proceeds from a Cold,or from the Stran- 
 gles, or from Infedion, or an inward Wafte and Decay, it 
 will foon degenerate into an Ulcer, and the Matter being 
 pent up within thofe Paflages,mufteaiily acquire a more than 
 ordinary Degree of Putrefaction, whereby it turns corroflve, 
 wallies and deftroys the Veiiels ; fo that inftead of that fu- 
 perfluous Difcharge which was in the Beginning of. the Di- 
 Itemper, from the common Pailages of the Gland, the 
 Matter now proceeds from the ruptur'd and torn Vellcls ; 
 and therefore if the Horfe lives until the Glanders turn to 
 an Ulcer, the Matter is frequently llreaked with Blood. 
 
 But in the lall Stage of this Diftemper, the intolerable 
 Stench, and a difcolour'd Corruption, denotes the Bones to 
 be ulcerated as well as the Flefh ; and how this may hap- 
 pen, is not diflicult to be conceiv'd, efpecially if it be re- 
 member'd, that the Bone, in which the fpongy Flefli is feat- 
 ed, is alfo itfelf very fpongy. Now as this Bone is open and 
 full of Pores, it muft eaflly become a fit Receptacle for a 
 more than ordinary Quantity of the common Juices ; and 
 when thefe are perpetually falling into it, changing its Na- 
 ture from that of a Bone, it turns into a Caries^ and be- 
 comes like dead mortifled Flefn, fo that ail the Alatter that 
 comes from thence is of an aihy or black Colour 3 and when 
 P 4 it
 
 104 The Farrier'j N^jv Guide. Ch. XXVIII. 
 
 it has been of fome Continuance, it alfo waftesand deftroys 
 the Paflhges of the Nofe, as Mr, Snaps has obferved. 
 
 No Wonder then that the Cure of the Glanders becomes 
 difficult as it is thus circumftanced ; for befides the inward 
 Wafte and Decay, which is fomeiimes the Caufe of it, and 
 is for the moll part or always the Effeft of it, as it is feated 
 outof the Reach of proper Applications, and in fuch Parts 
 as we have obferved to be of a very loofe and open Struc- 
 ture ; therefore the lealt Running from the Nofe of a 
 Horfe, unlefs he be othervvile in good Order, is very much 
 to be feared ; but efpecially if it be remember'd what we 
 have elfewhere taken Notice of concerning the dependent 
 Pofition of a Horfe's Head, whereby he is render'd liable 
 to many fudden Diforders, as the Vertigo^ Staggers, &c. 
 and to frequent Difeafes of the Eyes ; we may upon the 
 fame Footing eafily imagine, how he may alfo become glan- 
 der'd, if once the Blood happens to be determin'd in an 
 over-great Quantity into the foft and glandulous Subftances 
 about the Nofe and Throat. 
 
 But although the Cure of the Glanders is hardly to be 
 attempted in its lail Stage, or even when it is turn'd to an 
 Ulcer, or indeed in any Circumftance, when a Horfe is 
 inclinable to be confumptive ; yet that we may not be 
 thought wanting of thofe Helps that are neceflary for fo 
 comimon a Dileafe, we fhall lay down fuch Rules as are 
 to be obferv'd, and prefcribe fuch Remedies as are the moft 
 appropriated to every Degree ot it. 
 
 ^, ^ And therefore, in the Beginning, if the 
 
 Running be fimple, j'uch as may proceed 
 from a Cold, and continues too long, if the Horfe has 
 Strength, he may be purged once or twice, or oftner, with 
 the following Drench. 
 
 *' Take the Roots of common Burdock fliced one 
 ** handful, of Guaiacum and Saflafras Wood, of each 
 " half a Pound, Monk's Rhubarb four Ounces, Sefia one 
 *' Ounce, Jalap bruifed two Ounces, fweet Fennel-feeds or 
 '* Annifeeds an Ounce and a half. Boil the Burdock- 
 ** roots and the Woods in two Quarts of Water for the 
 *' Space of a whole Hour ; after which put in the other 
 *' Ingredients; and to a Quart of the drained Deception 
 ■" add a quarter oi a Pound of Honey : Let this be given 
 ''' in the Morning with the ufual Precautions ; and let his 
 '* Water alfo be warm, and fweetened with Honey. 
 
 «' Take
 
 Ch. XXVIII. Of the Glanders^ &c. 105 
 
 " Take Jalap and Aloes in fine Powder of each ten 
 " Drams, Salt of Tartar half a Dram ; make them into 
 *' two Balls with a lufficient Quantity of Wheat-flour and 
 " Butter. To be given as the former. 
 
 After the Operation of the Phyfick, let him have a 
 DecoiStion of the Red-rofe Leaves, with an Ounce and 
 an half or two Ounces of Dlajcordmm diflblved in it, 
 which will greatly contribute to abate the Running at 
 the Nofe ; and while it is only in this firll Stage, a little of 
 the fame Decoftion without the Diafcordium^ but fweet- 
 ened with Honey, will be fufficient to inje6t into the 
 Nofe. 
 
 And becaufe all thofe Things that are proper to promote 
 a Breathing thro' the Pores will alfo conduce to the fame 
 End, therefore one Pound of Guaiacum, half a Pound of 
 Safiafras, with Four Ounces of Liquorice, may be boiled 
 in Water for his ordinary Drink. 
 
 But if you cannot bring him to drink his Decoiflionj the 
 Woods may be given in the Way Solleyfell ufes them for 
 the Farcin ; which is thus : 
 
 " Infufe ten Ounces of Guaiacum Wood, or for Want 
 *' of that, that of Box- wood, in nine Pints of Water ; and 
 *' after they have ftood twelve Hours in Infufion in hot 
 ** Afhes, boil them with a gentle Heat in a cover'd Vefl'el, 
 *' to the Confumption of a third Part of the Water, then 
 " ftrain out the Liquor, and give your Horfe a Quart a 
 *' a Day for eight Days together, keeping him Bridled three 
 " Hours before, and three Hours after every Dofe. 
 
 But there is no need to keep a Horfe fo long bridled after 
 this Decodion, but he may be fed within an Hoar, or an 
 Hour and a half ; and before his Corn he may drink W^ater 
 wherein Liquorice has been boiled, or Honey diiiblved. 
 
 If the Running does not abate, or if you obferve the 
 Kernels under his Jaws to be very hard and iwell'd, you 
 may apply the following Cataplafm. 
 
 " Take half a Pound of Linfeed, Four Ounces of the 
 *' Seeds of Fenugreek, reduce them to fine Powder, and 
 *' boil them over a clear Fire in a quart of Vinegar, to the 
 ''' Confiftence of a Poultife, keeping conflantly llirring, 
 *' and when it begins to thicken, add half a Pound of Oint- 
 *' ment of Marfh-mallows, and apply it hot to the Ker- 
 " nels, covering the Part with a Lamb's Skin. 
 
 This muft be done for feveral Days, and if the Horfe be 
 Tiot far gone in the Diftemper, it will either diflblve the 
 
 Kernels
 
 io6 ThelARRiiR's New Guide. Ch. XXVIII. 
 
 Breaking of the Kernels or break them, which will be of very 
 Kernels under great Service, as the Swelling in thofe Parts b 
 iheja^'s fame- occafion'd by a Sort of Sympathy, and pro- 
 ti7nes necejfary. ^-^gj^ i^^^^ ^^ ^.^^^ Caufe that brings on the 
 Glanders, and as they mufl therefore conftantly help to feed 
 the Diftemper. But if they cannot be remov'd by emollient 
 or fuppurative Medicines, I fhould think it might conduce 
 very much to the Horfe's Safety to open them with a Caujiicky 
 it being much eafier to heal an Ulcer in thofe Parts than ia 
 the Nofe ; neither can it be attended with fuch bad Confc- 
 quences as when thofe Kernels are extirpated, as is fome- 
 times pradifcd ; becaufe in the Operation fomePart of them 
 is generally left behind, from whence Nature fupplies that 
 Want by new, but imperfedt ones, which are more liable to 
 Swelling and Inflammation than the firft ; fo that inftead 
 of giving Relief, it often makes the Dillemper worfe. 
 
 But if thofe Swellings continue with the other Symp- 
 toms, the Horfe ought to be rowel'd, unlefs you perceive 
 him to wafte, and in that Cafe any Kind of Illiae will only 
 help to fhorten his Days. 
 
 And here, as concerning Rowelli?ig^ that will be of greateft 
 Service when made on the Infide of the Thigh, in order to 
 make aRevulfion ; and this Method of Rozvelling is fuppor- 
 ted by the fame Reafon as Bleeding in the hind Parts for 
 Difeafes of the Head ; for as we find the Blood to move in a 
 more than ordinary Quantity towards the Head of a Horfe 
 that is glander'd, therefore a Vent to the Humours back- 
 wards, at fo great a Diftance, will, no doubt, be of Service, 
 for by that Means the Blood will be brought to flow more 
 towards the hind Parts than before fuch an Iflue was made, 
 and a Check will be thereby put to the Diftemper. 
 InjeSlions la ^^^ when the Parts from whence the glan- 
 
 he ui'd. ^^x''\ Running proceeds are become ulcerat- 
 
 ed, which may be known by the Clamminefs 
 and Vifcidity of the Matter, and by its fticking to the Infide 
 of theNoftrils likePafte; in this Cafe Injedions mufl be 
 made ufe of, and fuch as are of the greateft Efficacy ; and 
 for that Purpofe the Farrier ought to provide a Syringe, 
 with a Pipe that is of a convenient Length. But firft of all 
 it will be neceftary to purge and cleanfe the Horfe's Nofe, 
 by burning Brimftone or Aiiripigmentvjn under it, which 
 may be fent up the Noftriis through the fmall End of a 
 Funnel, and vi^hen he has fneez'd and thrown out a plentiful 
 deal of Matter, fyringe his Nofe with Brandy or Red-wine, 
 
 and
 
 Chap. XXVIII. Of the Glanders y 6cc 107 
 
 and then injeft the blue Water prefcrib'd in the z\th Chap- 
 ter, to take off Films and Webs from the Eye, for nothing 
 will conduce more to the cleanfing and healing the ulcera- 
 ted Parts. The Water made of the Laph Mirabilis, in 
 the zid Chapter, will alfo conduce very much to the fame 
 Intention ; or the following, which is alfo exceeding pro- 
 per where there is a great Foulnefs. 
 
 " Take a Pint of White wine, one Qiiart of Plantain- 
 " water, two Handfuls of Red-rofe Leaves, half a Dram 
 "of Orpiment, one Dram of Verdegreafe, Myrrh, and 
 ** Aloes, of each a Dram and a half." 
 
 The Rofe Leaves are to be infus'd in the White-wine 
 for the Space of forty eight Hours, and then the Wine to 
 be pour'd off and mix'd with the Plaintain-water, and the 
 Orpiment, Verdegreafe, Myrrh, and Aloes, are to be 
 beat to a line Powder before they are mixt with the In- 
 fufion. 
 
 A fmall Quantity of the Viiguentum Egyptiacum, dif- 
 folv'd before the Fire in a little Oil or Turpentine, may be 
 alfo injected thro' a pretty large Pipe, which will 2Mq be 
 very affififul in cleanfing the ulcerated Parts. 
 
 If your Horfe begins to v/afte, and turns flabby, and fub- 
 jeft to hedick Dilorders, the Method laid down for fuch 
 Cafes is alfo to be foUow'd ; and if the Matter proceeding 
 from the Nofe denotes the Bones to be alfo ulcerated, by 
 its Colour and rank. Smell, you may then very juftly begin 
 to give over Hopes of his doing well, tho' I know there 
 are feveral Farriers who have Allurance enough to boall of 
 curing Horfes in this Condition : However, his Nofe ought 
 to be fyring'd with Brandy, or Spirit ot Wine, and with 
 thofe Things above- recommended, that he may become as 
 little noifome and offenlive as poffible. 
 
 A Tindure drawn from Eiiphorbhim is Forcing Matter 
 extremely ferviceable in all Cafes where /'""^ •■■^^ W^ 
 the Bones are foul and ulcerated ; but yet Zi'^J'' I""/'' 
 
 we cannot recommend its Ufe in Iniedions ; ^° ^"" "^ , 
 , ^ , . , . , J . ' fuery commend- 
 
 becaufe when it is given that way, it mult ^^^^^ 
 
 wafte the Parts that are found as well as 
 
 thofe that are putrify'd ; and as it muff be frequently 
 
 ufed before it can produce the defir'd Effefts, it may, no 
 
 doubt, in fo fenfible a Part as the Nofe, by its exceffive 
 
 ftimulating Quality, derives a much greater Influx into 
 
 the Parts, and confequently, he the Caufe of a greater 
 
 Foulnefs i and for the fame Reafon, the cleanfing the 
 
 Nofe
 
 108 The Farrier'^ Ne^ua Guide, Ch. XXIX. 
 
 Nofe by Fumigation, with Brimftone and the like Com- 
 buftibles, is not to be too often attempted ; becaufe any 
 fuch violent Agitation will be apt to have the like Effed. I 
 fhould therefore, in moft Cafes of this Nature, recommend 
 moderate Exercife while the Horfe has Strength, or the 
 Ufe of Chewing Balls of j^jJIj Fostida, and other feculent 
 ilinking Ingredients ; for ihefe will, for the moft part, 
 purge the Nofe as much as is neceflary ; nor can I'uch a 
 Method eafily be attended with any ill Confequence. 
 Of h CI d r ^^^ ^^ "i^y» no doubt, be expected, 
 
 M comes % ^vhile I am upon this Cure, that I fliould 
 Infeilion. make fome Diftmction between that kmd 
 
 of Glanders which comes by Infection, 
 and that which proceeds only from the common and ufual 
 Caufes ; but as this cannot differ from that otherwife 
 than in fuch Circumftances as may happen in different 
 Conflitutions, the Method of Cure, as to Graierals, muft 
 therefore be the fame. But when the Glanders becomes 
 like a Plague among Horfes, as it fometimes happens, it 
 is then only to be conlider'd as a Symptom and a critical 
 Difcharge, which contributes to the Solution of fome reign- 
 ing Diftemper. And in this Cafe, all thofe Things that 
 we have recommended for the Cure of malignant or pefti- 
 lential Fevers are proper, and ought to be made ufe of in- 
 ternally. 
 
 We (hall conclude with the general Precaution given by 
 all Farriers, and that is, to feparate the found from the un- 
 found, though I believe this formidable Name of Infec- 
 tioufnefs has been chiefly owing to the laft mentioned kind 
 of Glanders, which is epidemical j for I have known glan- 
 der'd Horfes ftand fome Months with thofe that have been 
 found, v/ithout any ill Effedt ; yet I muft needs fay, it 
 would be Pity to run any fuch Hazard with a good Horfe, 
 when it may be fo eafily avoided. 
 
 CHAP. XXIX, 
 
 Of the Strangles. 
 
 The Wrangles, 'T' H E Strangles is a Swelling under the 
 ally d to an ex- *- Throat between the two Jaw-bones, 
 ternah:!hi!t7jy, ^nd feems not to differ very much from that 
 which in a human Body is called the Squinajy or i^iia- 
 
 Jr-
 
 Chap. XXIX. Of the Strangles', 109 
 
 fy ; its Seat is not fo much upon the Glands as on the 
 Mufcles, and therefore it comes the more readily to an Im- 
 pofthumation ; neither is there fo much danger in Horfes 
 as in human Bodies, becaufe in a true Quinfy the Mufcles 
 of the Larynx^ or Throttle, are for the moft Part affected ; 
 whereas in the Strangles, the Mufcles of the Tongue feem 
 only to be touch'd, and therefore the Difeafe comes natu- 
 rally to have an external or outward Difcharge. 
 
 Young Horfes are moft liable to this Dif- q ^ , 
 temper, and for that Reafon the Sieur de the Small pox 
 SoUeyfell compares it to the Small- pox, and ly Solleyfell. 
 has obferv'd, that few Horfes are troubled 
 with it above once, unlefs the Matter of the Strangles has 
 been imperfedly caft off, and then he fays it generally 
 returns when they are about the Age of fix, ten, or twelve ; 
 he farther takes Notice, that the Matter fometimes cafts 
 itfelf off from the Limbs, and other Parts of the Body, 
 efpecially from thofe Members that have been any ways 
 hurt or weaken'd. 
 
 It has been a Lofs to that Author, who was fo diligent 
 an Obferver of all manner of Accidents incident to Horfes, 
 that he was not better acquainted with their inward 
 Structure and Make, othcrwife his Notices might have 
 turn'd much more to his and the Reader's Account ; for 
 although this Diftemper be near ally'd to an external 
 Quinfy, as to its Situation, and alfo in many other Re- 
 fpecls ; yet no doubt, as it moftly happens to young 
 Horfes, it may therefore, in its Effedts, alfo bear an Affi- 
 nity to the Small-pox. 
 
 For as the Blood of young Horfes may reafonably enough 
 be fuppos'd unequally fluid, having not as yet been fuffi- 
 ciently comminuted by frequent Circulations ; therefore, 
 while they are in this imperfect State, they are render'd 
 liable to Difeafes, as we have already taken Notice in an- 
 other Place ; and when thefe happen, they fufe and melt 
 the Blood, or purify it from its Vifcidities and grofl'er 
 Parts, by fome Difcharges, which are anfwerable to the 
 Small-pox in human Bodies. But as the Small-pox breaks 
 out in little Puftules all over the Skin, where-ever the Veffels 
 are the fmalleft, and where the Blood muft of Confequence 
 be moft apt to ftagnate; yet becaufe the Blood-^vellels in 
 Horfes are confiderably thicker and ftronger than in human 
 Bodies, therefore thefe Impurities cannot fo readily be dif- 
 charg'd in that Mannerj but fall out into Biles and Swellings 
 
 in
 
 1 1 o The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXIX. 
 
 in all thofe Parts that are the weakefl:, or the moft depen- 
 dent ; and this may, no doubt, be the Reafon why Horfes 
 are more fuhjcdt to the Strangles, and other Impollumati- 
 ons, while they are Colts, than when they are grown up 
 to a more mature State. 
 
 But tho' this may be the true Reafon of that Difeafe, 
 and therefore that it may require fome different, or, at 
 leafl:, fome acceiliuy Helps, which are not altogether need- 
 ful in common Biles and Inflammations, yet the Cure mult 
 be much the fame as to Univerliils. 
 
 77' Cure "^"^ therefore, if the Swelling has a Ten- 
 
 dency forwards between the Jaws (as is moll 
 common to Horfes, proceeding from the dependent Situa- 
 tion of their Head) fo that the Pallages of the Throat are 
 not in danger of being choak'd up by it, the fafeft Way is 
 to ripen it, and bring it to Suppuration, and for that End 
 the moft fimple eafy Methods may be firft put in Pradlice, 
 as anointing the Parts with Ointment of Marfh- mallows, 
 and covering them up warm. ; for Nature oftentimes gives 
 the greateft Alliftance in fuch DifeaJes. Or you may take 
 Oil of Bays and frefh Butter, of each a like Quantity, 
 Ointment of Marfli- mallows the Weight of both ; or the 
 Poultice in the preceeding Chapter may be apply'd warm 
 twice a Day. 
 
 After the Swellings are ripe, and that you perceive Mat- 
 ter within them, but that they don't break, which perhaps 
 may be hinder'd by the thicknefs of the Skin, you may 
 open them with a Lancet ; but if they do not ripen as you 
 could wifli, you had better make Uli2 of a hot Iron, and 
 fear the Outlide pretty deep ; but whether you open them 
 by Incifion, or by the Application of the Iron, you muft 
 be fure to make your Operation in the lowermoft depen- 
 dent Part, for by that means the Matter will the more ea- 
 Jily run off; whereas if you open them in the upper Part, 
 if they happen to be large, you will have them conltantly 
 fiU'd with Corruption ; and alfo while you obferve this 
 Method, your Incifion need be but fmall, for the Matter 
 will find itfelf a Paflage through a very fmall Orifice, when 
 that happens to be rightly difpofed. 
 
 As foon as the Matter has fully difcharg'd itfelf, you may 
 prefs out what remains gently with your Thumb, and then 
 make a Doflil of fine Flax, and when you have dipt it in 
 warm Bafilicon, which is the propereft Digellive in all fuch 
 Inientionsj you may introduce it into tiie Orifice, but not 
 
 too
 
 Chap. XXIX. Of the Strangles. 1 1 1 
 
 too far, neither mtift that be continued above three or four 
 Days in any common Cafe ; for the keeping the Orifice 
 too long open, will derive too great a Quantity of Matter 
 upon the Parts, and will caufe them alfo to ulcerate, and 
 fometimes to turn fiftulous. And for the fame Reafon the 
 Ufe of Tents muft be very prejudicial, as they moll com- 
 monly have that Effedt. 
 
 And therefore when the Running begins to lefTen, you 
 need only apply fmooth flat Pledgits of Lint, arm'd with 
 the fame Ointment, over the Orifices, and above them a 
 thick Comprefs of foft Canvafs, in feveral Doubles, to fill 
 up all the vacant Space between the Jaws, that the divided 
 Parts may again be united; and if you find little hard 
 Lumps remain after the Sores are healed up, you need not 
 be much furprized, neither will they be of any ill Confe- 
 quence, for thefe may be remov'd by a defenfive Plaifter, 
 for which Purpofe we recommend the following, which is 
 eafy to be made, and is very good. 
 
 " Take common Diachylon and Red-Lead Plaifter, of 
 ** each four Ounces, common Pitch two Ounces, dilTolve 
 " them in a Gallipot, or Iron Ladle, over the Embers, with 
 *' a fufficient Quantity of Oil or Hog's-lard ; then take Bole 
 *' in fine Powder an Ounce and a half, and ftir it into the 
 " Mixture, and make it to the Confiftency of a Plaifter; 
 *' if it be too hard, you may diflblve it again with a little 
 ** more Oil ; and if it fhould chance to be too foft, you 
 *' may add a little more of the Diachylon. 
 
 ^ This muft be fpread on Leather, or a Piece of thick 
 Dowlas ; and after the Hair has been clipp'd off very clofe, 
 it may be notch'd and ' applied all under his Chaps, where 
 it is to lie as long as it will ftick on ; and by the Help of this, 
 all the little Hardnefles will be diilblved. 
 
 The "Bafilicoji which we have recommended for dref- 
 fing the Sores, may be had ready made at any Apothecary'^ ; 
 but it will be the more appropriated to Horfes, if half an 
 Ounce of Turpentine be mixed with every Ounce of it ; 
 or the Farrier may make it himfelf in the following Man- 
 ner. 
 
 ** Take yellow Wax, Rofin, and common Pitch, of 
 ** each half a Pound, Oil or Hog's Lard nine Ounces, com- 
 ** mon Turpentine one Pound ; melt them together over 
 *' a gentle Fire, conftantly ftirring, or elfe the Pitch will 
 " be apt to burn ; then ftrain it through a coarfe Canvas, 
 *' and keep it for Ufe. 
 
 But
 
 112 57?^ Farrier'j AVjy G///V^. Ch.XXIXJ 
 
 But if this Ointment fliould incarnate, or make the Flcfli 
 grow too f. ft, you may mix with it a little of the Powder 
 of Verdegrc.ile made very line, or the Powder of Red Pre- 
 cipitate, which will keep that under ; but further Diredions 
 Ihall be given herein when we come to treat of Ulcers ; we 
 fhall therefore go on to obferve what is neccH'ary to be done 
 internally. 
 
 If you find your Horfe hearty and well, notwithftanding 
 thofe Tumours, there will be no great Need for any thing 
 but to give him Plenty of warm Water mixed \\ith Oat- 
 meal to drink, keeping him, in every other Relped, to 
 his ufual Diet ; but if you obferve him to be feverifli, and 
 to for fake his Meat, it is a Sign Nature is over much op- 
 prefs'd, and requires fome Afliftance ; and therefore to re- 
 lieve that OpprefTion, you may give him once or twice, or 
 oftner, as you fliall fee Occafion, a few Broth by Way of 
 Clyfter, or a Decoflion made with two or three handfuls 
 of Marfh-mallows mixed with a Quarter of a Pound of 
 common Treacle or Mohjfus. 
 
 And if you obferve the Swellings to continue hard, but 
 have little or no Tendency to a Suppuration, thofe Things 
 which have already been recommended for the Cure of pu- 
 trid and malignant Fevers, may in that Cafe be given with 
 Succefs ; or if thofe things are not in a Readinefs, you may 
 give him the following Cordial Drench. 
 
 *' Take Gentian-root and Galangal in fine Powder, of 
 *' each half an Ounce, Cloves and Cinnamon, of each one 
 *' Dram J SaftVon one Scruple, Powder of burnt Hartfhorn 
 *' two Drams ; let this be given in a Mixture of Milk-wa- 
 *' ter and White-wine, or in a Pint of Ale. After which 
 *' give him moderate Exercife for half an Hour ; and when 
 *' you bring him into the Stable, let him be tied uj) another 
 *' half Hour, and then you may permit him to eat frefh 
 *' Hay. 
 
 An Ounce of Venhe-TxQzde dilToIv'd in a little Milk- 
 water, or warm Ale, and given once or twice a Day, 
 will be of great Service to afiift languid Nature, and will 
 either help to bring thofe Swellings to Maturity, or will 
 difpofe them to perfpire and go oft" in a kindly Manner. 
 
 Sometimes the Strangles are caft off" chiefly by the 
 Nofe, and fometimes they break inwardly about the 
 Roots of the Tongue, and when that happens, moft of 
 the Matter ifllies from the Nofe alfo. In either of thefe 
 Cafes the Horfc Ihould be moderately rid, for that will 
 
 help
 
 Chap. XXXI. Of the Strangta. 1 1 3 
 
 help him more efFedually than any Thing elfe to expel 
 the Matter, and will not be attended with fuch ill Con- 
 fequences as Fumigation, and the injeding of hot Things, 
 or the putting of Feathers up the Nofe ; for by this 
 Means you do not aflill Nature, but conftrain her, which 
 is no ways agreeable to found Prav5tice. But if the Swel- 
 lings break inwardly, it will be very proper to wafh his 
 Mouth fometimes with Red-wine mixed with Honey of 
 Rofes, for that will keep it clean, and prevent Ulcers ; but 
 if the Sores be like to continue, which can only happen 
 when the Horfe is in a bad State of Health, you imy 
 diflblve a quarter of an Ounce of crude Sal Amioniack in 
 a Pint of Water, and wafh his Mouth with it once or twice 
 a Day. 
 
 If the Difcharge be plentiful, and the Matter well di- 
 gefted, there will be but little Occafion for After-helps, as 
 Bleeding and Purging : But if any Accident happens, ei- 
 ther from the State of the Body, or from bad Management^ 
 that the Cure feems imperfect, and the Horfe does not 
 thrive upon it, then Recourfe may be had to Purging : 
 For which Purpofe I chiefly recommend the Preparations 
 of Aloes, becaufe thefe are the more efF^jCtual to work upon 
 the Blood, and to break it of its Vifcidilies. And after 
 Purging has been three or four Times complied with, one of 
 the following Balls may be given every Day, and continu'd 
 for fomeTime. 
 
 " Take Gentian, Zedoary, and Galangal, of each four 
 *' Ounces, Cloves, Nutmegs, and Cinnamon, of each half 
 *' an Ounce, Myrrh fix Ounces, calcin'd Hartfhorn half a 
 '' Pound." Let all thefe be made into a fine Powder, and 
 incorporated together with Gum Arabick diflblved in Wa- 
 ter, and made into Balls weighing two Ounces each. 
 
 But if your Horfe be of fmall Value, the following may 
 be given, which perhaps will anfwer the End, and be little 
 inferior to the other. 
 
 " Take the Powders of Gentian and Galangal of each 
 *' fix Ounces, Antimony finely prepar'd eight Ounces,Law- 
 *' rel-berries. Coriander and Caraway- feeds in Powder, of 
 " each an Ounce, tlie Powder of calcin'd Hartfhorn ten 
 " Ounces. Let thefe be made into Balls weighing two 
 *' Ounces, as the former; one of which may be given 
 " every Day for the Space of a whole Month, and they 
 " will contribute very much to rectify your Horfe's Con- 
 Q ' " Hitution,
 
 1 14 The FarrierV Ne-jj Guide. Ch. XXX. 
 
 *' ftitution, and to cleanfe his Blood from all Impurities." 
 I have infifted the longer on this Subjed, as the Method 
 here laid down is not only to be obferved where there has 
 been an imperfedDifchargeof the Strangles, but alfo in all 
 other Impoftumalions and inflam'd Swellings, where the 
 Endeavours of Nature feem to have been infufficient j and 
 to this we fliall conllantly refer in all fuch Cales. 
 
 CHAP. XXX. 
 
 Of the falfe or baftard St r angle s» 
 
 A Mijiake of np H E laft mentioned Author accounts for 
 Solleyfell- J- this Diftemper after a very ftrange Man- 
 
 ner, and in a Way that is diredly contrary to Nature. He 
 fays, When the Strangles have not been thoroughly dif- 
 charg'd at the ufual Time, a latent Ferment will remain 
 in the Body, which, in its proper Time, will agitate the 
 Humours, and c^ufe them to fall into the fame Place where 
 they fhould have been call oft" at firft. And this, he fays, 
 will fometimes happen five or ten Years after, when a 
 Horfe is ten or fifteen Years old. But befides, that there 
 is no fuch Ferment in the Body of any Animal, there is no 
 fuch Regularity in Nature ; and that may be plainly pro- 
 ved by his own Obfervation, wiiere he takes Notice of the 
 Matter of the Strangles falling off fometimes upon other 
 Parts of the Body that have been previoufly weakened ; 
 and this is truly the Way of Nature. And therefore when 
 Swellings happen to old Horfes about the Jaws, and a- 
 bout the Kernels, it is an infallible Sign of a crazy Confti- 
 tution in them, and is oftentimes the Fore-runner of the 
 Glanders, uniefs that has been occafion'd by fome Violence. 
 And we may even obferve in human Bodies, in all tender 
 and delicate Habits, the fame Difpofitions to Swellings in 
 the glandulous and kernelly Paris, but efpecially in thofc 
 that are confumptivej and as in human Bodies the Humours 
 have chiefly a Tendency towards the Groins, i^c. in a 
 Horfe, they move towards the Head and Jaws, forming 
 Swellings in thofe Parts, as they are dependent in a Horfe, 
 according to our repeated Obfervations. 
 
 Therefore in fuch Cafes, inftead of being too bufy to 
 ripen and draw away fuch Kernel?, uniefs tliey be inflam'd, 
 and have a Tendency to Sunpuraiion, the Horfe ought to 
 
 have
 
 Chap. XXXI. Of the Fives. 1 1 5 
 
 have Plenty of good Feeding, with the Help of fome Re- 
 ftoratives, and a continued Courfe of the Cinnabar Pills, 
 as diredled in the Farcin, to attenuate and open thofe hard 
 Obftrudions ; and thefe will be the mofl likely Means to 
 recover him. 
 
 And this Method ought chiefly to be followed in all im- 
 perfe<fl: Strangles, whether a Horfe be young or old ; only 
 that to young Horfes, Rertoratives will not be neceflary, 
 unlefs he be alfo confumptive. But the Reader may con- 
 fijlt the preceeding Chapter. 
 
 CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 Of the Vives. 
 
 "^ H E Vivei has a very near Affinity to The Vinjes, a 
 ^ the Strangles, and feems chiefly to difter Sv.-ellifig ofths 
 in this, that as the Strangles for the molt ^^J°^^^ 
 Part happens to young Horfes and Colts, ^^'^"'^^' 
 while they are at Grafs, and while they feed with their 
 Heads downwards, the Swelling and Inflammation has 
 therefore the greater Tendency forwards between the Jaws ; 
 but the Vives will happen to a Horfe at any Time, and is 
 more particularly feated in the Glands or Kernels under 
 the Ears. When the Difeafe is violent, all the Parts about 
 the Throat will be inflam'd, and the Paflages of the Wind- 
 pipe and Gullet fo much prefs'd upon, that a Horfe in this 
 Condition being unable to fwallow, of NecefTity leaves his 
 Food ; and that does not proceed from the Imperfection in 
 thofe Parts alone, but alfo from the Violence of the Pain, 
 which affeds the Nerves to fuch a Degree, that all other 
 Sen rations are as it were loft in that. 
 
 The Caufe is chiefly from Cold, and from ^^^^ Caufe 
 all thofe things that induce and bring on a 
 Cold; as riding in the Night-Fogs, when a Horfe has not 
 been ufed to it ; drinking cold Water while he is warm, or 
 fuffering a Horfe to cool too foon aftr^r hard Riding, ^c. 
 
 The Signs are apparent in the outward Swellings, which 
 when the Inflammation is violent, are accompanied with 
 Reftleflhefs, and fometimes with a Fever ; fometimes he 
 lies down, but immediately ftarts up again, being uneafy 
 in every Pofture. Sometimes the Pain is lefs violent, and 
 then he not only lies do-.vn quietly, but v.'ill alfo feed. 
 
 Q 2 A^^,
 
 116 T/je^ARRiiRsNe-ji' Guide. Ch. XXXf. 
 
 <r7 r ^^ ^° ^^^ Cure, it is neceflary to confider, 
 
 that altho' the true Method of carrying off 
 inflam'd Swellings, is by fuffering them to come to Matu- 
 rity and Ripenefs ; yet when thefe happen upon any Part 
 that n>ay endanger Life, then Nature ought to be fomewhat 
 reftrain'd, as we have obferved in the Beginning of this 
 Treatile. And therefore when you obferve him under vio- 
 lent Pain, you may freely venture to take away fomeBlood 
 from his hind Parts, to make a gentle Revulfion. 
 
 After Bleeding, becaufe Horfes are for the raoft Part' 
 coftive in all fuch Affedions, he may be kept moderately 
 open with fuch Clyfters as have been directed for the Stran- 
 gles ; and thefe may be repeated once or twice a Day, 
 while the Horfe is in violent Pain. 
 
 And becaufe in all fuch Cafes it is proper to keep the 
 Secretions at Liberty, he ought to have Plenty of warm 
 Water fweeten'd with Liquorice, and (harpen'd with Sai 
 Prunella, or purify'd Nitre, or Salt-petre; or the fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 *' Take two Ounces of White- wine Tartar, beat it to a 
 ** Powder, and dilfove it in a Qiiart of warm Water, and 
 '' dillblve in the fame Liquor half an Ounce of crude Sal 
 " Armoniack^ and pour it into his Water, which ought 
 *' alfo to have a handful of Oatmeal boiled in it. 
 
 The frequent Ufe of thofe things will promote the Dif- 
 charges by Urine and infenfible Tranfpiration, fo that the 
 Swellings will fooner ripen, not only as there mull by this 
 Means be a leiler Derivation towards them, but alfo as 
 the Matter will become more attenuated, and fitter for a 
 fpeedy Suppuration. 
 
 _ Venice Treacle, or London Treacle, with the other Me- 
 dicines above prefcrib'd for the Strangles, may alfo be 
 given, obferving the fame Precautions, not only as to In- 
 ternals, but likewife in Externals ; for foftening Poultices 
 are abfolutely neceflary, but thofe of Yeft, and Meals made 
 of common Grain, are apt to draw too violently, and 
 therefore to be rejected, efpecially Vv'hile there is already 
 an over- great Inflammation. But thofe which are the belt 
 fitted for the Swellings of the Kernels about the Head and 
 Neck, or fuch as are frequently made of the Pulps of 
 emollient Herbs, as Mallows, Marfh- mallows, Agrimony, 
 Mercury, and the like ; the Flowers of Violets, Melilot, 
 and Elder, and the Roots of white Lillies, the fat and 
 un<ftuous Seeds, as Linfeed, Cuniir.in- feeds, and Fenu- 
 greek ;
 
 Chap. XXXI. Of the Vives. 1 1 7 
 
 greek ; and thefe fliould alfo be quicken'd with a Mixture 
 of penetrating Oils or Ointments, as thofe of Marfli-mal- 
 lows. Earth-worms ; or with fome fpirituous Mixture, as 
 the redify'd Spirits of Wine, or Brandy» or a fmall Quan- 
 tity of Camphire in fine Powder, flirr'd into the whole 
 Compofition over warm Aflies, or before the Fire ; for by 
 this Means a moderate Pcrfpiration will be ftill maintained 
 in the difeafed Part, which might otherwife be over much 
 obftrucled by the Relaxation that might follow a continual 
 Application of emollient foftening Things. 
 
 And it will be here neceflary, as well as in the Strangles, 
 after the Swellings are opened, to apply little Bolllers in all 
 the hollow Parts between the Jaws and under the Ears, that 
 if there {hould chance to be a more than ordinary Quanti- 
 ty of Matter continually falling into the Holiovvnefs, it may 
 not have Room to make any other Lodgment for itfelf but 
 what is proper. 
 
 Sometimes thofe Kernels continue hard and fwell'd with- 
 out Inflammation, and fometimes adventitious or BallarJ 
 Kernels grow out into thofe Parts, and are of little or no 
 Ufe, but rather to be accounted Excrefcences ; thefe may- 
 be extirpated and cut off, taking Care to avoid hurting the 
 Branches of the Jugular Artery ; and if there chance to be 
 an EfFufion of Blood from the fmaller Branches, which are 
 often rnlarged after continued Swellings in thofe Parts, that 
 may be ftopp'd by fearing with an Iron moderately heated, 
 according to the Directions hereafter laid down for Caute- 
 rizing and giving the Fire. 
 
 But if thefe Kernels continue hard and fwell'd without 
 Inflammation, and have an Appearance as if they might be 
 rsfolv'd, it is then much the bell Way to ufe fuch Applica- 
 tions as are proper to difcufs them ; becaufe Swellings and 
 Inflammation in the glandulous kernelly Parts are trouble- 
 fome, whether the Ifluebe good or bad. 
 
 Therefore the fame Plaiiter that was already dire£led X.Q 
 remove the remaining Hardnefs of the Strangles, may be ap- 
 plied all over the Kernels, and the fame Method us'd inter- 
 nally to promote the Pailage of the Blood through their 
 compa6t Subftance : But the Reader may receive further 
 Satisfadtion on this Head, by confulting that Part where 
 \ye have ijiade fonjc Obfervalions concerning Tumours. 
 
 Q^ 5 CHAP.
 
 lis The Parrier'j NeisjGnide. Ch. XXXII. 
 CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 Of the Anticor. 
 
 TJoe Anticor, "jV/TOST Authors have been miftaken as to 
 ar. InflawTfta- ^^^ the Nature of this Difeafe •, the greateft 
 tion of the Number attribute it to the Heart ; and Sollcy- 
 ""'''''• Jell calls its a Swelling of the Pericardium^ or 
 
 Purfe of the Heart. But they are all plainly in an Error ; 
 for an Anticor is an Inflammation in the Gullet and Throat, 
 and is the very fame which in Man is called Atigina. 
 *Th C tT It proceeds from the fame Caules that bring 
 
 on infinite Difcafes on Horfes, to wit, hard 
 Riding, expofmg a Horfe to the Cold, and giving him cold 
 Water to drink when he is hot, full Feeding, and whatever 
 elfe may caufc a fudden Stagnation of the Blood, 
 ny, n- ^^ The Signs are, fnft, all thofe that accom- 
 
 ' * pany a Fever ; for an Anticor^ while it is in- 
 
 ternal, never wants a Fever to attend it ; but when it (hews 
 itfelf externally, the Fever begins to abate, unlefs it conti- 
 nue to be both external and internal. 
 
 So long as the Inflammation continues in the Gullet, th,e 
 Horfe forfakes his P'ood 5 and tho' he has frequent Inclina- 
 tions to drink, and albeit his Water be made moderately 
 warm^ the firft Gulp deters him from meddling with it again, 
 until he has forgot the Pain and Agony it put him into. And 
 the Pain of the Gullet is yet more raanifeft from this (and 
 I believe every Farrier mult have made the fame Obferva- 
 lion) that whenever a Drench is given him he daggers, and 
 feems as if he would fall down, and make feveral fhort 
 interrupted Groans, or rather Gruntings, and fometimes 
 will break out into a cold damp Sweat about his Ears. 
 
 The Care '^^^^ ^'^^^ ^^^'^ ^^ begun by Bleeding, and 
 
 that needs not be very fparing ; for this Dif- 
 eafe feldom happens to Horfes that are poor and low. And 
 here we alfo approve of ftriking one or other of the Veins 
 on the hind Parts, to make a Revulflon. 
 
 After Bleeding, the following Clyfter may be given. 
 
 *' Take two handfuls of Barley, two Ounces of Sal poly- 
 " chreji reduc'd to tine Powder, boil them in two Quarts of 
 *' Water for the fpacc of a quarter of an Hour, add to the 
 '•' Decodion a Pint of Urine, a quarter of a Pound of frefli 
 *' Butter, and two Ounces of 0;1 of Rue. Let this be gi- 
 " vsn Blood-warm, and repeated twice a Day, or oftner. 
 
 Jf
 
 Chap. XXXII. Of the AnticGr. 1 1 9 
 
 If he takes to Food, nothing mud be given him but 
 moiften'd Hay, and fcalded Bran ; and what elfe, muft be 
 chiefly fuch Things as are proper- to keep down Heat and 
 Inflammation, and abate the Feverifh Symptoms, for which 
 Purpofe we recommend, after Bleeding, thofe Remedies 
 that are proper to promote Sweat. Therefore let the fol- 
 lowing Drench be prepar'd for him. 
 
 'V Take Treacle- water and Carduus- water of each one 
 *' Pint, diflblvein thefe two Ounces of old ^(?«/V^- Treacle, 
 " and after this has been exhibited, cloathe him well, and 
 " give him a little warm Water to drink; inftead of the 
 *' Treacle and Carduus- water, a Pint of Hale Beer, mixed 
 *' with fmall Beer, may be us'd." Nothing is fo efFedtual 
 to remove Inflammations, efpecially after Bleeding, as 
 Sweating ; and therefore if you find it difficult lO promote 
 Sweat, you may give him the following Ball. 
 
 " Takeof old ^mV^ Treacle two Ounces, volatile Salt 
 " of Harts-horn fifteen Grains, MLitthew"& Pill one Dram, 
 *' Camphire in Powder fix Grains, Powder of Liquorice, 
 *' or Saiiafras in Powder, what is fufficient to make it into 
 *' a Palle." Let this be exhibited after the Operation of 
 the Clyfl:er is over. 
 
 And if the Symptoms begin to abate, you may venture to 
 give your Horfe a gentle Purge, for which Purpofe the Puhis 
 Cornachiniy commonly called the Counteis of Warwick's 
 Powder, takes place beyond all others, and is thus made. 
 
 *' Take Scammony prepar'd with the Fumes of Brim- 
 " fl:one four Ounces, Diaphoretick Antimony two Ounces, 
 *' and the fame quantity of the Cryltals, or Cream of Tar- 
 ^' tar ; make them into a fine Powder. 
 
 The Dofe is two Ounces, made up into a Ball with But- 
 ter and Flour, to be given with the ufual Precautions. 
 
 This Medicine not only purges the Belly moderately, but 
 alfo keeps the Pores open, and carries off a great deal by 
 Sweat and infenfible Tranfpiration. 
 
 If the Swelling appears outwards, and at the fame Time 
 the other Symptoms abate, you may then leave off" Pur- 
 ging, for what is intended by that Evacuation, is chiefly to 
 difperfe the inward Diforder ; and then you are only to 
 apply ripening Cataplafms and Poultices, allowing him at 
 the fame Time Sal Prunella y Salt-petre, or the Sal Poly- 
 chrejlum diflblv'd in his Water. 
 
 The Cataplafm for this Purpofe may be made of the fol- 
 lowing Ingredients. 
 
 Q^ 4 *' Take
 
 1 20 The FarrierV Neixj Guide. Ch. XXXII. 
 
 *' Take Linfeed and Fenugieek-fceds of each two Oun- 
 '* Cfi^ Camomile, Melilot, or their Flowers, of each four 
 *' handfuls ; boil them over the Fire till moll of the Moi- 
 *' (lure be evaporated, then pafs them thro' a Sieve, and 
 '* adJ .1 quantity of Cow's Dung equal to the other Ingre- 
 ** dients, with a fufficient quantity of Ox or Sheep's Suet 
 *■' to keep it moift." Let this be applied twice a Day pret- 
 ty warm. 
 
 Or inftead of this compounded Poultice, Cow's Dung 
 alone apply'd warm to the Part, with a fufficient quantity 
 of Suet, or Ointment of Marfh-m.iUows, may be fufficient 
 to bring the Swelling to Maturity. 
 
 When it grows foft, and the Matter feems ready for a Dif- 
 charge, it nnv be open'd in the dependent lowermoll Part, 
 by the Application of a hot Iron, keeping a Doffil in the 
 Mouth of the Wound until the Running abates, and likewife 
 applying Comprelles and convenient Bandage to keep the 
 elevated Skin clofe to the fubjacent Flefh, that it may be the 
 fooner united ; but if the Cavity of the Impoflumation be 
 large, ir wiil not be amils to lay it open with a hot Knife an 
 Inch or more ; or if you v.'ould chufe to avoid the Scar, 
 with a cold fharp Inftrument, or with a pair of Sciflars. 
 
 The Cure may be linifh'd with applying only the Vn- 
 guentum "Bajillcum^ or a Digeftive made with Turpentine, 
 the Yolks of Eggs, or Honey, with a moderate Mixture of 
 Brandy, or Spirit of Wine j and if any Foulnefs appears, or 
 3f it heal too fall, or Ipongy foft Fleili arife, Pledgits dipt 
 3n Copperas-water, or a Solution of blue Vitriol may beap- 
 plicd, which will keep it fmooth and even. 
 
 But if the Swelling increafe very fall, which oftentimes hap- 
 pens, and there is no Tendency to Digeftion, but that it 
 arifes towards the Neck, afFedting all the Mufcles in thofe 
 Parts, the Horfe will then be in Danger of Suffocation, and 
 unlefs fpeedy Relief be given, he mull focn be llrangled. 
 
 Therefore, befides repeated Bleeding, if he is not too 
 much wore out, it will be convenient to take a hot Searing- 
 Iron, and apply it to five or fix Places on the lovi'er Part of 
 the Swelling, cauterizing thofe Parts, that they may be fpeed- 
 3]y brought to Matter, which may alio be drefs'd with Flax 
 or fine Hurds dipt in Tar and Turpentine, mix'd before the 
 Fire and apply'd warm ; for by giving Pain in thofe depen- 
 dent and inferior Parts, you caufe the Humours to flow 
 downv/ards from the Swelling, and by making Vents that 
 are fufHcient to difcharge them, you anticipate the Pain, 
 
 and
 
 C^AP. XXXII. Of the Jnticor. 1 2 1 
 
 and take oft" from its Violence, which is alfo an Extreme 
 to be avoided ; neither need you be afraid of the Swelling 
 that may cafually happen in the Fore-legs ; and, perhaps, 
 even his Limbs, by cauterizing, for that cannot be of fuch 
 ill Confequence, as when it is upon the Neck and Throat, 
 neither will it be of any Continuance, if due Care be taken 
 of the I'lues. 
 
 The Sieur de SoUeyfell recommends the making of fmall. 
 Incifions with a Fleam or Lancet, in eight or ten Places on 
 the Swelling, and to thruil into the Holes between the Skin 
 and the Flefli, Pieces of the Root of black Hellebore of the 
 Bignefs of the Tag of a Point, and if the Tumour be very 
 large, he recommends the ufe of white Hellebore, at the fame 
 time chafing the Part with the Ointments of Jgrippa and 
 Marlh- mallows. The Roots by their hot burning Quality, 
 .draw down and increafe the Swelling, and the Ointments 
 are to ripen the inclofed Matter, and fit it for a Difcharge. 
 
 The fame Author alfo recommends the Ufe of RetorieSy 
 or RuptorieSy for drawing an immediate Flux of Moiilurc 
 from the difeafed Part. Thefe are Ointments of the fame 
 Nature with thofe which are made to draw Blifters on tl'.e 
 human Body, and are compofed of the like Materials ; and 
 becaufe they may be ufed with much Safety, we fhall infert 
 two or three that are eafily made, and will be found of no 
 lefs Efficacy than thofe that are more compounded. 
 
 *' Take of Bafilicon four Ounces, black Pepper and 
 *' Ginger of each half an Ounce, Spanifi Flies two Drams. 
 *' Let the Flies, Pepper, and Ginger, be made into a fine 
 *' Powder, and incorporated with the Bafilicon. 
 
 The following is yet more powerful. 
 
 '* Take a quarter of a Pound of BafiJicon, one Ounce of 
 *' red Precipitate in Powder, half an Ounce of Euphor- 
 " bium, and two Drams of the Flies," Or the following, 
 which is yet more efficacious than either of the former. 
 
 *' Take Oil of Bays four Ounces, Eiiphorblum in Powder 
 *' two Ounces, Cantharides or SpaniJ]? Fliei half an Ounce, 
 
 Thefe may yet be made Ilronger or weaker, according to 
 the Ufe they are put to. The Way they are apply *d, is by 
 fpeading them by little at a Time upon the Pait aiicded, 
 holding a hot Bar of Iron to make them fink in ; and this 
 Operation may be repeated as often as the Cafe requires, 
 but efpecially until they have drawn out a plentiful deal of 
 reddifh Water ; but they mult be fpari;^gly ufed on fome 
 Parts, as we (hall more particularly obferve hereafter. 
 
 CHAP-
 
 121 T/jelARRiiR's Ne'-jj Guide. Ch. XXXIII. 
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 OftheDifeafes of the Stomach j and fir Ji of the 
 Lofs of Appetite, and of a dtpravd Appetite. 
 
 A S the Food of Horfes confifts of the moll fimple Pro- 
 •^^ dudions of the Earth, they cannot be liable to many 
 Difeafes in their Stomach ; and therefore when we obferve 
 a Horfe lofe his Appetite, we may very readily fufpedt that 
 Diforder to be a Symptom of fome other Diieafe, or to be 
 the EfFed of fome fudden Accident or M-fmanagement. 
 For it is very certain, whatever caufes the Blood to flow in 
 an over-great quantity into the Stomach, muft be the Occa- 
 iionofa Plenitude and Fulnefs of the Veliels, which, accor- 
 ding to its Degree, v/ill leilen the Appetite and Inability of 
 Digeftion; and if it amounts to an Inflammation, or if thofe 
 Veflels be very much diltended, it muft needs caufe not on- 
 ly a Want of Appetite, but a Loathing alfo. 
 ^he Want of And thus we obferve in all Fevers and violent 
 Jppetita dijUn- Colds, a Horfeforfakes his Food, and fome- 
 guijh'dfrofn that times we may take Notice in him the lame 
 ^^hich accoKipa- £)if]i]^e to eating after immoderate Exercife, 
 
 Zher SickZfs"^ or after drinking cold Water when he has been 
 tc nejs. j^gj^j.p^j . Qj. gffgj. 3 jQj^g ^^^ tedious Day's Ri- 
 ding in hot Weather ; and in fine, after all thofe Errors 
 that may be the Caufe of Fevers, and moil other Sicknefles. 
 And becaufe fuLh Diforders very often go oft' without any 
 other viflble Symptom than the Lofs of Appetite, they are 
 therefore very often attributed wholly to the Stomach. 
 
 But the Difeafes of the Stomach, which, properly fpeak- 
 ing, produce the Want of Appetite, have not their imme- 
 diate Dependence upon any other Difeafe, but proceed either 
 from the Quantity or Quality of what is contained in it, 
 and in this Cafe the Signs are different from the former ; 
 for in the one the Horfe wholly forfakes his P'ood, and in 
 the other he is daint)^ yet he eats, though it be but little, 
 and is capable of doing proportionable Service. 
 The Caufe -^""^ ^^^'^ Imperfection, for the mofl part, pro- 
 
 ceeds from a Lentor in the Bowels, and Coliive- 
 nefs,when a Horfe has flood fome time in the Stable, has had 
 full Feeding without proportionable Exercife ; for by that 
 Means theStomuch is not only too full, but the Juices turn 
 corrupted by their Stagnation and acquire fome c'.il Qualities 
 
 ihac
 
 Chap. XXXIII. Of the T>ifeafes, Sic 12 j 
 
 that may take away the Appetite, or caufe a Hoife's Appe- 
 tite to be vitiated; and when the lafl happens to Horfes, 
 we often obferve them, by a Sort of Inilinct, crave after 
 thofe things that are very different from their natural Food, 
 as the eating of Mud, or Clay out of the Walls. 
 
 But in handling the Cure, we need fay but ^y ^ 
 very little concerning that Species of Want 
 of Appetite, which is often the fudden Effecl of fome fud- 
 den Accident, or ill Management ; for this is frequently- 
 cured by Blood-letting alone, as it is, for the moft Part, no 
 other than a Symptom of a beginning Fever, and of fuch a 
 one where the Blood, if at all, is but little vitiated. 
 
 Wherefore, in any fuch Cafe, a Quart of Blood may be 
 taken from the Neck-vein, after which may be adminiftred 
 fuch things as are cooling, and fit to keep down a Fever. 
 His Diet ought to be fcalded Bran, and his Water fharpen'd, 
 as has been diredled in fuch Cafes, and, with the Affiftance 
 of moderate Exercife his Stomach will foon come to him. 
 
 But when the want of Appetite proceeds either from a con- 
 ftaniFulnefs, whereby the Adion of the Stomach is hinder'd, 
 that its Sides cannot meet together fo as to excite the Senfa- 
 tion of Hunger ; or if it proceeds from an evil Quality in its 
 Contents, ai forlnftance, if there be flimy Matter mgender'd 
 in it, either from raw undigefted Food, from the Wan: of a 
 free Difcharge of the Dung, or if any fharp corrofive Matter 
 be in it, cauling a depriv'd Appetite, or a Senfation of Hun- 
 ger by Fits, as we oftentimes obferve, the moft rational Me- 
 thod in all thefe Cafes, is in the firft Place to evacuate and 
 purge the Stomach, by fuch things as are appropriated, ei- 
 ther to Aveeten the Juices, or attenuate the vifcid Phlegm. 
 
 And this Method leems to be the moft reaforiable with Re- 
 fpedt to Horfes, becaufe, as we have elfewhere obierv'd, they 
 are no ways difpofed to vomit, or throw any thing out of the 
 Stomach that has once enter'd into it, and that feems to be 
 owing to the Figure of the Gullet, which is contraded more 
 than in fome other Creatures and has a fpiral Dire^^ion, a little 
 above its Infertion into the Stomach ; for had it been other- 
 wife, tho' a Horfe might have vomited as well as fome other 
 Animal"^, yet as he feeds much with his Head downwards, he 
 would then perhaps have lain under thelnconveniency of hav- 
 ing his Food fall fometimesback again into the Gullet, which 
 would be very troublefome to him ; and we may likewife ob- 
 ferve from frequent Experiments, if there be never fo large a 
 Quantity of any vomiting Medicine given to a Horfe, it has 
 
 no
 
 'i24 The FarrierV Ne^ju Guide, Ch. XXXIII. 
 
 jno EfFe6l that Way, but either works by a Difchargc of the 
 Dung, or infenlibly upon the Alafs o\ Blood as an Alterative. 
 
 And therefore purging Medicines are, no doubt, the molt 
 appropriated to give immediate Rehef in all luch Foulnelles 
 of the Stomach as are of this Kind. But if a Horfe becof- 
 tive, no Purging Phylick ought to be given him but wha: is 
 very moderate, unlefs the Bowels are lirft cleans'd by the 
 Ufe of Clyflers ; for if the Guts be very full of Dung, and 
 if that be harden'd when purging Medicines are admini- 
 jler'd by tne Mouth, they fometimes prove fatal to Horfes ; 
 for when the Pliylick cannot make its Way downv/ards, it 
 flings a Horfe immediately into ConvuUions, becaufe he 
 wants that Benefit of Nature which Men and fome other 
 Animals have of throwing upwards. But we fhall lay down 
 the Metliod that is proper to be ufed in thofe Diforders. 
 
 And firft, if the Horfe be coftive, the following emollient 
 Clyfter may be given, after he has been rak'd by fome Boy, 
 or one that has but a fmall Hand. 
 
 " Take of the Root of Marfh-mallows iliced half a 
 *' Pound, the Leaves of common Mallows three handfuls, 
 " Linfeed and Fenugreek- feeds of each two Ounces ; boil 
 *' them hi three Qiiaris of Water for the Space of half an 
 *' Hour, drain the Decoftion thro' a coarfe Cloih while it 
 " is hot, and duTolve m it four Ounces of Honey, two 
 " Ounces of common Treacle, and fix Ounces of Oil or 
 " Butter. Let this be injected lukewarm, holding his 
 Tail clofe to his Tuel as long as pofTible ; and let it be re- 
 peated for tvvo or three D lys, or until tlic Horfe's Body is 
 open enough, and that there is a Way made for Purging : 
 After which he may have tlie following Drench given him, 
 
 *' Take of the Roots of Gentian and Zedoary lliced, of 
 " each tvvo handfuls, Hyllop and Rue of each two hand- 
 " fuls, the Leaves of Sena two Ounces, Anifeeds or Fen- 
 " nel-feeds bruis'd an Ounce ; bod them in three Pints of 
 " Water to the Confumpiion of one Pint, diilolve in the 
 ••' Decodion two Ounces of Lenitive Eledtuary." To be 
 given in the Morning, keeping hiai falling two Hours be- 
 fore, and one Hour afterwards, then he may be rid or walk'd 
 gently for an Hour more, and when his Phyfick begins to 
 ■work,he may be permitted to drink warm Water Itrew'd with 
 Oatmeal. Or the following Purging Balls may be given. 
 
 " Take of the bed Aloes an Ounce and a half, Diagri- 
 ^' dium two Drams, Galangal in Powder half an Ounce, 
 " Cloves la'.f a Dram. Make them into Balls with Flour 
 ::nd Batter. Thcfq
 
 Chap. XXXIII. Of the T>ifeafes, ^c 1 2 5 
 
 Thefe Balls, or the preceeding Draught, may be given 
 with Succefs to recover loft Appetite ; and may for that 
 Purpofe be repeated as often as there is Occafion, which 
 needs be but feldom, unlefs a Horfe has been fome confidc- 
 rable Time without a good Appetite, and in that Cafe he 
 may be purged twice a Week, for a Fortnight or three 
 Weeks fucceffively ; and the Days he does not purge, the 
 following Powder may be given him in a Deco<5lion, where- 
 in a handful or two of Rue has been boiled. 
 
 *' Take Gentian in Powder two Drams, Galangal, Ze- 
 " doary, and Calamus Arojjiaticus^ of each a Dram and a 
 ** half, Cinnamon and Bay- berries of each a Dram." LeC 
 thefe be pounded together, and be given in the Deco6lion, 
 or in a Pint of White-wine. 
 
 If the Horfe be of a delicate wafhy Conftitution, and un- 
 able to bear much Purging, all that is neceilary in that In- 
 tention may be anfwer'd by Clyfters, with the Ufe of fcald- 
 ed Bran now and then. The preceeding Powder ought alfo 
 to be given every Day, or what our common Farriers of- 
 tentimes adminifter to reftore Appetite, viz. Garlick and 
 Rue champ'd and pounded with Butter and Flour, may 
 be very ferviceable, efpecially to ftPong robuft Horfes. 
 
 But above all Things, the Ufe of Chewing Balls, and 
 conftant Exercife, is abfolutely neceflary, and with the Con- 
 currence of a few of tho-fe Helps above direded, will foon 
 recover a Horfe to his Appetite. 
 
 If you obferve your Horfe mangle his Hay, and continu- 
 ally nibling Mud and Dirt, you may then very reafonably 
 fuppofe his Stomach to be foul and out of Order ; nor is it 
 improbable that this Defire after Earth and iVIud proceeds 
 from an Acidity and Sourneis of the Juices ; for thofe 
 Creatures, by a Sort of Inftindt^ very often, of their own 
 Accord, take to fuch things as are proper to relieve them 
 of troublefome and uneafy Senfations : And this is very 
 obfervable in Dogs and Cats, who are led by the fame In- 
 ftin6l to fwallow rough Blades of Grafs, in order to make 
 themfelves vomit, when they find their Stomachs opprefs'd. 
 Thefe are Inllances that are familiar, and known to every 
 one ; but Natural Hiltory abounds with an infinite Num- 
 ber of the like Inftances in other Creatures ; fo that we 
 are not to doubt but an A.nimal of the greatell Sagacity, 
 as a Horfe certainly is, and as he is alio as much expofed to 
 Difeafes, if not more, than any other Creature, muft there- 
 fore, when 31 Liberty, oftentimes bs led to his own proper 
 
 Rcme-
 
 1 26 The Farrier J Re'SJ Guide. Ch. XXXIV. 
 
 Remedies. I could give fome very odd Inftances of this in 
 HoiTes from my own Obfcrvatioiii but I fliall only here 
 take Notice of v/hat relates to the prefent Cafe. 
 
 They muft needs have but little Acquaintance in Phy- 
 fick, \vh. do not know \\vx\.Earthi have a Virtue in them, 
 not only to dry up a Superfluity of Moifture, but fome of 
 them to imbibe and take oft" the Acidity of four Liquors, and 
 it is, no doubt, from fuch a Depravity in the Stomach, that 
 a Horfe leaves his ordinary Food to eat dry'd Earth or Mud, 
 and this he is forced to do from the Craving of his Appe- 
 tite, and is often compell'd to take up with the worft, for 
 Want of fomething more efficacious. 
 
 When I attended the Army, I once took an Opportunity 
 of gratifying a Horfe in a very ardent Defire of this Kind, 
 who had fuffer'd very much from his Keeper, and had been 
 often beat for eating Clay out of the Wall. I brought him 
 a Piece of Chalk the Bignefs of a Man's Fifl, and laid it into 
 the Manger, he turn'd it over with his Nol'e feveral times, 
 and at lall; broke off fome of the Corners and eat them j 
 whereupon I took up the Chalk to break it into fmall Pieces, 
 and becaufe he thought I was going to rob him of it again, 
 he pufli'd his Head towards me with all the Eagernefs ima- 
 ginable, and when it was broke, he eat the greateil Part of 
 it, and fell immediately to his Hay. The Dragoon, who 
 kept him, told me he gave him more Chalk afterwards, and 
 obferv'd he eat his Hay the better for it ; for being comman- 
 ded to march foon after, he was perfedly cur'd by the Ex- 
 ercife, and had no further Cravings of that Kind. 
 
 This Remedy is very eafy, and may be had every where, 
 or inftead of it burnt Harts- horn in Powder, which is yet 
 much better, may be given ; but thofe Remedies will be ftill 
 the more Efficacious, if, previous to them. Purging be ad- 
 miniller'd, and afterwards conllant E.xcrcile be given, there 
 being nothing which contributes fo much to wear off thofe 
 Diforders as Exercife, when it is moderate. But the Re- 
 medies prelcrib'd in the following Chapter, will alfo be 
 ufeful in this Cafe. 
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. 
 
 Of the Hungry Evil. 
 
 The hungry E- 'Tp HIS Diflemper generally proceeds at 
 '-.77 generally X fl,fl-^ fj-Qj^ bad Keeping, or exceffive 
 ^i fu-n proceeds Puj-ging : But there are fome Horfes who 
 
 from Emptmefs. ^ ^
 
 Chap. XXXV. Of the "Difeafes, &c. 1 27 
 
 feem to be incurable, becaufe albeit they feed plentifully, 
 their common and natural Difcharges feem at the fame time 
 to be more than what is proportionable to their Feeding. 
 
 Moft Horfes that have this Infirmity on them, are but 
 Jades, and therefore we Ihall fpend but little Time about it; 
 however, lince iheie may be fome very good Horfes that 
 have a voracious Appetite after fuch Cafes as we have men- 
 tion'd, and may be recover'd, we fhall lay down the pro- 
 pereft Means that that can be made ufe of for that Purpofe. 
 
 And therefore fince the Hungry Evil in ^^^ q^^^^ 
 them proceeds from Emptinefs, they ought, 
 befides Plenty of Food, to have thofe things adminifter'd 
 to them that are proper to lubricate and foften the Fibres 
 of the Stomach, and to lefl'en that Senfation ; for which 
 purpofe the Leaves of Mallows, and the Roots of Marfh- 
 mallows fhould be boiled in their Water with Liquorice, 
 and their Corn (hould be mixed with the fat mucilaginous 
 Seeds, as Fenugreek and Linfeed, i^c. 
 
 But if he cannot be eafily brought to the Ufe of thofe 
 Things in the Way of Diet, they may be given him after 
 the following Method : 
 
 " Takethe Roots of Marfh- mallows two Pounds, Lia- 
 " feed and Fenugreek-feeds of each four Ounces: Firft 
 " pound the Seeds, and then the Roots, to a Maih ; and 
 " afterwards make them into Balls, with a Mucilage of 
 *' Linfeed or Fenugreek, as big as a Pullet's Egg ; one of 
 " which may be given in a Morning, one about Noon, 
 *' and another in the Evening. 
 
 Markhani's, Balls may alfo be given in this Cafe, efpecially 
 if the Brimflone be kept out of them ; and in fine, all fat un- 
 d:uous Medicines, for thofe not only help to fatten a Horfe, 
 but take off thofe violent Senfations of Hunger that caufe 
 him to eat fo voracioufly, as is ufual in fuch Diforders. 
 
 CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 Of the Difeafes of the Guts '■> and firfi of the 
 ChoUck. 
 
 'TpHE Cholick,Fret,or Gripes,which,in the The ChoUck not 
 
 "*• Farriers Terms, tho' very injudicioufly, fi properly a 
 
 is meant to fignify molt of the Difeafes of ^'>«/^ ^^ /* 
 
 the Guts,is no other than thePain that accom- Sy">P'°'" f ^/ 
 
 ,, , . , -r^.r , 1 r T-> may attend all 
 
 panies all the particular Diforders thofe Parts in^ifpofitmu of 
 are liable to j and therefore when a Horfe is ^^^ Q^^fs^ 
 
 troubled
 
 128 The FarrierV AVc^; Guide. Ch.XXXVi. 
 
 troubled with Cholick Pains, the Farrier ought diligently to 
 inquire into the true Caufes thereof; for as no Part is more 
 fenlible than the Guts, any thing retain'd too long in them, 
 or any thing injected and thrown out in an over-great quan- 
 tity, will, on fome Occafions, bring a Horie into cxquilite 
 Torment ; we (hall therefore take particular Notice of the 
 different Caufes of fuch Difordtrs, and fuit the Method of 
 Cure according to thejr feveral Exigencies. 
 
 CHAP. XXXVI. 
 
 Of the T)ry Gripes and Adjirirtion of the 
 £o\vels, 
 
 Trom I'.'hcnce TLJOrfcs arc feldom or never troubled with 
 CcjH'venefs and ■'•^ any other Adftriction in their Bowels, 
 Dry Gripes ^ro- excepting what proceeds from the Dung 
 "^"' hardening and obltruding thofe Paflages ; 
 
 and therefore we fhall have the lefs to fay upon that Head, 
 having fpoken to it already, in that Chapter where we have 
 treated concerning Surfeits ; only we lliall here add, that 
 when the Matter is pent up in the firft Paflages, to wit, m 
 the Stomach and Guts, and putrifies there, the Juices turn 
 four, vifcid, and ropy, and fret the tender Membrane which 
 covers the Infide of the Guts ; by the Vifcidity alfo the 
 Wind is intangled, which creates a Swelling and Diftention, 
 fo that the Belly becomes hard like a Drum ; and if the Ex- 
 crements be very much harden'd in the great or ftreight 
 Gut they caufe a Prellure upon the Neck of the Bladder, 
 and hinder the Pafl'ages of the Urine, that a Horle cannot 
 pifs ; fometimes the Fundament fwells, and all towards the 
 Sheath, which is very dangerous. 
 
 A Horfe in this Condition muft needs be in great Pain, 
 and even in Danger of his Life, if a fpeedy Relief is not 
 had ; therefore in order to the Cure, after he has been rak'd, 
 and that with a great deal of Caution, the following Cly- 
 fter ought to be injected. 
 
 The Cure- " Take the Leaves of Mallows, Marfh- 
 
 " mallows, and Mercury, of each three 
 " Handfuls, boil them in three Quarts of Water for the 
 " Space of half an Hour ; to the ftrained DecodliOn add 
 *' Lenitive Eleduary four Ounces, Spirit of Wine or Bran- 
 " l^y half a Pint, Oil or Butter half a Pound," Let this be 
 injcded lukev/arm, and retain'd as long as pofllble. 
 
 Four
 
 Chap. XXXVI. Of the T)ry Gripes. 129 
 
 Four Hours after the Operation of this Clyfter, if the 
 Horfe is not very much relieved, the following may be 
 given. 
 
 *' Take Leaves of Mallows and Mar (h- mallows of each 
 *' three handfuls, as above directed, Linfeed and FeiiU- 
 *' greek-feedsof each two Ounces, Coriander- feeds, Cum- 
 *' min-feeds, and Anifeeds, of each two Drams, Bav-ber- 
 *' ries, Cubebs, and Jamaica Pepper, of each one Dram. 
 " Let thefe aUb be boil'd for the Space of half an Hour, or 
 " be infus'd in boiling Water for the fpace of two Hours ; 
 *' and to the Decoction add one Pint of Emetick Wine." 
 Let this be given as the former, and by the Help of thefe, 
 the Adftriction of the Bowels, or the Collivenels, may be 
 remov'd. The Reader may alfo confult that Chapter con- 
 cerning SurfeitSy v^'here there are other Things prefcrib'd, 
 which will alfo be of Service. 
 
 But if the Horfe has, along with his Coftivenefs, violent 
 Cholick Pains, proceeding from Wind and Phlegm ; after 
 the groiler Excrements are difcharg'd, the following Cly- 
 fter may be given. 
 
 " Take Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, Topsof Centau- 
 " ry the lefs, and Wormv\ ood, of each one handful. Boil 
 *' them in two Quarts of Water to three Pints ; and in the 
 *' Deccclion dillblve two Ounces of Diafcord um, and 
 *' add half a Pint of Treacle-water, or Spirit ofWme. 
 
 This will infallibly take off the Pain, and lie in the Bow- 
 els like a Cordial, without giving him the leaft Motion to 
 dung, but compofe and lull his Spirits, and in a Minute 
 take off the violent Gripes ; if the Pain fhould cha' ce to 
 return, the fame may be repeated ; and, if necei^ary, the 
 Dofe of Diafcordium may be inlarg'd to three Ounces or 
 more j and there is hardly any kind of Chol:ck Pain but 
 what may be carry'd off by it ; and I have, by my own 
 Diredlion, cured Horfes that have been in the greatefl Mi* 
 fery imaginable, and have feen them in a quarter of an 
 Hour rife up to feed, that before were like to dafh out their 
 Brains againft the Walls. 
 
 Cholicksand griping Pains in the Bowels of Horfes become 
 fuddenly mortal ; that without any Regard to other Cir- 
 cumllances, they ought imm.ediately to be remov'd ; and if 
 Coftivenefs happens to continue upon the Ufe of the Re- 
 medies that are prefcrib'd for that Purpole, that Symptom 
 will of Courfe go off in the Sequel of the Cure : For 
 after the moll urgent Symptom.s are remov'd, the next In- 
 
 R tentiun
 
 1^0 The ParrierV New Guide. Ch. XXXVL 
 
 tention muft be to deftroy the Caufe of the Diftemper, 
 otherwife it may return again. 
 
 Wherefore we recommend gentle Purging, with the Ufe 
 of fuch Things as are hot and penetrating ; and this we do 
 contrary to the Opinion, tho' not altogether to the Pradice 
 of moft Farriers, who believe Coftivenefs to proceed from 
 inward Heat; whereas the Pleat is only the Effed of Cof- 
 tivenefs, and not the Caufe, as is eafily demonftrated, and 
 IS occafioned chiefly from a cold, phlegmatick, tough 
 Matter in the Stomach and Guts, which binds up the Ex- 
 crements, which, when the (jtits are full and prefs'd upon, 
 caufe Heat ; therefore as all hot fpicy things are proper to 
 cut and deftroy thofe Vifcidities which caufe the Lentoi\ 
 and harbour Wind, they ought more or lefs to be exhibited 
 in all intentions that are requifite to the Cure of Coftive- 
 nefs. The following Purge may, for that Reafon, be 
 given, and will be found very profitable, after the Violence 
 of the Cholick Pains are over, and the obftinate Stoppages 
 of the Bowels are remov'd. 
 
 *' Take Mallov.-s and Marfh- mallows of each one hand- 
 *' ful, Roots of Marfli- mallows fix Ounces, Leaves of Sena 
 " two Ounces, Bay- berries and Juniper- berries, of each 
 *■'- an Ounce. Boil them in three Pints of Water to a Quart, 
 *' ftrain out the Decodion thro' a Sieve or coarfe Cloth, 
 *' and add two Ounces of Syrup of Buckthorn. Or this: 
 
 " Take Mallows and A'larfh- mallows of each two hand- 
 •' fulls, Sena one Ounce, Jalap in grofs Powder half an 
 " Ounce, Carraway- feeds of either an Ounce and a half. 
 *' Boil them in the fame Qiiantity of Water as above di- 
 " reded, to the Confumption of a third Part ; and in the 
 *' ftrained Decodion diilblve four Ounces of Manna. Or 
 the following. 
 
 " Take eight Ounces of Manna, two Ounces of Cream 
 " of Tartar, diiTolve them in a Qi^iart of fwcet Whey, and 
 *' add eight Ounces of the Oil of Olives. 
 
 Either of thefe may be made ufe of after Clyfters have 
 been injeded, theHorfe being kept from feeding two Hours 
 before, and tv/o Hours thereafter. He may then be walk'd 
 abroad for the Space of an Hour ; and upon his Return it 
 would not at all beamifs, if there was Tripe- Broth prepa- 
 red for him, ftrew'd with Oatmeal ; and if he feems un- 
 willing to drink them, he may have two or three Quarts 
 adminifter'd thro' a Horn, and the lame Qiiantity repeated 
 two Hours thereafter. 
 
 Thefe
 
 Chap. XXXVI. Of the dry Gripes, &c. 131 
 
 Thefe will help the Operation of the Phyfick, loofen 
 and wafh down the vifcid flimy Matter, w'hlch not only 
 fetters the Excrements, but intangles the Wind, which cau- 
 fes violent exceflive Pain, by its Freflure and Diftention of 
 the Colon : But if the Horfe be of Imall Value, and that it is 
 not worth while to be at all this Expence and Trouble about 
 him, the following purging Drench may be made ufe of, 
 
 " Take Mallows and Marfh-mallowsof each two hand- 
 " fuls, or four Handfuls of common Mallows, if Marfli- 
 *' mallows are not eafy to be had, Jalap in Powder two 
 *' Ounces, Anifeedsor Fennel-feeds an Ounce ; boil them 
 *' as above direcfled, and add to the Decodion Four Oun- 
 " ces of common Treacle." Or this ; 
 
 *' Take half an Ounce of the Bitter Apple in Powder, 
 " three Drams of Aloes, and one Dram of Diagridium." 
 Make them into a Ball with Flour and Butter. I'o be 
 given as the former. 
 
 If your Horfe's Fundament be fwell'd, which fometimes 
 happens to that degree before Raking and Clyflers areadmi- 
 nifter'd, that he cannot ftale ; becaufe when the Excrements 
 are harden'd and pent up in the great or ftreight Gut, that 
 being full, it prefles upon the Neck of the Bladder, fo as to 
 hinder the PalTage of his Urine ; and if this Symptom does 
 not wear off foon after thofe Means have been ufed, Re- 
 courfe muft be had with all Speed to thofe Things that are 
 proper to keep down Inflammation : For which Purpofe we 
 recommend the Ufe of the following Decodtion. 
 
 " Takecf Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, boil them in 
 " a Quart of Water for the Space of half an Hour ; add 
 " to the Decoftion a fmall quantity of Brandy, Spirit of 
 *' Wine, or Rum, and with a Sponge bathe his Funda- 
 *' ment and Sheath often. 
 
 This Decodion (hould always be made as warm as he 
 can bear it, and the Spirits mix'd with it as ofcen as it is 
 ufed, viz. to every two Parts of the Decodion, one of the 
 Spirits. 
 
 His Yard ought to be kept up to his Belly 1'i'f Yard to be 
 with a gentle Bandage, becaufe the Humours ^-'P «P 'vjhcn 
 fall into it with a very eafy Influx,as it is both ^^^ Fundament 
 , a foftand dependent Part, by which Means ^J^^'f "^^ 
 I the Swelling and Inflammation are often ■''^^ ^ ' 
 1 kept up after the firft Caufe is in a great Aleafure remov'd, 
 I and fomerimes proves the Occafion of a Gangrene ; and 
 ;| therefore to keep that fufpended, the Farrier or Groom may ' 
 ' R 2 take
 
 132 The^h^^n'^'sNewGutde. Cn.XXXVf. 
 
 take a piece of Canvas fix or eight Inches broid, and fixing 
 two Straps to each Corner forwards, they may be brought 
 one on each fide over his Flanks, and faftened upon his 
 Reins ; the hind parts fliould have the Corners cut off, ac- 
 cording as the Swelling happens to be more or lefs on the 
 upper part of the Yard, with one fingle Piece of ftrong 
 Tape fixed to it, which coming through between his Hips, 
 is to be brought over the Croup, and tied to the other two; 
 and when this Accident happens to a Stone-horfe, his Stones 
 ought alfo to be fufpended in a Bag of foft flaxen Cloth, 
 ■which may eafily be fixed to the other. 
 
 By thefe Means the Return of the Blood will be render'd 
 very eafy, and the Swelling will thereupon aflwage, which, 
 for Want of fuch Method, has fometimes been the Caufeof 
 fudden Death. 
 
 But fince we have afcrib'd the Caufeof Coftivenefs and 
 dry Gripes to vifcid flimy Matter ingender'd in the firll 
 Pafiages, it will be neccflary, after the preceeding Means 
 have been complied with, and the moll urgent Symptoms 
 are remov'd, to adminifter fuch Things as are necellary to 
 deftroy the Remains of thofe Vifcidities ; for which Pur- 
 pofe the following Powder, to the quantity of a Spoonful, 
 may be given every Morning. 
 
 *' Take Gentian and Birthwort Roots of each four 
 *' Ounces, Galangal, Zedoary, and Calamus Aromaticus, 
 *' of each one Ounce, the Tops of dry Wormwood and 
 *' the lefl'er Centaury, of each an Ounce and a half, Nut- 
 *' megs. Ginger, Black Pepper, and Bay- berries, of each 
 *' half an Ounce. Make them into a fine Powder, and 
 *' keep it in a Glafs or Gallipot clofe cover'd. 
 
 This may be given in White- wine, Ale, or in a Decofli- 
 on wherein a Handful of Rue has been boil'd, letting him 
 Faft two Hours before, and one thereafter ; and it your 
 Horfe be of fmall Value, you may give him every Day, 
 among a few Oats, an Ounce of Antimony, and two 
 Ounces of Flour of Brimltonc ; or you may make it up 
 into a Pafte, with a little Flour and Butter, continuing its 
 Ufe for the Space of one Week. 
 
 Champt Rue and Garlick is alfo very ferviceable in this 
 Cafe ; but all Remedies will prove the more fuccefsful, if you 
 give your Horle Exerciie ; and indeed, that alone often- 
 times proves fufficient ; for by Exercife the whole Body is 
 (hook, and the Lentor in the Bowels, and the Excrements, 
 readily fall downwards, to their Expulfion out of the Body.
 
 Chap. XXXVI. Of the T)ry Gripes, Sic. 133 
 
 I fhall put a Period to thisSubjeft, with an 7nvo Infianca 
 account of two Horfes that were feiz'd v/ith °f Copiijenefs. 
 violent Coftivenefsjand where the Ifllie prov'd very diiFerent. 
 
 The one belong'd to a Gentleman, who, ^ ,-• ^ 
 while travelling, was ftopt upon the Road the 
 iecond dayof his Journey,his Horfe wasin great Pain,flirunk 
 up his Belly, often endeavouring to dung, and as often to pifs, 
 but could do neither. I was told he had been taken up from 
 Grafs a Week before he fet out, and was oblerv'd to becof- 
 tive all that while ; but becaufe he was to have fome Fatigue, 
 they thought it unneceflary to tamper with him, which, no 
 doubt, was very reafonable, had he not been more than or- 
 dinarily coftive. The firft thing done to recover him was 
 raking,and afterward he had a Pipe of Tobacco given him at 
 his Fundament ; the Smoke of the Tobacco prov'd a gentle 
 Siif//uhis,^r\d made him oftentimes eflay to dung, but with- 
 out EfFed: ; fo that at lafl, being in exceffive Pain, hanging 
 his Head, and turning it frequently towards his Belly, the 
 Owner thought fit to fend for a Farrier, who at firft fight 
 faid he would die ; however he went and prepared him a 
 comfortable Drink, as he term'd it, which, bf the Smell, 
 feem'd to be fome hot aromatick Seeds boil'd iri Ale. 
 
 After this he became much Avorfe, for there being no free 
 Vent upwards or downwards, and the Wind being now more 
 rarefy'd by the hot fpicy thing?, and confequently taking up 
 more fpacein his Bowels, he often lay down, and immedi- 
 ately ftarted up again, fhewing as much Pain and Agony as 
 any Horfe could poffibly be in. I advis'd the Gentleman to 
 have him rak'd once more by a Boy that had a fmall Hand 
 and Arm, who being fatisfied with the Reafons which I gave 
 him, had it done accordingly, tho' it was not without fome 
 Difficulty, for the Horfe Ihrunk very much, and endeavour'd 
 conftantly to lie down. But at laftj when he had been tho- 
 roughly rak'd, he began to throw out feveral hard Balls of 
 Dung of his own Accord, and at the fame time ftal'd a little, 
 whereupon he had the Entrance into his Fundament done 
 with Soap, which made him dung very plentifully, and he 
 pifs'd fo long that the Stable was all a-float about him. After 
 this a Clyftcr of Broth, wherein Beef had been boil'd, was 
 given him, with a handful of Salt and halt a Pound of Butter 
 diifolv'd in it, which brought away a great deal of Dung, 
 and abundance of flimy Matter. He eat nothing that Night, 
 which was pretty late, but towards the Morning he begari 
 to feed very plenlifully, and was quite recover'd of his Indif- 
 pofitioij. R 3 Had
 
 134 The ParrierV NewGuidcCw. XXXVI. 
 
 Had this Difordercontinu'd upon him a little longer with- 
 out aVentto the hard Excrements,which were fo firmly im- 
 paded in the ftreight Gut, a violent Inflammation of that 
 Gut, and of the Neck of the Bladder, mull have foon hap- 
 pened, which, without the utmoft Diligence, would have 
 brought him fuddenly to his End j for in that Cafe it would 
 have been very difficult to have fetch'd out the Dung, which 
 was the only Means to preferve him from ihofe Accidents. 
 ^1 r J But this will be clearly illuftrated in the 
 
 other Inltance, which was of a Dragoon s 
 Horfe in the Regiment to vt'hich I bclong'd ; who, after a 
 full five Weeks March, coming to ftand at his Eai'e, grew 
 exceeding collive, and had his Fundament and Sheath very 
 much fwelled. He was committed to the Care of one who 
 was tolerably well skill'd in many of the common Things, 
 but being wholly unacquainted wiih the Strudure and Ale- 
 thanifm of that Crea'ture, who was the Subject of his Art, 
 committed a grand Miltake, in giving him a ftrong Dofe of 
 Purging Phyfick, there being no Vent for the Pallage of the 
 Excrements downwards, and the Horfe having no Capa- 
 city to vomit and difgorge himfelf upward?, was put into the 
 moft violent Agony imaginable, and at lalt d)-'d in ftrong 
 Conyulfions. 
 
 Perhaps this Perfon may, by fuch a Method, have fuc- 
 ceeded in Cafes of lefs Obltinacy, and where there was lit- 
 tle or no Swelling of the Fundament ; and if there had 
 been a PofTibility of making the Horfe vomit, he might 
 have fucceeded even in this, for th.en the Phylick would 
 have gone off that Way ; and after feveral Difcharges by 
 the Mouth, the Remainder might have gone downward?, as 
 it oftentimes happens to human Bodies, becaufethe ftraining 
 to vomit makes a fttong Comprcflion of the Mufcles of the 
 lower Belly, which greatly forwards the Ejedions by the 
 Fundament ; and therefore in feme obftinate Cafes ot this 
 Nature, the beft Phylicians have ordcr'd Vomits with Suc- 
 cefs. But as it is quite otherwife with Horfes, and that 
 their Stomachs are not othervvife to be moved with the 
 flrongefl Stimuli, than to create Sicknefs, and caufe them 
 to flaver a little. Purging is not to be attempted in any llub- 
 born Coltivencfs, but Clyfiers. 
 
 And if this Method had been taken in the Inltance now 
 before us, and due Care obfcrv'd to keep the Swelling of his 
 Fundament under, as he was a young Horfe, and not much 
 inipair'd in his Strength, he mi^hr have eafily overcome that 
 DiJbrdt;r. 
 
 C H A P.
 
 Chap. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scouring, 135 
 
 C H A F. XXXVII. 
 Of the Lax or Scouring. 
 
 PP O R the better underftanding of thofe Diforders, we 
 ■*■ fhall rank them under Four different Kinds. We have 
 elfewhere obferv'd, that when the Excrements have lain 
 fome Time in the Guts, the Juices, by their Putrefadion, 
 turn fharp and corrofive, and by that Means ftimulate the 
 Intellines, to (hake off what is contain'd in n- v j 
 
 1 tA 1 • 1 1 r 11 r \ Divers Kinds 
 
 them, isut thisdoes not always follow luch of Loo fen e /lis 
 a Stagnation of the Excrement, as may be 
 obferv'd from what has been faid in the preceeding Chapter ; 
 for fometimes before fuch a Difcharge can happen, a Horfe 
 will be endanger'd of his Life ; and therefore we may lea- 
 fonably afcribe this Difference fometimes to the different 
 Conftitutions of Horfes, and fometimes to the Difference 
 of their Food, there being fome Kinds more liable to Cor- 
 ruption than others. But however that be, it is very cer- 
 tain that the Lax and Scouring in Horfes is oftentimes the 
 Effedf of a preceeding Collivenefs ; and therefore we fhall 
 account this, and all critical Loofenelfes which tend to the 
 Solution of any Difeafe, to be of the lirft Kind. 
 
 The fecond Kind of Loofenefs, is that which proceeds 
 chiefly from Want of Digeftion ; for by that Means a Scour- 
 ing may happen, without any previous Symptoms of Cof- 
 tivenefs ; and when it is {o^ a Horfe fuddenly falls away and 
 lofes his Flefh, and likewife his Appetite ; but this may be 
 further known by theDifcharge, for many things that lie eats 
 will come away whole, and his Dung will be full of Shreds 
 of Hay, and fometimes accompanied with flimy Matter. 
 
 Thirdly, A Loolnefs and Scouring often happens Vv"hen 
 the Pores of the Skin, the urinary, or other Difcharges, are 
 obftrudled : For by that Means, when the excrementitious 
 Parts of the Blood have not a free Vent thro' the common 
 Paflages, they are deriv'd in a more than ordinary Quantity 
 into the Aperture of the Guts, but particularly in the Gall- 
 pipe and Pancreatick Dud ; fo that they may be of diffe- 
 rent Colour and Confiftency, according to the Predominancy 
 of the Juices that flow into them. When moll ot it is deri- 
 ved from the Intellinal Glands, the Matter will be clear and 
 watry, or clear and glally, not unlik« that which SoUeyfell 
 obferves m this third kind of Cholick ; but when it proceeds 
 moftly from the Gall-pipe and Pancreatick DuCl, it will 
 R 4. hz
 
 1^6 The Farrier'j Nfo:; Guide. Ch. XXXVIl. 
 
 be then tinilur'd with a yellowifh Colour, and if there hap- 
 pens to be a very great quantity of the Gall difcharg'd with 
 the Excrements, whatever is voided from the Fundament, 
 nnift of confcquence be of a deep reddifh Colour, and is 
 the faiiie which the above-mentioned Author terms the red 
 Gripes, which conltitutcs his iixth Kind ot Chohck. 
 
 ' Lajlh^ A Lax ox Sccuri?:g fomctimes happens from vifcous 
 flimy Matter hindringthe Chyle from entrng into the ladleal 
 or milky Vcllels, and in this cafe the Excrements are ufually 
 of a pale light Complexion, as they confift chiefly oi Chyle. 
 
 ,, , ^ r Butall thele are only different fpecics of aZ)/- 
 Moltcn Gicafe. , • , , \ ,- • • i 
 
 arrhaa, and w hen the bcounng is ]arge,as it 
 
 happens to fome full body'd young Korfes, a white greafy 
 
 matter- like Fat comes au ay in iheDung,and thic: is what Far- 
 
 r.ers call Molten Greaje^ which is of the fame Nature with the 
 
 greafy Diarrhadi^Hch fometimes happens to Men of grols 
 
 Habits as well as to Horfes, and fcems to be occafion'd when 
 
 the Glands of the Inteftines are more than ordinarily open'd, 
 
 whereby that Matter is evacuated from the Blood into the 
 
 Guts, which faould otherwife be depofited among the Fat. 
 
 cri r' r ^jut in Order to tlie Cure, it ought to be 
 
 '■J he Lure of a , ^ ,, , • n u r o • i 
 
 Lax or Scouring. °°^^''^' ^' ^^""^i "^ ^^^ ^^^"^ bcounngs that are 
 of the firll Kind, and are only the critical 
 Difcharges of feme Difeafe ; there arp feidom or never any 
 bad Accidents attending them, unlefs the I3ifeafe has been of 
 fuch Continuance as to wafte and attenuate the Body ; and 
 therefore wlien the Sicknefs abates by any fuch Difcharge, the 
 belt Way is not to be over-hafty to flop it, but it ought ra- 
 ther to be encouraged w'hcn it proves imperfevft ; and that 
 mull be done by Medicines that are moderately purging. 
 But becaufe all Difcharges that proceed irom the Inteltines 
 may degenerate into the worfer Sort, Care ought to be ta- 
 ken r.ot to let it run on too long, but it may be ftopp'd by 
 the Methods hereafter laid down for the Cure of the other 
 Species of a Ijiarrhaa ; we fhall therefore proceed to the 
 next Kind, where a Horle lofe? his Appetite ; and when 
 the Want of Digeftion is manifeft from an imperfedl Com- 
 minution of the Dung, that is, when fome Part of the 
 Food comes away whole as it is eat. 
 
 In th.is Cafe all thofe Things that v/e have already^ laid 
 down for flrcngthcning the Stomr.ch are tobeufedj for 
 wliich P.jrpoib we abb recoiTimend the Ufe of Diapente, 
 To thofe that like it \ but it is not one Dole that will an- 
 fvvef the End, but 1: ought to be ! created every Day, and 
 • ' * ■ lb
 
 Chap. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scour injr. 137 
 
 fo mull any other Stomachick Medicine, before any extra- 
 ordinary Effeft can be wrought. 
 
 And becaufe this Difeafe is both in the Stomach and 
 Guts, the following Clyller may be given as foon as you 
 perceive him begin to recover his Appetite, unlefs the 
 Loofenefs begins alfo to abate with the other Symptoms, 
 and in that cafe it may be let alone. 
 
 *' Talceof Red- rofe Leaves two Handfuls, the Roots of 
 " Gentian and round Birthwort of each one Ounce, Ga- 
 " langal half an Ounce, Bay-berries, Anifccds and Fennel- 
 *' feeds of each two Drams." Let the Roots and other 
 hard Ligredients be bruifed ; afterwards boil the whole in 
 three Quarts of Water for the Space of half an Hour ; 
 or let them be infus'd four Hours in boiling Water ; then 
 pour otF the Liquor, and diflblve in it three Ounces of 
 the Oil of Rue, which muft be injeded into the Horfe's 
 Fundament lukewarm. 
 
 This may be repeated once or twice, but if the Loofe- 
 nefs ftill continues, and the Horfe grows weak, it is a very 
 bad Sign, efpecially if he refufes to feed. 
 
 The next kind is that where the Excrements The Cure of the 
 are tinged yellow,or of a deep reddilhColour, fi<:ond kind of 
 proceeding, as we have obferved, from a too i^oofenefs. 
 great Profuiion of the Gall and Pancreatick Juice, feV. 
 
 In this a Horfe may firft of all be purged with the fol- 
 lowing Drench. 
 
 " Take Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, Monk's Rhu- 
 *' barb four Ounces, Tliir/^j' Rhubarb three Ounces. Let 
 " thefe be fliced and boiled with the Rofe-leaves in three 
 " Pints of Water for the Space of an Hour ; and in the 
 " ftrained Decodion diflblve an Ounce and hall of Diaf- 
 " cordium." Or this : 
 
 " Take of the beil Rhubard in Powder two Ounces, 
 *' Cream of Tartar one Ounce, Diaphoretick Antimony 
 ** half an Ounce. Let this be given in a Pint of red Wine. 
 
 If the Horfe b^e of fmali Value, two Ounces of the Piihis 
 Coniachini may be us'd, which the Reader will find pre- 
 fcrib'd in a preceeding Chapter, and to it may be added halt 
 an Ouncemore of Diaphoretick Antimony, foratter Purg- 
 ing has been once or twice repeated, thofe Medicines which 
 promote Svv-eat, and the other Secretions, are to be ufed, as 
 they make a Revulfion, and confequently lellen the Dif- 
 charges by Dung ; v/herefore we recommend Diajcordium^ 
 jWthridatey znd Fenice'Tieack^ ox London-Treacle^ which 
 njay be exhibited in the foUovring Manner. ' "•' Talii?
 
 il%The Farrier'j- Ncij Guide. Ch. XXXVII. 
 
 *' Take Treacle-water one Pint, Venice Treacle, or 
 " Mithridate, two Ounces. Let the Mixture be ftirr'd 
 " well about, and given through a Horn." Or this : 
 
 *' Take one handful of Water Germander, Red-rofe 
 ** Leaves and Rue, of each half a handful, Virginia 
 " Snake- weed and Scorzonera, of each two Ounces. Boil 
 " them in a Q;_iart of Water half an Hour ; and to the 
 *' ftrained Decoc1:ion add two Ounces, or two Ounces and 
 •* and a half of Diafcordium. Or : 
 
 '" Take of Diafcordium three Ounces, dilToive it in a 
 " Decoc.ion of Red- role Leaves, and give it through a 
 ^' Horn ; two Ounces of Venice Treacle, or iVIithridate, 
 *' or three Ounces of London Treacle, may be given in the 
 *' fame Manner, taking care at the fame tmie to keep the 
 ♦' Horfe well cloath'd, and to have him often comb'd and 
 *' rubb'd, to open the Pores, the better to promote Sweat 
 *' and infenfible Tranfpiration. 
 
 The following Drench may alfo be given with good Suc- 
 cefs, to aftringe and dry up the Stomach and Bowels, k^c. 
 
 " Take Rofe-water and Plantain water, or a Decodtion 
 ** of Red-rofe Leaves and Plantain one Quart, Treacle- 
 *' water half a Pint, Armenian Bole and Sealed Earth, 
 ** or Lemnian Earth, of each half an Ounce. Dillblve 
 *' m the iVI xture two Ounces of Diafcordium, and of 
 *' Roch AUum lix Drams. 
 
 This muft be repeated two or three Days fuccelTively, and 
 unlels fhe Scouring be very violent, it will certainly put a 
 Stop to it. 
 
 Bur the Farrier is to obferve, that if a Horfe has a Fever 
 upon him, which does not diminilli, but increafes with the 
 Loofenefs, thofe Things which ^^ more immediately upon 
 the Bowels are then to be made ufe of, therefore the Clyfter 
 prefcribed in the p'eceeding Chapter to remove violent Pains 
 in the Guts, may be injedted ; or the following, which will 
 yet be more efficacious in this Cafe. 
 
 *' Take oiGiiaiacum half a Pound, Sajfnfras Four Ounces, 
 *' boil them in Four Qt^iartsof5/«/V/ji Water, wherein they 
 " quench their hot Irons, until one half of the Water be 
 *' confum'd ; then add to the Decodion Red-rofe Leaves, 
 *' the Tops or Leaves of Briars, and the Leaves of Bramble, 
 *' of each a handful; or inftead of thefe, two handfuls of 
 *' Plaintain, and when it has boil'd a Quarter of an Hour 
 *' longer, take it from the Fire, and in the itrain'd Deception 
 '* dillolve four Ounces of Diafcordium without Honey, and 
 " ofOnium h:ili"a Dram." Orlhis: '* Take
 
 Ch. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scouring. 139 
 
 *' Take Henbane and white Poppy-feed, of each four 
 " Ounces, Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, Pomegranate 
 *' B?.rk: two Ounces ; boil them in two Quarts of Smiths 
 *' Forge-water to three Pints, dillblve in it four Ounces of 
 *' Diafcordium, or three Ounces of Mithridate, or Ven'ice- 
 " Treacle, and half a Dram of Opium." Or the following 
 may be us'd in hafte, or for a Horfe of fmall Value. 
 
 " Take aQi.iart of the forefaid Water, warm it over the 
 *' Fire, and dillblve in it two Ounces of Diafcordium, 
 " and the like Qiiantityof Roch-allum. 
 
 Thefe Clyfters are always to be made in a lelTer Quantity 
 than thofe that are purging ; and the Horfe's Tail to be 
 kept clofe to his Tuel, that he may retain them as long as 
 poffible ; and as foon as he flings out the fiill, which per- 
 haps may not be in the Space of twelve Hours, it muft be 
 followed with another, and fo on, until the Loofenefs is 
 quite ftopt, which may eafily be done by the help of thofe 
 Clyrters, unlefs his Strength be quite walled, and that he 
 has loft allSenfuion in his Bowels. 
 
 We come now to the Cure of the laft Sort The lajl Kind 
 of Scouring which we mention'd, to wir, °f Scounng^ 
 when the Chyle is difcharg'd with the Ex- ^"'^^ ^"''''^• 
 crements ; and as this Indifpofition proceeds from flimy 
 Matter obtlruCling the Pailages in the Lacteal Veffels, the 
 propereft Method is by purging ; for which Purpofe we 
 recommend the follovving. 
 
 *•' Take Epj'om Salt fix Ounces, Cream of Tartar two 
 *' Ounces, dillblve them in a Gallon of Waier, and give 
 *' the whole through a Horn at feveral Times." Or, 
 
 " Take Epjorn Salt lix Ounces, Cream of Tartar three 
 " Ounces, Salt of Tartar half an Ounce ; dillblve them in a 
 " plentiful deal of Water, and let 'em be given as the other. 
 
 Let Sal: ol Tartar and Sal Prunellcs be alio dillblv'd in 
 his common Drink, for all thofe Diluters are the moll: pro- 
 per to wafh off that vifcid Matter which adheres lb clofely 
 to the Guts, and hinders the Chyle from entring into its 
 proper Vellels, efpecially when they are us'd plentifully ; 
 but if this Sort of Flux fhould proceed from a ftrum.ous 
 Obftruftion, as it fometimes happens to human Bodies, it; 
 would prove incurable. 
 
 As to that which Farriers call Molten Greafe, it being 
 for the moft part the Concomitant of every large Scouring, 
 that Symptom generally wears off in the Procefs of the 
 Diftemper, and requires no panicular Manage.oient dillind: 
 
 from
 
 I40 The FarrierV New GuidcCnXXTVYlL 
 
 from what his been already prefcrib'd for the third fort of 
 Loofenefs, viz. Purging and aftringent Clyfters, with the 
 Alliftance of thofe Things that are [)roper to promote a 
 Breathing thro' the Pores; but becaufe in all violent Difor- 
 ders of the Guts, there is, for the moft part, a Weaknefb in 
 the Stomach alfo, it can never be amils to exhibit fuch 
 Things as are proper to procure a good Digeftion, at the 
 fame time that other Means are us'd to carry off" the more 
 urgent Symptoms ; and thefe ought to be continued, efpe- 
 cially to a HorTe of Value ; and indeed it is for Want of 
 fuch Helps that many Horfes dwindle away, or fall into 
 other Diftempers, after the Loofenefs has in a great Mea- 
 fure been overcome. 
 
 Concerning the Food that is to be given in fuch Difor- 
 ders, nothing can be more proper than what SoUeyfell re- 
 commends, viz. the cleaned and beft Hay, Bran moiften'd 
 ■with Claret, and parch'd Barley. But as all thofe Difor- 
 ders have their primary Caufe from Colds, ill Ufage, but 
 efpecially from foul corrupt Feeding, and Want of Exer- 
 cife, the Owner can never be at a Lofs to keep an Eye over 
 his Horfe, and to learn his Conftitution, and what he is 
 able to bear, and by that Means thefe Accidents may, in a 
 great Meafure be prevented. 
 
 CHAP. XXXVIII. 
 
 Of the Bloody Flux. 
 
 ^ir J r; T^HIS is only an advanc'd Det!;ree of a 
 ^bloody t lux. 8 ^. , •'-.,, . p „ 
 -^ -^ Diarrhcea, efpecially of that Sort 
 
 ■which proceeds from a Profufion of the pancreatick and 
 
 bilious Juices ; for when the Difchargc from thofe Parts 
 
 is ver3' much inlarg'd, it cauies Hill a greater Influx of Blood 
 
 and Humours tov.ards them, which being more than can 
 
 be converted into the proper Juices, forces itfelf through the 
 
 Inteftincs of the Vefiels^ ^nd is difcharg'd with thefe Juices 
 
 into the Guts. 
 
 J ,„. _^ Sometimes it refembles the Wafhings of 
 
 LJiH.ZH'L Flcfli, fomerimes there is a Mixture ot pu- 
 
 rulent Matter or Corruptron along with rt, 
 
 and fometimcs little or notning comes away but pure 
 
 Blood ; but this laft Kind proceeds, for the moll part, from 
 
 an Appetite of the internal Hemorrhoidal Veflcls. 
 
 But it is to be obferv'd, a Bloody-flux very feldom hap- 
 
 rx;ns lo HorfcSj iafomuch that SolUyiell has given it no 
 
 PlacQ
 
 Ch. XXX VIII. Of the Bloody Fluxl ijs,i 
 
 Place among other Difeafes of the like Nature ; and for my 
 own Part, I cannot fay I have ever feen Blood come from 
 a Horfe's Fundament, othervvife than by the Preilure of 
 hard Dung upon the great Gut, which by that Means has 
 only fqueez'd out a very fmall Qiiantity from the Veflels 
 thereof; yet becaufe that Diftemper may, without doubt, 
 feize fome Horfes, as it is not inconfiftent with the Oeco- 
 nomy of that Animal, and as moft Authors I have perus'd, 
 befides SoUeyJelly aver, they have met with it in all its 
 different Appearances, I fhall therefore give fuch Diredions 
 as are necellary for the Cure. 
 
 And in order thereunto, becaufe a Bloody <j-^^ ^^^ . 
 
 Flux happens, for the moft Part, before the 
 Body has been very much wafted by the Loofenefs, it is 
 proper, in the firft Place, to make a Revulfion, by taking 
 a moderate Quantity of Blood from the Neck- vein ; this is 
 convenient in all Fluxes of Blood from the inferior Parts, 
 unlefs the Horfe be exceeding weak. 
 
 If there be a Mixture of purulent corrupt Matter after 
 Bleeding, moderate Purging will be very proper, with fuch 
 Things as have been prefcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter; 
 all the other Medicines recommended to make a Revullioii 
 by Sweat and infenfible Tranfpiration, are alfo to be com- 
 ply'd with ; as alfo the aftringent Clyfters there recom- 
 mended, which in moft Cafes will anfwer the End, I (hall 
 therefore only add one more. 
 
 " Take a Qiiart of Forge- water, and boil in it four Oun- 
 *' ces of Oak-bark, two Ounces of Tormentil-roots, Balau- 
 *' ftines and Red-rofe Leaves of each a handful. To the 
 *' ftrained Deco6lion add three Ounces of Diafcordium, an 
 ** Ounce of Mithridate, and half a Dram of Opium." 
 Let this beinjedfed warm, and repeated as often as there is 
 Occafion ; and if you be provided with a Syringe that has 
 a pretty large Pipe, you may fometimes add two Ounces of 
 Bole in Powder, or Sealed Earth. 
 
 But above all Things, you are to avoid mixing Oil or 
 Butter, or any other greafy Matter, with Clyfters that are 
 of this Intention, as is common among Farriers ; for thefe 
 Things are directly contrary to the Nature of thofe Appli- 
 cation?, and will not only render their Operations ineffec- 
 tual, but increafe the Diieafe ; and inflead of aftringing and 
 fortifying the Bowels, will weaken them, by cauiing a 
 o;reater Relaxation of their Fibres. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 142 The Farrier'j Ke^jj Guide. Ch. XXXIX. 
 CHAP. XXXIX. 
 
 Of IForms-, BotSy and T rune h ions. 
 
 Worms of di- 'T^ HERE are feveral Kinds of Vermin 
 €vers kinds bred A bj-ed in the Bodies ofHorfes, which go 
 in Horfes. under the Denomination of ^Bots^ JForms, 
 
 and Trufichicns. The Worms are of divers Colours and 
 Shape ; fomerefemble Earthworms, others are Imall and 
 ■white, fnarp at both Ends like Needles. The Trimchlon i^ 
 thick and fliort, and the Bet is not unlike a fmall Catterpil- 
 lar ; the laftare commonly found in the llreight Gut, efpe- 
 cially of fome Horfes when they are firft taken from Grafs. 
 
 SoUeyjcll has taken Notice of another Kind, which re- 
 femble Wood-lice, only that they have fewer Feet, are of a 
 deep reddifli Col -ur, velveted on the Back like a Bot, and 
 made up of feveral Folds. Thefe, he fays, are bred in the 
 Stomach, and abide in it, and devour all the Nouriihment ; 
 fo that a Horfe, if he be never fo great a Feeder, cannot 
 thrive while they are in his Maw. The fame Author ob- 
 ferves further, that thofe Kind of Worms are oftentimes 
 the Occafion of a Horfe's Death, by eating Holes in the 
 Stomach i and fays, he has feen Thoufands of them in the 
 Stomachs of dead Horfes. 
 
 But that Author might be eafily impofed upon by fucli 
 an Infpcdion ; for it is very certain, as foon as an Animal 
 dies, thofe Parts that turn fiift to Putrefadion, as the Ali- 
 ment in the Stomach, which is kept under clofe Cover, 
 will foon breed Vermin, and that of different Kinds, fmce 
 it is reafonable enough to believe, that the Seeds of divers 
 Infeds may be depofited among the Food of moft Ani- 
 mals, and be thus convey'd into the Stomach, and may be 
 brought to Life very fuddenly after the Animal is dead ; 
 yy ur but that Worms, or any other Kind of Ver- 
 
 A'o yyorms can . - , , , '' , r , m , ■ i 
 
 be bred in the ^'"> ^^^ either be bred or fubliited m the 
 Stomach^Lvhile Stomach of any living Creature, is as im- 
 the Horfe is a- poffible as for a Moufe to live under a Mil- 
 live. ftone whilfl it is grinding; for it is very well 
 
 known, that the mufcular Adion of the Sto- 
 mach, by which it is kept in conllant Motion, would much 
 fooner deflroy any fuch Creatures, if it was poflible for them 
 to breed there, than the common Food which they eat, that 
 being harder and more difficult to be broke than they. 
 
 And
 
 Chap. XXXIX. Of Worms, Sec 145 
 
 And therefore Markham's Aflertion mud A falfe AJfer 
 be as falfe as ridiculous, and only taken upon ^^°" f Mark 
 Truft, from the Speech of fome Mounte- l^^n^'-^- 
 bank ; where fpeaking of the Red Worms, he Hiys, " He 
 " has feen Horfes whofe Stomachs have been eaten quite 
 *' through with them, io that the Meat which they eat 
 " could not abide in their Stomach, but fell, upon the 
 *' fwallowing, into the Body, making the Body fwell like 
 " a Tun, fo that they dy'd with huge Torment. 
 
 Neither will the Hiftories we have of Worms being void- 
 ed at the Mouth of Men and Women, however authentick, 
 avail any thing to prove their fubfilling in the Stomach, 
 lince it is very certain they have been thrown upwards, like 
 the Gall or Excrements in the lliack Paflion, when the 
 Periftaltick Motion of the Guts has been very much inver- 
 ted ; and thefe have been but a very fhort while in the Sto- 
 mach before their Ejedlment. 
 
 We may therefore very reafonably affirm, AllWoYms bred 
 fince the modern Difcoveries have fhewn ^^ ^'^^ Guts, 
 us the true Ufe of the Stomach, that this Sort of Vermin 
 can only be bred and fubfifted in the Guts of any live Ani- 
 mal, and not in the Stomach ; and when they are found 
 there at any Time, it is either after the Animal is dead, that 
 the Action of the Stomach ceafes, or elfe they are brought 
 into it in the Manner we have already mentioned. 
 
 Now the Caufe of Worms is from Foul q-j^^ q ^^ 
 Feeding, and very often from a bad Digef- Worms, 
 tion ; for that will have the fame Effect as 
 corrupt and unwholfome Food. For the Aliment, when 
 it is not fufficiently broke and comminuted in the Stomach, 
 turns to Crudities, and is render'd the more liable to putrifie 
 in the Guts ; fo that a proper Matter is Furnifhed for the 
 Frodudtion of Vermiin : And therefore wc may often ob- 
 ierve, that as Children, even fo young Horfes, are more 
 liable to be infefted with Worms, than thole that are grown 
 to Maturity. And this may probably proceed from the 
 Weaknefs and Flexibility of the folid Parts, whereby, iho' 
 their Appetites are at that Time fenfible and vigorous, yet 
 the Stomach mull a(fl lefs forcibly upon the Aliment, than 
 when they are arriv'd to a more advanc'd State ; fo that of 
 Confequence they may be render'd more liable to the Pro- 
 duclion of thofe Animals. 
 
 The Signs are all thofe that appear in a TheSlp-m. 
 Cholick/or befides that thofe Infet^s occafion 
 
 a
 
 144 57?^ FarrierV Ne^^ Guide. Ch. XXXIX". 
 
 a Titillation in the Guts, the vifcid, grofs and putrify'd 
 Matter, whereby they are ingender'd, caufes a Vellicatioil 
 and frequent Twitches, and withal lb much Pain, that a 
 Horfc appears to be in all the Agony imaginable, lying 
 down and ftarting up aj^ain by Fits, oftentimes ftriking his 
 Belly with his hind Foot, and oftentimes rubbing his Fun- 
 dament againft any Wall or Pcft that happens to be near 
 him ; and when there happens to he many of thofe Crea- 
 tures, efpecially when they are harbour'd in the great Gut, 
 they appear plentifully in the Dung. 
 
 cr, n The Cure confifts in all thofe things that 
 
 Ihe Lure. , ,-, , ,,.^ . .. . y , 
 
 are proper to deitroy the Viicidities m the 
 
 Bowels, and at the fame time to ftrengthen the Stomach j 
 
 for by that Means a Horfe digefts his Hay and Provender, 
 
 and nothing but the grofTer Parts go downwards into the 
 
 Guts, fo that of Coniequence thofe Creatures cannot eafily 
 
 be ingender'd there. 
 
 And becaufe Purging is of the moft immediate Efficacy 
 in all fuch Cifes, it is therefore the molt proper to begin 
 the Cure that Way ; and for that Purpofe, if there be no 
 Obftrudions in the ftreight Gut, which may firft require the 
 Ufe of Clyfters, we recommend the following. 
 
 *' Take Tanfy-fiowers and Coraline of each a handful; 
 *' Sem one Ounce, Jalap in grofs Powder half an Ounce C* 
 Boil them in a Quart of Water, and to the ftrain'd Decoc- 
 tion add two Ounces of the Syrup of Buckthorn. Or : 
 
 " Take two Ounces of Pithis Cornachini, or Coun- 
 *' tefs of IVariuick's Powder, and give it in a Decodtion 
 *^ wherein Rue has been boil'd." Let your Horle be kept 
 from Feeding two Hours before, and two Hours thereafter, 
 giving him moderate Exercife to help the Operation of the 
 Phyfick ; and at Night he may have fcalded Bran to eat. 
 
 Eut thefe are the propereft Purges to deftroy Worms and 
 wormy Matter, that have Mercurius dulcis, or JEthlopi 
 mineral join'd with them, as follows : 
 
 *' Take of the bed Aloes one Ounce, Mercurius dukis 
 *' half an Ounce, Diagridium two Drams." Make thele 
 into a Ball with Liquorice Powder or Flower, and as much 
 Butter as is fufficient. Or thus : 
 
 " Take of the beft fliining Aloes an Ounce and a half, 
 " Mthiops mineral an Ounce, Diagridium and Diaphore- 
 *' tick Antimony of each two Drams." Make them into 
 one or two Balls^ as above directed, and let them be given 
 failing. 
 
 Eiihci-
 
 Chap. XXXIX. Of Worms, Sec. i^s 
 
 Either of thefe being three or four times repeated, will 
 deftroy all manner of Worms, and carry off that flimy and 
 corrupted Matter in which they are ingender'd, and with- 
 out the lead Danger. 
 
 The Merciirius dulcisy may be had at any Chymifl's or 
 Apothecary's ; as for the MthiopSy it is made of equal 
 Parts of Quickfilver and Brimftone, rubbing them in a Mor- 
 tar till they are incorporated and turn to a black Powder. 
 
 After your Horfe has been fufficiently purged with one 
 or other of the above-mentioned Remedies, the following 
 Powder out of Solley felly may be given for a Week or a 
 Fortnight, and it will be of great Service to deftroy all the 
 Remains of the Diftemper. 
 
 " Take the Roots of Mafter-wort, the Leaves and 
 *' Roots of Radifhes, greater Centaury, and Tanfy ; dry 
 " them in the Sun in the Summer, and in an Oven, with a 
 ** moderate degree of Heat, in the Winter ; then take a 
 *' Pound of each Germander, Ground-pipe, Roots of An- 
 *' gelica, and Elecampane, all dried in the Shade, of 
 ** each half a Pound, Coraline, or Sea Mofs, and Liver 
 *' Aloes, of each four Ounces, Galangal, Nutmeg, and 
 *' Sal PrunelU; of each two Ounces. Reduce all the 
 *' Ingredients to Powder feparately, then mix them, and 
 *' keep them in a Leathern Bag, or in a glafs Bottle clofe 
 ** ftopt. The Dofe is an Ounce for fmall Horfes, two 
 ** Ounces and a half for large Horfes : Mix it with half 
 ** an Ounce, or three Drams of old Treacle, or an Ounce 
 " of Treacle DiateJJaron^ or Mithridate ; then give it the 
 " Horfe in a Pint of White-wine, and afterwards walk 
 '* him in his Cloaths. 
 
 But this Powder will be much better, if the firft Ingre- 
 dients be wholly left out, and inftead of them be fubltitu- 
 ted four Ounces of the Flour of Brimftone, and two Oun- 
 ces of the Powder of Myrrh j neither is there occafion to 
 be much fcrupulous about the Dofe, for the fmalleft Horfe 
 may take two Ounces of this Powder, and it will be little 
 enough. 
 
 There are many other Remedies appropriated to deftroy 
 Worms, which are all very good when rightly apply'd, as 
 Rue, St. Johrfi, Wort, Tops of Broom, Male Fern, Savin, 
 Citron-feeds, Wormwood, and Worm-feed, Garlick, Oni- 
 ons, and fuch like Things ; but none can come up to Mer- 
 €urius dulcis, or the /Ethiopi rnlneralj for immediate Effi- 
 
 S Moft
 
 1^6 The FarrierV AVay Guide. Ch. XL; 
 
 Moft Farriers, for Cheapnefs, make Ufe of Allum, black 
 Soap, burnt Vitriol, and fuch like Things : Some exhibit 
 corrofive Sublimate, or red Precipitate, as much as will lie 
 upon a Silver Penny ; but as thcie laft Medicines, viz. the 
 Sublimate and Precipitate, cannot be ufed internally without 
 great danger, efpecially to brute Creatures, who can ne- 
 ver be brought to take fuch Things as are proper to carry 
 off their ill Effeds, they ought therefore not to be given in 
 any Cafe ; for albeit they may, by virtue of their powerful 
 Efficacy, fucceed in fome Circumftances, where a Horfe 
 happens to be robuft and Itrong ; yet when it is otherwife, 
 if they are not the Occafion of fudden Diforders, they will 
 lay the Seeds of a bad Conftitution, and render a Horfe un- 
 ferviceable for the future. 
 
 CHAP. XL. 
 
 Of Tain in the Bowels cattfed by fudden 
 Accidents, 
 
 XTTTE have already taken Notice, that moft of theDifeafes 
 ^ ' of the Guts will caufe Cholick Pains, when they come 
 to an Extremity ; but Horfes, who are oftentimes under the 
 Diredlion and Alanagement of bad Tutors, and are them- 
 felves only guided by Inftin<5l, muft therefore be render'd 
 liable to many Inconveniencies, and to none more than 
 thofe which (hew themfelves immediately in the Bowels ; 
 Tains caufedby f^*" ^^^ drinking cold Water when a Horfe 
 drinking ivhen '^^ ^^^' ^^ if at that time he be rid deep into 
 hot ^c. the Water, or if he be fuffer'd to cool of a 
 
 fudden when he has been at hard Exercife, 
 any fuch Mifmanagement very frequently brings on the 
 moft intolerable Diforders, as we daily obferve. 
 
 And this is eafy to be accounted for, becaufe when the 
 Body is hot, and the Pores open, any fudden Cold caufes 
 them to be immediately fliul up, fo that all the common 
 and necefl'ary Difcharges are in a great Meafure hinder'd, 
 by which Means the Vellels of the Colon, and fometimes 
 of the Stomach and other Bowels, are alfo cramm'd and 
 diftended ; and this is the true Caufe of the Pain, and 
 likewife of the Wind and Flatulency that is obfervable in 
 fuch Cafes ; for although Wind may often proceed from 
 cwher Caufes, as from the Vifcidity and Sliminefs of the 
 Matter that is fometimes harboured in the Bowels j yet in 
 
 this
 
 Chap. XL. Of Tain in the Bo'jvels, 147 
 
 this Cafe it is chiefly occafion'd by their over-great Relaxa- 
 tion, whereby they lofe their Tone and Periftaltick Mo- 
 tion, which isabfolutely neceilary to the Expulfion of the 
 Wind as well as the Excrements. 
 
 As for the Signs of thefe fudden Diforders, they are fuffi- 
 ciently known to every one j we fhall therefore proceed to 
 the Cure. 
 
 And firft of all, if the Horfe be hot and The Cure of 
 Feverifli, as it fometimes happens, a mode- thofe fudden 
 rate Quantity of Blood may be taken from Diforders. 
 the Neck-vein, after which a Clyfter ought to be injedled, 
 and fuch a one as will llimulate the Guts, and promote 
 their Periftaltick Motion, for by that A4eans the Excre- 
 ments and Wind will not only be ejeded, but the ftagnant 
 Blood muft alfo be forwarded ; for which Purpofe nothing 
 can be more ferviceable than a Qiiart of Emetick Wine 
 given lukewarm : But becaufe this is not to be had with- 
 out Expence, it would therefore be worth any Gentleman's 
 While to make it, and keep it by him, and that is eafily 
 done, only by infuling Four Ounces of the Crocus Metal- 
 lorum, or Liver of Antimony, in a Gallon of White- 
 wine or Ale, for feveral days, which will give it an eme- 
 tick Quality. 
 
 But inftead of the Emetick Wine, the following Clyfter 
 may be ufed. 
 
 '' Take of the Decoilion of Mallows and Marfli-mal- 
 *' lows, or of Broth that is not too Eat, two Quarts, dif- 
 " folve four Ounces of Syrup of Buckthorn, and two 
 " handfuls of common Salt." Or this : 
 
 " Take two Quarts of warm Water, and diflblve in it 
 *' half a Pound of Epfoni Salts, and two handfuls ofcom- 
 *' mon Salt." Or the following : 
 
 " Take of theDecodiion above-mention'd two Quarts, 
 " Aloes in Powder two Ounces, Gambuge an Ounce. Let 
 *' thcfe be ftirr'd into the Decodion when it is about blood- 
 " warm, adding at the lame Time a handful of Bay Salt, 
 *' or common Salt. 
 
 Let either of thefe be given, taking care too keep the 
 Horfe moving until the Operation is quite over ; and this 
 Method will be the more neceflary, if the Hoi-fe has been 
 full Fed ; but if it be oLhervvife, that he was empty when 
 this Accident happen'd to him, a Clyfter of Broth, or of 
 the emollient Herbs and Brown Sugar, or Alolojjusy will 
 fuflice. 
 
 S 2 After
 
 148 The VARniEK' s New Guide. Ch. XLI. 
 
 After the purging Clyfter has finifhed its Operation, 
 Sweat ought, as foon as poffible, to be promoted, and that 
 very plentifully ; wherefore, 
 
 *' Take of old Fcnice-Trendc, or of Mithridate, three 
 ** Ounces, Matthew's Pill two Drams, Camphire fix 
 •* Grains: Mix them well together, and then diflblve them 
 ** in a Quart of warm Beer, and give it through a Horn, 
 *' cloathing him very warm. 
 
 And to comfort his Bowels, the Clyfter prefcribed in a 
 preceediug Chapter to eafe violent Pains in the Guts, may 
 be given ; or the following, which is of like Efficacy, and 
 will alfo help to promote the Sweat. 
 
 *' Take Red-rofe Leaves tv;o handfuls, dry'd Mint and 
 *' Sage, of each one handful, Galangal bruis'd one Ounce, 
 " Bay-berries fix Drams. Boil them half an Hour in three 
 *' Pints of Water, and to the ftrained Decodlion add Spirit 
 ** of Wine or Brandy one Pint, and alfo difTolve in it four 
 ** Ounces of Diafcordium." Let this be given milk-warm, 
 keeping his Tail clofe to his Fundament, until he has no 
 Motion of throwing it out. 
 
 But a Horfe is fometimes fo reftlefs with the Violence of 
 thofe Pains, that there is no keeping him on his Legs, but he 
 throws himfelf down every Minute ; and fome Horfes kill 
 themfelves, by ftriking their Heads againft the Walls, who 
 otherwife might eafily be recover'd, if they could be mana- 
 ged. Thefe ought to be buried in a Dunghill, all but the 
 Head, there being no Cafe that requires that kind of Sweat- 
 ing more than this ; for it is very much to be fufpeded, that 
 the giving of cold Water to a Horfe when he is hot, and 
 wafhing him about his Breaft and Belly, may often caufe 
 an immediate Foundering in the Cheft, and this feems reafo- 
 rable enough from the extraordinary working and heaving 
 of the Flanks, which is obfervable all on a ludden in fome 
 Horfes after fuch Accidents. But the Reader may have Re- 
 courfe to what has been already faid under that Head. 
 
 CHAP. XLL 
 
 Of the T^ellcws or Jaundice, 
 
 The Nature of '~p HERE is no Diftempcr that happens 
 theYe.llonxsyand ^ more frequently to Horfes, than the 
 it$ different Jaundice or Yellows, and proceeds from the 
 Caujes. ObftruiVions either in the Gall-pipe, caufed 
 
 by
 
 Chap. XLI. Of the Tellows or Jaundice. 149 
 
 by Slime or gritty Matter, or when the Roots of thofe little 
 Du6ls that open into that Pipe are ftopt by the like Matter, 
 or comprefs'd by a Plenitude and Fulnefs of the Blood- vef- 
 fels that lie near them. 
 
 Sometimes that Dillemper proceeds from or accompanies 
 hard and fchirrous Obftrudions in the Liver, and fometimes 
 the Blood will be tindtur'd in malignant and peililential 
 Sicknefles, as the Difeafe mentioned by Solleyfell, which 
 he terms the Spanijh Evil^ and which he obferved to be 
 predominant among the Horfes in his Time, for feveral 
 Years together, and to many prov'd mortal ; fometimes the 
 fame Symptoms will alfo happen upon the Bite of an Adr 
 der, or any other venomous Beaft. 
 
 In thefe laft Cafes of Poyfon and Infeftion, the Liver, no 
 doubt, is inflam'd and fwell'd, and by that means bears its 
 Proportion, from which the Yellownefs no doubt happens ; 
 but as this is only a Symptom, which may be remov'd by 
 all thole things that are proper to carry off the Fever ^ and 
 as we have already laid down fuch Methods as are proper 
 in Cafes of Malignity, we fliall only here confider it as any 
 other Secretion that is obftruded, and provide fuch Means 
 as are proper to open the faid Obltrudions. 
 
 When the Gall-pipe, or rather when the Roots of its 
 common Duds are any ways ftopt up, the Matter which 
 fhould be converted and turned into Gall, is taken up by 
 the Veins, and carried back again into the Mafs of Blood, 
 giving it a yellow Tindure ; fo that all ihe Parts of a Horfe 
 that have a Capacity of {hewing the Colour, as the Eyes, 
 the Infide of the Lips, and even the Slaver from the Mouth, 
 will appear yellow. But as this Difeafe is contrary to that 
 fort of Scouring where there is a Profuiion of the Gall, and 
 there being little or none of it tranfmitted into the Guts, the 
 Excrements will therefore look of a light pale green, as if 
 the Aliment was only waflied in the Guts. 
 
 It is alfo to be obibrv'd, when a Horfe has the Yellows, 
 he turns dull, heavy and fluggifh, low in his Spirits, and 
 faint, efpecially when he is put to the leaft Exercife j and 
 when the Dillemper has continued fome Time upon him, 
 he lofes his Appetite, and becomes poor, lean and jaded. 
 
 While the Obftrudions are only in the Gall-paflages, it 
 is eafy enough to be cured; but when the Liver is indured 
 and harden'd near thofe Paflages, as it fometimes falls out ; 
 or if there happen Impoftumations or Ulcers, the Cure will 
 then be very doubtful 3 for in this lail Caf? it wiil have all 
 
 S 3 the
 
 150 The ParrurV NcjoGuide. Ch. XLI. 
 
 the fame Effedls as any other internal wafting Ulcer : And 
 in the other cafe, where the Liver is fchirrous and hard, 
 thefe Obftrudions mull alfo be difficult, becaufe they lie 
 our of the Reach of manual Operation, and alfo of exter- 
 nal Applications. 
 
 ne Cure ^"^ '" ^^^ Cure, we fhall begin with its firft 
 
 Stage, when we only fuppofe theGall-pailhges 
 obftrufled,as above-mentioned ; and to remove thole. Pur- 
 ging muft in the firft place be necefiiuy, with thofe Things 
 that are moderately opening ; for unlefs there be Pain and 
 Infl^.mmalion in the Liver, Bleeding will do but little Ser- 
 vice ; however it is much in Vogue in fuch Cafes. 
 
 Therefore let the following Infufion be made, viz. 
 
 " Take of 5^/?^ one Ounce, Madder-roots and Turme- 
 *' rick of each half an Ounce, the Leaves of Strawberries, 
 " Mallows and Marfli-mallows, of each an handful, Salt 
 " of Tartar three Drams." Let them be infuled in three 
 Pints of boiling Water all Night, and in the Morning let it 
 be given with the ufual Precautions. This Infuiion will 
 juft keep the Horfe's Body open, and may therefore be re- 
 peated four or five days fucceflively. 
 
 Or inftead of this, the Horfe may be purg'd three or four 
 times with an Ounce or ten Drams of the beft Aloes, and 
 half an Ounce of Turmerick made into a Ball, which to a 
 Horfe of fmall Value may be done with lefs Trouble. After 
 Puiging in the Manner we have prefcrib'd, the Horfe may 
 have now and then a little fcalded Bran, and fometimes boil'd 
 Barley to eat, and his Water may haveconftantly Barley and 
 Liquorice boil'd in it ; and a Dofe of the following Powder 
 may be every Day given for a Fortnight or three Weeks 
 together, unlefs the Purging alone remove the Diftemper, 
 as it fometimes happens in the Beginning. 
 
 " Take of the Roots of Madder and Turmerick of each 
 " half a Pound, Earth-worms dry'd in the Sun, or in an O- 
 " ven that rs moderately heated, and A^Iyrrh, of each four 
 •"* Ounces, Shavings of Harifliorn or Ivory, and crude Tar- 
 *' tar, of each two Ounces, crude Antimony fix Oi!nce?,the 
 *' beft Saffron and Cinnamon, of each two Drams. Letall 
 thefe be made into a fine Powder, and give your Hoife every 
 Klornirg two Ounces in a fufricient quantity oiVenue-trea- 
 c!e to make it into a ftiff Pafte, leiting him at the fame time 
 drink a little White- water or Barley-water to wafh it down. 
 I have httn told, that the following Receipt feldom or 
 never miffes to carry oft' the Yellows before it be of an old 
 
 ftand-
 
 Chap. XLI. Of the Yellows or Jaundice. 1 5 \ 
 
 Handing ; and if it fucceeds, as I have Reafon to credit my 
 Informant, it is a very eafy Way of making a Cure. 
 
 " Take of Cajlile Soap an Ounce, cut it into Slices, 
 *' and diflblve it in two or three Spoonfuls of Whey, or 
 *' any other Liquid, after that mix with it two Ounces of 
 *' live Honey, and Powder of Turmerick as much as will 
 *' make it into two Balls; after you have dipt them infweet 
 " Oil, give them to your Horfe, letting him Fall two 
 *' Hours before, and two Hours theieafter. 
 
 This mull be repeated every other Day for a Week at 
 leaft. But in this cafe the Ufe of Chewing Balls, or the 
 champing on green Juniper-wood, Horfe-radifli, or any 
 fuch thing, that will be of Efficacy to rouze his Spirits, muft 
 needs be of great Service to him, and he ought alfo to have 
 every day Exercife given him in Proportion to his Strength 
 and Ability ; for nothing can conduce more to affift the 
 Medicines in their Operation. 
 
 But when the Yello v.'s proceed from ftony -^n innjeterate 
 and hard Obftruftions m the Liver, which, Jaundice, 
 if they be large, may eafily be difcover'd, becaufe they will 
 render him liable to Pain and Inflammations, efpecially up- 
 on the leaft Exercife ; and you may obferve him under 
 great Oppreffion, and he will often turn his Head towards 
 his right Side. In that cafe he muft be Bled, and mode- 
 rately purg'd with the Infufion above defcribed j after which 
 the following Fomentation may be ufed. 
 
 " Take of the Leaves of Kiallows and Marfh- mallows, 
 *' of each four Handfuls, Wormwood and Camomile, of 
 " each two handfuls, Leaves of Bawm and Flowers of 
 *' Melilot, or fuch of thefe as can be had, of each one large 
 " handful : Boil them in a Gallon of W'ater, and add to 
 *' it a Pint of Spirit of Wine. 
 
 The propereftWay to ufe this, is by dipping Woollen 
 Cloths into it, applying it pretty warm and often to the 
 Part atfected. 
 
 If this Symptom does not wear off in a little Time, it 
 will foon caufe the Horfe's Death ; but if that is removed, 
 and the Horfe ftill continues yellow, or if the Diftemper 
 has continued obftinate and immoveable, notwithftinding 
 all the proper Means have been ufed, Recourfe muft then 
 ■be had to Medicines of a more powerful Efficacy ; for 
 which Purpofe we recommend the following Purge. 
 
 " Take of Aloes one Ounce, Myrrh and Turmerick, of 
 *' each half an Ounce, Mercunus dulcis ihrQQ Dram., or 
 
 S 4 '' '-if
 
 1 5a The'^kvi.Kn^'s New Guide. Ch. XLlf. 
 
 ** half an Ounce of iT^thiops mineral : Make them into 
 *' Pills with a fufficient Quantity of Flour and Butter. 
 
 Thcfe may be given twice a Week, or according as you 
 find he has Strength to bear them, until he has been fcoured 
 four or five Times ; after which Cinnabar Pills, or thofe for 
 the Farcin, may be given, and their Ule continued for 
 fome confiderable Time fif your Horfe be worth the Lx;- 
 pence) but efpecially if you obferve him rather to mend 
 than grow worfe. And this Method, when it is rightly 
 fpllow'd, will be found the moil rational to remove all ob- 
 Jlinate Difeafes of the Liver. 
 
 CHAP. XLII. 
 
 Of the T>ifeafesofthe Reins or Kidneys, &c. 
 
 "IT/'E find in the Books of Farriers, an Account of all the 
 *'^ Difeafes of the Reins and Bladder, tho' there are but 
 few who have delivered them in any regular Order ; and 
 indeed, fome of them, as the Stone in the Bladder, ^c. are 
 but feldom met with ; we fhall therefore make it our Bufi- 
 refs to fpend as little of the Reader's Time as poflible, in 
 Things that are common and unprofitable. However, we 
 make no doubt but fome rare and unufual Inftances of Stones 
 and Slime happen to thofe Creatures, yet the moft common 
 are only thole that proceed from Collivenefs, from an In- 
 flammation or Ulceration in the Kidneys, or fome Defedt in 
 ihe Bladder, or in the Urine itfelf ; what relates to the Pain 
 or Stoppage of Water caufed by Coftivenefs, has already 
 been difcuis'd under that Head ; and as it is not to be accoun- 
 ted a Difeafe in thofe Parts, but only a Symptom of another 
 Difeafe, and is removed as foon as that ceafes ; we fnall 
 therefore, in the enfuing Chapter, only conlider a Stoppage 
 <QX Painpifs in the latter Senfe, when the Difeafe is coniin'd 
 to the Reins and Pailages of the Urine. 
 
 CHAP. XiLlII. 
 Of the Tain-pifs or Strangury. 
 
 'T^HO' this Difeafe happens moft frequently when tl-.ere 
 -*• is an Obftrudion of the Dung harden'd and indurated 
 in the ftreight Gut, as we have obierv'd ; yet when it pro- 
 ceeds from another Caufe, it is moft likely to be occafion'd 
 eiiher by an Infiammauon of the Bladder, or an Ulcer in the 
 
 Kidneys j
 
 Ch. XLIII. Of the Tain-pifs, &c. 15$ 
 
 Kidneys ; for when there happens to be an Ulcer in thofe 
 Parts, the Sharpnefs of the Matter proceeding from thence, 
 may, no doubt, caufe Pain when it pafles into the Urethra^ 
 or rifs-pipe, by abrading and carrying off the Mucus that 
 ihould defend that fenfible Part, fo that a Horfe in this Cafe 
 inuft pifs in Pain ; and as this will alfo caufe an Inflamma- 
 tion there, inftead of pilTing freely, he will often dribble. 
 
 An Inflammation m thofe Parts, arifing from any other 
 Caufe, as hard Riding, too long Detention of his Urine, has 
 generally the fame Effe<5f, but an Inflammation of this Kind 
 happens the more readily, if there be a Lentor of the Dung. 
 
 To remove all fuch Diforders, it will be ne- «-, ^ ^^ 
 ceffary to give emollient foftning Clyfters made 
 ofaDecodtion of Mallows, Marfh-mallows, Mercury, Ca- 
 momile, and the like, with a Mixture of Oils,and other flippe- 
 ry things, or Clyfters made of fat Broths ;and to make them 
 a little purgative, commonlVeacle orManna may be diflblv'd 
 in them, to the Quantity of fix Ounces or half a Pound. 
 
 Half an Ounce of Sal Prunella, or purify'd Nitre, may 
 be diflblv'd in his Water for two or three Days together, or 
 Iwo Ounces of crude Tartar may be boil'd in it, and among 
 his Provender may be mixed the Leaves of Strawberries, 
 Radifhes, and Turnip-tops. 
 
 But if after hard Riding you have Reafon to fufped an 
 Inflammation in the Kidneys, the Bladder, or urinary Paf- 
 fage, which muft at the fame Time be accompanied with 
 feverifh Symptoms, it will then be very proper to take Blood 
 from the Neck- vein, and the Ufe of the Clyfl:ers may be re- 
 peated as often as you (hall iee Occafion j but if you have 
 Reafon to fear an Ulcer in the Kidneys, in chat Cafe, all 
 cleanfing balfamick Medicines are to be comply'd with, for 
 which Purpoi'e we chiefly recommend the following Balls. 
 
 " Take Gum Benjamin half a Pound, clean Antimony in 
 '^ fine Powder four Ounces, Flour of Brimftone hx Ounces, 
 *' Seeds of Fenugreek and crude Opium., of each an Ounce, 
 *' Salt of Tartar two Ounces ; pound thefe in a Mortar, ad- 
 *' ding as much Spirit of Turpentine as is lufiicient to make 
 '' them into a Mafs, form them into Balls weighing two 
 '* Ounces each, one of which may be given every Morning 
 •* an Hour before Watering- time." Or the following : 
 
 *' Take Turpentine one Pound, boil it in Water till it be 
 " brought to the Confiftency of Shoemaker's- wax." Give 
 your Horfe the Qiiantity of a large Walnut dipt in Oil, or 
 poiilened with Butter, and coniiiiue its Ufe fur fome time. 
 
 CHAP,
 
 1 64 The FarrierV Neiju Guide. Ch. XLIV. 
 
 CHAP. XLIV. 
 Of a Fln^ of Urine, andjialing of Blood. 
 
 A N immoderate Flux of Urine happens when the Serum 
 ■^ of the Blood is too much attenuated and thin, or when 
 the Pores of the Skin are too much conftringed and fhut up, 
 or when the Renal Du6ts, viz. the fmall Canals that open 
 into the hollow Part or Bafon of the Kidnies, are too much 
 extended and dilated, whereby the Serum is feparated in an 
 over -great Quantity from the Kidnies. 
 
 The firft, to wit, when the ferous Parts of the Blood are 
 too much attenuated, is for the moft part caufed by tra- 
 velling in hot Weather, or eating hot and fpirituous Herbs, 
 in the Beginning of the Grafs Seafon ; and we have already 
 obferv'd, that the Pores of the Skin are moft ordinarily 
 obftrudted and fhut up by riding in the Night Fogs, or ex- 
 pofing a Horfe to the Cold when he has been over-much 
 heated : And the Renal Duels may be dilated and extended 
 by eating Snow with the Grafs in Winter, which is faid 
 to abound very much with Nitre ; or it may be caufed by 
 drinking over-much Water of any Kind, efpecially when a 
 Horfe is put to hard Exercife, for by that means it fuddenly 
 precipitates and falls downwards in an over-great Quantity 
 into the Reins, fo that the above-mentioned Ducts become 
 widened beyond their ufual Dimenfions. 
 ^I'e Caufe of Ha- ^'^^'-^^ ''^^'^ '*■ ^'^''^^ ^'^^ ^^ difficult to under- 
 litin of Blood. ^^'^"^ ^^^ ^ Horfe comes to ftale Blood, for 
 albeit Blood may fom.etimes proceed from 
 an Ulceration of the Kidnies, when they are wore and 
 abraded by Sand or gritty Matter, or by the Acrimony and 
 Sharpnefs of the Corruption that proceeds from the Ulcer ; 
 yet the moft ufual Caufe of piffing Blood happens v/hea 
 the Renal Ducts have been over- much diftcnded by any of 
 the Caufes above-mention'd, and Blood, for the moft part, 
 follows a too great Profufion of the Urine, though this is 
 very feldom attended unto by Farriers. 
 V:e Cure ^^ ^° ^^ Cure, whether there be only a 
 
 too great Profufion of Urine, or a Flux of 
 Blood, it is to be performed chiefly by Medicines that 
 ftrer.gthen and agglutinate, and likevvife by fuch I'hlngs as 
 will divert the Humours another Way by opening the Pores. 
 Only in cafe ot Blood, a Vein fliould by all Means be 
 opened in the Neck or Brei^ft, to make as fpeedy a Revul- 
 
 f:an
 
 Chap. XLIV. Of a Flux of Urine. Sec. 155 
 
 fion as poflible, becaufe this Kind of Hemorrhage proves 
 fometimes fatal to Horfes, and that very fuddenly. 
 
 After Bleeding, a cooling Clyfter wherein Sal Polychre- 
 (liim or Sal Priinellcs has been dillolv'd, will be very con- 
 venient. As the following : 
 
 " Take of the Decoction of Mallows and A^arfli-mallows 
 '^ two quarts, diflblve in it three Ounces of Sal Polichre- 
 *■'- Jlum^ or Sal Prunella^ or Salt-petre, four Ounces of Oil 
 " or frefh Butter." Let it be injeded lukewarm. 
 
 The following Drench may alfo be given, and repeated 
 for two or three Days. 
 
 '* Take Plantain- water one Pint, Treacle-water half a 
 '* Pint, Japan Earth and Bole, of each two Ounces, Sugar 
 *' of Lead ten Grains, Diafcordium or Mithridate, three 
 *' Ounces." Or the following Balls may be given. 
 
 " Take Gum Tragacanth and Gum Arabick, of each 
 " four Ounces, dry'd Liquorice, Seeds of Melons and white 
 " Poppies, of each an Ounce, Gourds and Cucumber- feeds 
 ** of each half an Ounce, Starch two Ounces : Make them 
 " into a fine Powder, and with a Mucilage of Roots of 
 *' Marfh-mallows and Fenugreek- feeds, let them be form- 
 *' ed into Balls weighing two Ounces e?.ch. 
 
 Let your Horfe have one of ihefe Balls Morning and Af- 
 ternoon an Hour before his Water, until his Urine ceafes to 
 be Bloody. 
 
 But if the Flux of Blood be violent, take two Ounces of 
 Salt or Sugar of Lead, and diflblve it in a Quart of Vinegar 
 or Verjuice, and apply it cold to his Brtaft, and it will Itop 
 it immediately, unlefs it proceeds from fome pretty large 
 Branch of an Artery ; and in that cafe, unlefs the Rupture 
 be in the Urinary Paliiige, where it may be reached by a 
 ftyptick Injection, it will readily prove mortal. 
 
 If your Horfe has got a Fever, his Feeding muft be but 
 very moderate ; if he has no other Accident befides a Flux 
 of Urine, hemay beindulg'd to feed fomewhat more liberal- 
 ly, and among his Oats maybe Itrew'd the Seeds of Melons, 
 Gourd, or white Poppies; three or four of the Heads of the 
 faid Poppies, with the Seeds, may be cut to pieces and boil'd 
 in his Water, which will give it nodifagreeable Talle. You 
 may alfo give him now and then half a Pintoffweet Oil; 
 for all thofe Things are very proper, and they will help to 
 blunt the Afperity and Sharpnefs of the Urine -, but Care 
 mull be taken not to let him drink too much Water, but 
 rather give it him the oftner, unlefs it be foften'd in the 
 Manner we have diredtcd, CHAP,
 
 iS6 The FarrierV Keijj Guide. Ch. XLV. 
 CHAP. XLV. 
 
 Of the Colt-Evily Shedding of the Seed, and 
 Mattering of the Tard. 
 
 *ri' Colt Evil T* ^ ^ Colt-Evil is a continued Stiffnefs 
 * "*■ in a Horfe's Yard, and is fo called, be- 
 caufe it is a Difeafe incident to Colts, and is brought upon 
 them by having full Liberty with Mares, while they are 
 not able to cover them ; but the Difeafe which generally 
 goes under that Denomination in this Kingdom, is no 
 other than a Swelling of the Sheath. 
 
 It may be eafily cur'd in the Beginning, only by Bathing 
 the Sheath with fome warm Fomentation made of emol- 
 lient Herbs, ts'^. as Mallows, Marfh-mallows, Wormwood, 
 Camomile, and the like, with the Mixture of Spirit of 
 Wine ; but if you find the Swelling pretty hard, and that 
 there are the Signs of Heat and Inflammation, he ought to 
 be both Bled andPurg'd, and his Yard ty'd up to his Belly, 
 making a Hole in the Bandage for the Paflage of his Water, 
 Sheddin of ^^^ fhedding of the Seed, if a Horfe hap^ 
 
 Seed ' P^'^^ ^° ^^^^ ^"y ^"^^ Difeafe, may be eafily 
 
 known by a Weaknefs and Debility } but that 
 which the Farriers bring under this Denomination, is but 
 fome Weaknefs of the Reins, occafion'd by a Strain or vio- 
 lent Exercife, or the Solution of a Cold, which is fome- 
 times follow'd by a Rurning at the Yard. 
 
 But the Cure is the fame, whether it be Seed, or only 
 Matter from the Reins, and may be perform'd by once or 
 twice purging, and v . U'e of Turpentine Balls, as direded 
 in the j\.{d Chapter ; or iiie life of thofe llrengthening Me- 
 dicines we haveinferted in the preceedmg Chapter. 
 Matterinz of ^"^^ mattering of the Yard proceeds fome- 
 
 the Yard. ^vccit% from the fharp frofi:y Air caufing an 
 
 Ulceration, but chiefly when a Horfe has 
 hurt himfelf by being too eager in covering a Marc 3 for 
 as the Yard is of a loofe and fpongy Subftance, if it 
 therefore happens to be bruifed, it eafily becomes fore and 
 ulcerated ; and when the Skin is only fretted off from any 
 Part of it, from thence does ifllie a confiderable Difcharge 
 of Fetid Stinking Matter, and may be of ill Confequence, 
 if due Care be not taken, tho' at firll it may be cured by 
 liiceding onlv, and Lathing the Part wilh warm Spirit ofi 
 
 Winc^
 
 Chap. XLVI. of the T>ropfy: 1 5 7 
 
 Wine : But the beft Way in ufing the Spirits, is to take 
 him out of the Stable, for when thefe are apply'd to fo 
 feniible a Part as the Yard, the fmarting Pain will be apt 
 to make him lame himfelf, unlefs he has Room j but that 
 does not laft above a Minute. 
 
 If the Ulcer or Excoriation be inwards, which can only 
 be diftinguifh'd by the Matter proceeding from the Urinary 
 Paflage, and not from the Pain in pifling, as the Farriers fup- 
 pofe, from the leaft Sore upwards, as it is more or lefs accom- 
 panied with Inflamation, will exhibit the fame Signs as the 
 Urine pafles through the inflam'd Part. In that Cafe the 
 following Mixture may be injeded three or four Times a 
 day, and it will foon cure him of that Symptom. 
 
 " Take a Pint of Plantain or Rofe- water, /^(?«w Tur- 
 '* pentine two Ounces, the Yolk of one Egg, Honey one 
 *' Ounce ; mix thefe together in a Mortar, then pour the 
 *' Water on them by degrees untill they are incorporated." 
 After which add four Ounces of Spirit of Wine, or Bran- 
 dy, wherein half a dram of Camphire has been diilblv'd. 
 Put the whole Mixture into a Vial, (baking it as often as 
 you have Occafion to ufe it. 
 
 CHAP. XLVI. 
 Of the T>ropfey. 
 
 A LL our EngViJh Authors, and fome Ttaliam^ have enu- 
 ^^ merated the Dropfey among the Difeafes of Horfes, and 
 fome affirm pofitively, that they have cured it in all its diffe- 
 rent Kinds ; but that which chiefly happens to Horfes, is 
 what the Farriers call the Univerjal Dropjey, and (hews it- 
 felf more or lefs, in all the external Parts of the Body, but 
 efpecially the Legs and Thighs, as they are the moll: de- 
 pendent ; and 1 have my felf obferv'd in Cafes of the Greai'e, 
 when that happens both before and behind, it generally 
 proceeds from a dropfical Difpofition. 
 
 The Caufe is from all Kinds of ill Ufage, 'I'^^e Caufe of a 
 but efpecially from Bleeding and Purging Dropfy. 
 Horfes beyond their Strength ; for thefe unfeafonable Eva- 
 cuations render the Blood languid and flow in its Motion, 
 and for Want of Spirits, it has not Force enough to reach 
 the Paflages of the Skin, fo as to make the ufual Difcharge, 
 but its ferous Parts burft through the fmall Vellels, and are 
 depofited under the Skin or the flefhv Pannicle. 
 
 The
 
 15 8 Tbe'FARRUR's NewGfiide. Ch.XLVI. 
 
 The Signs are, a LafTitude and Wearinefs, Faintnefs and 
 Difficulty of Breathing, Lofs of Appetite, and a Change of 
 a Horfe's natural Colour from Bay to Dun, or from Black 
 to a Duskifhnefs, and from White to an Alhy Complexion, 
 and the like ; his Hair will filed with the leaft rubbing, and 
 the Pits of your Fingers will remain where-ever there is a 
 Swelling. It is moreover to be obierv'd, when a dropfical 
 Horfe lies down, he does not gather his Limbs round toge- 
 ther as a Horfe that is free from that Indilpofition, but be- 
 caufe of their Stiffnefs fpreads them out at their full Length. 
 «T-7 ^ . Altho' Purging to Excefs is fometimes the 
 
 Caufe of this Diftemper, by reafon it divefts 
 the Blood of its fpirituous and balfamick Parts ; yet to at- 
 tenuate the Vifcidities of its Serum, and to make a Difcharge 
 of w^hat is fuperfluous, Purging mull again be made ufe of; 
 and when that is performed with proper Medicines, it is 
 of nofmall Moment in the Cure; but thefe muft be fuch 
 as befides their purging Quality, arc endued (6 as to com- 
 municate Warmth and Vigour to the Blood, &c. for which 
 Purpofe the following is chiefly to be preferred. 
 
 *' Take of Jalap one Ounce and a half. Gamboge two 
 " Drams, Seeds of Dwarf-elder two Ounces, Ginger and 
 " Nutm.cgs of each half an Ounce. Make all thefe into a 
 *' fine Powder, and form them into two Balls,with as much 
 *' Turpentine as is fuflicient for that Purpofe." Let thefe 
 be dipt in Oil and given with the ufual Precautions. They 
 muft be repeated every other day for a Fortnight or longer ; 
 and on thofe days he does rot purge, an Ounce, or fix 
 Drams of Antimony may be given him. 
 
 And becaufe Sweating Is allbof the greateft Service, when 
 it can be promoted, the following Dole may be given, and 
 repeated as often as there is Occalion. 
 
 " Take old p'enice Treacle four Ounces, Matiheiv's 
 '' Pill two Drams, Camphire and Salt of jkartfliorn, of 
 *' each fifteen Grains." Mix them well together, and give 
 them in a Qiiart of hot Ale. 
 
 Bat if this proves infufficient to raife a Sweat, he may be 
 cover'd in a Dunghill. 
 
 Some particular Regard is alfo to be bad to a Horfe's 
 Diet in this Cafe ; for although it would be inconvenient to 
 feed him high, yet while he undergoes fo much cleanfing, 
 by Purging, Sweat, and other Evacuations, his Aliment 
 fliould De Ibmewhat proportion'd to it ; and therefore he 
 may be allowed a large Meafure of clean Oats every Day 
 
 after
 
 Chap. XL VII. Of Hide-hound Horfes. 1 5 g 
 
 after the Operation of his Phyfick, with an Ounce of the 
 Seeds of Dwarf Elder, and two Ounces of Caraway-feeds 
 ftrewed among them. 
 
 CHAP. XLVII. 
 Of a Horfe that is Hide-bound, 
 
 XXT" H E N a Horfe, after Travel, or after Various Ways 
 ^^ any Accident, grows fo lean, and his thereby aHorje 
 Flelh fo much funk, that his Skin adheres ^''°'''" ^''^'- 
 clofe to his Bones, he is then faid to be 
 Hide-bound ; but this is not properly to be term'd a Difeafe, 
 while it may be made up by Feeding ; but when a Horfe, 
 after good Keeping, continues in the fame Condition, we 
 may then very reafonably fuppofe him to lie under fome 
 inward Indifpolition ; and in this refpeft it may proceed 
 from divers Caufes, as when the Excrements by Dung and 
 Urine are over-much enlarg'd, and the Pores of the Skin 
 obftruded ; or when the Entrance into the ladeal or milky 
 Veflels are (luffed by adhefive gluey Matter, or from any 
 other augmented Secretion, or any large Difcharge, where- 
 by fuch a Derivation is made as hinders the Blood from 
 reaching the extreme and outward Parts, for by that means 
 the Vellels and mufcular Fibres become contrafted, and 
 fhrink to the Bones for Want of their due Nourifliment ; 
 and as the Juices in thofe Parts become alfo vifcid, the Skin 
 is thereby as it were glued to the fubjacent Flefli. 
 
 And therefore, to form a right Judgment What Dijilnc- 
 of this Diftemper, the Farrier ought to exa- ''■"'^ ^^^_ ^<> ^' 
 mine carefully both into the Quantity and ^"'''^ '^f ^j" ^^' 
 Quality of what a Horfe voids from him, %^Jf^il^ 
 for I have known a hide-bound Horfe, fnit 
 often, and his Excrement foft like that of a Cow, and yet 
 not come diredly to a Lax or Loofnefs ; and I knew ano- 
 ther very coftive, but then he had a beginning Glanders, 
 which was the Caufe of his Diftemper ; tho' in the Procels 
 of the Difeafe that the Matter came more plentifully, his 
 Skin grew very loofe and thin, which is eafily to be ac- 
 counted for ; and a Horfe may, no doubt, alfo become 
 hide-bound from the other Caufes above-mentioned. 
 
 And fince this is properly an Effect of fome other Difeafe, 
 ," therefore whatever cures that, when it is once found out,will 
 
 foon
 
 160 The Farrier'^ New Guide, Ch. XL VII. 
 
 foon loofen a Horfe's Hide ; as for Inftance, when a Horfe 
 voids too much Dung, a Stop is put thereunto with proper 
 Remedies, which aftringe and dry up the Belly ; or when 
 a Horfe ftales too much, or if the Pallhges of the Chyle are 
 obftruded, whatever carries off the Obftrudions, or puts 
 a Stop to the fuperfluous Evacuation, will caufe the Blood 
 to flow in greater quantity into its proper Vcflcls, by which 
 means the ftirunk and deprefs'd Fibres will by Degrees be 
 extended to their ufual Dimenlions. But if the Farrier be 
 at a Lofs tojudge riu;htly in thofe Cafes, he can hardly do 
 amifs, if he adminifter the fame Remedies we have laid 
 down for the Cure of the Yellows, for there are but few 
 hide-bound Horles which they will not recover, unlefs there 
 be an inward Decay and Wafte. 
 
 But while proper Means are us'd inwardly, befides good 
 Dreffing, Fomentations may be us'd outwardly, fuch as are 
 recommended by Solley/cll, made of Succory, Harts-tongue, 
 Agrimony, St. John's Wort, Bay- berries, Bawm, Mint, 
 Pennyroyal, Rue, Sage, Rofemary, Thyme, the Roots of 
 Grafs Madder, Eringo, or fuch of them as can eafily be 
 had : Let twelve handfuls be boil'd in two Gallons of Wa- 
 ter, or Lees of W^ine, and taking as many of the Ingredi- 
 ents in your Hand as you can grafp, rub all his Body with 
 it as hot as he is able to bear; after which take Ointment 
 of Marfh-mallows, and Oil of Rue, of each equal Parts ; 
 •with thefe chafe his Belly, and all about his Throat and 
 Jaws, or where-ever the Hide is much (hrunk, then cover 
 him with an old Sheet dipt in the Liquor, being firft wrung 
 out, binding over all a warm Quilt or Rug. 
 
 This may be repeated for the Space of three or four 
 Days ; and, as that Author rightly obferves, it will help to 
 draw the Spirits and Nourifhment to the dry Skin, tho' it 
 will do but little Service, unlefs the inward Obftrudions be 
 alfo removed. 
 
 How a I a "^"^ ^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^^^ ^^'^^ Horfe, who has no 
 
 Horfe is to be "iward Indilpofition, I would never advife 
 managed. ^"7 ^"6 to tamper with him, otherwife 
 
 than by obferving a due Care in his Feeding, 
 Dreffing, and Exercife ; and in this Cafe, while we only 
 fuppofe a Horfe's Body ihrunk and deprefs'd by the con- 
 tinual Difcharges from the Pores of the Skin, and the o- 
 ther Excretions, during his daily and continued Labour, 
 and the Want of fufficient Food to make up thofe Loiles, 
 it is \ery certain thefe may be repair'd by Food and Eafe. 
 
 But
 
 CHAf.XLVII. Of Hide-bound Horfes. i6i 
 
 But as in this Cafe the VelTels are contra6led and leflen'd in 
 their Bore and Capacity, his Food ought at iiril to be but 
 moderate, otherwife a larger Qiiantity of Blood will be 
 tranfmitted into thofe Veflels, than they are capable at once 
 to receive, which muft needs be the Occafion of many Dif- 
 orders, as it will caufe an Over-plenitude in the extreme 
 Parts, and fo, by its Redundancy, over burden and load the 
 principal Bowels. 
 
 And this is truly the Reafon why lean and tired Horfes, 
 who have been fuddenly fatten'd by Jockeys, become Rich 
 Jades, turn broken-winded, or lame, or lofe their Eye-fight 
 upon the leaft Service ; tor while the main Study of thofe 
 Perfons is (as every one fufficiently knows) only to make 
 them look fat and plump, they foften all their Food, that it 
 may digeft foon, and turn the fooner to Blood, and allow 
 them no Manner of Exercife, being fenfible that any fuch 
 Method would foon turn to their own Detriment. 
 
 But to apply this more particularly to our prefent Purpofe ; 
 a. lean Horfe fhould have his Exercife and Food increas'd by 
 degrees, and juftly proportion'd to the Augmentation of hi3 
 Strength ; and becaufe of the Contradion and Want of Ca- 
 pacity, which we have obferv'd to be in the Blood- veliels of 
 fuch Horfes, his Exercife {hould always be given him fo as 
 he may reft fome time before he has his Feeding of Oats ; 
 becaufe Exercife, by thinning the Blood, and making it take 
 up more Space in the Canals, may therefore, befides other 
 Injuries to which it expofesa lean hide-bound Horfe, caule 
 a more than ordinary Senfe of FuUnefs, by diftending the 
 Blood-veflels of the Stomach, which aie in that Part very 
 fmall, and therefore hurt Digeflion ; whereas if he be fuffer'd 
 to fland fome time before an empty Rack, or only to eat a 
 little frefh Hay until the additional Motion of the hJlood be 
 decreas'd, and the Veflels become fubfided by a gradual run- 
 ning off^'of the Blood, a Horfe will then become lightfome, 
 and able to digeft his Food, fo as it may be converted to 
 true and folid Nourifliment. 
 
 And for the fame Reafons a Horfe in this Condition ought 
 never to be t iken out foon after Feeding, but upon Necef- 
 lity, and then lie fhould only be walk'd gently, as every A'leal 
 makes a frefli Augmentation of the Blood j and indeed, at 
 all times his Exercile fhould be gentle and eafy, until 
 his Veflels are render'd capacious, and ftrong enough to 
 bear the fudden Sallies of the Blood, and that the Of- 
 fice of Secretion liave uKo acquir'd a fufficient Aptitude to 
 1' make
 
 162 The Parrier'j New Guide, Ch.XLVIII. 
 
 make their Difcharges as regular, and as nearly proportion- 
 able as may be to the Quantity of his Food. 
 
 And this muft certainly be the true Reafon of fattening 
 and hardening a lean Hide- bound Horfe, or in other Words, 
 of bringing a lean Horfe into good Cafe, and at the fame 
 time rendering him robuft and ftrong, and able to bear the 
 hardeft Labour and Toil, efpecially if to this be added good 
 Rubbing and Drefling, to promote the Difcharges of the 
 Skin. 
 
 But notwithftanding thefe Rules are what we can war- 
 rant to be fufficiently agreeable to the Laws of Mechanifm 
 in all Bodies whatfoever, yet becaufe the animal Syftem is 
 fo much complicated, whereby one Horfe alfo differs vaftly 
 from another, every Man's own Difcretion muft therefore, 
 in the main, guide him as to Particulars. What we have 
 here obferved in general, has been chiefly calculated with an 
 Eye to thofe Horfes that are of a tender and delicate Frame, 
 and not to fuch as are naturally hardy, though thefe may 
 alfo, in fome Circumftances, require fuch a Care to be had 
 of them. But the Reader may confult the Fourth Chapter, 
 where he will meet with fome things that bear a near Affi- 
 nity to the prefent Subje*5t. 
 
 CHAP. XLVIII. 
 
 Of the Farcin. 
 
 ^ HERE is no Diftemper which has try'd the Skill and 
 -^ Invention of Farriers more than the Farcin. The Wri- 
 ters of the lower Rank, as Markham and De Grey, and 
 thofe who have borrow'd all their Knowledge from them, 
 have no otherwife accounted for it, than that it proceeds 
 from naughty and corrupt Blood, and that it is the moft 
 loathfome and infedlious of all Diftempers, brought upon a 
 Horfe by Infedion, or by eating corrupt and naughty Food, 
 or by lying in Swines Litter, and from fuch like Caufes. 
 Neither have ihofe of better Account mended the Matter 
 very much, having only amus'd their Readers with a falfe 
 and unintelligible Philofophy. 
 
 The Sieur de SolUyfell defines it to be an Ulcer caufed 
 by the Corruption of the Blood, and that by a certain 
 Poifon which is more or lefs malignant, and confequently 
 makes the Horfe's Condition either hopeful, or altogether 
 defperate ; and after a fhort Theory built upon the Wri- 
 
 ine9
 
 Chap.XLVIIL Of the Far cm. \6i 
 
 ings of fome Phyficians, but no ways applicable to the Far- 
 cin ; he has thefe Words. 
 
 " For a brief Explanation of the Nature SolleyfellV 
 
 " of that Poyfon, 'twill be fufficientto tell Account of the 
 *' you, that it is a venomous Steam, or cer- P^'"n«o "-^ays 
 " tain corrupt Spirits, which penetrate the ^S^^'^^ble to the 
 « Parts of a Horfe's Body, as the Light of Sjl. "^ 
 *' the Sun palTes through a Glafs. Thefe 
 " Spirits are a fort of Ferment that breed Corruption in 
 *' whatever Part they attack. 
 
 But this Explanation is not only imperfecT:, but altogether 
 unintelligible, his Comparifon being no ways agreeable to 
 his own Ideas and Notions of that Poyfon ; nor indeed de- 
 ducible from thofe Caufes which himfelf has enumerated as 
 the chief Occafion of the Farcin ; for he obferves that the 
 Farcin is fometimes communicated by Contagion from an 
 infeded Horfe, the eating too great a quantity of new Oats, 
 or new Hay, violent Exercife in hot Weather, and even 
 once hard Riding ; Hurts and Wounds made by a foul can- 
 cerous Inftrument, fuch as Spurs, Bits, &c. the too great 
 Abundance of Blood, and a prepoilerous and too hafty Dili- 
 gence in fattening tir'd, lean, and over- heated Horfes. 
 
 But it is very certain none of thefe Caufes will produce fuch 
 a Poifon as can penetrate the Parts of a Horfe's Body in the 
 Manner he has defcrib'd j and indeed, thofe Poifons that 
 are of the moft volatile and corrofive Nature, tho' their Ef- 
 feds are fudden, yet their Operations are not fortuitous, or 
 at Random, but perfectly mechanical, as may be feen by any 
 one who is able to perufe Dr. Mead's Ellays on Poifon, 
 where all thofe Things are clearly and intelligibly explain'd. 
 We (hall therefore endeavour to account for the Farcin 
 in a Way that we hope will be thought more rational than 
 what any of our Authors have hitherto advanc'd, and what- 
 ever Regard be had to the Procatartick^ or remote Caufes of 
 that Diftemper, we may venture to afhrm, that its imme- 
 diate Caufe is a languid and heavy Motion of the Blood, and 
 other Juices contained in the fmall VeiTels of the extreme 
 and outward Parts of a Horfe's Body, and that it has its 
 chief Seat in the Skin and flefhy Pannicle. But before we 
 proceed further, we fhall take Notice, that mofl Authors 
 have divided the Farcin into divers Kinds, viz. the wet, the 
 dry, the inward and the Hying Farcin, the corded Farcin, 
 the Farcin that puts forth red or yellowifh Flefh, and that 
 which is of a livid and black Colour, and refembles a Hen's 
 Fundament. T z The
 
 i<$4 The FarrierV New Guide. Cm. XLVIII. 
 
 The wet and the dry only differ as there is more or lefs 
 Moifture in the Ulcers and Parts where it is fcated, the flying 
 Farcin, which makes its Appearance fometimes in one place, 
 fometimes in another ; and the inward Farcin, which is faid 
 only to be felt on the Breaft, but does not elevate the Skin, 
 and is obferved often to difappearof a fudden, and become 
 the immediate Caufe of Sicknefs, though either ofthefe may 
 degenerate to a true Farcin, yet while they are not fixed, 
 but indu'd with Properties altogether foreign to the Farcin, 
 they cannot rightly be brought under that Denomination, 
 but ought rather to be looked upon as refembling thofe E- 
 ruptions on the human Body, which happens in violent 
 Colds, or malignant Diforders, and are curable as fuch. All 
 the other Kinds are only difterent EfFecb of that which 
 makes its firll Appearance like a knotted Cord j and it is 
 this Sort alone, which, properly fpeaking, conftitutes a true 
 Farcin. In what Manner fuch a Diforder can happen to 
 a Horfe, and produce thofe EfFeds we daily obferve from it, 
 Ihall be (hewn anon. 
 
 We have already taken Notice, that the Farcin has its chief 
 Seat in the Skin and thin mufcular Pannicle, which lies 
 under it, and is caufed when the Juices in thofe Parts are 
 become vifcid, and confequently flow and languid in their 
 Motion. If itbeconfider'd that there is an infinite Number 
 of Vefl'els in thofe Parts that are fmaller than Hairs ; and 
 that thofe Veflels, however fmall, have a Capacity, and 
 contain a Fluid within them, any one may eafily imagine, 
 that in the bell Eftate a Horfe can be in, that Fluid can 
 move but very llowly ; but when it happens to be too thick, 
 or vifcid, it may be then eafily reduc'd to a State of Stagna- 
 tion ; and when it is deny'd a free Paflage thro' thofe fmall 
 Canals, as it is conftantly prefs'd upon it by the fucceeding 
 Fluid, thofe fmall Veflels, where there is a Stagnation, will 
 be fliretched out beyond their ufual Dimenfions, and the Part 
 will be elevated and raifed into a Tumour. 
 
 As often as any Part is thus elevated, and the Liquor fl.opt 
 that it cannot move forwards, becaufe of the Obfl:rudtions 
 and the Compreflions there is on all Sides, the Veflels being 
 thereby fill'd beyond their Capacity, it burlls forth ; and be- 
 ing now got without the Laws of Circulation, putrifies, and 
 acquiringa corrofive malignant quality, it gnaws and feltcrs, 
 until it has form'd a convenient Lodgment for itfelf. 
 
 If the Stagnation be fudden and violent, and accompanied 
 with great Pain and Heat, it will caufe fo great a Deriva- 
 tion of Blood towards the inflam'd Part, that the fubjacent 
 
 J\iufcles
 
 Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 1 65 
 
 Mufcles will alfo be affefled, and by that Means the Part 
 . will be rais'd into a large Boil and Impofthumation : But 
 when the Pain and Heat is moderate, it will probably pierce 
 no deeper than the Pannicle, and as the fubjacent Mufcles are 
 but little, if at all afFeded, the Tumors will be but fmall, 
 and proportionable to the Veflels of the fome Pannicle. And 
 becaufe the Irritation made by thofe Knots or little Tumors 
 is not of Violence to affedl and attract the Biood in the lar- 
 ger Veflels ; yet as there is a near Sympathy and ftri6t Com- 
 munication, at leall, between all the adjacent Parts of the 
 Pannicle, any the lead Irritation will eafily affeft thofe that 
 are neareft, and the Malady will be communicated by degrees 
 from one part to another, until it fpread over the whole Bo- 
 dy. Becaufe of the Clofenefs of the Skin to the Pannicle, 
 and the Communication there is between them, the Hide 
 mull alfo be afFe6led ; yet that Intimacy and Clofenefs is the 
 Caufe, in fo gentle an Inflammation, that thefe Knots do 
 not rife equally in all Parts, but chiefly follow the Tra6l of 
 the Veins; the Humour therefore has a greater Tendency to- 
 wards the Veins, as it finds a Lodgment under them while 
 they are full, and elevate the Skin ; and moreover, as the 
 Veins (being only fill'd with a Liquid) are therefore foft 
 and yielding, and may be much eafier prefs'd upon than the 
 fuperior Skin, which is more hard and compa6l ; and it is 
 from hence that a Coid is always form'd by the Humours 
 along the Traft of the Vein ; and as the Swelling increafes, 
 it gathers Strength, and fometimes furmounts the Vein itfelf, 
 fo that the V^ein fcems to lie under it. 
 
 We have {hewn how the Humours thus obftru6led turn 
 to Matter : But the Matter of the Farcin is generally fmall 
 in Quantity, as the Knots are form'd in Parts that are dry 
 and aduft, and where there is but little Moifture ; and as 
 the Veflels which nourifli it are alfo but fmall ; and for this 
 Caufe, when the Cure happens to be ill manag'd, the Ul- 
 cers degenerate into a Caries^ and put forth a Sort of Flefli 
 which is red, white, or yellowifli, accordmg to the Predo- 
 minancy of the Humours, or el fe turn hard and fchirrous, 
 and of liquid Colour ; and when the Lips of the Ulcers be- 
 come inverted, which happens frequently from the Acrimo- 
 ny and Sharpnefs of the Matter, or the frequent Applica- . 
 tion of hot or unctuous Things, they are then faid to re- 
 femble a Hen's Fundament. 
 
 But all this isreconcileableto Vv'hat we have laid down as 
 
 the immediate Caufe of the Farcin, to wit, a Lentor in the 
 
 T 1 BloQi
 
 1 66 The FarrierV NewGuide. Ch. XLVIIL 
 
 Blood and Juices, whereby they move heavily ; but efpe- 
 cially in the extreme or outward Parts, where the Vellels 
 are the fmalleft ; and it is very certain, that any, or moll 
 of thofe C?.ufes, to which Solleyjell^ and the bell Farriers 
 have afcrib'd the Farcin, will produce fuch a Lentor and 
 Slownefs ; or if there be a previous Lentor in the Blood, 
 mull increufc that Lentor^ either in whole or in part, by ex- 
 citing Pain. And this is plain from the Inltance of the 
 Farcir being caufed by the Wound of a rully Spur, which 
 can adl no other wife as a Ponton, than that fome of the 
 h -rfh and pointed Parts of the Rull fret and irritate the 
 tender wounded Pannicle ; and even then it mull a6t me- 
 chanically, and in the Way we have above defcribed, by 
 retarding the Motion of the Juices in thofe Parts ; and if 
 previous to fuch a Wound, there be a very great Vifcidity 
 and Thicknefs of the Juices, the Farcin may be caufed by 
 the Wound of a Spur, or any other Inftrument, tho' it be 
 altogether free from Rull. 
 
 If the Farcin be caufed by Infedion from another Horfe, 
 it mufladl in the fame Manner, for then we mull fuppofe 
 that fome Effluvia, or poyfonable Steams, fly oft" from the 
 difeafed Hcrfe, which, by infinuating thcmlelves into the 
 Pores of a found Horfe, mull cccafion a Stagnation of the 
 Juices in thofe outward Parts ; bu' thefe Effluvia are not 
 of fo volatile a Nature as to have often fuch EfFeds : But 
 ■when Horfes Hand together in a Stable, it is rather to be at- 
 tributed to their eating the fame kind of Food, and their be- 
 ing under the fame Dire6lion and iMifmanagement. What 
 kind of Poifon may be in Sv/ines Litter, or how far it may 
 be noxious to Horfes, is not worth while here to determine, 
 fmce it is very feldom made ufe of to Horfes ; and if it was, 
 it would rather produce the Mange than the Farcin. 
 
 The eating of corrupt and unwholfome Hay or Oats, 
 may eafily caufe the Farcin, as fuch Feeding begets Cruditic;^, 
 which mull render the Blood vifcid ; for when the Bk^od 
 has once acquir'd that Quality, a Stagnation may be ealily 
 induc'd in the extreme and outward Parts, where the Juices 
 are naturally vifcid, and the Vellels extremely fmall. 
 
 Too m.uch Feeding, without fuitable Exercife, may alfo 
 be the Caufe of a Farcin, as it may induce a gradual Pletho- 
 ra., or Fulncfs of the Veilels ; but if that be fudden, by 
 a fudden Adllridion of the Pores, it will be more apt 
 to caufe a Fever or Surfeit, or a Foundering in the Body, 
 which in many Cafes is not to be dillinguifti'd from a 
 
 Surfeit:
 
 Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 167 
 
 Surfeit : And the fame Effet^ls may alfo be produc'd from 
 Travel, or from once hard Riding, and from many other 
 Errors in the Keeping and Management of Horfes. 
 
 It now remains that we take Notice of the Signs; but be- 
 caufe thefe are manifeft and known to all, we fhall only di- 
 llinguifh between thofe that are faid to be good Signs, and 
 thole which are ot ill Prognoftication. 
 
 Firft of all then. That kind of Farcin is faid to be eafily 
 cur'd, which takes its Rife upon the Head and upper Parts ; 
 the Reafon is, becaufe it can have no deep Root ; but if it 
 once come to affeft the Emundories or Kernels about the 
 Jaws, and towards the Ears, it is then to be feared, and if 
 regleded, will be apt to breed the Glanders. 
 
 That kind of Farcin which is fuperficial, and where the 
 Hide is only afteded, cannot be of dangerous Confequence, 
 even though it be univerfal, and has overfpread the whole 
 Body ; but when it has been originally feated in the Pannicle, 
 or if it be obferved to grow deeper, and aftedl the Pannicle, 
 it may be then look'd upon as more difficult and obflinate, 
 tho' even then it will not be very hard to remove it, unlefs 
 it either afFed the glandulous and kernelly Parts, or that 
 the Knots break, and degenerate into a Caries or Schirrous. 
 But the mofl fuperficial and leaft rooted Farcin, if it con- 
 tinue long without Abatement, may infenfibly, and by De- 
 grees, become of ill Confequence, as it difturbs the Offices 
 of Secretion, for while iheHamours have a continual Ten- 
 dency towards the Knots and Sores, the Pores of the Skin be- 
 come obftru6kd, and for Want of a due and regular Dif- 
 charge there, the lealt Error in Feeding and Exercife will 
 caufe inward Diibrders, wherefore we may often obferve 
 Horfes that have the Farcin turn alfo broken-winded and 
 confumptive, and fometimes become liable to the Yellows, 
 and to many other Infirmities, which either render them al- 
 together incurable, or at leaft make the Cure very difficult. 
 When the Farcin begins on the extreme and moft depen- 
 dent Parts ; or if in the Procefs of the Dil'eafe, the Humours 
 fall downwards upon the Limbs, it is in that Cafe very diffi- 
 cult to be remov'd, as it is generally attended with the Greafe, 
 but the Reafon will be (hewn in the Theory of that Diftemper ; 
 and a competent Knowledge of theStrudure-and Mechanifm 
 of a Horfe, will eafily enable any one to diftinguifh in other 
 Circumftances. We (hall therefore haften to the Cure. 
 
 And herein the Farrier ought, in the firft Place, to look un- 
 to the State and Condition of the Horfe, for if he be fat and 
 T + lufty
 
 168 The^hv.TLi'EiCsNe-JL; Guide. Ch. XLVIII. 
 
 'ufty when the Diftemper fcizes him, in that Cafe his Diet 
 fhould be fomewhat abated ; but if it be othervvife, that the 
 Horfe is lean and out of Heart, and that he has not had fuffi- 
 cient Nourifhment, or that his Labour has been beyond his 
 Strength and Feeding, his Diet ought then to be fomewhat 
 augmented ; for as too great a Plenitude and Fulnefs of the 
 Vellels is oftentimes the Occafion ot ihat Lentor and Slow- 
 riefs of the Juices which bring on a Farcin, the fame Effeds 
 are oftentimes produc'd by Poornefs ; becaufe in that Cafe, 
 the Blood being divelled of its Spirits, becomes languid and 
 fluggifh, and confequently is render'd the more apt to Ob- 
 Itruction in the extreme Parts, where the Vcl'cls are the 
 imalleft, as we have taken Notice in another Place. 
 
 And therefore it will appear to be founded ahb upon Rea- 
 fon, what SoUeyJell fays he has experienced from frequent 
 Tiah and Obfervation, that Purging is of no great Service, 
 but oftentimes a Detriment to Horfes in the Farcin. This 
 is fo plain in Cafe of a Horfe that is low in Flefh, that it 
 needs no Manner of Proof, and can only be admitted of in 
 fuch Circumliances as make it unavoidable, when there 
 happens to be an extreme Collivcnefs, and then laxative 
 Cly^ers are tlie moll eligible ; but on the other Hand, when 
 2 Horfe is fat and full-body 'd, though Purging mufl in that 
 Cafe do him lefs hurt, and may be comply'd with in Mo- 
 deration, yet it is no ways fuited to make a perfedt Cure of 
 the Farcin, but has been the Ruin of many Horfes, in the 
 Hands of ignorant Smiths, who know no other v.'ay of car- 
 rying off Difeafes but by repeated Purgations, the Dilchar- 
 ges made that Way being the moll apparent to the outward 
 Senfes, and the moil agreeable to thofe who are able to 
 frame no other Ideas of a difeafed Horfe, than by imagining 
 his Blood to be full of Corruption, and that the Medicines 
 they ufe have fome eledlive Property to drain that oft' with 
 the Dung. 
 
 But a more warrantable Experience has fufficiently taught 
 us, that in all Purgations the good mud be drain'd away with 
 the bad, and are therefore feldom profitable, but rather hurt- 
 ful in Foulnefte^ of the Skin and outward Parts ; but thofe 
 things can only be fuccefsful which work more immediately 
 upon the Blood and Humours, by changing the Contexture, 
 and rendering them thin enough, fo as their excrementiti- 
 ous Parts may go oft' by the nearell and propercll Outlets. 
 And it is plainly evident, the Medicines hitherto found the 
 mofl eftedtual for the Cure of I'le Farcin, have been cndu'd 
 Wilh fuch Properties, liu;
 
 Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 169 
 
 But thart we may proceed methodically. The Cure of 
 if a Horfe be plethorick and full-body'd, fuch the Farcin. 
 a Habit may doubtlefs be an Incumberance 
 to Nature, in which Cafe there will be Pain and Inflam- 
 mation in the Knots and Tumour?, and yet the Matter may 
 not be rightly difpofed to come to a laudable Digeftion ; 
 when f.hefe Symptoms are obfervable, the Cure may be be- 
 gun by taking a Imall Qiianiity of Blood from the Neck, 
 but that ought not to be repealed, unlcfs fome urgent Cir- 
 cumftance ihould require it. 
 
 After Bleeding, moderate Purging may be once or twice 
 complied with, ei'pecially when one or other of the follow- 
 ing Prelcriptions, which we have in a more particular Man- 
 ner fuited to the Nature of the I'arcin. 
 
 " Take Aloes in Powder, and Myrrh, of each an Ounce, 
 '' Diaphoretick Antimony half an Ounce, Jajualca Pep- 
 *' per two Drams. Make them into Balls with a lufiicient 
 *' Quantity of Flour and Honey. 
 
 This is fo mild, that it may be given almofl to any 
 Horfe ; the following is fomewhat ftronger. 
 
 " Take Aloes two Ounces, Salt of Tartar two Drams, 
 " Gum Guaiacum, and i^^thiops Mineral, of each half an 
 " Ounce J make them into Balls as the former. 
 
 No purging Medicine can be better fuited to the Nature 
 of the Farcin : But if it fhould be required ftronger, as it 
 may be to fome very robuft Horfes, then the following 
 may be given. 
 
 *' Take the Pulvis Cornachim^ otberwife called the 
 *' Countefs of Wanuick's, Powder, an Ounce and a half, 
 *' or two Ounces, iEthiops Mineral one Ounce : Make 
 " tliem.up as the former into one or two Balls. 
 
 Either of thefe may be given, according to the Strength 
 and Ability of the Horfe, obierving always that he drink 
 nothing but White-water warm'd, until the Phylick is quite 
 gone out of his Body j which, if he be purg'd three times, 
 will be about a Week or ten Days after the firft Dofe. 
 
 If upon this you obferve the Knots and little Tumours 
 ripen well, you need only give the Horfe half an Ounce of 
 Venice Treacle, or Mithridate, or an Ounce of London 
 Treacle, twice a Day, in a Pint of Ale or White-wine ; 
 and this may be repeated every Day until the Matter is 
 all difcharg'd ; or if they terminate in dry horny Excre- 
 fcences, like Warts, which fometimes happens, it may be 
 repealed after the worft Symptoms are over, viz. the 
 
 SwcU
 
 1 70 The Farr ierV M'^c; Guide. Ch. XLVIII. 
 
 Swelling and Inflammation about the Roots, every other 
 Day only ; and when the Skin becomes fo well fortified, 
 and the Excrefcences fo much difengag'd from it, that they 
 begin to fall off in the Dreflrng, or that you can bring them 
 off with your Nails without hurting him, you may then 
 leave off the Ul'e of Medicines, and put a Period to the 
 Cure, by giving your Horfe due Exercife. 
 
 But if the Obllrudions be of long (landing, and that 
 there is a very ill Difpofition in all thofe Parts where the 
 Diftemper is ieated, and that the Sores and Ulcers begin 
 to have a bad Tendency, then Recourfe mull be had to thofe 
 Medicines which are endu'd with the Qualities we have 
 above-mentioned ; and firll of all we fhali begin with fuch 
 as are the moll fimple and eafy to be had. 
 
 And here it will be proper to obferve, that Antimony 
 given to a Horfe among his Corn, will fometimes cure the 
 Farcin ; and I have known feveral Inftances of it, tho' I 
 have known it alfo prove feveral times unfuccefsful ; but 
 that may not be the Fault of the Medicines, but the Keeper, 
 ■who ought, while the Horfe is under a Courfe of Antimony, 
 to give him daily, but moderate Exercife, and likewife mo- 
 derate Feeding. 
 
 Therefore when you give your Horfe Antimony for the 
 Farcin, let the Dofe be two Ounces, which may be mingled 
 with his Oats ; and about an Hour thereafter let him be 
 walked abroad for the Space of an Hour more, or an Hour 
 and a half; let him be very well rubb'd when he is brought 
 into the Stable; but the Comb mull be fparingly ufcd to 
 a Horfe that has the Farcin upon him, becaufe of rankling 
 the Sores ; after his Dreffing, cloathe him moderately warm. 
 
 If the Antimony opens his Belly, it will then lofe much 
 of its Virtue, and the Horfe will become weak ; in that 
 Cafe you may give it in Balls made of /^ie;//V^-TreacIe, or 
 i.(/«i(5«-Treacle, with a fmall Qiiantity of Flour, to bring 
 the Mixture into a fit Confillency ; continue to give it in 
 this Manner till the Loofenefs abates. 
 
 If it be holly Weather, his Water Ihould be fometimes 
 warm'd and ftrew'd with Oatmeal; or at leall, it ought to 
 be fct Ibme time before the Fire, becaufe exceffive cold Wa- 
 ter M'ill be apt to chill the Body of a Horfe, which is kept 
 in a more than ordmary Heat during the Operation of the 
 Antimony. But Antimony may be given more properly 
 ;n the following Manner : 
 
 " Take
 
 Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 171 
 
 " Take crude Antimony half a Pound, Quickfilver four 
 *' Ounces, Flour of Brimftone two Ounces : Rub thefe 
 " two or three Hours in an Iron Mortar, until they are re- 
 " duc'd into an impalpable black Powder; then take of 
 *' the Rafpings of Guaiacum Wood fix Ounces, Zedoary 
 *"' and Galangal, of each two Ounces, Bay-berries, Juni- 
 *' per-berries. Coriander- feeds, and Caraway-feeds, of each 
 *' an Ounce." Make all thcfe into a fine Powder, and 
 mix them in a Mortar with the Black Powder. 
 
 Two Ounces of this Powder made up into a Ball or 
 Fafte, with a fufficient Quantity of Honey, and given eve- 
 ry Day to your Horfe, will foon cure him of the moft in- 
 veterate Farcin, unlefs any uncommon Accident fliould hap- 
 pen, or that the Horfe be broken-winded, or labours under 
 fome other inward Imperfedtion. 
 
 The following Drink may alfo be given againft the Far- 
 cin with very good Succefs, but then it is not once or twice 
 will do the Bufinefs, but it muft be continued a confidera- 
 ble Time. 
 
 *' Take o(Guaiacum-wood one Pound, SaJJafras and Box- 
 " wood, of each half a Pound, the Bark of Walnut-tree, 
 *' and the Roots of fharp-pointed Dock, of each four Oun- 
 ** ces. Hog-lice tied in a linnen Bag, as many as will fill a 
 *' Pint Porringer, Liquorice flic'd four Ounces." Let all 
 thefe be put into fix Gallons of new Wort, the Woods and 
 Bark being firft rafp'd, and when it has done working, give 
 your Horfe a Quart of the Liquor every Morning, and the 
 lame quantity towards the Evening, or oftener. 
 
 I have feen a great many Receipts which have been fome- 
 W'hat of the fame Nature for the Cure of the Farcin, but 
 tlfe Owners of them, for the moft part, boil'd the Ingre- 
 ' dients in Ale or Beer, and gave it once or twice ; and if the 
 Drink did not anfwer their End, they were then greatly dif- 
 appointed ; but as all thofe Things have their Operation 
 chiefly in the Glands and fmall Veflels, a confiderable Time 
 mull be allowed before their Efiicacy be much felt, and if 
 they anfwer their End in two or three Months, it is as much 
 as can be expelled from them. 
 
 SoUeyfell recommends the Ufe of Guaiacum, Saflafras, 
 and Sarfaparilla, two Ounces of each, made into a grofs 
 Powder for three Dofes, which, he fays, is a Specifick, 
 which, by a continued Ufe, infallibly cures the Farcin. 
 The Roots of 5/5/i3Wtf/i's-feal, white Mulein, and Queen of 
 the Meadows, Hand alfo recommended by him for the fame 
 
 Purpofe i
 
 Z72 The FarrierV Nevj Guide, Ch.XLVIII. 
 
 Purpofe; but any of all thefe mufl: come far Ihort of our 
 lirll: Prefcription, and likewife of the following, which we 
 areaflured will root out the Caufe of any Farcin that is not 
 complicated in the Manner we have above mentioned. 
 
 *' Take Native Cinnabar one Pound, Gum Guaiacum 
 *' half a Pound ; or inftead of that, to a Horfe of fmall 
 *' Value, the fame Quantity of Guaiacum Wood rafp'd, 
 *' Zedoary and Galangal of each two Ounces, Diaphoretick 
 " Antimony four Ounces," Make all thefe into a fine 
 Powder, and put it up in a cover'd Gallipot. 
 
 Two Ounces of this Powder may be fometimes given in 
 Honey, and fometimes in ^(?;//V^-l'reacle, or Mithridate, 
 made into a ftifF Parte, and thrown down like a Ball, re- 
 peating the Dofe every Day j neither will there beOccafion 
 of keeping the Horfe Bridled, and reftraining him three or 
 four Hours from Feeding, for this muft digeft with his 
 Food, and might be given him among his Oats if he would 
 gather it up clean. 
 
 ^ . Q. The Cinnabar^ which is the Bafis of this 
 
 har its Virtue. Medicine, is a natural Compound of Quick- 
 iilver, and fome very fine Sulphurs, which 
 render its Operation as mild and eafy as it is truly efficaci- 
 ous ; and there is no Horfe, let him be of never fo delicate 
 and wafhy a Conftitution, but may take it with all the Safety 
 imaginable, and it will be fo far from hurting him, that he 
 will mend and grov/ ftrong upon it. 
 
 The Cinnabar of Antimony is alfo a very good Medicine, 
 and will have near the fame EfFedl as the other, but it is 
 dearer; the FiSfitious Cinnabar is likewife ufeful in the 
 Farcin, but the Native is much the bed, and may be di- 
 llinguiflVd from the Fi^iitious by its beautiful red Colour, 
 being more fplendid and fhining than that which is made by 
 the Chymiils. 
 
 There are infinite Remedies to be met with in the Books 
 of Farriers, many of which are affirm'd to cure the Farcin 
 infallibly : But as there are but few of them which are not 
 over- loaded with a Number of ufelefs Ingredients j and as 
 thofe of them which are the moil adapted to that Diftem- 
 per, arc but trifling and infignificant, wc have thought fit 
 not to give the Reader any Trouble with them, looking 
 upon the Cures we have already laid down, to be fufiicient 
 to anfwer all that can be propos'd, fo far as inward Me- 
 dicines may be fcrviceable ; and if thefe be comply'd with 
 p due Time, the Farcin will never have thai Tendency to 
 
 jnflan^Q
 
 Chap. XLVIIT. Of the Farcin. 173 
 
 inflame the glandulous Parts, and to fall into Boils and 
 Swellings about the Sheath and Belly, neither will it ever 
 degenerate to the Greafe, as it often happens when impro- 
 per Methods are taken. 
 
 As to thofe Cures which are faid to be perform'd by put- 
 ting the Juice of Rue, Beets, and other Pot-herbs, Bay-falt, 
 Hemlock, Henbane, and the like, and thofe which are con- 
 ftantly boafted of, by tying infignificant Things to a Horfe's 
 Mane or Tail, I believe no judicious Perfon will give much 
 more Credit to them than I am willing to do, there being 
 very little to be faid in Behalf of the firft, and the laft be- 
 ing monftroufly ridiculous. 
 
 But any of thefe may fucceed, if to them ^, ^ . 
 be added daily Exercife ; and I have my felf ys^ J^,, '^^^ 
 been Witnefs to fuch like Cures, in a very a, Exercife. 
 moderate and beginning Farcin ; but then it 
 was not the Application, but the Exercife; and nothing is 
 more common among fome Country People, than to bleed 
 a Horfe for the Farcin, and to fend him immediately to 
 Plough ; and while the Exercife is truly the Caufe of the 
 Cure, they generally attribute it to the Smell of the Earth; 
 and agreeable to this is what we find in 'De Grejy m his 
 Second Book, Chap. IX. towards the latter End of the 
 firft Sedion, where, after a great Number of infignificant 
 Recipe' Sy he has thefe Words : 
 
 " But now I will give you, for a Clofe, the bell and 
 " molt certain Cure for this Difeafe that I ever yet knew, 
 " and with which I have perfeded more rare Cures of this 
 " Nature, than of all the Refidue before inculcated. And 
 *' thus it is : 
 
 " Take of Rue the tender Tops and Leaves only, with- 
 *' out any of the leaft Stalks, a good handful, firft chop them 
 " fmall, and then ftamp them in a Mortar to a very Oint- 
 *' ment ; when they are fo well pounded, put thereunto of 
 *' the pureft white tried Hogs-greafea fpoonful, andfo work 
 *' them together to a perfect Salve or Ointment ; that done, 
 *' ftop into either Ear this whole Q_iantity by equal Por- 
 *' tions, and put a little Wooll upon the Medicine, to make 
 *' it keep in the better, and fo Hitch up his Ears, and let him 
 " remain in the Stable four and twenty Hours at the leafl:, 
 *' and then unftitch his Ears, and take forth the Wooll, 
 *' and either put him forth to Grafs, or elfe if he be to be 
 *' wrought, work him, for the more his Labour is, and the 
 '** more fparing his Diet, the tboner he is cur'd. 
 
 " This
 
 17+ TheTARRiiRs Ne'uJ Guide. Ch.XLVIIL 
 
 " This I recommend to you for the beft and moft certain 
 ** Cure that I could ever meet with ; for with this Receipt on- 
 *' )y, I allure you on my Credit, I have cured more than an 
 *' hundred Horfes, many of which were by other Farriers hol- 
 •' den for incurable, and fentenced to be Food for Hounds. 
 A Obr t' ^^^ ^^ '^ ^^'^ plain, all that Rue can do, 
 
 en the recited ^^hen ufed in this Manner, is but little, efpe- 
 Pajfage out of cially in the fpaceof twenty four Hours ; for 
 De Grey, it is demonllrable from the Nature of the 
 
 Farcin, as it is a Difeafe brought on by 
 Length of Time, fo it mult of Confequence require Time 
 to its Removal, and in all chronical Difeafes and ill Habits 
 it is the fame ; and therefore what this Author has applied 
 to the Rue, was only owing to the Exercife, though I 
 cannot approve of his Method of keeping a Horfe to hard 
 Labour and a very fpare Diet too, that being diredlly con- 
 trary to the Nature of all animal Bodies whatfoever, which 
 muft be enabled to do their Work by Food ; and I am tru- 
 ly of Opinion, no Horfe was ever yet cured where this 
 Rule was ftridly put in Praft'ice ; but how far a Horfe may 
 be indulg'd in Feeding while the Farcin is upon him, any 
 one, with a little Care and Obfervation, may in fome lylea- 
 fure be a Judge. What relates to putting Rue, and other 
 pungent and liimulating Medicines within the Ears of a 
 Horfe, for fudden Dilbrdcrs of the Head, has been al- 
 ready fpoke to, where we treated of the Staggers^ to which 
 we refer the Reader. We fhall therefore go on to the re- 
 maining Part of the Cure, which chiefly concerns the Ap- 
 plications made externally. 
 
 If due and proper Care was taken in the Beginning of 
 the Farcin, there would be little Need of outward Means, 
 otherwife than by wafhing the Sores with Aqua Vita^ 
 Brandy, or Wine, or with Urine, and fuch like things. But 
 the frequent Mifmanagement which Horfes have been expo- 
 fed to in this Diftemper, has render'd both the Difeafe and 
 the Cure themoft complicated and perplexed of any that is 
 to be met with in the whole Syllem of Difeafes, infomuch, 
 that there is fcarcely an Herb or Plant, but what has been 
 internally ufed and outwardly : There is no Poifon, natural 
 or artiHcial, that has not had fome Share, either in killing, 
 or curing Horfes who have lain under this Malady. But, 
 out of thofe we fhall endeavour to make the beft Choice ; 
 neither fiiall we ufe them promifcuoufly, and at a Venture, 
 as has been hitherto done by moft Pra<^tiiionerSj but by 
 
 making
 
 Chat?. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 175 
 
 making the proper Diftindions fuit them, as near as ca^i 
 be, to the Variety and Difference which is moft obfervable 
 in the Knots and Ulcers. 
 
 In fome Kinds of the Farcin the Skin is External Ap- 
 but little, if at all, elevated, but only a vif- plications, 'when 
 cous Matter tranfudes, and pafles thro' the fcejfary, and 
 Pores, and hardens like Corns ; and this fort f^ 7//''^ '" 
 we have obferv'd not to be very difficult, but ^ ''^^■^ ' 
 may be cured chiefly by Internals, as they are but fmall, and 
 accompanied with little or no Inflammation. Yet becaufe 
 when they continue long, there will be Matter gathered be- 
 neath them, the bell Way is to anoint them with Oil of 
 Bays, with a moderate Quantity of Quickfilver, and they 
 will foon fall off. 
 
 When the Farcin makes its Appearance in Tumours that 
 elevate the Skin, if they continue fmall, they will proba- 
 bly end as the other : And therefore the Farrier ought not 
 to be too bufy to ripen them, but leave them as much as 
 can be to Nature ; for in that Kind, the Matter very often 
 finds a Paflage for itfelf through the Pores of the Skin, and 
 what is not turned to Matter, is wafti'd back again with the 
 refluent Blood. 
 
 But the Knots and Tumours are fometimes fo difpofed, 
 that without coming to a laudable Digeftion, they grow 
 fungous and open like a Sponge, and tranfmit a greal deal 
 of thin vifcid Matter through an infinite Number of little 
 Holes and Interftices in that loofe Subftance. This is a 
 bad Kind of Farcin, and is apt to degenerate into very un- 
 towardly Sores. But the belt Way to manage in this Cafe, 
 and prevent its having any ill Tendency, is to drefs them 
 with the following OintmenL 
 
 *' Take common Turpentine, or ^^;;/V^ Turpentine, four 
 " Ounces, Quickfilver two Ounces ; incorporate them in 
 *' a Mortar until the Quickfilver is kill'd, and the Ointment 
 *' turns to the Colour of Lead. Spread this upon Pledgits 
 *' of Hurds, and apply them upon the Sores. 
 
 The Turpentine will fuck out the fuperfluous Moifture, 
 and the Quickfilver will keep the Excrefcences under. 
 This is a moft excellent Remedy, and will feldom or never 
 fail making a perfedl Cure, if it be made ufe of in Time ; 
 and the Sores be drefs'd with it once a Day, or once every 
 other Day. • 
 
 But the moft common and ordinary Cafe is, where the 
 Knots rile pretty high, and are painful to the Touch, but at 
 
 the
 
 176 The Farrier'^ Ne'W Guide, Ch. XL VIII. 
 
 the fame time give no Signs of their coming to Digeftion 
 while they continue fo : Let the Horfe have daily the Jnti- 
 vionial or Ciruuibar Balls exhibited to him, that, if poflible, 
 the Matter which forms the Cords and Knots may be there- 
 by attenuated, fo as it may be carry'd along with the Current, 
 or may find a PaJlage thro' the Pores ; for it is every one's 
 Bufinefs, as much as may be, to avoid their breaking, and 
 turning to Ulcers. For the endeavouring unskilfully to digeft 
 and break thole blind and dry Knots, whichj of themfelves, 
 have no Tendency to ripen and turn to Matter, is the Rea- 
 fon why they fo often degenerate into thofe indurated and 
 hard Excrefcences, which we daily obferve arc fo difficult 
 to be removed. And therefore while the proper Means are 
 ufed inwardly, which mull never be negleded till the Dil- 
 eafe is quite conquer'd and overcome, outwardly may be 
 made ufe of the camphorated Spirits, viz. 
 
 " Take redlify'd Spirits of Wine one Pint, diflblve in it 
 ** an Ounce and a half of Camphire : and with a Sponge dipt 
 '* in it, rub all the Knots and Cords five or fix times a Day. 
 
 But if the Knots grow foft, and yield to the Imprefiion 
 of your Finger, in this Cafe they ought to be opened as foon 
 as they come to Maturity, efpccially thofe that are the lar- 
 geft, to prevent the Matter returning into the Blood. For 
 although a fmall Quantity of Matter taken up, and wafh'd 
 back into the Veins with the refluent Blood, may be of no 
 very ill Confequence ; yet when there happens to be much 
 of it, and that its Dilcharge is prevented by the Thicknefs 
 of the Skin, as is pretty ufual to Horles, it is not unlikely 
 that the Matter, when it returns in this Manner, may by its 
 Acrimony and Sharpnefs, abrade the fmall Vefiels, and 
 thereby caufe frefh Eruptions on other Parts of the Skin ; 
 or if that does not happen, its Stay and Continuance may 
 caufe a very ill Difpolition of the Part, efpecially in thole 
 Tumours and Knots that are feated near the Glands and 
 Kernels. Now there are various ways of opening thofe 
 little Tumours; fome Farriers prick them with an Awl, or 
 ■with a large Needle, or other fharp Inflrument. Some 
 pierce them with a fmall Iron red hot, and fomewhat round- 
 ed at the End. But many of our common Farriers puU 
 out the Knots with Pincers ; and there are fome who ufe 
 no other Method of killing the Farcin, as they often term 
 it, but by giving the Fire. • 
 
 No doubt, all thefe Methods may be praftis'd in the Far- 
 cin in fome particular Circumltanccs j but the Way of treat- 
 ins
 
 Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 177 
 
 ihg thofe Tumors ought to be fuited to their various Difpo- 
 litions ; but while they are nothing but fmall Puftules, full 
 of Matter, neither the Fire, nor a hot Iron, is neceflary, but 
 a fliarp Inftrument with a keen Edge, particularly a Lancet, 
 or Incifion- knife ; neither {hould they be pierc'd or bor'd, 
 and then have Tents thruft into them, but the Orifice made 
 large enough to difcharge the Matter. For the moft fim'ple 
 Sore may eafily be chang'd to an ill-difpofed tJlcer, by the 
 Ufe of Tents, as fhall be fhewn in another Place. 
 
 If the Sores have no bad Tendency, they need but be dref- 
 fed with warm Turpentine, or common Tar, keeping your 
 Horfe cover'd with a Sheet 3 and if they be fometimes wafh'd 
 with warm Brandy, or Spirit of Wine, it will be very proper. 
 This Method will be fufficient to cure all thofe Knots that 
 are of a moderate Size, and ealily ripen. But when there 
 happens to be fome that are pretty large, and can neither be 
 difcufs'd, nor brought to Matter, in that Cafe, if they were 
 to be cut with a fharp cold Inftrument, there would pro- 
 bably nothing ifl'ue out but Blood, and the Wound would 
 foon clofe again ; therefore, to them, a hot Knife, or a hot 
 Iron, is the moft proper; but then the Farrier (hould know 
 very well upon what Grounds he meddles with them. 
 
 We fhall now confider the Farcin in its more advanc'dState, 
 viz, when it becomes attended with ill Accidents; to under- 
 ftand which aright, befides many other Pracognita, the Far- 
 rier ought to be pretty well inftrufted in the Art of Chirur- 
 gery. For, as we have already obferv'd, the moft fimple 
 Knots and Tumors may, when they are ill manag'd, dege- 
 nerate into Ulcers, fo we find this to be true by daily Expe- 
 rience ; for there is fcarcely any Ulcer, or preternatural Ex- 
 crefcence of any Kind, which can grow out upon an Animal 
 Body, but what is often the Effedl of this Diftemper, and 
 proceeds chiefly, as we have alfo taken notice, from the want 
 of proper Medicines internally, or even when the Medicines, 
 tho' well adapted, have not been continued long enough to 
 do their Bufinefs. The compelling Nature in bringing thofe 
 things to Suppuration and Matter, which in themfelves have 
 no Tendency to it. The inducing a badDifpofition into the 
 Sores and Ulcers, by the Application of fat greafy Medicines ; 
 and the inclofing of foreign Bodies within them, as Tents 
 made of the Pith of Elder, and other fpongy things, and even 
 thofe of Flax. The injudicious Application of hot, cauftick, 
 and corrofive Medicines, and of the Fire itfelf : The expofing 
 the Sores to the fharp Air, and a great many other fuch-like 
 Errors. U But
 
 I7S The Farrier J KeivGnide. Ch. XLYIII. 
 
 _.. • • / BiJ^ ^^'^^^ ^'1 thefe things may be made as 
 
 e fnnapa ^^. ^^^ intelli'jible as poiTible, we Oiall re- 
 refpea to exter- ^^'^^ ^'^^ whoIc Method of Cure m thole ob- 
 nal Applications, l^'natc Cales to three principal Intentions : 
 The fir [I is, the clcanfing the Ulcers from 
 Foulnefs ; the fccofid, to ilipprcfs a Luxuriancy and falfe 
 Growth of Flefh ; and the third, to deftroy any fuch Ex- 
 crefcences when grown ; and in this laft there are alfo feve- 
 ral Intentions, as we fliall fee anon. 
 
 As to theyfr/?, if the Farcin Knots have been open'd, and 
 degenerated into foul Ulcers, if thefe are not deep, and their 
 Lips grown callous and hard, xhtVngnentum /Egyptiacum, 
 made chiefly of Honey and Verdegreafe, which is fufficient- 
 ]y in the Acquaintance of all Farriers, will, for the mod 
 Part, anfwer that End ; or the Ointment made of Quick- 
 iilver and Turpentine, as above prefcrib'd ; or 'BajiYuum 
 mix'd with red Precipitate, in the following Manner. 
 
 " Take red Precipitate half an Ounce, rub it in a fmooth 
 " Mortar until all its fliining Particles are deftroy'd, then 
 '* mix it very well with two Ounces of Bafilicum to drefs 
 *' the Sore withal. 
 
 The Precipitate is a mod excellent Medicine when it is 
 thus prepared ; but in the Way the Farriers ufe it, it fel- 
 dom fucceeds, becaufe they apply it in a rough grofs Pow- 
 der, as it comes from the Laboratory of the Chymifts, and 
 that alfo in a very large Qi_iantity ; which, inllead of bring- 
 ing an Ulcer into a good Difpolition, makes the Sore ran- 
 kle, and become ten times vvorfe. I know this is alfo prac- 
 tis'd by fome Surgeons, and one of confiderable Name and 
 Pradice approv'd of it in my hearing; tho' I muft needs fay 
 it is contrary to my frequent Experience ; and it is likewife 
 contrary to the true Intention of that Medicine, which is 
 only to caufe a purer Digeftion, by inlinuating its finer and 
 more fuhtle Parts into the little Canals and Pipes, thereby 
 forcing thro' their Obftrudions ; whereas, when it is appli- 
 <?d in a grofs Powder, as it is indued with many fliarp 
 Points, it only increales the Influx of Matter, by wounding 
 ihofe tender Fibres, and thereby caufes a greater Derivation 
 of Humours to them, which ought to be avoided by every 
 good Surgeon and Farrier. But thofe who love to fee a 
 great Quantity of Matter follow their Dreflings, may have 
 their Expedlations very near anfwered by the Application 
 of Glafs Powder, the Sand of an Hour-glafs, or any thing 
 clfe that is fliarp- pointed and cutting. 
 
 But
 
 Chap. XLVIir. Of the Farcin. 179 
 
 But in fome Ulcers, a milder Medicine than Preclpitatt may 
 even be us'd, as the dulcify 'd or fweet Mercury, made into 
 Powder in the fame manner as the former, and it will anfwer 
 the End with equal Succeis. As foon as they become clean 
 and fmooth at Bottom, and that they begin to fill up, they 
 need only be drcfs'd with Honey mix'd with Spirit of Wine, 
 which will both cleanfe and heal them ; or to make the 
 Dreflingfit on the better, it may have Turpentine added to it. 
 
 The Jecofid Intention, or the fupprefling and keeping down 
 proud and fungous Flefh,niay be done by the ufeof all gentle 
 cauftick Medicines,as wafliing the Sores with blue, green, or 
 white Vitriol- Vv'ater, but the blue is the ftrongeft, and may 
 be made by putting an Ounce of Roman Vitriol to a Pint of 
 fairWater,and letting it ftand till it is all diUolved. The Way 
 of applying this is by dipping Flax into theSolution,and when 
 you have fqueez'd out the Moifture, apply it as dry as may be 
 to the Ulcers ; and if Bandage can conveniently be apply'd o- 
 ver them,itwill reftrain the growth of proud flelh, unlefs the 
 Horfe be inwardly diforder'd, which muft be carefully look'd 
 into, that your Application may be fuited accordingly. 
 
 If the proud Flelh rifes very fall, you may apply the Pow- 
 der of blue Vitriol alone ; and if the Part will not admit of 
 Bandage, you are to fupply the Want of it as much as you 
 can, by applying dry Lint over the Powder to a pretty good 
 Thicknefs, and above that a Plaifter of Surgundy Pitch, or 
 fome other Plaifter that will ftick very faft ; and if you can 
 inclofe a thin Plate of Lead wrapt up in the Flax, it will be 
 very convenient, becaufe the Weight and PrelTureupon the 
 Part, will contribute very much to this Intention. 
 
 There are many other Medicines of this kind that may be 
 ufed with good Succefs, as the Vitriol Water prefcrib'd for 
 Rheums in the Eyes; and likewife the blue Water, and the 
 Solution of the Lapis ?nirab!lis out of SoUeyJell^ or the Pow- 
 der of the faid Stone, all which may be feen in their proper 
 Places ; and many other things may likewife be met within 
 the Books of the beft Farriers, which may be ufed in the like 
 cale, which we havenotroom here to infert ; we fhall there- 
 fore proceed to the laft Intention which we mention'd in the 
 Cure of the Farcin, viz. by laying down a proper Method 
 whereby to deftroy all manner of Excrefcences, which have 
 either been occafion'd by ill Management, or have baffled 
 the common and ordinary means us'd to prevent them; and 
 herein we have undertaken a very hard and difficult Task. 
 
 And fuc^ are thofe [pieces of imperfeft Flelh, which we 
 
 4jave obferved to (hoot forth from the lillle Ulcers in va- 
 
 U 2 lious
 
 iS6 The Farrier'j- Ncji^ Guide. Ch. XLVUf. 
 
 rious Afpecls, fome rerembling a Hen's Fundament, and 
 fome (as is not uncommon to Exciefcences of that Kindy 
 having no diftin^^ Refemblance to any Thing in Nature j 
 but as they all agree in their Compaftnefs and Solidity, 
 whereby they have feldom any great Tendency to wafte,' 
 after they have once acquired fuch a Difpofuion ; the Me- 
 thod propos'd in this Intention may therefore be put in 
 Pradice, k> as rhey may be altogether rooted out ; and this 
 is to be done either by cutting or burning, or both, according 
 as different Circumftanccs may require. 
 
 The Knife is the moll expeditious in all cafes where they 
 are loofe, and not firmly feated with a large Adhefion to the 
 Flefh, and when they lie off from the larger Veflels, applying 
 afterwards fome cicatrizing Medicine ; but this Method can- 
 not be obferv'd with refped to the whole, but only to thofe 
 which by Accident put forth in fuch a manner ; and therefore 
 burning Medicines, or the Fire itfelf, muft alfo be us'd. 
 7he Method of E^^ ^^ Ought carefully to be taken Notice 
 making caufiick of, that in all Cafes where Medicines are 
 Applications in to be apply'd, whofe immediate Operation 
 tht Farcin.. confifts in confuming the Parts to which they 
 
 are laid ; if the Difeafe be univerfal, and fpread over divers 
 Parts of the Body at once, as that under our prefent Con- 
 iideration, thofe of the mildell Operation are firll to be 
 comply'd with ; and that they may the more eafily take 
 EfFed, the Parts ought either to be rubb'd till they become 
 ibmewhat raw, or be gently fcarrify'd with a Fleam. 
 
 zdly. If Recourfe muft be had to more powerful Medi- 
 cines, or to the ufe of Fire, as is neceflary in obftinate Cafes; 
 and if there be a vaft Number of Excrefcences to be deftroy'd, 
 and thefe feated in divers parts of the Body, you ought not to 
 attack thefe all at once, but by degrees bring fome to Digef- 
 tion and Matter before you begin with others ; for the com- 
 municating too great a Heat to divers parts of the Body at 
 once, as muft happen from ftrong cauftick Medicines, or 
 adual P'ire, will either deftroy your Horfe,by throwing him 
 into violent and fudden Diforders, or at leaft create a bad 
 Difpofiiion, which, inftead of making a Cure, will render 
 him much worfe, as might be eafily demonftratcd. 
 
 T,dly. The Situation of the Parts is alfo very much to 
 be regarded in this Intention, and all fuch harfli Applica- 
 tions ought to be gently and fparingly us'd to the Limbs 
 and dependent Parts, and likewife to the Sheath and other 
 foft Parts, to the Region ot the Heart and Kidneys, t^c. 
 and when they have been apply'd to thofe Parts, the Fire 
 
 ou^h;
 
 Chap.XLVIIL Of the Farcin. i6f 
 
 ought to be fetch'd out of them with all poffible Expedition, 
 by Icarrifying the burnt Flefh, and ufing fuch DrelTin'^s as 
 are able to keep down an over-great Inflammation, and 
 bring them fuddenly to Matter. 
 
 Lajihy, While the Operations are perform'd, a more than 
 ordinary Care ought to be taken in a Horfe's Feeding ,• and 
 if he be perceiv'd to Jofe his Appetite, as that is a Sign they 
 have been carry'd to the height of his Strength, a fealbnable 
 Stop ought therefore to be put to them, and he (hould be 
 continued to a Mediocrity in Diet, gentle, but daily Exer^ 
 cife ; and fometimes opening and laxative Clyfters may be 
 exhibited, during the whole Courfe of fuch Applications.. 
 
 We {hall put a Period to this Cure, by inferting fome few 
 Medicines which may be fuited to the feveral Intentions of 
 cauterizing, and deftroying fuperfluous Flefh, whereof the 
 two firll are very mild and fafe in their Operation, and 
 may be us'd without any great Caution, excepting that the 
 Horfe ought to be kept from Cold, and have his Water 
 conftantly warm'd. 
 
 " Take of Quickfilver four OMncts,Venice Turpentine two 
 " Ounces, rub them in a Mortar until they are incorporated, 
 "and the Quickfilver wholly dirappears,alter which add two 
 *' Ounces of Honey, an Ounce of Verdigreafe, black Soap, 
 *' and Euphorbium in Powder, of each an Ounce and a half. 
 
 " Take di Quickfilver two Ounces, F^nice Tarpentin? 
 " three Ounces, black Soap an Ounce and a half, incor- 
 *' porate them as the former ; then add Euphorbium and 
 *' SpaniJhYW^s in Powder, of each an Ounce. 
 
 With either of thefe anoint all the Excrefcences once a day, 
 holdinga hot Bar of Iron to help the Medicine the better to 
 penetrate i but firll of all, if they be dry and without Moif- 
 ture, they ought to be rubb'd thoroughly with a Hair-cloth ; 
 or they may be gently fcarrify'd, as has been hinted ; but if 
 they continue fo obllinate as not to wafte upon the Uie of 
 thefe things, then Recourfe mud be had to the following : 
 
 " Take Oil of Bays and Quickfilver, ox Neapolitanum^\yo 
 *' Ounces, Turpentine an Ounce, corrofive Sublimate in 
 " Powder, and Euphorbium^ of each an Ounce and a half: 
 *' Mix them together with as much black So.ip as is fuffici- 
 " ent to make them into the Confiltency of a thick Oint- 
 *' ment, and with a wooden Slice anoint all Excrefcences, 
 " taking Care not to fpread it upon the found Parts. 
 
 This will loon deltroy the Tumors, and in a fliort Space 
 fduce them to an Efcar, which may be anointed with 
 
 U 5 warn;
 
 182 The FarrierV Ne'iv Guide. Ch.XLVIII. 
 
 warm Tar once a Day, until the Scab falls off ; after which 
 a fmall quantity of Verdegreafe may be mixed with Tar, 
 or any other Digedive, to cleanle the Ulcers, to prevent a 
 frefh Growth of proud Flefh, which will be very apt to 
 arife after thofe fiery Applications, unlefs the Horfe be other- 
 wife in good Order. Whac is further neceflary, after 
 cauftick Applications, may be feen in that Chapter where 
 we have treated of Burns and Giin-fljot Wounds. 
 
 Markhamhys^ the Farriers, his old Mafters, were wont to 
 take white Mercury, and after opening the Knots, they put 
 a fmall Qiiantity into each, which in a fhort Time made 
 them fall off ; but it ought to be very warily us'd, otherwi;e 
 it will caufe dangerous Swellings in the Limbs and Kernels 
 about the Throat, as in an Inftancel faw not long ago j but 
 this Caution is hardly neceflary to the Country Farriers, who 
 feldom call for it by the Name of Corrofive Sublimate^ as I 
 have taken notice feveral times, fo that the apothecaries give 
 them Mcrcurius dulcis inftead of it, which altho' it does not 
 form any thing like an Efcar, yet as they pepper them very 
 foundly with it, it is not always unattended with Succefs. 
 
 The following is from Solleyfell\ he calls it the Ointment 
 of Naples, having had it communicated to him by a Neapo- 
 litan Groom, after he had feen many furprifing Cures per- 
 form'd by it j but altho' it has been us'd with Succefs in eve- 
 ry State of the Farcin, according to that Author, yet it is 
 more peculiarly adapted to deftroy Excrefcences, as it is 
 made up of Ingredients that are altogether cauftick, and 
 fomewhal ftronger than that which we have laft inferted. 
 
 *' Take Realgar and Sublimate, of each two Ounces, 
 *' Arfenick and Euphorbium, of each an Ounce ; beat 
 ** them to fine Powder, and incorporate them without 
 " Heat with half a Pound of Oil of Bays. 
 
 Keep the Ointment in a glaz'd Pot, and when you have 
 Occafion to ufe it, open the Knots or Swellings with a Lan- 
 cet, and put into the Hole a little Cotton dipt in this Oint- 
 ment, without heating it in the leaft. The next day, if 
 you perceive that it is fallen away, you mull put in a little 
 Cotton with fome frelh Ointment ; but if it flick, one 
 Application will fuflice. 
 
 Thefe may be made ftrongcr or weaker, or according as 
 you mix them with a greater or lefler Qiiantity of Oint- 
 ment, and may be diverfify'd by clianging one Ingredient 
 for another, provided you keep a fufficient Qiiantity of 
 thofe that are cauftick. The Realgar is a Compoiitioa 
 
 maqe
 
 Chap. XLIX. Of the Mange. i % 5 
 
 made of Brimftone, Orpiment, and unflak'd Lime ; the 
 Ointment is no other than the yellow Ar/enick, but obtains 
 the Name o^ Orpiment from the Painters. Corrofive Subli- 
 mate is a Preparation of Mercury, which borrows its cau- 
 ftick and burning Quahty from the y^qua fortis which en- 
 ters into its Compofition. Any of thefe us'd dry will yet be 
 of more fudden Efficacy ; unflack' Lime, or the capital Soap 
 Lees evaporated to a Drynefs, will have the fame EfFe6l ; or 
 the Lunar Cauftick, fo much in the Acquaintance of Sur- 
 geons ; and, in fine, all things that are plentifully faturated 
 with Fire But in the Farcin they ought to be guarded 
 and made more moderate, as in the Manner above pre- 
 fcribed. Neither is the adual Cautery or Fire to be apply'd 
 otherwife than as an Auxiliary, and to aflift in other Inten- 
 tions, viz. to keep down a luxuriant and frefli Growth of 
 proud Flefh, after the Knife, or the more gentle Caufticks. 
 But the Reader may turn to the latter End of this Treatife, 
 where the Nature and Ufe of that Operation is fhewn. 
 
 CHAP. XLIX. 
 
 Of the Mange. 
 
 AS the Diftemper we have treated of in the preceeding 
 Chapter has its chief Seat in the Skin and fiefhy Pannicle, 
 that which comes under our prefent Confideration is yet more 
 fuperficial, being principally feated on the Surface of the Skin 
 only and Scarfskin ; and therefore as the Mange is thus cir- 
 cumftanc'd, it is feldom attended with Pain and Inflamma- 
 tion, but only with an Itching, that thin membranous Tegu- 
 ment not being indu'd with any tender Senfation, as has b:ea 
 obferv'd in the Beginning of the Anatomical Part; but yet if 
 a Horfe has been ill manag'd, or that the Diftemper has been 
 of a long ftanding, it is then apt to degenerate from what 
 it was at firft, and taking deeper Root, it caufes Boils and 
 Sores, which often have a very ill Tendency. 
 
 The Caufe is from an over-great Quantity 7bs Caufe. 
 of vifcid Scrum bred in the Bodies of Horfes 
 by corrupt and foul Feeding, as the eating of Grains, a too 
 frequent ufe of hot Mafhes, Want of due Exercife, and the 
 Want of good Currying, efpecially to a Horl'e that has been 
 ufed to it ; for by that Means the Pores become obftrudled, 
 and the Serofities of the Blood are thereby accumulated in 
 the fmall Veflels of the Skin. Sometimes it proceeds 
 from Want of Food and due Nourifliment, whereby the 
 iBlood being depauperated, is render'd unable to reach 
 U I the
 
 iS4 The I ARRiiR s Ne-jv Guide. Chap. XLIX. 
 
 the Paffages of the Skin to make a Secretion there ; fo th^t 
 its ferous Parts being detained in the fmall Vell'els, turn cor- 
 rofivc, and break thro' the Skin i and fometimes it is caufed 
 by Infedtion from other Horfes. 
 
 The Signs are, the falHng off of the Hair, efpecially about 
 the Loins and Hams, and from moll or all the Joints, ac- 
 cording as the Diliemper is more or lefs prevalent ; fome- 
 times from the Head and Neck, but very frequently from 
 the Rump. The Skin in thofe Parts, by reafon of the Heat 
 and Corrofivenefs of the Matter, turn3 thick and hard, and 
 fometimes crufted like that of an Elephant, from whence 
 ieveral Farriers have lerm'd it the Elepbantick Malady. 
 trh r re ^^ ^"^ ^^^ Cure, molt Farriers lay a great 
 
 Strefs on Bleeding, infomuch that they drain 
 away the Blood from feveral Barts of the Body at once, viz. 
 from the Neck, the Plate- veins, from the Tail, and fome- 
 times from the Flanks ; and all this from a firm, but igno- 
 rant Conceit, that in the Mange the Blood is full of Cor- 
 ruption, which, upon examining what has been already faid, 
 will be found a ridiculous Praftice, and very pernicious, ef- 
 pecially to thofe Horfes that are low and out of Heart, as 
 Nothing fo often makes the Difeafe degenerate into an ill 
 Habit, which may eafily be foUow'd with Boils and Ulcers, 
 as it weakens the whole Body, and thereby adds to that 
 which is the Caufe of the Diflemper. 
 
 Therefore all that can be propos'd by Bleeding, is to 
 leflen the Quantity thereof, when it happens to be redun- 
 dant in a Horfe, in order to give a freer Paflage and Circu- 
 lation to the Juices in the extreme Parts, that the Secretions 
 of the Skin may be duly perform'd, and this we judge very 
 neceliary, after once Bleeding, the following purging 
 Drench may be given. 
 
 " Take Sena an Ounce, Jalap in grofs Powder fix Drams, 
 ** Roots of (harp-pointed Dock a handful ; flice the Roots, 
 •' and boil all together in three Pints of Water to a Quart, 
 *' pafs the Decoction thro' a Sieve, and add to it two Oun- 
 *' cesof Syrup of Buckthorn." Or this : 
 
 ** Take Jalap in Powder one Ounce, Diagridium two 
 •* Drams, Cream of Tartar and Diaphoretick Antimony, 
 " ofeachhalf an Ounce. Mix therp all together, and give 
 *' them in a Pint of Ale. 
 
 Either of thefe may be given with the ufual Precautions, 
 but they need not be often repeated ; for Purging is no 
 otherwife neccfl'ary for the Cure of the Itch than Bleeding, 
 
 and
 
 Chap. XLIX. Of the Mange. 185 
 
 and only gives it gentle Help when rightly ufed, as it cools 
 and refiefhes a plethorick and full-bodied Horfe. 
 
 After thefe things, Recourfe mult be had to outward Ap- 
 plications, ior it is thefe alone that muH give the finilhing 
 Stroke to it, as the Diitemper is feated outwardly, and not 
 deep rooted ; and for that Purpole Nothing has ever been 
 found more efFeftual than Sulphur, for which it bears ihe 
 Teft of all Ages ; and if it fometimes proves otherwife, it is 
 altogether owing to the ill Management of it, or the otiier 
 prepolterous Methods that are made ufe of along with it. 
 
 'Fhe following will kill any Itch in the Beginning. 
 
 ** Take common Sulphur and frefh Butter, of each half 
 *' a Pound, Turpentine two Ounces. Mix them together, 
 ." and anoint all the Parts w^ith it once a Day". Or this : 
 
 " Take the Roots of fliarp-pointed Dock, half a Pound, 
 *' boil them in a Pint of Vinegar till they be foft, then pulp 
 .*.' them thro' a Hair Sieve, after which take of Bees- wax 
 *' two Ounces, Hogs-lard four Ounces ; melt them over a 
 *' gentle Heat, and mix them with the Pulp, then add halt 
 " a Pound of Flour of Brimftone." Or the following : 
 
 .*' Take Elecampane-roots in fine Powder, two Ounces, 
 ** the Roots of white Hellebore an Ounce, Flour of Brim- 
 *' (lone four Ounce?. Mix them in a fufficient Quantity of 
 ** Ointment of Tobacco, to make a ftiff Ointment. 
 
 Either of thefe being rubb'd upon the Parts, with the Af- 
 fiftance of a hot Bar of Iron, once in twenty four Hours, 
 will kill the Mange in a few Days ; neither will it be ne- 
 ceflary to fret the Skin to a Rawnefs, for, inftead of doing 
 good, that Method proves more frequently prejudicial, as 
 it excites too great Pain, whereby a too great Derivation 
 of the Humours is caufed towards the infe6led Parts ; which 
 is the Reafon why even the bell: Farriers are obliged to 
 have Recourfe to cauftick Medicines, the Difeafe being 
 grown too powerful to be deftroy'd by thofe of a milder 
 Operation. The Ufe of Copperas Water and Allum Wa- 
 ter is Iikewife prejudicial in mott Cales, as I have often 
 obferved ; for all that thefe can contribute towards the 
 Cure of the Mange, is only by allaying the Heat and Itch- 
 ing, in which albeit they may fometimes fucceed, yet as 
 they obftrudf the Pores very much, by hardening the Skin, 
 they make it liable to crack, often rendring thofe Parts 
 fubjeft to Ireih Heat and Inflammation, by which it de- 
 generates to Ulcers and Boils. The beft Way therefore is 
 Gnly to rub the mangy Places gently with a wollen Cloth, 
 '■ • ' to
 
 1 8 6 The F AR R I E r'j New Guide. Chap. L. 
 
 to fetch a moderate Heal into the Part, for by that Means 
 the Sulphurs will penetrate through the Pores into the Imall 
 Canals and Vellels, with greater Certainty than when they 
 aredaub'd upon Places that are raw or incrufted. 
 
 This is the true Method of curing the Mange ; or it may 
 be done by the Ufe of Mercurials apply'd in the fame Man- 
 ner, whereof we fhall alfo fubjoin two or three Forms. 
 
 ** Take of Quickfilver four Ounces, kill it in two Oun- 
 " ces of Turpentine, then by Degrees add Hog's- lard or 
 ♦' Butter to the Quantity of half a Pound." Or this : 
 
 *' Take Quickfilver two Ounces, kill it in the fame quan- 
 *' tity of Turpentine, adding an Ounce of red Precipitate 
 ** in fine Powder, with four Ounces of Lard or Butter. 
 
 Some make a Mixture of Quickfilver and Brimftone, to- 
 gether with an Addition of Soot and Black Soap, which, in 
 fome moift and watery Cafes, may be of more particular 
 Service. Some ufe Arfenick, Quickfilver, and other burning 
 and cauftick Remedies : But thefe ought never to be med- 
 dled with, excepting in fome extraordinary degenerate Cir- 
 cumftances, and when there happens to be Excrefcences that 
 are dead and without Senfe, which can by no Means be 
 brought to yield to milder Methods ; but in an inveterate 
 Mange, it will be of the greateft Service to give your Horfe 
 the Antimonial or Cinnabar Balls j prefcrib'd in the preceed- 
 ing Chapter againft the Farcin. 
 
 CHAP. L. 
 Of Tumors, Impofthiimes, and Abfceffes. 
 
 A Tumor de- 'T~'HERE can fcarcely be any one fo much 
 /'"^- unacquainted with the common l>rms, 
 
 as not to underftand, that by a Tumor is meant the Eleva- 
 tion and rifing of fome Part of the animal Body into a pre- 
 ternatural Swelling ; in what Manner that comes to pafs, 
 has been in fome mealure fhewn in the 48th Chapter, where 
 we have taken Notice, that as often as the Blood, or their 
 Juices, happen to be very much obftiructed in the fmall 
 Vellels of any Part, that will be ftretched out beyond its 
 ufual Dimenfions, efpecially as there is a perpetual Influx 
 and Succeflion of the fame Fluid from behind ; to which 
 we fhall add, that thefe Obftrudtions are caufed either by 
 the Quantity or Quality of the fime Fluid, whereby it 
 prelles and ftretches one Part more than another ; or 
 
 when
 
 Chap. L. Of Tumors, Inipoflhtimcs, 5cc. 157 
 
 when any part happens to be tmrt or weakened by external 
 Accidents, whence being unable to make an equal Refifl- 
 ance with the reft of the Body, it will at length receive 
 fuch a Qtiantity of Fluid as will raife it into a Tumor. 
 
 The Writers of Surgery, in all Ages, carefully following 
 one anothers Steps, have reduc'd all Tumors to four gene- 
 ral Kinds, viz. into the Natural, Encyfhd., Critical, and 
 Malignant ; and under thefe they have rank'd all the other 
 Species. But this Divilion is neither in itfelf very accurate, 
 nor rightly fuited to our Purpofe, as our Burir.els is with 
 Horfes, we fhall therefore reduce them to the j , q- 
 Natural and Ency(led only. Of the firft ^ucible to the 
 Kind are all Boils and inflam'd Swellings; Natural and 
 and, in fhort, whatever Tumors are form'd Encyjhd, 
 originally by the Fluids dillending their pro- 
 per Veflels, whether they be critical or malignant, for thefc 
 differ only in Degree from other natural Tumors. And of 
 the fecond are all ihofe that are form'd within membranous 
 Cyjls or Bags, as l^ens^ Jnburies, and fome Sort of Figs^ 
 and other Excrefcences that grow on the external Parts of 
 the Bodies of Horfes : And this agrees the belt with what 
 thefe Authors here obferved with refpedl to the Formation 
 of all Tumors by Fluxion and Congefiion. 
 
 Thofe Tumors that are large, and come Ahfceffet and 
 to Suppuration, and have Matter gather'd hnpofihumes. 
 within them, whether they be Natural or Encyfted, are 
 term'd Impojlhu?nes ; and wlien the Matter is lodg'd within 
 the common, but chiefly the larger InterlVices of the Body, 
 as thofe Furrows or vacant Spaces between the Mulcles, or 
 between the Mu Teles and Bonc>, they are then called Ab- 
 fcejfes ; but all Abfcefles, and moft kinds of Impolthumcs, 
 are form'd of natural Tumors. 
 
 But we fliall confiderall Tumors, whether T'tmors con/i- 
 
 Natural or Etuyjhd, in the followintr Order, '^"'^ '^'^th re- 
 
 viz. Fir /I, With regard to their Magnitude fP''"^ J'/'^^''" 
 
 and Situation, there being little to belearn'd '^-~^'f/«'^''<'»» 
 r .1 • r-- I /-> 1 r • 11 • and Matter. 
 
 from their V igure and Colour, efpecially in 
 
 Horfes. Secondly, With refpeft to the Matter whereof 
 they are form'd. And Lajlly, We fhall lay down fome ge- 
 neral Rules to be obferved in the Cure. 
 
 i^^>/7, When a Tumor happens to be fituated upon any 
 Parts where there is no depth of Flefh, as on the Nofe and 
 upper part of the Face, it will not be apt to grow large ; or 
 if it be featcQupon the Skin orficfhy Pannicle, and free from 
 
 the
 
 1 8$ The YhRKi^K's New Guide. Chap.L. 
 
 the fubjacent Mufcles, it cannot be ordinarily expeded to 
 grow to a Bignefs, there being no fufficient Source for its 
 Subftance and Increafe, as we have obferv'd in a preceeding 
 Chapter ; and asihofe Httle Tumors very often fpread them- 
 felves over divers parts of the Body at once, being thrult out 
 in that manner, becaufe of their Contiguity with the Skin, 
 which in fome delicate Animals, is able to give little or no 
 Refiftance, they are therefore the more unlikely to alter their 
 Size, lince it is very reafonable to fuppofe they make a Re- 
 vulfion from each other, whereby the Matter, which might 
 have otherwife been difcharg'd by the common and ordinary 
 Secretions, or caft off in one large critical Tumor, is eva- 
 cuated by a vaft Number of Tubercles and little Hurdles. 
 But a-lbeit Tumors thus lituated do not ordinarily grow to 
 any great Size, yet as all animal Bodies are made up of Vef- 
 fels which are capable of Extention and Dilatation, when 
 there is a continual Addition of frefti Matter, therefore fome 
 Tumors that are very fuperficially fituated, and have but a 
 fraall Beginning, will increafe to a very large Bulk. 
 
 And it is from hence we may account for IVenSy JnburieSj 
 and all fuch other Excrefcences, viz. when fome Duplica- 
 tureofa Membrane or fmall Veflel is, by an Accumulati- 
 on of Matter, protruded and thruft forth beyond the com- 
 mon Limits of a Horfe's Body, yet in fuch a Manner as 
 gives no great Difturbance to the Circulation of the Fluids 
 that are within ; therefore, as they are not apt to caufe 
 Pain, they will therefore grow in proportion to the quantity 
 of Matter which is empty'd into them } and Nature lb far 
 encourages their Growth, as to enlarge thofe Vellels which 
 nourifli the Skin, and other Integuments wherein that Mat- 
 ter is contained. 
 
 But it is quite otherwife with thofe Boils and Tumors 
 that are feated in the flefliy and mufcular Parts ; for as they 
 occafion violent Pain by ftretching out the Veflels and Fir 
 bres, and as the Pain caufes a conliderable Afflux of Mat- 
 ter, therefore any Swelling form'd that Way, muft have a 
 fpeedy IlTueand Determination, by the burfting of the faid 
 Vefiels ; and it likewife cuts oft' the Communication of the 
 Blood in thofe Parts, and therefore it will become a run- 
 ning Sore, until there is a Re- union of the Parts that were 
 lore and disjoined. 
 
 Now all fuch Swellings are ufually larger or fmaller, ac- 
 cording as their Situation is more or lefs in the thick Flefli, 
 and according to the Multiplicity and Size of the Veflels 
 
 which
 
 Chap. L. Of Tumor Sy Imp oflhumesy ^c. 189 
 
 which go to their Nouri(hment, and likewife as the Mat- 
 ter finds more or lefs Room for itfelf, as happens in Ab- 
 fcefles. The Dependency and Softnefs of the Part contri- 
 butes alfo to the Augmentation of the Swelling and Increafe 
 of the Matter, becaufe the Return of the Blood is but flow 
 from the inferior and dependent Parts, and becaufe the foft 
 Parts are eafily ftretch'd out when once the Blood has taken 
 a Tendency towards them, which is plainly evident from 
 thofe fudden and excefEve Swellings which fometimes arile 
 in the Fundament and Sheath. 
 
 But the Bones and Sinews are alfo liable to n t o- 
 
 the like Infirmities, yet the Swellings, which ^,„,„ /• //, " 
 
 . , ' -^ , , ° A T-i nenx's liable to 
 
 happen to them and other compaa Parts, SivelHms. 
 feldom rife to any confiderable Bignefs, be- 
 caufe of their Solidity and Hardnefs, which hinders thicir 
 being extended ; but for the fame Reafon makes them very 
 tedious and difficult to be remov'd ; and if a Horfe is put to 
 much Exercife while the Sinews are relax'd, the Pain and 
 Anguifh will caufe a Swelling in the neighbouring Flefli ; 
 and this we may frequently obferve in Strains of the Shoul- 
 der, Back, and Limbs. As for Tumors in the Bones, Hor- 
 fes are indeed not very much fubjed to them, excepting 
 when they are caus'd by old Ulcers that corrode and pene- 
 trate to the Bones ; and this is plain enough in thofe Horfes 
 tliat have been founder'd and batter 'd in their Feet for fome 
 confiderable time, v.'here the difeafed Foot may be obferv'd 
 Xo grow much larger than the other, the Coffin-bone being 
 often in that Cafe afFefted. Neither is it improbable that 
 fome of thofe Horfes that are very large jointed, mifliapen 
 in their Limbs, and narrow chefled, have had their Bones 
 difeafed while they were young and pliable, not unlike thofe 
 of ricketty Children. 
 
 The Swelling of the glandulous and kernelly Siuellings of 
 Parts is alfo very troublefome, as cannot be ^^^^ Kernels. 
 unknown to any Farrier of Pravftice, though fometimes they 
 Will come to as quick and ready a Difcharge as thofe of the 
 mufcular Flefh. And when this happens, Nature is in her 
 full Vigour, and the Horfe is otherwife found and able to 
 feed : But when a Horfe is weaken'd and brought much un- 
 der by any lingring and wafting Difeafe, a Swelling in the 
 Glands will often continue hard and immoveable, and 
 without much Pain, Increafe, or Diminution ; and this is 
 very much owing to the Strudure and Make of the Kernel 
 itfelf, which altho' it be but a foft Part, yet it is fo com- 
 
 padt.
 
 1 90 The Farribrj Ktw Guide. Chap. L. 
 
 pa6l, and iis Vcllels fo rmull and clofely Inid together, ascan- 
 not but rc.'ider them eaiily obftructed. But yet in the Cafe 
 we have mentioned, when a Horfc has a hngring Difeaie 
 upon him, the Swelling does not readily increafe, becaufe 
 the Matter is but flowly derived towards it ; and hkewife as 
 the Paflagesof the Gland are more than ordinarily inlarg'd, 
 therefore a Qiumtity of Matter is difcharg'd proportionable 
 to the Supplies it receives ; and ths Smallnefs and Com- 
 padlnefs of the V'cilels, and their Difpofition into an infinite 
 Number of Circumvolutions and Turnings, is alfo the Caufe 
 why the Swelling does not enlily decreate. 
 
 Thofe Swellings of the glandulous Parts that turn to Im- 
 poftumation and M.itter, are many of them of the encyjhi 
 Kind ; and that is alio owing to the Structure and Make of 
 the Kernels, moft, if not all of them, having little Cyjh^ or 
 Receptacles for their proper Juices, which may be eafily 
 fill'd and enhrg'd, when their excretory Dudts are wholly 
 or in a great meafuic ihut up, as muft undoubtedly happen 
 in all fuch Cafes. 
 
 (jn -M ,, . ^"t ^^'^ come in the fecond place, to takea 
 
 amind View of thofe Swellings, with regard to the 
 
 Matter whereof they are form'd ; and here 
 it will be neceHary to confider, that the Matter becomes va- 
 rious, according to the various Difporuion of Horfes, or ac- 
 cording as the Tumours are varioufly difpofed and feated ; 
 for when they happen to be fuperficial and outward, the 
 Matter is then, for the moft part, dry, which depends, in 
 a great meafure upon their Proximity and Nearnefs to the 
 Skin, whereby the thinner Parts are the more eaiily evapo- 
 rated, and call: off thro' the Pores; tho' in other moiil: Con- 
 ftitutions, the Matter will Ibmetimes be humid and moift. 
 The Matter deriv'd from Membranes and Sinews is general- 
 ly thin and vilcid, and that which comes from Bones is oily 
 and ftinking; but the Matter which is more immediately de- 
 rived from Blood, if a Horle be in good Cafe, is of a middle 
 Nature, neither too thick nor too thin, neither is it too wate- 
 ry nor too vifcid. And tlius it feems to be very plain and 
 evident, ns all Matter is form'd of Blood, or the Juices pro- 
 duc'd of Blood, the Matter, in all Tumours, will therefore- 
 participate chiefly of thofe Juices from whence it is immedi- 
 ately derived. 
 
 The next thin;: to be regarded in the Matter, is its Co- 
 lour, and this alio depends upon the Difpofition of the 
 Blood. \^ the Blood abounds with Choler or Gall, the 
 Matter will bsycllov/ i and ii will be mure or lefs io^ ac- 
 cording
 
 Chap. L. Of Tumours, Impojlhumes, Sec. 191 
 
 cording as that is more or lefs predominant. If there is a 
 too great Secretion of the Gall, then the Matter will be 
 more than ordinary white ; and in fome Obftrudions, 
 when the Blood abounds v/ith earthy Parts, or when thefe 
 are eafily feparated, the Matter will look foul and duskifh, 
 and fometimes be ftreak'd with black Blood, and the Tu- 
 mour will alfo look livid and of a Lead Colour. And fome- 
 times from a various Combination of Humours, the Matter 
 becomes of different Colours. 
 
 But Lajlly^ what we are further to obferve 'The Curt of 
 concerning Tumours, is to lay down fome Tumours. 
 general Rules for their Cure; and here it will be necefTary 
 chiefly to have an Eye to their feveral Caufes ; and firft, a 
 Tumour that comes by any outward Accident, can only be 
 dangerous according as the Accident is more or lefs violent ; 
 but the leaft Accident, where there is a Redundancy of 
 Blood, may be troublefome, as well as when a Horfe is 
 poor and low. When there happens to be a Redundancy 
 that muft be remov'd by Bleeding, and other Evacuations, 
 as far as is confiftent with the Horfe 's Safety ; but on the 
 other hand, when a Horfe is low, and has got fome wafte- 
 ing Dillemper upon him, befides the outward Intentions, 
 Care muft be taken to adminifter fuch things as are proper 
 to remove that Indifpofition. And in all critical Swellings, 
 by which we chiefly underftand thofe which tend to the 
 Solution of Colds, malignant, peflilential, and other Fevers, 
 the Management muft be according as the Difeafe is per- 
 ceived to be more or lefs malignant, taking Care always to 
 ?.nift, but never to reftrain Nature ; but the Reader may 
 coniult the tjjird Chapter, and thofe other Places where we 
 have treated of malignant Diforders, of the Strangles, of 
 the Vivcs, feV. v/hich are fometimes critical. 
 
 The next thing to be regarded in the Cure of Tumours, is 
 their Situation ; what relates to internal Tumours and Im- 
 pofthumations, has already been fpoke to, where we have 
 treated of Foundering and Chejl-foundering^ in which we 
 have recommended the fpeedieft Methods of Revulflon by 
 Bleeding and Purging ; hut efpecially by thofe Things 
 that promote Sweat, and keep down Pain and Inflamma- 
 tion. But as to external Swellings, the principal Intention 
 is either to ripen or difcufs them, according as may be moft 
 beneficial. Thofe v/hich are durated and hard, without 
 Heat and Inflammation, ought chiefly to be treated with 
 Internals, and fuch as are very powerful to open Obftruc- 
 tions, with the AfFiftance of thofe Things outwardly 
 
 which
 
 192 Tks Far R I ER 'j New Guides Chap. L. 
 
 •U'hich are proper to difcufs and dillblve. But thofe Swel- 
 lings which are hot and inflani'd, ought to be ripen'd, un- 
 lets when they are feated where they may caufe too great a 
 Derivation of the Humours, as on the Sheath, Fundament, 
 Limbs and Throat, if^c. but yet if tbefe be malignant or 
 peftilential, it is better to run any other Hazard than not 
 bring them to Maturity ; wherefore the Medicines in this 
 Intention ought to be fuch as ripen, but at the fame time 
 are not over-powerful in drau'ing; and for thisPurpofe the 
 Reader may alfo confult ihofe Places where we have treat- 
 ed of the Bajiiud Strangles and (■''hes. Sec. 
 
 When the Tumor is feated near the Interftices of fome 
 large Muicles, it ought to be opened fo foon as there is 
 Matter iorm'd within it, othervvife, if the Matter be de- 
 tained, it may feparate the Mufcles, and thereby form a 
 Lodgment for itfelf ; and the longer before it is opened, the 
 larger will be the Abfcefs. 
 
 In the opening of Abfcefles, if they be fmall, a large 
 Orifice made in the dependent and lowermoft Part, with 
 the Afliftancc of good Bandage to keep thofe Parts clofe 
 together, will be fufficient to make a perfedt Cure ; but if 
 they happen to be large and deep, they ought then to be 
 laid open the whole Length, unlefs the Skin can be kept de- 
 prefs'd by the Application of Flax into the hollow Part ; 
 for fo long as there is any Lodgment for the Matter, the 
 Abfcefs will be conftantly fiU'd. The fame Method is to 
 be obferv^d, as near as poflible, with refpedl to thofe Tu- 
 mors that are large, and have a pretty large Cavity formed 
 within them. 
 
 The properefl DrefTmgs in all fuch Cafes are Turpentine, 
 or Turpentine mixt with Honey, or the Yolks of Eggs, 
 with a fmall Quantity of Brandy, or Spirit of Wine; and 
 m moft Cafes where there is not an ill Habit of Body, thefe 
 will be fufficient to make a perfect Cure. 
 
 But Wens, Anburies, and other encylled Tumors, require 
 a peculiar I'reatment, and for the moft Part, ought to be 
 quite extirpated. "J "he Anburies, which we obl'erve fre- 
 quently to hang at the Legs, and fometimes at divers 
 other Parts of a Horfe's Body, and conhil only of a thick 
 Jelly, or fpongy loft Flefli ; as thefe have generally a fmall 
 Neck next to their Infertion, they may be taken off with- 
 out much to do, only by tying a waxed Thread round 
 thtrn, ftraitening it by Degrees ; and if after they are falling 
 ofl, there be ihc Appearance of a frefli Excreicence, that 
 
 may
 
 Chap. LT. Of Wounds. i93 
 
 may be kept down by the Help of fome gentle Corrofive, 
 together with the Ufe of Bandage ; and for this Purpofe 
 Flax or fine Hurds dipt in Vitriol or Allum- water will 
 fuffice. 
 
 But to a Wen, or any other Tumour of that kind that 
 grows to a Bignefs, a hot Knife muft be us'd, when it hap- 
 pens to have a narrow Root ; but if you have reafon to fuf- 
 pe6l the VeiTels which lead to it are become very large, where- 
 by a too plentiful Effufion of Blood may happen, or if it be 
 broad at bottom, the beft way is then to open it, cutting 
 . the Skin both ways a-crofs, if there be Matter within it 
 that muft be evacuated, and then the Bag and other fuper- 
 fluous Parts deftroy'd by Degrees, which may be done ei- 
 ther by cutting or burning, or by the Ufe of caultick Me- 
 dicines ; but the Knife is the molt expeditious; and if it be 
 of Subftance to keep the Heat, it may be made to anfwer 
 in moft Cafes. 
 
 The Swellings of the Joints and Relaxation of the Sinews, 
 are no otherwile to be treated, than by applying fuch things 
 as are proper to difcufs and ftrengthen them ; but the Acci- 
 dents to which thefe Parts are chiefly expos'd, will be parti- 
 cularly handled in fome of the enfuing Chapters. 
 
 C H A F. LI. 
 
 Of Wounds. 
 
 ^Here is no one but knows, when any Part of a Horfe's 
 "*• Body is cut, torn, or otherwife divided, he is then faid 
 to be wounded, fo that Wounds are various, and differ one 
 from another, according to the Diverfity of Accidents by 
 which they are caufed ; fome are fuperficial, ctl n- r. 
 others deep. Wounds happen lometimes to ^ Wounds. 
 be ftreight, according to the Tenure and Di- ■ 
 redion of the Fibres ; fometimes they are oblique or tranf- 
 verfe, that is, llanting or athwart. If the Inftrument be 
 fharp, the Parts will, generally fpeaking, be equally divided ; 
 but if otherwife, the Wound will be ragged and tore, which 
 is ufually the Cafe of Horfes that have been ftak'u. 
 
 Weallbdiftinguifh between' the Wounds that are fimple, 
 and Wounds that are complicated ; thofe are faid to be fim- 
 ple, where the foft Parts are divided, without the Concomi- 
 tancy of other Acc'dents ; and thofe Wounds are termed 
 complicated, where, befides a Divifion ot the foft Parts, 
 there is alfo a Contufion of th,e Flefb, a Fradure or Diflo- 
 X cation
 
 194- The T ARKnK' s Kew Guide. Chap. LI. 
 
 cation of the Bones, all which Circumftances make the 
 Cure of Wounds more or lefs difficult. 
 
 But the chief thing to be regarded in Wounds is their Si- 
 tuation ; for albeit Wounds in the external flefhy Parts are 
 not very dangerous, confider'd as fuch, yet thofe of the ner- 
 vous Parts are often of ill Confequence when there happens 
 to be an ill Difpofition of Body, as they are apt to caufe 
 exquilite Pain, and fometimes when the I'mall Threads and 
 Fibres of the Sinews are ruffled and tore, they will bring 
 on a Gangrene and Mortification of the Part j whereas 
 when they are equally cut, they are not apt to be attended 
 with fuch Accidents. But inward Wounds generally prove 
 mortal if they pierce the large Vefl'els, the Stomach, the 
 imall Guts, the Bladder, the Spleen, the Liver, the Heart, 
 the Lungs or Midriff, and thefe are deadly upon a double 
 or treble Account, as moft of them are not only endow'd 
 with a tender Senfation, but alfo a mufcular Aftion, where- 
 by their Re-union is hinder'd, and likewife as many of 
 them are ftored with a Multiplicity of Blood-veflels, which 
 are large ; but internal Wounds which mifs thofe prin- 
 cipal Vifcera, may be cur'd, and fome of thefe, if they be 
 but flightly touch'd, are alfo fometimes curable, though not 
 readily in brute Creatures, who cannot be brought to a 
 Compliance with all the Requifites that are neceflary in 
 fuch Cafes. Wounds penetrating the Subftance of the 
 Brain are alfo incurable, becaufe of its Softnefs, the Multipli- 
 city of its Veflels, and the tender Senfe of its Membranes. 
 
 As for the Signs of Wounds, they are manifeft to the 
 Eye, and when they are deep or inward, are further difco- 
 verable by the Help of a Probe, and by divers other Cir- 
 cumftances ; as for Inftance, if the Lungs be wounded, the 
 Air will penetrate through the Wound with a frothy Blood of 
 a Vermilion Colour. When the Stomach is wounded, there 
 will be a violent Sicknefs, with a fudden Lofs of Appetite, 
 and the Chyle ufually ifliies forth from a Wound in thefmall 
 Guts, and the Urine from a Wound in the Bladder ; and 
 when the Kidneys are wounded, the Horfe will ftale Blood. 
 By thefe and many other fuch Signs, internal Wounds may 
 be known ; but we fhall proceed to the Cure, wherein we 
 fhall begin with fome general Directions. 
 T/je Cure "^"^ -^'^j Care muft be taken to ftop 
 
 the Blood, when there is too plentiful an 
 Hemorrhage. Secondly, The Wound muft be cleans'd of 
 Dirt, Sand, Splints of Wood, or any other foreign Matter. 
 Thirdh, All the Applications made to a Wound, ought to 
 
 be
 
 Chap. LI. Of Wounds. 19 j 
 
 be warm, efpecially in the Beginning. Fourthly^ It ought 
 not to be expofed to the Air. Fifthly^ When the Wound 
 penetrates downwards, and the Orifice happens to be too 
 narrow, it ought to be widen'd either by Incifion, or dila- 
 ted with a Bit of Sponge, or fome other porous Matter that 
 will fwell ; but this is only to be done where Bandage can- 
 not be apply'd. Sixthly^ The Probe is to be ufed as feldom 
 as polfible, neither ought there to be long Tents thruft into 
 any Wound ; for by thefe. Wounds that have no bad 
 Tendency naturally, often degenerate into Ulcers of the 
 worll Kind. Lafily, Greafy Ointments are for the moll 
 part to be rejected, as they are apt to caufe the Flefh to 
 grow too faft ; and when that happens, it mult be kept 
 dow n with good Bandage, or the Application of cauftick 
 Medicines ; but Bandage is of the greateft Importance in 
 the Cure of all Wounds, where there are not Circumftances 
 to forbid its Application. 
 
 To Hop the Hemorrhage or Bleeding, the Tojiop Bleed- 
 beft way is, before the Horfe is over- much ^"S' 
 fpent, to make Revulfion, by opening a Vein on the Fore- 
 parts, if the Wound be backwards ; but if the Wound be 
 forwards, a Vein may be opened towards the Hind-parts : 
 But in external Wounds, where the Hemorrhage is large, 
 that is generally owing to the Seat and Difpolition of the 
 Wound, whereby fome large Branch of an Artery happens 
 to be cut ; but if the Artery, from whence the Blood 
 chiefly flows, be not very large, it mud then be fuperficial, 
 as about the Nofe, Temples, or the skinny Part of the 
 Legs, &c. where the Veflels are unguarded with Flefli ; 
 for albeit the Arteries in a deep Wound may pour forth 
 Plenty of Blood while the Wound is recent and new, and 
 that there is a free Paflage ; yet this occalions fo great a 
 Derivation towards the Wound, that even the Coats of all 
 the wounded Veflels become diilended and fwoUen, fo that 
 by their Preflure upon one another, their Orifices are fhut 
 up and fqueez'd clofely together ; and in this Cafe there is 
 feldom need of any iliptick Application to Hop the Bleeding, 
 
 But when the wounded Artery happens to be very large, 
 or much expos'd,as has been taken notice of,fo that the Blood 
 flows too plentifully, it mull be fl:opt either by applying a 
 hot Iron, or fome cauterizing Adedicine, otherwife it mult 
 be tied by pafling a Needle under it, and then binding it 
 with a wax'd Thread; but neither Ligature nor adual Cau- 
 tery is lb certain as cauitick Medicines, becaufe an Efcar 
 made by the adual Cautery is apt to fall off to foon j and 
 
 X a ap
 
 196 The Carrier's Ne-'Ji} Guide. CuAV. LI. 
 
 an Artery, when it is ty'd, is apt again to fall a bleeding as 
 foon as the Threads rot off, efpecially one that lies fuperficial 
 and unguarded, and has not the Advp.ntage of being com- 
 preft by the Fulnefs and Weight of the furrounding Veflels. 
 Therefore in this Cafe, make a fmall Pledgit of Flax or 
 fine Hurds, moiften it with the White of an Egg, then lay 
 as much Powder of Reman Vitriol upon it as will fully 
 cover the Mouth of the Artery, and apply it over the 
 fam.e ; but Care mufl be had not to apply Vitriol, or any 
 other cauftick Medicine, where the Sinews are expos'd and 
 laid bare, unlefs you can fell upon fome Method to defend 
 them from being touch'd by it, otherwife it will be apt to 
 caufe ConvuUions j but in Places where thefe are molt ex- 
 pos'd, as the Legs, &c. the Arteries are not very often feated 
 clofe to them ; and if it were fo, milder Medicines might be 
 made to anfwer ; becaufc what is wanting in the Medicine, 
 may, for the moft part, be fupply'd by Bandage ; there- 
 fore, when the Wound happens to be on the Legs, you 
 need only apply the aftringent Crocus of Iron, fine Bole, or 
 Powder of dry'd Muflirooms, mixt with the White of an 
 Egg, and fpread upon a Pledgit, as above directed, and over 
 that two or three thick Compreiles dipt in the fame Aftrin- 
 gent, making a firm Bandage over all. 
 
 The Drelling ought not to be removed for the Space of 
 three Days, that the Wound may be digefted, and there 
 may be no further Trouble with a frefh Flux of Blood. If 
 a SwclUng happens in the Leg, by reafon of the Bandage, 
 bathe it with svarm Lees of Wine, or fome good Fomen- 
 tation, fuch as that hereafter prefcribed for a Gangrene ; 
 afterwards dreis the Wound every Day with the common 
 Digeilion. 'I'he fame Method is to be followed in thofe 
 Wounds where cauftick Medicines are apply 'd, left by taking 
 off the Dreflingstoo foon, you fet them a bleeding afrefh, by 
 removing the Efcar before it is thoroughly form'd. 
 
 But becaufe the right ordering of all fuch Wounds as are 
 attended with an Effufion of Blood is of the greateft Im- 
 portance, there being but few Farriers who have Skill to ma- 
 jiage them according to the Rules of Pradice, efpecially 
 when any uncommon Accident happens in the Cure ; we 
 fliall therefore lay down a Method of making the Sympa- 
 ihetick Powder, which being apply'd to the Wound as a 
 Styptlck, will not only put a Stop to the Blood, but procure 
 a fpeedy Re-union ; and this, as Sclleyfell rightly obferves, 
 may be very necellary in the Camp, where Flies and other 
 Infe<ns are hurtful. SoHeyfeWs Way of preparing the Sym- 
 
 palheiick
 
 Chap. LI. Of Wounds, 197 
 
 pathetick Powder, is by calcining Roman V^itriol in the 
 Sun ; but the following Method is much more preferable 
 and only requires a little more Pains. 
 
 " Take any Qiiantity of Englifl) Vitriol, ^, „ 
 *' fuch as goes under the Name of Bow tUkpl^Udlr 
 ** Copperas^ dillblve it in Water, and filter 
 *' it thro' brown Paper, fet it into a cool place to fhoot 
 *' into Cryftals, dillblve the Cryftals in the fame Manner, 
 *' and let it pafs thro' the Paper as dire^^ted, repeating the 
 *' Operation until the Cryftals are tranfparent and pure. 
 *' Set thofe Cryftals in a clean Pan in the Sun, either in 
 " June^ July, or Juguji, fo long till they are calcin'd to 
 " Whitenefs ; when one fide is calcin'd, turn the other, and 
 *' in a few Days the Cryftals will crumble into Powder ; 
 *' if they do not, they may be again beat and expos'd to the 
 *' Sun, and ftirr'd three or four times every day ; at laft 
 *' beat them into a very fine Po'^der, and again fet them in 
 " the Sun, ftirring as before tor two or three Days more, 
 *' in which time they will be very white, then take in the 
 *' Matter while the Sun ftiines hot upon it, and keep it 
 " from the Air in GlalTes well ftopt, and in a dry Place. 
 
 This is the Method of preparing the Sympatbetick Pow- 
 der^ as it is inferted in Dr. ^li/icy's Difpenfatory ; to which 
 I fhall fubjoin another out ot the fame, that bears the Title of 
 a Reftringent Preparation of Iron, fold by the Name of 
 Colebatch's Styptick Poiudery and is as follows. 
 
 " Take any quantity of Filings of Iron, Another Styp- 
 " and pour upon them Spirit of Salt, to the ^'^-^ Ponder. 
 " Height of three or four Fingers above them. Let them 
 " ftand in a gentle Digeftion till the Fermentation is over, 
 " and the Spirit of Salt is become fweet, then pour off" what 
 *' is liquid, and evaporate it in an Iron or glafs Veilel until 
 " half is confum'd, at which Time put to it an equal Quan- 
 " tity oiSdccbarum Saturni, and evaporate to a dry Pow- 
 *' der ; if upon itsfirft coming dry the Operation be ftopt, 
 " it has exadly the Appearance of Colebatch's Powder ; 
 " but if it be continued longer, and the Heat raifed, it will 
 " turn red. It muft be kept clofe ftopt from Air. 
 
 This Styptick may not only be eafily made, but is the more 
 for our Purpofe, as the Dodor has made an Experiment of its 
 Efficacy upon a Horfe ; his Words are thefe concerning it. 
 
 " Ifthisisnot kept clofe ftopt, it will imbibe the Air, 
 
 *' and flow fo as to lofe its Efficacy. I have been inform'd 
 
 ** by very good Hands, that this is the Styptick with which 
 
 ^* there was fo much Noife made iome time ago by the 
 
 X 3 " Author
 
 198 The Farrier J New Guide, Chap. LI. 
 
 *' Author of the Novum Lumen Chirurgicumy and for the 
 *' Sale of which a Patent was procured, only in that was 
 ** ufed Oil of Vitriol, inftead of the Spirit of Salt in this ; 
 •* but that Difference is infignificant. Of this I kept fome 
 *' by me for a Time, to wait a proper Opportunity to try 
 ** it; when an extraordinary one happened by a blunde- 
 *' ring P'arrier cutting the Jugular Jrtery of a very fine 
 " young Horfe,as he was pretending to take off fome ad ven- 
 *' titious Kernels that grew under his Throat. The Flux 
 *' of Blood was fo prodigious, that the Creature muft have 
 *' forthwith died, had not the Fellow held fall the wound- 
 *' ed Vellel, by griping the Part with his Hands, which 
 *' prevented the Effufion, until I dill'olved fome of the 
 ** Powder, or rather Salt, in fome warm Water, and with 
 *' the Currier's Shavings of Leather dipt in it, apply'd it 
 *' upon the Part, where tying it as faft as the Part would ad- 
 ** mit of, and haltering the Horfe's Head up to the Rack for 
 " about fixteen Hours. When it was taken of, not one 
 ** Drop of Blood afterwards followed, and the Part was ea- 
 ** lily incarnated and healed up. This is a Preparation of 
 •' Maeiis, once Profellbr at Leyden^ and is in the Collec- 
 '* ianea Chymica Leydenfia, how much foever fome have 
 " pretended to make a Secret of it fince. 
 
 The fame Author further takes Notice, that this Styptick 
 has been recommended inwardly to flop Fluxes, efpecially 
 thofe of Blood ; but we are very fure it may anfwer that 
 End in all Wounds, when apply'd as in the Inftance before 
 recited. And in this refpeft it may be made ufe of by thofe 
 ■who are but little skill'd in the Pradiceof a Surgeon or Far- 
 rier: As may alfo the Powder of Sympathy, tho' we cannot 
 advife any one to depend upon its lympathetick Virtues. 
 
 Having faid thus much concerning the firft Intention, to 
 ■wit, the putting a Stop to the Blood in Cafes w here the 
 cut or ruptur'd Veflels are large or expos'd ; we fliall now 
 proceed to the other Requifites in the Cure of Wounds ; but 
 ■we fhajl in the firft place take notice, that in all good Con- 
 llitutions a (refh Wound will be eafilycur'd, if it is not over- 
 much expos'd to the Air, as we fee in many Inftances, both 
 in Brutes and human Bodies ; and a Wound made accord- 
 ing to the Direction of a Mufcle, or only fomewhat flant- 
 ing, will heal v/iih little or no Application, if the Horfe is 
 riot put to Iiard Exercife ; for in that Cafe, as often as the 
 Mui'cle iscontra<fied, the Wound will be more or lefs open- 
 ed, according to the Force wiiereby the wounded Member 
 ;5 moved. But all Vncuucs il at art large ought to beltitch'd, 
 
 an4
 
 Chap. LI. Of Wounds. 199 
 
 and when that is rightly perform'd, nothing contributes lo 
 much to their Re-union, as it in fome Meafure prevents the 
 Inconveniencies of Motion, and likewife as it puts a Stop to 
 the Swelling ; which, without a plentiful and fpeedy Dif- 
 charge, will often caufe Ulceration, together with a preter- 
 natural Hardnefs in the Lips. 
 
 Stitching and Bandage are nearly ally'd to each other, and 
 fometimes the one fupplies the room of the other ; but molt 
 Wounds may be eafily cured, when ftitching and Bandage 
 can come in to one another's Aid. Wounds Large Wounds 
 which are large ahd deep, and which may onght to be 
 be prefs'd together with your Fingers are ftitch'd, unkfs 
 the moft fit to be ftitch'd ; but Wounds that t^^y penetrate 
 penetrate to the Bone,ought not to be ftitch'd '/ '^^ ^'"fi °'' 
 when theFlefh is much divided from the J"'''" ^" ^^J''^'' 
 Bone, otherwifean Abfcefs may be form'd which will caufe 
 the Bone to putrify ; the fame Caution is alfo to be obferv'd, 
 when by your Probe, or by a Swelling dillant from the 
 Wound, you have Reafon to fufpecft fome of the Mufcles 
 are divided, as it happens in very large Contulions. In this 
 Cafe Bandage is only to be made ufe of, with the proper 
 Applications to the Wound j but if the Swelling continues, 
 which for the moft part happens, if at all, underneath the 
 Wound, and therefore becomes unable to bear a firm Ban- 
 dage, it muft be treated as an Impofthume, by the Applica- 
 tion of ripening Cataplafms ; and v/hen it comes to Matu- 
 rity, it muft be opened as low as poflible, that the A-latter 
 may have a free Paflage and Vent ; after which the Bandage 
 will become of infinite Service. 
 
 Wounds that are of a round and circular Tf^ounds of a 
 Figure can't be ftitch'd, but Nature muft circular Figure. 
 fill up that Space by Degrees ; neither can thofe be ftitch'd 
 which are very much ragged and torn ; but in a Wound that 
 has feveral Points and Angles, Stitches may fometimes be 
 made to do Service, but for this Purpofe no general Rule can 
 be laid down. Sol/eyfeli zdvifes to cut all circular Wounds 
 into a large Figure^ but that needs feldom be done where Ban- 
 dage canbeapply'd ; for the only thing that makes a circular 
 Wound hard to cure, is, when the Bottom of the Wound 
 happens to be large and loofe, or bruifed, or when the Wound 
 penetrates perpendicularly downwards j in this cafe, a mode- 
 rate Incifion downward may be made; but when a circular 
 Wound is not very deep, or if it is not in fome refpedl like 
 a Well, or Pit, the Application of Bolfters and Bandage, to 
 keep it firm at the Bottom, will, for the moft part, fuffice.
 
 200 Tfje ^ARRi^R sNe'W Guide. Chap. LI. 
 
 Wounds among Lajily, The Needle is to be fpat ingly us'd 
 the Sitienvs. among the fenfible and nervous Parts ; for 
 altho' there are divers Circumftances which may require 
 Hitching, even where the Tendons are wounded, and altho' 
 it may be more particularly gone about where there is a 
 ATry found Conftitution, yet as there is an Ichor and vifcid 
 Matter perperually flowing from the Tendons, even in the 
 bell Habits, v. lach caufe untowardly Accidents ; therefore, 
 as thefe are oftentimes heighten'd by flitching, the Pra(^titio- 
 ner fhould be very well vers'd in Pradtice to endeavour the 
 Cure of fuch Wounds, otherwife than by proper and plain 
 Drefling , for if this Operation has not always the defired 
 Succefs on human Bodies, who can be managed fo as to keep 
 the Mufcles, to which thofe Tendons belong, from all man- 
 ner O' Action, much lefs can be expeded from Brutes, but 
 efpecially Horfes, who keep more in a ftanding Pofture than 
 any other, and therefore are not only cblig'd, and under a 
 l^'eceiTity fometimes to move thofe Parts, but even at moft 
 Times to lay a great Weight upon them. 
 The Manner of . ^'^ P^' ^°^""' ^^^''^ Operation aright,the Far- 
 fiitcbinz ^^^^ ought to be provided ^^■ith leveral Nee- 
 
 dles, fome ftreight, and forr.e crooked, and 
 of thefe fome ought to be more arched than others, and 
 accommodated to Wounds that are deep ; and for this End 
 alfo they ought to be of different Sizes. Both the flreight 
 and crooked (hould be edged, and not round, that they 
 may the more eafily penetrate, and caufe the lefs Pain ; and 
 thofe that are appointed for deep Wounds (hould be ftrong, 
 that they may not break, and caufe Trouble in the Opera- 
 tion. But in all thefe Things the Farriers may take Pal- 
 tern from the Surgeons. 
 
 The Hitching of fupejficial Wounds ought to be perform- 
 ed with a itrcight Needle, and is chiefly necefiary upon Paris 
 that are prominent and expofed to View, where the Skin 
 being only burft, gives way and opens wide, tho' it be not 
 much fcparatcd from the fubjacent Flelh ; and if it is not 
 drawn together, it will leave a Baldnefs ; or the Hair that 
 grows upon the Part will be white, and Ibfter than that 
 which covers thereflof the Body, either of which becomes 
 a Deformity upon the Cheek, the Tops of the Loins, or 
 upon any Joint, as we fometimes obferve when thele Parts 
 have been gall'd, and when there is no Room for Ibch an 
 Operation. 
 
 But in all 6tti^ Wounds a crooked Needle mufl be us'd, 
 and of fuch a P'orm as \\ ill eafily make a Compafs under
 
 Chap. LI. Of IVoiinds, 201 
 
 the Wound ; for the Farriers Method of tacking the Lips 
 together with a common fowing Needle, or Pack-needle, as 
 I have Ibmetimes obferv'd, is quite fliort, nay, contrary to 
 the Intention of Hitching, and often does a dcd of Mif- 
 chief, and would do much more if the Stitches did not 
 foon break, as it leaves Room for the Matter to gather in 
 the Bottom of the Wound. Therefore when the Farrier 
 goes about the ditching of a deep Wound, he ought lirft, 
 if there be congeal'd Blood within it, to clean that out, 
 and having prefs'd the two fides together, he muft make 
 his firft Stitch at the middle of the Wound, pafTmg his 
 Needle fo as to defcribe a half Circle under it, and with a 
 ftrong waxt Thread, or Shoemaker's End, tie the Wound 
 clofe together ; the reft of the Stitches ought to be made at 
 equal Diftances, and fo near each other, as to keep all Parts 
 equally clofe. They ought alfo to be ty'd in a Bow-knot, 
 that they may be opened in cafe of Inflammation or Mat- 
 ter gathering in the Wound, which will fometimes happen, 
 if the Wound is not fowed up foon after it is received. 
 
 The Cure may be finifned by drefling the Wound every 
 Day with a Pledgit of Hurds fpread with 'Bafiliciun^ or any 
 other Digeftive, wafliing it often with warm Wine, Spirit of 
 Wine, or Brandy. 
 
 But in Wounds that are ragged and uneven. Wounds that 
 any loofe bits of Flefh or Skin, that cannot are ragged anti 
 again be united, ought to be clipp'd off with une-'uen. 
 a Pair of Sciflars, and the Drefling always made fo large 
 as to cover the Wound, and not fink too much into it, 
 for that not only retards the Cure, as it hinders the Re- 
 union, but often caufes a bad Difpofition in the Wound it- 
 felf, which is followed with proud Flefh, hard Edges, ^c. 
 If the Wound penetrates to the Bone, no kind of Ointment 
 ought to be applied to it, for all greafy things putrify the 
 Bones ; th.erefore let your Applications to the Bones be only 
 Pledgitsof Lint dipt in warm Honey of Rofes mixed with 
 Tindture of Myrrh, or the Tindure of Myrrh and Aloes, 
 until the Bone is covered ; but if the Bone fliould by any 
 Accident grow foul, the Flefh ought for the moft Part to 
 be laid open as far as it is difcolour'd, otherwife it will be 
 apt to caufe troublefome Symptoms ; and if the Blacknefs 
 does not come off' with the Dreffings, it ought to be fcrap'd 
 gently, or have a Pledgit of Lint dipt in the Tinilure of 
 E'uphorbium apply'd to it, which will caufe it to exfoliate 
 and caft off the Foulnefs j and after it is become clean, ap- 
 ply Honey of Rofes, ^\. as above diredled. 
 
 But
 
 202 TO^Farrter'j iVf^G///V^. Chap. LI. 
 
 A dexterous and But a very material Thing in the mana- 
 Jeafonable Jp- gjpg of all large Wounds, is a dexterous and 
 flication of the fealonable Application of the Dreflings. A 
 
 ^''''^'"aUnZe "^^""^ ^^^^ '^ much inflam'd, can bear no 
 materia in me ^^^ Bandage until the Inflammation abates, 
 
 which generally happens as foon as it comes 
 to matter plentifully ; after that. Bandage will be of the 
 greateft Service, and may be made tighter, as the wounded 
 Part becomes able to endure it 5 but one Thing ought, to be 
 carefully obferved, that all Wounds muft have Time to 
 digeft after the firft Dreffing two or three Days, according 
 to the Size thereof ; and when a Wound, or other Swel- 
 ling happens near any Cavity, any fuch Cavity ought al- 
 ways to be filled with Hurds, or Bolfters of flaxen Cloth, 
 and kept there with Bandage. In this Relped the follow- 
 ing Inftance will be of Service. 
 
 M ,^ A Horfe was wounded with the Point of 
 
 iion. a Fork on the outfide of the Hough, a little 
 
 above the Joint, which being a tender fenfl- 
 ble Part, occafion'd violent Pain, accompany'd with Lame- 
 riefs, and brought fuch a fudden Flux of Humours towards 
 the Joints, that all the Cavity on each Side and beneath 
 the Malter-finew was fwell'd to a prodigious Degree, and 
 in a fhort time fiU'd with Matter ; and as loon as the Mat- 
 ter was prefs out of it, it always fill'd again, which would 
 foon have corroded the Sinew. I advis'd the Farrier, after 
 prelling out the Matter, to fill up the empty Space on each 
 iide under the Sinews, with Hurds dipt in Spirit of Wine, 
 to keep the divided Skin together, and prevent the Matter 
 from falling into it, which, with the Application of a 
 ftrengthening Charge round the Joint, and an eafy Ban- 
 dage, made a perfect Cure in a few Days. 
 InternalWounds ^^ ^^^' continue with fome Obfervations 
 ho^ to be via- Concerning inward Wounds, which in a great 
 naged. meafiire depends on the right Regulation of 
 
 a Horfe's Feeding ; for when a Horfe is in- 
 wardly wounded, he ought to be reflrained from all fuch 
 Food as' is any ways hard and binding, having nothing al- 
 low'd him but fcalded Bran, and fometimes a little boil'd 
 Barley. His conflant Drink ought to be Barley-water, and 
 at firft a little 5^;/ PnuielU^ or purify'd Nitre, dillblv'd in 
 it, as has been prefcrib'd in a fimple Fever. The following 
 Ballsmayalfo be given for three or four Days, to fecuie 
 jiiin from bleeding inwardly. 
 
 " Take
 
 Ch. LII. Of Gunfljot IVoimds, 6cc, 205 
 
 ** Take Sperma Ceti two Ounces, J(2pan Earth, or Bole, 
 ** four Ounces, Gum Tragacanth in Powder one Ounce, 
 *' Sugar of Lead half a Dram." Let thefe be form'd into 
 Balls, being firft made into a ftifF Pafte with Conferve of 
 red Rofes, and a fmall Quantity of Wheat-flour ; one half 
 to be taken in the Morning, and the other in the After- 
 noon, before his Barley-water, keeping him bridled for the 
 Space of two Hours thereafter. 
 
 If the Horfe becomes bound in his Body, emollient Cly- 
 flers may be given him of Mallows, Marfh-mallows, the 
 Herb Mercury, the Roots of Marfli-mallows, and fuch like 
 things, adding no ftrong Purgative, but rather four or five 
 Ounces of Treacle or Honey, with a fufRcient Quantity 
 of Oil or Butter j and if the Guts be wounded, the Ufe of 
 Clyfters muft be even laid afide alfo ; and if his Diet prove 
 not enough laxative, he may be provok'd to dung by the 
 following mild Suppofitory. 
 
 " Take a Pound of Honey, boil it in a Pan or Skillet, 
 " until it turns to a dark brown Colour, ftirring it always, 
 *' then take it off the Fire, and when it begins to be cold, 
 '* make it into a Roll four or five Inches long, and intro- 
 *' duce it into the Horfe's Fundament immediately, other- 
 " wife it will foon diflblve and turn liquid." CaJiiIeSo2ip 
 may alfo be us'd in Form of a Suppofitory, when it is ne- 
 cellary to provoke your Horfe to dung. 
 
 Into the Wound may be poured, or gently injeded, red 
 Wine, with Honey of Rofes made blood- warm, and out- 
 wardly it may be covered with a Pledgit fpread with Safili- 
 ciim, or any other proper Digeilive, and above that a Com- 
 prefs of flaxen Cloth made into feveral Folds, bound on 
 with a Bandage,and over all a Cloth with Buckles and Straps 
 to keep his Body firm. The fame Method may alio be 
 obferv'd in all Wounds that are accompanied with a Fever, 
 only the Balls above prefcribed need not be given but where 
 there is a great Expence of Blood ; and if the Clyfters re- 
 quire to be quickened, that may be done by dillolviiig i^ 
 them a Handful of common Salt. 
 
 CHAP. LII. 
 
 Of Gtmjhot Wounds and Burns. 
 
 /"^Unfhot Wounds are diftinguifhed by their Situation, 
 ^-'^ Size, and Figure ; fome are very dangerous, feme ;,lto- 
 gether incurable, when they happen to penetrate the Brain, 
 or Other noble Parts ; and thoie which fhatter the Limbs 
 
 of
 
 204 ThelkKv.i'EKs Ne'-JD Guide. Chap.LII. 
 
 of a Horfe may alfo be look'd on as incurable, fince a Horfe 
 in that Condition is able to yield no further Service. Their 
 Size and Figure depend upon the Inftrument wherewith 
 they are inflicted, and alfo renders the Cure more or lels 
 certain ; for a fmall Wound is more eafily cur'd than one 
 that is large ; and a Wound that is circular and round, 
 made with a Bullet, than one which is ragged and torn, 
 fuch as happen fometimes by Splints, Pieces of Iron, Stones, 
 <d'c. but however they differ in thefe Refpeds, they are all 
 of them accompanied with Lofs of Subftance, Contuhon, 
 andbruifmg of the Part ; and for this Reafon no Wounds 
 made by Fire-arms are liable to fuch great Hemorrhages of 
 Blood, asthofe made by a fharpand cutting Inftrument. 
 The Cure of The firft Intention in the Cure of Gun- 
 
 Giinjbot fhot Wounds, is to fetch out the Bullet, or 
 
 Wounds. Other foreign Matter whereby they are made, 
 
 but that is not always prafticable ; for Bullets are often- 
 times lodg'd within the Cavity of the Body, and in the 
 thick flefhy Parts, where the bringing of them out is by no 
 means to be attempted ; and fometimes after feveral Years 
 Habitation, they fall more outwards, and upon Parts of more 
 Ilender Subftance, and are call out by Impofthumation, or 
 brought away by Incifion. However, the Practitioner 
 ought at firft to make Trial, yet not fo as to tear the Flefh 
 too much ; but if his Endeavours aie to no purpofe, he ought 
 to make a Counter-opening on the Outlide, towards the 
 Bottom of the Wound, where he (hall perceive any Hard- 
 iiels, neverthelefs wiihout touching the large Vellels ; and by 
 this Means he may draw out the Bullet with his Fingers, or 
 any convenient Inftrument ; but this Method of Counter- 
 opening is the more neceflary, and the more immediately to 
 be gone about, when Pieces of Timber, Sionc, or Iron, or 
 other extraneous Bodies, lie in the Flefli, as all fuch things 
 are apt of a fjdden to caufe very bad Symptoms, bccaufe 
 of their Unevennefs. 
 
 The next Thing to be done in the Cure of Gun-fliot 
 Wounds, is to bring them to good and laudable Digcftion, 
 that they may call off" the mortify'd Flefh ; to effectuate 
 which, nothing can be better than the common Digeftive, 
 with a fmall Mixture of Oil o£ Rofes pour'd into it every 
 Day ; let the Wound be alfo often cleans'd with Spirit of 
 Wine, and all the hot and inflam'd Parts about it bathed 
 "with the fame. When the Inflammation is very great, and 
 like to be attended with a Fever, a moderate Qi,iantity of 
 ^lood may be taken, and laxauve Clyfters adminifter'd, 
 
 and
 
 Chap. LII. Of Gunjhot Wounds ^ Sec. 205 
 
 and a Poultice apply'd of Barley Flour, Fenugreek Meal 
 and Linfeed Meal, boil'd .in Milk till it be thick, and a fuf- 
 ficient quantity of Ointment of Marfh- mallows to make it 
 moift, adding alfo an Ounce of Camphire powder'd to eve- 
 ry Porringer full of Poultice. This may be apply'd hot 
 twice a Day over the Inflammation, putting only a very 
 fhort and foft Tent into the Orifice. But if the large Vef- 
 fels be wounded, and fend forth an immoderate Flux of 
 Blood ; in that Cafe, the firft Drefling may be made with 
 a foft Tent dipt in a Solution of the Styptick Powder, de- 
 fcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter ; and if the Wound pene- 
 trate thro' any Member, both Orifices mull be drefs'd alike. 
 If the Wound be among the Sinews, or other nervous Parts, 
 Oil of Turpentine mixt with the common Digeftive, may 
 be applied to it, bathing it now and then with campho- 
 rated Spirit of Wine. The Cautions laid down in the pre- 
 ceeding Chapter are to be obferv'd with refpeft to Bandages 
 and Drefilngs, with this further Notice, that no Gun- (hot 
 Wound can bear any Bandage, further than to keep on 
 the Drefiings, until the Efcar and mortify'd Parts are dif- 
 charged. 
 
 As to Burns, whether they be made with „ 
 
 Gunpowder, or any other Way, they ought 
 in the firft place, to be bath'd with Spirits of Wine campho- 
 rated, and afterwards anointed with 0\\ of Roies, St. yohn\ 
 Wort, or Linfeed Oil, or Butter. If the Burn be new, the 
 Meat and Inflammation may be taken ofiJ" by applying im- 
 mediately to the Part pounded Onions ; fome ufe the Juice 
 of Onions and Verjuice mix'd together ; black Soap and 
 common Salt has the fame Effect ; there are others who 
 ufe Qiiick lime beat into an Ointment with frefli Butter j 
 but nothing is better, or fo fafe, as the camphorated Spirits, 
 applying afterwards the following Cataplafm. 
 
 " Take Mallows and Marlh-mallows of each four large 
 ** handfuls, Linfeed one Pound. Boil them in four Quarts 
 *' of Water until moft of the Muifture be dried up, pulp 
 " them thro* a Sieve, and add a Pound of frefh Butter, and 
 " three Ounces of Camphire in Powder, mix them all toge- 
 " ther in a Mortar, and fmear the Part with it, or apply it 
 " fpread pretty thick on a piece of limber Canvas. 
 
 But if the Burn be deep, it muft be fcarrify'd with a 
 Fleam, and the fame Poultice apply'd over it to haften the 
 Efcar or burnt Parts to a Suppuration : Bleeding ajid Cly- 
 fters may be alfo comply 'd with, when there is exceflive 
 Heat and Inflammation, ^V. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 2o6 T/je I ARRiiR s Ne'ujGmde. Chap. LIII. 
 
 CHAP. LIII. 
 
 Of a Gangrene and Mortification. 
 
 A Gangrene is a fudden, violent, and exceflive Inflam- 
 "**" mation, with intolerable Pain, and is no other than a 
 beginning Mortification. 
 
 The Ca fe '^^^^ Caufe is fometimes from an ill Habit 
 
 of Body ; but, for the moft Part, from a 
 Pun^fture or Wound in the tender fenfible Parts ; or when 
 Splints of Bones, or other fliarp and pointed Matter, ftick 
 into the Flefh or Sinews ; and moreover the ill Manage- 
 ment of any large Wound whatfoever, may and often brings 
 on a Gangrene and Mortification. 
 
 ej-, «.^ As to the Signs, befidesthe fudden, violent, 
 
 * ' and exceflive Pain, the Part looks of a deep 
 
 red, inclinable to Purple ; whereas in a Mortification, there 
 being an abfolute Stop put to the Blood, the Part becomes 
 black, foft, perifh'd, and without Senfe. 
 tj-, ^^ The Cure, while it is yet a Gangrene, 
 
 confifts chiefly in the Application of fpiritu- 
 ous things, as Spirit of Wine camphorated, (viz. an Ounce 
 of Camphire to every Pint of the Spiritsj ufed alone, or 
 mixed with Spirit of Scurvy-grafs, or Spirit of Turpen- 
 tine ', a Fomentation made as follows, will alfo conduce 
 very much to the Removal of a Gangrene. 
 
 " Take St. John's Wort and common Wormwood, of 
 *' each two handfuls. Centaury and Camomile Flowers, of 
 *' each one handful, Bay-berries fix Ounces, common 
 " Alhes one Pound: Boil thefein fix Quarts of Water un- 
 *' til one half beconfum'd ; and to the Itrained Decodion 
 *' add Spirit of Wine camphorated one Qiiart." Bathe 
 the Wound or the gangreen'd Part with flannel or woollen . 
 Cloths dipt in this Fomentation ; and after they are wrung 
 out, apply the Cloths almoft fcalding hot to the Part ; it 
 may be likewife wafh'd with the Fomentation, adding a 
 fixth part of the Spirit of Sal Armoniack at the Time of 
 ufing it. 
 
 All Things that are proper to promote Sweat, are to be 
 taken inwardly, fuch as have been prefcrib'd to remove 
 Chefl- foundering, ^c. But if, notwithltanding all thefe 
 Means the Gangrene does not yield, the Praditioner muft 
 with a Fleam or Lancet, fcarrify to the Quick, that the Part 
 maybe brought to Suppuration, having in Readinefs Horfe- 
 dung boiled in Ale or Wine, to be applied hot as a Poul- 
 tice i
 
 Chap. LIV. Of the Bitingy &c. 207 
 
 tice ; and as foon as the Wounds come to Matter, they 
 may be cleans'd with Mgyptiacum made hot ; and if there be 
 Itill a very great Foulnefsand Tendency to a Mortification, 
 the Ointment may be mix'd with Butter of Antimony, which 
 is a very powerful Remedy, or with every Ounce oi JEgyp- 
 tiacutn may be mix'd lixty Drops oS. Aqua fords. SoUeyfell 
 advifes Lime-water, and when that proves not efficacious 
 enough, he recommends the following, viz. 
 
 *' Take crude Allum one Pound, German Copperas 
 *' grofly beaten half a Pound, Verdegreafe in fine Powder 
 *' three Ounces : Boil all together in a Gallon of Vinegar 
 *' to the Confumptionof one half; then, without ftraining 
 *' the Liquor, referve it for Ufe in a glafs Vial j and if this 
 *' be too weak, he advifes two Ounces of Aquafortis to be 
 ** added to each Quart, fhaking them well together. 
 
 The Liquor is to be hot, and the Part to be drefs'd with 
 Pledgits of Flax or Hurds dipt into it. 
 
 In all large Mortifications, the Farrier muft, with a fharp 
 Inftrument, cut and extirpate the dead Flefli, taking care 
 not to hurt any of the Nerves or Sinews that are found or 
 recoverable, either with his Inftrument or Applications ; 
 but let his Application to them confift chiefly of fuch things 
 as are fpiritous, dreffing with Honey of Rofes beat up with 
 the Yolk of an Egg, with a fourth part of camphorated Spi- 
 rit of Wine ; and afterwards all fuch Things as are cleanfmg, 
 and proper to promote a laudable Growth of new Flefli. 
 
 CHAP. LIV. 
 Of the Biting of venomous Beafts. 
 
 "ITyOunds made by the Biting of venomous Beafts arc 
 ^ ^ frequently mortal ; for the Poifon communicated to 
 the Blood caufes in \l fo fpeedy a Rarefaftion, that the whole 
 animal Frame is put into an immediate Diforder ; the woun- 
 ded Part becomes fwell'd, inflam'd, and of a livid Colour, 
 and its Progrefs much more fudden than any Gangrene 
 proceeding from whatfoever other Caufe. 
 
 The biting of a mad enrag'd Dog, is not fo poifonable as 
 is generally fuppos'd, but only as thofe Creatures are apt to 
 ftrike their Jaws with great Force, whereby they fometimes 
 wound and bruife the Sinews and nervous Parts ; but the 
 Bite of an Adder is plainly venomous and deadly, from ma- 
 ny Inftances both among Men and Brutes j and the Bites 
 
 of
 
 208 The Farrier J New Guide, Chap. LIV. 
 
 of thofe Animals are conftantly followed with a Drop oi 
 two of greenifh Matter, which by its corrofive Quality, 
 poifons the Wound, and infeds the Body. 
 
 y-, ^ . There are infinite Ways of curing thofe 
 
 Bites ; fome give the Fire immediately, and 
 fome cut out the Bit that is wounded ; but thefe Operations 
 cannot be allowed of in all Parts, but chiefly when the 
 Wound is made in the Flefli, and free from the Nerves and 
 Sinews ; others only apply Garlick, Onions, Bay- fait, and 
 Bacon, ftampt together into an Ointment. Others ufe 
 ftampt Rue, Multard-feed, pickl'd Herrings, and black Soap, 
 with a futlicient Qi^iantity of Deers-fuet, or Bears-greafe j 
 and there are fome who only lay over the Wound Venice- 
 Treacle or i\4ithridate, which are very good, efpecially if 
 the fpirituous Embrocations dire\^ed in the preceeding Chap- 
 ter, be alio complied with and ufed often. The Viper- 
 catchers, v/ho are often bit with Adders, cure themfelves 
 by anointing the Wound immediately with Adders Fat, 
 which they always keep in Readinefs in a Gallipot. The 
 Certainty of which Cure has been alfo evinc'd by the Expe- 
 riments of a great and eminent Phyfician made upon Dogs, 
 who very reafonably afcribes the healing Virtues of that 
 Fat to its clammy and vifcid Parts, but efpecially as it is 
 more penetrating and adlive than any other oily Subftances, 
 whereby he fuppofes it to involve, and, as it were, fheathe 
 the volatile Salts of the Venom, which are the Inftruments 
 of thofe deadly Miichiefs which attend the biting of fuch 
 Animals. And for the fame Reafons, the Vipers Fat or 
 Greafe may, no doubt, be of Service in all other Bites ov 
 invenomed Wounds, 
 
 But when the Poifon is once got into the Mafs of Blood, 
 the chief Part of the Cure muft be owing to inward Means, 
 which ought conftantly to be ufed at the fame time proper 
 Applications are made outwardly. Solleyjell recommends 
 the 'Findure and Ellence of Vipers, which indeed is not 
 improper, only that their Scarcity makes thofe Preparations 
 very dear in our Country. However, to a Horfe of great 
 Value, a Dofe of two or three Ounces of the Powder of 
 dry'd Adders might be given in a Pint of Canary, and re- 
 peated fcvera! Times ; but the Method laid down for the 
 Cure of Peftilential Fevers, as it confifts chiefly in the Ufe 
 of Counter-poifons, maybe foUow'd in all fuch Cafes ; and 
 as foon as the Malignity and Venom is deftroy'd, the Sores 
 may be treated as other Wounds or Ulcers. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. LV. Of Ulcers. • 209 
 
 CHAP. LV. 
 Of Ulcers. 
 
 A L L Sores that have any evil Quality Ing^ndered in 
 "^ them, fo as to hinder the Re- union of the Parts, are 
 term'd Ulcers ; and thefe are diftinguifhed according to 
 their Size, Situation, ot Degree of Malignity ; fome are fu- 
 perficial, and only appear on the outward Parts ; others are 
 deep, and are therefore term'd cavernous or fiftulous, which 
 Names are borrowed from their Figure. The fuperficial 
 Ulcers are divers, and attended with divers Qualities, fome 
 being foft and crufty, fending forth a vifcid Matter of a 
 cadaverous and Carrion-like Smell, from whence they are 
 alfo caird putrid ; others are fungous, and have Excrefcences 
 appearing in divers Afpefts ; and fome have hard and fchir- 
 rous Edges, which in Horfes, are very thick, having their 
 Bottom ot a livid or duskifli Colour, full of little PapilliS 
 and Unevennelles. The cavernous and fi- r u t jut 
 ftulous are alfo fliftinguilh'd from each other, nerlJUer$ are 
 the cavernous being deep and broad at bot- difiin?uijh''d. 
 tOm, full of little Holes, with a fmall and 
 narrow Orifice, from whence there continually iflueth a 
 virulent corrofive Matter ; whereas the fiftulous Ulcers 
 have long, ftrait, and deep Holes, which fometimes com- 
 municate with one another like a Coney- burrow, their Sides 
 cJillous and hard, and the Matter fometimes corrofive, and 
 fometimes not. There are cfther Sorts of Ulcers taken 
 Notice of by the Writers of Surgery, as the cancerous, 
 corrofive, l5c. but the firft is feldom or never to be feen in 
 Brutes, and the lalt feems not to be a proper Name of Di- 
 ftindion tor any particular Kind of Ulcer, that being an 
 evil Quality, which is more or lefs to be met with in moit 
 Ulcers, and by which they may be look'd upon to be more 
 or lefs malignant. 
 
 Ulcers are alio diftinguifli'd, with refped to their Caufes, 
 whence fome are called primitive, and others degenerate ; 
 but it is fufficient for the underftanding this Matter, to know, 
 that all Ulcers take their Origin immediately from Wounds, 
 Bruifes, Tumors, or other Eruptions and Breakings out of 
 the Skin, fome of which turn Ulcers by ill Management, 
 aiid others from a vicious Dii'pofition in the Blood. 
 
 ■ As to the Signs, they are manifeft from what has been al- 
 ready faid of their feveral Kinds; we fhall therefore make 
 fome few Obfervations concerning their Prognofticks, 
 
 Y Aad
 
 210 The I^ARRtER J Neiv Guide, Chap. IV. 
 
 ... And /"/>/?, An Ulcer that is fuperficial, iff 
 andcTt ^^^^ dangerous than one that is deep, as it 
 
 may, for the moft part, be cured by manual 
 Operation only, with the Aflrftance of proper Applications: 
 >Jeither need I acquaint any one, that a fmall Ulcer is 
 more eafily manag'd than one that is large. But, Secondly^ 
 An Ulcer proceeding from z Malignity tn the Blood, ^c 
 whether it be large or fmall, fuperficial or deep, is more 
 dangerous thsn one which is only degenerate, and not at- 
 tended with fueh bad Circumftances. And Thirdly^ As 
 a degenerate Ulcer may, by long Continuance, create an 
 evil Difpofiiion in the Blood, by hurting the common and 
 ordinary Secretions, and inducing an ill Habit, it may 
 therefore be as dangerous and bad to cure as any ; and a 
 fudden and unjudicious Cure of fuch an Ulcer, is oftentimes 
 the Caufe of fome other Difeafe. Fourthly, Ulcers that 
 are form'd of Abfccfles in the Hips, Loins, in the thick part 
 of the Shoulders under the Blade-bone, and in the Joints, 
 and have Communication with tlie Bones, as thefe lie out 
 of Reach, th^y are therefore very difficult and hard to be 
 cur'd; and if the Cavities of fuch abftrufe Ulcers be large, 
 they will foon bring the Body of a Horfe into a Walte. 
 Fifthly^ Ulcers in the dependent Parts, as thofe of the 
 Legs, are very obftinate, as they bccom.e the Sink and Drain 
 of all the Humours, but efpecially as the Matter proceeding 
 from the Tendons, iSc. creates a very ill Difpofition in 
 them. Lqjllyy All Ulcers in the Lungs, Kidneys, Liver, 
 and other inward Parts, generally prove mortal fooner or 
 later, according as they are fituated nearer, or at a Diftance 
 from the larger Veflels, and according to the other Circum- 
 ftances that may attend them. But we have already taken 
 fufficient Notice of thofe kind of Ulcers, where we have 
 treated of broken- winded and confumptive Cafes, and of 
 Hedtick Fevers, ^c. having recommended for their Cure, 
 the ufe of cleanfing, healing, and balfamick Medicines in- 
 wardly, with a proper Regulation in the Feeding and Ex- 
 ercife. As to outward and fuperficial Ulcers, with their 
 different Accidents, they have been alfo fufficiently handled 
 in the Forty-eighth Chapter, bo.ih as to Externals and In- 
 ternals. The Ulcers of fome particular Parts have likewifc 
 been taken notice of, as the Glanders, ^c. Thofe of the 
 Legs and Feet, and other dependent Parts, fhall be treated 
 of when we come to the Difeafes of thofe Parts. It remains 
 therefore that we put a Period to this Subject, by laying 
 down fome Direiitions concerning the Cure of ihule Ulcers 
 
 that
 
 CriAP. LV. Df Ulcers. 21 i 
 
 that are teriii'd cavernous and filUiIous, and litcewife fuch 
 of, ihem as are abftrufe, and form themfelves into feveral 
 Meanders and hidden Abfcelles among the Bones and flelhy 
 Interftices, tho* in the latter Circumftances we can give the 
 Praditianer but little Hopes of Succefs, for the Reafons 
 already alledg'd ; yet fo long as a Horfe continues fervice- 
 ablei the proper Means ought to be ufedo 
 
 And therefore, whether fuch an Ulcer proceed from an 
 old deep Wound, or any other Caufe, the chief thing to 
 be done, is now and then to inje6t proper Liquors into it, 
 forbearing the ufe of thole things that are very corrofive ; 
 for albeit corrolive Applications are fometimes proper in 
 Ulcers that are fuperficial, and where the Efcar can be 
 brought ofF by the piroper Dreflings, or the Help of an In- 
 ftrument, and where a frefli Growth of fuperfluous Matter 
 can be fuppref^^'d by Bandage ; yet in the Cafe now bei'ore 
 us they are often hurtful, as all fuch Applications caufe 
 Accidents that ought to be remedied by Art, and ought 
 therefore to be within the Reach of the Artift ; for which 
 Caufe, the propereil Liquors to be injedled into all fuch 
 Ulcers, are Decov^tions made of the Roots of Briony, Birth- 
 wort, Flower-de-luce, yJc. with a third Part of Spirit of 
 Wme ; or re<.'tify'd Oil of Turpentine, common Honey, or 
 Honey of Rofes, may be alfo made ufe of in the fame In- 
 tention ; and when there is a Foulnefs in the Bones, which 
 may be known by theThinnefs, Oilinefs, and Stench of the 
 Matter j in that Cafe, a Tincture drawn with Wine from 
 Myrrh, Aloes, Frankincenfe, Olibanum, Saffron, Cinna- 
 mon, and fuch like things, will make a very proper Injec- 
 tion to be ufed fometimes. To the Wound may be applied 
 Pledgits of Flax dipt in the fame Liquor, or fome good Di- 
 geftive, and over the Drefling a good flicking Plailler<, 
 The Injedions fhould be always made warm ; and when 
 ihe Part can admit of firm Bandage, it will never fail to 
 be cf Service, 
 
 But thofe Ulcers, which, upon Trial with the Probe, ^r. 
 are found to be within the Reach of an Operation, ought to 
 be laid open, avoiding, as much as polTible, an Effufion of 
 Blood, by dividing the large VefTels, and tiie Inconvenien- 
 cies that may happen by cutting the nervous and fenfible 
 parts : After Incifion, any fuch Ulcer is to be treated as a 
 frefli Wound, only that inflead of a Re-union, by clofing 
 the Sides again, they mult be kept open with Doflils of 
 Flax dipt in Stiptick- water the firft Drefling, and after- 
 wanis in fome good Digeftive, that Nature may fill up 
 Y s the
 
 212 The Varri^ers Ne'-j:j GuUe. Chap. LVL 
 
 the whole Space with the Growth of new FleQi. If there 
 be (till a bad ulcerouS'Dirpohtion m the Part, cleanfing Oint- 
 ments, as BafiUcum mixt with red Precipitate, or /Egypti- 
 acum ; or, it necefl'ary, ftrong Corrofives may be made 
 Ufe of; Copperas- water, Lime-water, or a Solution of 
 Blue Vitriol, or any of thofe directed in thofe Parts of this 
 Treatife in the like Intentions, may be alfo comply'd with 
 to walli the Sore j if the Bone be foul, the Method laid 
 down in the 51ft Chapter ought alfo to be followed. In a 
 Fiftula, the hard callous Sides muft be fcarrify'd, or touch'd 
 with a Cauftick, to bring them even and fmooth. The 
 Horfe mav be alfo purg'd once or twice, and afterwards go 
 under a Courfe of the Antimonial or Cinnabar-Balls, ^c, 
 but the Reader may confult the 48th Chapter. 
 
 CHAP. LVL 
 
 • Of Cauterizing J and giving the Fire. 
 
 1^ Auterizing .is perform'd by an Inftrument made hot, or 
 , by corrofive and burning Medicines; and thefe are 
 either natural, or artificial, which may be made ftronger or 
 weaker, according to the feveral Intentions in which they 
 are ufed. The firfl is called the a^ual Cautery^ and the 
 iaft the Potential. 
 
 . We make ufe of corrofive and burning Medicines to 
 cleanfe. and deftroy all Foulnefs which obllruds and hin- 
 ders the Cure of any Ulcer, to keep down a preternatural 
 Growth of fungous Flefh, to eat away Excrefcences, to 
 cpen Abfcefles and Impofthumes, and moreover to ftop up 
 the Mouths of Blood- vellels, thereby to prevent an Hemor- 
 rhage of Blood. The actual Cautery is alio made ufe of to 
 molt of the lame Purpofes ; but as we have taken Notice of 
 thele things already, and rcduc'd them to Pradice, with 
 the neceflary Cautions in their Applications ; we fhall not 
 therefore fpend the Reader's time in repeating them over 
 again, but proceed to the other Intentions of Cauterizing, 
 which in a more efpecial Manner go under the Denomi- 
 nation of Giving the I'ire^ 
 
 . The Fire is fo ancient in the Pradice of Surgery, that it 
 feems to have been one of the firlt Methods ufed to remove 
 Pains of the Joints, &c. proceeeing from cold glutinous 
 Humours Impaded in them, as may be learn'd from HippO' 
 crates and oiliers j and iho' it be now greatly in difufe among 
 us in thele Intentions, yet it is to this J)ay very much prac- 
 lic'd by the Egyptians and Jrabs i and iL is reported of 
 
 the
 
 Chap. L VI. Of Cauterizing, 5cc.' 21 j 
 
 the Moors ^ and other Sarba rians, that they fear their Arm^ 
 and Shoulders, only to ftrengthen them to draw the Bow, 
 The ancient Method was by burning Flax or Cotton under 
 the difeafed Member made into a Pyramidal Form, that the 
 Part might be inured to it by degrees, and lb enabled to bear % 
 neceflary Augmentation of the Flame ; and Sir IFm. Temple 
 had feen fuch good EfFefts from it, that encouraged him to 
 write his Eflay concerning the Cure of the Gout by Moxa^ 
 which is only a kind oi Cotton fet on Fire in this Manner. 
 
 But whatever Approbation may be given to yy jjr ^ 
 this Method of curing Difeafes in the human ^^^ ^Jg "■' 
 Body, it is certain the EfFefts of Fire are very 
 extraordinary with Regard to Horfes in old Griefs in the 
 Joints, Sinews, and nervous Parts, after they have bid a De-? 
 fiance to all artificial Compofitions whatever ; neither will 
 this be thought ftrange, if it be confider'd, that thofe Parts 
 are very compa6t and folid, being compofed of an infinite 
 Number of Fibres and nervous Threads laid fo clofe toge- 
 ther, that there is not a Cavity or Interftice to be difcern'd 
 in them when cut afunder ; and therefore when thefe are 
 obftru<5led, nothing can be fuppofed to relieve them, but 
 what is of the moft powerful Efficacy. 
 
 Now it is very plain, that adual Fire may be of the great- 
 eft Importance in the removing fuch Obflruftions, and that 
 in a twofold Refpeft ; Firji, As by cauterizing and burning 
 the Outfide, there is a Difcharge made, and of Confequcnce 
 a Derivation of Matter from the obllrudled Part, which 
 muft give more Liberty to the inclofed Fluid ; and Second' 
 ly. As the Heat communicated in this Manner by the adlive 
 Particles of Fire, muft needs give a fort of new Life ani 
 Motion to the vifcid Juices, which are thus compacted, 
 whereby they become more fitted to make their Way thro* 
 their proper Vents and Paflages, and likewife as it forces 
 the relaxed Fibres to contrad themfelves. 
 
 This is fo certain an EfFeft of Fire, that it is even plain 
 in thofe Inftances, where many of the poorer fort among 
 the Country People cure themfelves of the Kibes^ iffe. by 
 holding their Heels over burning Coals, or a hot pair of 
 Tongs, tho' they do not fear the Skin, and many of the good 
 Effedls which proceed from the Application of Ointments to 
 hard obftinate Swellings and aching Pains in Horfes, are more 
 owing to the hot Bar of Iron made ufe of in the rubbing hi 
 of the Ointments, than any medicinal Efficacy in the Oint- 
 ments themfelves, feveral of thefe being no better than com" 
 mon Hogs- lard. 
 
 Y 3 AvA
 
 214 The pARRiERi New Guide. Chap. LVI. 
 
 And as the Fire becomes more ufeful in all fuch Intentions, 
 by removing fettled Obltruclions, fo it is of no lefs Impor- 
 tance in Ring-koneiy Quitter- bones. Scratches, and, in fine, 
 to loofen all grilly and horny Excrelcences that grow out 
 upon the Legs and Feet, or any other Part of the Body, 
 where, by fearing their Subllance, and piercing the Skin 
 near the Root orlnfertion, a Stop is put to the Humours 
 that nourifli them, fo that they are rnade to rot and fall off. 
 The Manner of ^^^^^(^^^ ^^7' ^^^^ three important Di- 
 giving the Fire, reaions in giving the Fire. Thcjirji is, not 
 to prefs too hard upon the Part. The fecondy 
 to let the Knife be red-hot, but not flaming. And the 
 Thirdy to heat the Knife or Inftrument in a Charcoal 
 Fire. The two firft of thefe Diredions are abfolutely ne- 
 ceflary, and the lad may be comply "d with according lo 
 the Artift's Conveniency. 
 
 In all Griefs of the Sinev/s and nervous Parts, the Fire is 
 tobe very fparingly given, and a drawing Knife is certainly 
 the propereft Inftrument, tho* there are fome who make 
 life of a large Gold Coin, from a Conceit of its having 
 greater medicinal' Virtues than really 'belong to it. Some 
 Content themfelves with Silver, and there are others who 
 prefer Copper, from an Opinion of its being a Metal that 
 refifts Putrefadion ; and among thefe is our laft mentioned 
 Author. But moft of our Englijh Farriers make ufe of 
 Iron Inftruments in all their cauterizing Operations, which, 
 if they be fmooth and well polifti'd, are as good as any,' 
 and in this it is fufficient that they have the Example of moft 
 Surgeons for their Authority. 
 
 The Knife fliould be rounded on the Edge, and pretty 
 thick, that it may keep the Heat as long as poflible ; it 
 ought alfo to be heated in a very clear Fire (if a Charcoal 
 Fire cannot be had) and afterward rubb'd upon a woollen 
 Cloth, that no Dirt or Afliestnay ftick to it, and until the 
 flaming Rednefs is wore quite off ; then the Farrier murt, 
 with a fteady, dexterous, and light Hand, draw his Lines 
 orRafes oneachfide the Joint or Smew, always following 
 the Courfe of the Hair, without making crofs Lines, for, 
 befides that they are of no Importance in the Cure, they 
 caufe a very great Deformity. A due Care muft alfo be 
 had, never to pierce the Skm, but rather repeat the Strokes 
 theoftner, until it becomes the Colour of a pale Cherry; 
 for it the Fire happens to touch the Sinews, it will be apt to! 
 caufe Convulfions ; and if the liorfc furvive thefe Diforders, 
 h2 r::ay hereafter become jr.rtcoverably la.nie^ 
 
 But
 
 Chap.LVI. Of Cauterizing, Sec 21 ^ 
 
 But when the Grievance happens to be on the Hips, 
 Shoulders, or other fleftiy Parts, or when the Fire is given 
 lo dilperfe any obftinate flegmatick Humour, that cannot 
 be brought to Suppuration, the Artill may go on with 
 ibme Boldnefs ; and befides, that the Lines may be made 
 of any Figure, either in Shape of a Palm, Arrow , or Shield^ 
 or what the Farrier pleafes ; the Skin ought alfo to be pierc'd 
 more or lefs, according to the Situation and Urgency of the 
 Grievance, that a powerful Revuliion may be made, by 
 drawing away a plentiful deal of Matter. There are many 
 Inftances of Cures of this kind to be met with among Hor- 
 fes, and even fome in the human Body, where, by burning 
 the Hip with a hot Iron, the Ifchiatick Pains, and other 
 nervous Obftrudlions, have been altogether removed. But 
 in Cafes where the Skin is to be pierced, it ought to be don? 
 from below upwards, that the Matter may flow downwards, 
 the better to prevent an ulcerous Difpofitiori in the Sores ; 
 and into the Orifices or Holes may be introduced little fofc 
 Tents of Flax dipt in warm BaftUcum, or any other fup- 
 purative Ointment ; for if this be cramm'd with har4 
 Tents, the Anguifh that muft neceflarily happen after giv- 
 ing the Fire, will be apt to create a Fever. 
 
 All the fear'd and burnt Parts ought immediately to be 
 bath'd with Spirit of Wine, and afterwards anointed with 
 a Mixture of Bees-wax and Oil melted together, or with 
 common Tar, until the Efcars fall off ; but if there be a 
 very great Heat and Anguifh, and a Tendency to a Svvel^ 
 ling, which is apt enough to fall upon the Legs, efpeci^ly 
 of thofe Horfes that are tender and wafhy, in that Cafe, 
 camphorated Spirits may be ufed two or three times a Day, 
 and, if need require, the Cataplafm directed for the Curq 
 of Burns, But thefe Accidents may in a great Meafure be 
 prevented, and the whole Intention more eftetflually an- 
 fwered, if, before the Operation, Recourfe be had to Fo- 
 mentation and Baths, or attenuating Oils, fuch as the 
 Oil of Earth-worms, or the Soldiers Ointment ; for by 
 thefe Means the Grievance will more eafily yield to the 
 Impreflions of the Fire, and the burnt Parrs come fooner to 
 a Suppuration. 
 
 I need not acquaint any one, that the Hprfe mull be fe- 
 cur'd with Collars, or fuch other Engines as can be made 
 (pfFedual to prevent his licking, biting, or rubbing the Scabs, 
 which is very common when they begin to heal, otherwife 
 it will caufe a great Deformity, and fuch an one as cannot 
 be ea.fily remedied. What relates to the Firing of R^ng-^ 
 Y ^ henei^
 
 21 6 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LVII. 
 
 hotm^ fitter-bones^ and ScratcheSy &c. fhall be treated of 
 in their proper Places. 
 
 C H A P.' LVII. 
 Of Ro'-ji'elling. 
 
 ROwellingisan artificial Vent made to difcharge noxious 
 Humours ; but the Eftedts of Ro welling are not the 
 draining away of ill Humours, as molt People believe ; for 
 the Matter that proceeds from the Rowel is form'd of the 
 tj.. jj, f. Blood ; fo that by it both the good and bad 
 K llim '^ evacuated : And therefore all that can be 
 
 propofed by Rowclling, is to make a Re- 
 vulfion or Diverfion from any Part that is weaken'd or re- 
 lax'd by old obftinate Obftrudtions ; and in this Senfe it is 
 ufeful in qiany of the fame Intentions as the Fire, and is 
 very profitable in all Aches, cold phlegmatick Swellings, 
 and even fometimes m Lamenefs and Infirmities of the 
 Legs. It is alfo fometimes a Relief, where there is a Ful- 
 nefs and Redundancy of Humours ; and in moll Difeafes 
 of the Eyes : But Rowelling is abfolutely hurtful to Horfes 
 that are poor, lean, and hide-bound, or to thofe that are 
 hedick and confumptive, ^c. 
 
 There are two forts of Rowels, z//z. A Hair Rowel, and 
 Trench Rowel. The one is what Surgeons call a Seaton^ 
 and the other a Fontick or Fontanel ; but the Fonticle or 
 French Rowel is by many preferr'd, as it is not fo apt to 
 caufe an Abfcefs, and is therefore more eafily dry'd up : 
 But in Cafes that require a confiderable Difcharge of Mat- 
 ter, a fmall Abfcefs is not to be altogether feared, becaufe 
 fuch an one as happens upon Rowelling, may be eafily e- 
 nough cured by the Application of Bolfters and tight Baii- 
 dage. 
 
 I need not lay down any particular Direftions concerning 
 this Operation, fince it is fo common, that even every 
 Country Smith can perform it ; I Ihall only take Notice, 
 that the French Rowel ought always to be put in the Inter- 
 ftices or Furrows that go between the Mufcles, either to- 
 wards their Origin orlnfertion, or any other Part through- 
 out the whole Traiit of any Interftice ; but to prevent a too 
 great Abfcefs, the Hair-Rowel may be better plac'd towards 
 the lower Part ol the Interftice, where the Furrow is not fo 
 deep, and where the Matter will eafily run off; but Care 
 ought to be taken not to put in the Rowel too near the 
 Tendons, but where there is I'ome Subitance of Flefh. 
 
 CHAP,
 
 Ch. LVIl I. Of Gelding and Curtailing, 2 1 7 
 CHAP. LVIII. 
 
 Of Gelding and Curtailing of Horfes, 
 
 'X'HE Gelding of a Foal is an eafy Operation, and feldom 
 ■^ attended with any ill Accident. But if a Horfe's Stones 
 ihould be bruis'd, or otherwife hurt, and fo become irreco- 
 verable, the extirpating of ihefe will require the Skill of a 
 good Artift. 
 
 The Horfe being firft caft on a Dunghill, or other foft 
 Place, the Scrotum^ or outward Cafe, is to be cut open on 
 each fide, where both Stones are to be taken away ; and 
 where there is but one, that Side where the difeafed Stone 
 lies ; afterwards tie a waxt Thread round the Strings, to ftop 
 the Blood, and with a pair of fharp Sciflars or Knife, cut 
 the Strings between the Ligature and the Stone, applying 
 to the Wound Pledgits dipt in the common Digeftive mix'd 
 with Spirit of Wine, laying over all Comprefles and a Ban- 
 dage, fuch as has been diredted to fufpend the Sheath. If 
 an Inflammation happens, it is to be treated with warm Fo- 
 mentations and fpirituous things, and the Horfe kept to an 
 opening Diet, with Barley-water for his Drink. 
 
 This is a more fafe Method than what is generally prac- 
 tis'd, i^/z. by applying the adual Cautery, and then filling 
 the Place with Salt J for albeit it may fucceed with a Colt 
 or Foal, while the fpermatick Velle.'s are very fmall, yet it 
 muft needs expofe a Horfe to many Accidents when he is 
 come to his Maturity. 
 
 As to the Curtailing or Docking of Hor- ^ ... 
 fes, all that I intend upon the Subjed, is on- "' ' ^' 
 
 \y to advertife the Farrier, that his fearing Iron fliould be 
 fmoother and better polifli'd than what is generally made 
 ufe of, and that it fhould be rubb'd very clean on a woollen 
 Cloth, and the Metal harden'd, for v/hen it is otherwife, the 
 Scoria^ or Sparks that fly off from the Iron, are apt to caufe 
 2,n intolerable Anguifh, which falls down into the Funda- 
 ment and Sheath : Neither fliould the Iron be at any time 
 apply'd flaming hot, or elfe it will bring the burnt Part 
 along with it ; for want of this lail Caution, I have feen 
 the Iron apply'd two or three times before an Efcar couIJ 
 be form'd, which is always of bad Confequence, as it muft 
 be a cpiifiderable Time before the Bone is covered. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 218 The V auriik's Nez!j Guide. Chap. L^H, 
 CHAP. LIX. 
 
 Of the Lampas, 
 'TP H E Lampas is an Excrefcence in the Roof of the 
 
 '■' Mouth, which hinders a Horfe from Feeding, and hap- 
 pens ufually to young Horfes, It is cured by applying a 
 hot Iron made for that Purpofe, and it is fucceflively per- 
 formed in all Parts of the Kingdom ; fo that there is no need 
 pf any Caution, but only that the Farrier do not penetrate 
 too deep, fo as to fcale the thin Bone that lies under the up- 
 per Bars, for that would be attended with very troublefomp 
 and dangerous Symptoms. 
 
 CHAP. LX. 
 Of the Barbs, 
 
 T^HESE are fmall Excrefcences under the Tongue, which 
 -'■ may be feen by drawing the Tongue aiide; and ar 
 conftanily cured by cutting them off as clofe as may be with 
 3 pair of SciiTars, and rubbing the Place with Salt. 
 
 CHAP. I^XL 
 
 Of the Tick, 
 'TpHO' we find this among the Difeafes of Horfes, yet it 
 "^ is, by the belt Judges, look'd upon to be an ill Habit, 
 rather than a Difeafe, which may probably at firft proceed 
 from the Pain and Itching that happens in the breeding of 
 Teeth. There are divers Methods us'd to break a Horfe of 
 this Habit, but the mod approved is, to make him eat in a 
 Place where there is no Manger, tying him with a Bucklg 
 JO the Wall, and giving him his Oats in 4 Haverfaclf. 
 
 CHAP. LXII. 
 
 Of Wolves Teeth. 
 
 np HIS is a Diftemper which happens to Horfes in the 
 ■* Decline of their Age, when the Gums are worn down, 
 the Grinders don't meet one upon another, but grow eitheif 
 outwards or inwards, fo that their Points prick the Gum§ 
 or Tongue, and hinder a Horfe's Feeding. The ufual Me- 
 thod of Cure is to open the Horfe's Mouth with the Upfet, 
 and with a Gouge and Mallet ftrike off thofe fliarp Edges, 
 and afterwards file them down I'moolh ^ but it is much fa- 
 
 fer
 
 Chap. LXIV. Of the TM-Evil. 2 1 9 
 
 fer to make Ufe of a well temper'd File only, though it will 
 take a little more Time. 
 
 CHAP, I.XIII. 
 
 Of Gigs, Bladders, and other T)ifeafes of th^ 
 Mouth, 
 
 npHE Mouths of Horfes are fubjeft to feveral Infirmities, 
 • which, by reafon of the Softnefs and Sponginefs of the 
 Parts, are often troublefome, and cannot be eafily remov'4 
 without the Fire, or fome corrofive Medicine. The Gigs 
 and Bladders, for the moft Part, grow out on the Inlide of 
 the Lips, and fometimes towards the Palate ; but thofe of 
 the Lips are the largeft. The ufual Method of Cure is by 
 flitting them open, and difcharging the Matter, afterwards 
 wafliing them with Salt and Vinegar. Sometimes a Horfe's 
 Mouth is wounded by a mifhapen or rufty Bit, and by fe- 
 veral other Accidents; all which, either from Negledl, 
 or an ill Difpofilion in the Blood, will create thofe Sort of 
 Ulcers the Farriers call Cankers. In fuch Cafes, the beft 
 Way is to make ufe of a fmall round Searing-Iron, mode- 
 rately heated, which may be introduced through a Brafe 
 Pipe, to defend it from touching any other Part ; and when 
 the Efcar falls off, it may be touch'd now and then with a 
 Sponge dipt in Copperas-water, until it is cured. The fal- 
 ling down of the Palate, or, more properly, the Relaxation 
 and Swelling of the Vvula^ is alfo a Difeafe to which Horfes 
 are fubje6l upon catching cold, tho' I do not find it much 
 taken Notice of by Farriers ; yet Mr. Snape, in his Anato- 
 my, fays, he has met with it feveral times. The Cure is by 
 blowing Pepper upon it, or touching it with a Feather dipt 
 in the blue Eye- water, or Spirit of Sal Armoniack, &c. 
 
 CHAP, LXIV. 
 Of the TolUE'vil. 
 
 !nr H E Poll- Evil is an Impofthume which arifes on the 
 ■P- Poll, and, for the moil Part, is caufed by the fretting 
 of a new Halter or Collar, l^c. At firft it requires no other 
 Method of Cure than what is common to other Boils and 
 inflani'd Tumors, l^c. by ripening and bringing it to Mat- 
 ter ; but fometimes it degenerates to a finuous Ulcer, tho* 
 jhat be generally owing to Want of Skill. 
 ■*■ There
 
 2 20 T[:e F AR R I ER J Ne'W Guide, C h . LX V. 
 
 There is a fmall Sinus under the Noll bone, where the 
 'Matter is apt to lodge, unlefs Care be taken to keep the 
 Part firm with Bandage ; but inftead of that, the Farriers 
 generally ufe to thruft in a long Tent, which raifes the 
 Flefh, and opens a Way into the Sinus j and by this means 
 an" Ulcer is created where there needs be none; all there- 
 fore that is further necelTary on this Head, is to caution the 
 Pradlitioner againft fuch ill Methods ; and if the Tumor 
 has a very large Cavity within it, it is much better to lay it 
 fomewhat open, than to thruft foreign Subftances into it ; 
 and if it acquires an ulcerous Difpofition, it muft be treated 
 as fuch. But the Reader may have Recourfe to the 55 th 
 Chapter, as alfo to thofe Places where we have treated of 
 the Strangles, ^c. 
 
 CHAP. LXV. 
 
 Of Hurts and Bruifes in the IVitherSy &c. 
 
 "LJOrfes are very often hurt, or wrung in the Withers, 
 ^■^ by the Biting of other Horfes, or unfit Saddles, efpe- 
 cially when the Bows are too wide, for by that Means they 
 bruife the Fiefh againft the Spines of the fecond and third 
 f^ertel?ra odhe Bucky which form that Prominence which 
 rifes above their Shoulders. When the Swelling is mode* 
 rate, the ufual Method is to wafh the Part with Salt and 
 Water, or to apply Horfe-dung, or Salt and black Soap 
 mix'd together, which very often fucceeds ; any reftringent 
 Charge, as Bole and Vinegar, with Whites of Eggs, has 
 the fame EfFedt, tho' in a different Manner ; as alfo the 
 Whites of Eggs beat up into a Foam with a piece of Allum. 
 This is very much commended. 
 
 . Sometimes the Hair is rubb'd ofF, and the Part becomes 
 gall'd, in which Cafe nothing is preferable to the re6tify*d 
 Spirit of Wine, or Brandy, which ought to be ufed often, co- 
 vering the Part with a flaxen Cloth dipt in Bees- wax, and a 
 little Oil melted together to keep the Dirt from it, and defend 
 T^e Cure ^^ from the Air. But when the Bruife hap- 
 pens to be violent, an Impofthumation may 
 certainly be expedled, which muft be manag'd according to 
 the Diredions laid down in the Cure of the Strangles. And 
 asfoon as the Matter is difcharg'd, and the Swelling fallen, 
 fo that the Part can bear to be bound, a Strap may be fixed 
 to the Breaft-cloth, which may pafs between his Fore-legs, 
 and be faften'd to his Surfingle, which, in a great Meafure, 
 will anfwer the End of Bandasje, bv keeping the Parts firm. 
 
 SoUeyJeH
 
 Chap. LXVI. Of aNavel-gdU Sec, 221 
 
 Solleyfell complains of the ill Accidents attending the Dis- 
 orders in the Withers, and it is no Wonder, for that Author 
 ■was always too bufy with Tents, and but little acquainted 
 ■with the true Ufe of Bandage. A Tent in the Withers is 
 very dangerous, and in all Parts of the Back and Loins ; 
 for by them the Flefh is raifed, as was obferved in the pre- 
 ceeding Chapter, and the Matter becomes coUeded among 
 the Spines, whereby fmuous and fiftulous Ulcers are form'd, 
 which for the moft part prove incurable. 
 
 As to thofe Ailments that proceed from Bite on the 
 the Bite of another Horfe, whether they be ^''ithers. 
 on the Withers, the Neck, or any other Part 
 of the Body, they mull be often bath'd with Spirit of 
 Wine, and drefs'd with Turpentine and the Yolks of Eggs, 
 as all other Wounds and Impofthumes ; and if the Bruife 
 caufe a fmall Mortification and Deadnefs in the Part, 
 which fometimes happens, it may be drefs'd with JEgyptia- 
 cum \ and if it prove obftinate^ the adtual Cautery may be 
 made ufe of to bring it to Digeftion ; after which it may- 
 be manag'd as a fimple Wound or Ulcer. 
 
 CHAP. LXVL 
 Of a Navel-gall, &c. 
 
 A Navel-gall is feated on the Top of the Spine, oppofite 
 "^ to the Navel, from whence it has its Name, and is ge- 
 nerally caufed by a bad Saddle pinching a Horfe behind, 
 which being neglected, turns to a foul fungous Excrefcence ; 
 and fometimes, after long Continuance, to a finuous and 
 fiftulous Ulcer ; lometimes it looks like a hardened brown 
 Jelly, and fometim.es black and mortify 'd. While there is 
 Moiilure and Senfibility in the Part, an Ointment may be 
 apply'd of Quickfilver and Turpentine, viz. an Ounce cf 
 Quicklilver to every two Ounces of Turpentine, rubb'd in 
 a Mortar till they be well incorporated, and then fpread up- 
 on Hurds or Flax : On each Side of the Spine, over the 
 Swelling, may be laid fmooth dry Pledgits of Hurds, or Bol- 
 fters of flaxen Cloth, which may be girt round with a Sur- 
 iingle. But if the Sore be dead and lifelefs, a good fliarp 
 Razor or Knife may be made ufe of to cut it to the Q^iick, 
 and then let it be drefs'd according to the Direv^^ons laid 
 down \u ;he Cure of Wounds, isc, 
 
 A
 
 iiz TheVhiitLuR's Ne'wCuide. Ch. LXVIL 
 
 J Sttfafi ^ Sitfajl proceeds alfo from a Saddle- 
 
 ^* gall, and is another of the Accidents that 
 
 happens to the Spine ; it is dry and horny, and niay be 
 cur'd by anointing it firft with Oil of Bays, until it turnsJ 
 foft, and then by drefling it with Quickfilver and Turpen- 
 tine, as above dire(fted,which alone will make a Cure, ef- 
 pecially if the hard horny Subftance be gently fcarrify'd in 
 ibme Places. 
 
 CHAP. LXVIL 
 
 Of a Shoulder- wrenchy Shoulder -pight^ and 
 Shoulder-fplait. 
 
 nrO underfland the Nature of thefe Infirmities, it will b6 
 ■*■ neceflary to remember, that the Blade- bone of the 
 Shoulder is fixed to the Body, not by Articulation or Joint- 
 ing, but by Appofition, being laid to the Ribs, and faften'd 
 by the Mufcles which lie under and above it ; fo when a 
 Horfe happens to receive a Blow or Strain in the Shoul- 
 der, the Tendons of thofe Mufcles are ftretched and relax- 
 ed ; and when that is violent, it is called a Shoulder-Jplaity 
 and becomes more or lefs dangerous, as the Horfe is more 
 or lefs hardy. 
 
 Every one fufficiently knows, that a Slip, falfe Step, or 
 any undue Pofition of a Horfe'sLegs, will ftrain and weaken 
 the Shoulder, by ftretching thofe Ligaments ; and fome- 
 times the Shoulder is afFedled by a Hurt or Bruife on the 
 Withers, the Reafon of which may be eafily enough con- 
 ceiv'd, by any one who will examine into the Strudure of 
 thefe Parts ; but when the Accident proves not fo violent 
 as to fhew a Loofenefs and Swelling, it is not eafily dif- 
 cerned whether the Lamencfs be in the Shoulder, in the 
 Foot, or any other Joint. The befl Judges have therefore 
 in all fuch Cafes, thought it proper to examine all Parts 
 from the Shoulder downwards, and even to unfhoe the 
 Horfe, that they may know certainly where to apply their 
 Remedies. But the Infirmities ot the Shoulders may be 
 diftinguiflied from thofe of the Feet, by having a Horfe 
 put to Exercife ; for if the Lamenefs be in the Feet, he 
 ■will halt moft when he is ridden ; but if it be in the Shoul- 
 der, the warmer he grows the lefs he will halt ; and, if 
 the Wrench be violent, he will be apt to caft his Legs out- 
 wards, forming a Circle as he goes. But if none of thefe 
 Signs arc perceivable in his Gail, the fureft Way is to turn 
 
 him
 
 Ch. LXVil, Of a ShouUer-wrench, Sec. 223 
 
 him Ihort on ihe lame fide, for that tries the Mufcles the 
 moll of any thing ; fo that if the Grief be in the Shoulder, 
 he will fet his Foot on the Ground hardily, and endeavour 
 to favour his Shoulder. 
 
 But in Order to the Cure, a Diftindlion ^^^ ^^^ 
 ought to be made betv^^een an old Grief, and 
 a Hurt that is newly received ; for in a frefh Strain, the 
 firft Intention is to apply fueh things as are proper to allay 
 the Heat and Inflammation, and prevent a too great Flux 
 of Matter to the Part ; whereas in an old Grief, thofe 
 Things are chiefly made ufe of that attenuate and render 
 the fuperfluous Humours fit to pafs through the Pores ; and 
 therefore as foon as you perceive your Horfe lamed in the 
 Shoulder by a Fall, or any other Accident, after he has 
 been bled on the oppofite Side, a cold reftringent Charge 
 may be apply'd, of Vinegar, Bole, and the Whites of Eggs. 
 Verjuice may be ufed inftead of Vinegar upon the Road, 
 which may be had at any Farm-Houfe ; for the fooner a 
 cold Application is made, the better. The Part ought, in 
 the Beginning, to be refrefhed three or four Times a Day, 
 \vith a Sponge dipt in Vinegar and Bole ; and after that, the 
 following Plaifter may be apply'd. 
 
 " Take common Pitch half a Pound, 7)e Minio Plaifler 
 ** or a Diachylon fix Ounces, common Turpentine four 
 ** Ounces, Oil Olive two Ounces : Melt them together 
 ** in a Pipkin over hot Embers, continually ftirring; and 
 ** when thefe are diflblved, add Bole in fine Powder four 
 *' Ounces, Myrrh and Aloes of each an Ounce. Spread 
 ** this upon the Horfe's Shoulder before it grows cold, and 
 ** put fome Flokes of the Colour of the Horle all over it. 
 
 But when the Lamenefs happens to be of an old {landings 
 the following Ointment will be of great Service. 
 
 *' Take of the Soldiers Ointment, or Nerve- ointment, 
 ** half a Pound, Ointment of Marfh-mallows fix Ounces, 
 " reftify'd Oil of Amber four Ounces. Mix them all to- 
 'V gether, and with a hot Bar of Iron held as near as pof- 
 " fible, chafe the Part twice a Day ; and at fome Inter- 
 •* vals with camphorated Spirits. 
 
 The Soldiers Oir.t?nent is made as follows. 
 
 " Take frefh Bay- leaves three Pounds, The Soldiers 
 ** Rue two Pounds and a half. Marjoram Oi„tment. 
 " two Pounds, Mint one Pound, Sage, 
 *' Wormwood, Coll-mary, Bafil, of each half a Pound, 
 *' Oil Olive twenty Pounds, yellow Wax four Pounds, Ma- 
 
 *' laga
 
 2 24 The FarrierV Ke'jj Guide. Ch. LXViL 
 
 •• h^^ Wine two Pounds." Bruife all the Leaves, and 
 boil to the Coniillence of an Ointment, and keep it for 
 Ufe. This may be made in a fmaller Quantity by thofe 
 who keep but few Horfes. 
 
 5=;.Vfy}// recommends the Ointment o^ Montpelier as an 
 excellent Remedy in all Strains of the Shoulders, ^c. It is 
 compoled of the Ointment of Roles, MarlTi-mallows, Po- 
 puleon, and Honey, of each equal Quantities. The Oils 
 of Turpentine, Earth-worms, Oil oi Petre, Si. John s- 
 wort, Ner\e-oil, Bears-greafe, Horfe-greafe, Males-greale, 
 Deers-fuet, Badgers-greafe, and many fuch things, are alfo 
 ufed in the fame Intention. But it the Lameneis does not 
 yield to thefe Things, Recourle may be had to Rowelling, 
 or to the Fire ; but the laft is preferable and lefs painful than 
 the ufual Method ot Rowelling, by bruiiing and blowing up 
 the Shoulder. 
 
 And therefore, with a hot Iron, make a Circle the 
 Breadth of a Trencher round the Joint, and within the 
 whole Circle pierce the Skin, leaving about an Inch be- 
 tween the Holes, and to e.ach apply yellow Wa-x and Rofin 
 melted together until theEicars fall otf, and then drefs them 
 every Day with Turpentine and Honey, applying Plaifters 
 a5 diredted, until the Sores are dried up. 
 Some advife fwimming a Horfe for a Shoulder-fplait, from 
 an Opinion of the Joint being out ; but if it was really fo, 
 he mull fwim with three Legs, which is almoft as impoffible 
 as for a Door to move without Hinges. But yet Swimming 
 is not always unmccelsful ; and in all old Griefs, it becomes 
 ferviceable in the fame Manner as a cold Bath, by helping 
 Perfpiration, and giving a more lively Motion to the ob- 
 rtruded Matter ; and therefore the Morning is the propereft 
 Time, becaufe the Water is then the coldeft, and it fhould 
 be a continu-al Cultom for fome Time to do effectual Ser- 
 vice. 
 
 But in all other Reinecls, the Hone fhould be put to no 
 kind of Labour, neither ought any one to ride him ; for a 
 Weight upon his Back mult needs add to the Infirrait)', as 
 the greateli Strefs lies upon the Shoulders ; but it will be 
 very proper for him to be walk'd out every Day, when the 
 Weather is favourable ; and his Exercife may be increafed 
 as his Shoulder recovers Strength : A Patten Shoe may alio 
 be let upon the oppolite Foot, if he leans too much upon 
 it. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 Chap. LXVIII. Ofafwayd Back. 22 s 
 
 CHAP. LXVIII. 
 0/a p-juayd Back^ and Strains of the Hips. 
 
 A Swaying of the Back, is a Pain and Weaknefs in the 
 Reins, caufed by a Fall, the carrying of fome heavy 
 Burden, or fome other violent Accident, and fometimes the 
 Horfe IS alfo hurt inwardly, which brings him into the great- 
 eft: Dilbrders imaginable ; yet I am of Mr. Snape's Mind, 
 that there is no fuch thing as a broken Back, in the Senfe 
 the Farriers generally mean, otherwife the Horfe could not 
 furvive it many Minutes : Neither is it very probable that 
 the Spines or Procefles of the Rack- bones fhould be often 
 broke, unlefs the Horfe be very poor and lean, rhefe beirg, 
 for the moft Part, very well guarded by the thick Mufcles 
 of the Back ; and therefore, by a Swaying of the Back, is 
 properly to be underftood a ftretching and Relaxation of 
 the Mufcles and Ligaments of thofe Parts ; and when the 
 Hurt is more inward, the Malady muft then confifl in the 
 ftretching of the large Blood-veflels, is'c. But in all fuch 
 Cafes, the Farrier ought, in his Cure, to treat a Horfe as 
 if he was hurt both inwardly and outwardly, as there is a 
 conftant Simpaihy between both. 
 
 The firft thing therefore to be done, is to take a plentiful 
 deal of Blood from the Neck ; after which, the cold Charge, 
 and the other Remedies prefcrib'd in the preceecing Chap- 
 ter, ought to be apply'd inwardly; thofe things that are pro- 
 per to promote Sv/eat ; and, as IMr. Snape advifes, he may 
 be hveated m a Dunghill, if the common Remedies fail ; 
 his Diet mull be opening, and all imaginable Care taken to 
 keep down a Fever. He ought to be girt pretty firm over 
 his Reins, yet not \o as to hinder the Motion of his Flanks ; 
 he ought alfo to be hung up, or kept in a fteady Pofture : 
 But if the Weaknefs continues, you may proceed to the 
 Fire, which muit be done by piercing the Skin on the Muf- 
 cles that lie on each fide of the Spine, avoiding, as much as 
 polTible, to burn him near the Flanks, otherwife it will be 
 apt to create a violent Swelling in the Sheath, which would 
 very readily biing on a Fever. 
 
 The Strains in the H;p3 are to be accounted for in the 
 fame Manner as thofe of the Back and Shoulders, only 
 they are not fo apt to create a Fever, as a Svvaying of the 
 Buck. Sometimes the rounJ Head of the Thigh-bone is, 
 bv the Violence of the Accident, thruft out of its Socket, 
 Z and
 
 226 The ParrierV New Gti'tde. Ch. LXIX. 
 
 and then a Horfe is faid to be HipJ})Qt ; but if it is not re- 
 duc'd immediately, he will be irrecoverably lame. The 
 Cure confifts in the f;^e Applications that are proper for a 
 Shoulder- fplait. 
 
 CHAP. LXIX. 
 
 Of Bones broken and out of Joint. 
 
 THE replacing of Bones that are disjointed, is a very un* 
 fuccefsful Operation, infomuch that we have few or no 
 Inftances of Horfes ever becoming ferviceable after their 
 Bones have been difplac'd ; but broken Bones have often 
 been recovered ; and Solley/ell gives an Inftance of a Horfe 
 that had a Fra6ture of the Bone, with a large Wound in the 
 Flefh j and of a Mule that had a Frafture in the Leg ; both 
 which were cur'd by one who was neither Surgeon nor Far- 
 rier ; and Ruini^ and other Italian Authors, have laid down 
 a Method of Cure for all fuch Accidents, tho' the Succefs 
 muft be very much owing to the Goodnefs of a Horfe's Con- 
 ftitution and Sagacity, there being fome who will favour 
 any Infirmities or Lamenefs more than others. 
 
 When the Bone is fradur'd, the Horfe ought to be rais'd 
 in a Sling ; and while one holds the Member with both 
 Hands three or four Inches above the fraftur'd Part, ano- 
 ther muft extend it, and draw it quite llreight ; after which 
 it is to be bath'd with Vinegar and Bole, and a thick flaxen 
 Cloth dipt in the faid Liquor, and laid fmooih round it ; 
 then with a Roller about tv/o Inches broad, make feveral 
 Rounds upon the fradur'd Part, afcending alfo above and 
 below it, making your Turnings even, that the Splints may 
 lie on clofe ; after which, apply two or three thin Splints of 
 Wood, wrapt up in Linnen Clolh or Hurds, always taking 
 care not to let any of their Ends prefs upon the Sinews ; and 
 above them make feveral Turns with a long Roller upwards 
 and downwards, until the Splints are firm and immoveable. 
 The Leg muft be often bath'd above and below the Dref- 
 fmg with Vinegar, or warm Lees of Wine, efpecially for 
 the firft Fortnight, and the Horfe kept to a laxative Diet ; 
 and the Drefiing kept on for the Space of forty Days, ma- 
 king it tight as often as it begins to turn flack. If the Horfe 
 is inclinable to favour his Infirmity, he will recover without 
 much Trouble ; but if it be otherwife, it will be proper to 
 keep him conftantly in a Sling, fufFering the fractur'd Mem- 
 ber juft to touch the Ground. 
 
 This
 
 Chap, LXX, Of Hurts in the Stljle] 2iy 
 
 This is the properefl Method for all Fradures in the 
 Legs and Pafterns ; but in Cafes where other Bones are 
 broke, the greateft Part mull be left to Nature, who will 
 make a Re-union in her own Way, tho' it may not be 
 without fome Deformity ; but we can expedl no great AU 
 fiftance either from Art or Nature, when a Fradure hap- 
 pens on any large Joint, or very near it i or when a Bone 
 is much fhiver'd and fplinter'd. 
 
 The ufual Method to reduce Bones that The Method cf 
 are difplac'd, is by calling the Horfe on a reducing Bones 
 foft Place, and putting four llrong Pallerns out of Joint. 
 on his Feet, drawing him from the Ground, fo as his whole 
 Weight may, in a great Meafure, reft upon the disjointed 
 Member. I have feen two Horfes ferv'd in this Manner 
 for a Diflocation in the Shoulder, but neither of them fuc- 
 ceeded. Some ufe a Method that is much more cruel ; 
 they tie one End of a leathern Thong about the Horfe's 
 Pallern, and the other to a yielding Shrub ; and then by 
 whipping him, make him ftrain with all his Force, till the 
 Bone returns to its proper Place ; but this Method is not 
 only dangerous, but feldom fuccefsful. 
 
 CHAP. LXX. 
 
 Of Hurts in the Stifle. 
 
 ^HESE, as moft other Accidents of this Kind, come 
 by a Strain or Blow on the Stifle-bone, which is the 
 Knee-pan of a Horfe ; fometimes the Ligaments which co- 
 ver that Bone are fo much relaxed, that it becomes loofe, 
 moving upwards, and dov/nwards, and Sideways, by the 
 Touch of your Hind ; and the Horfe going downright 
 lame, is faid to be Jlified ; but it is a general Miftake in 
 Authors, to fancy the Bone is mifplaced, that being merely 
 impoflible, unlefs the broad Ligaments were cut, and then, 
 indeed, it might burll out of its Place. 
 
 The Cure confills in the Application of Tl^e Cure, 
 thofe things that are proper to llrengthen 
 the relaxed Ligaments. If the Strain be new, Vinegar and 
 Bole, ^c. ought to be made ufe of; and after that a Plaifter 
 made of Pitch, Myrrh, Olibanum., Dragon's Blood, t5c. 
 The Pitch muft be melted with a little Oil, or Hogs-lard, 
 and the other Ingredients made into Powder, and (lirred 
 into it while it is warm ; after which it may be poured up- 
 on the ftifling Place, covering it with Flokes, or the Stuf- 
 fings of an old Saddle. The Horfe ought not to be put 
 
 Z 2 to
 
 2 28 The ^ATLTi^nv^'s New Guide. Ch. LXXt. 
 
 to any hard Exercife, but may go to Grafs, or be led 
 abroad for the Space of an Hour every Day, until he is able 
 10 bear greater Fatigue. 
 
 CHAP. LXXI. 
 Of the Bone-fpavin. 
 
 ^Tp H I S is a hard bony Excrefcence growing on the Infide 
 ■*■ of the Hough, not far from the Elbow, and is genera- 
 ted of the Matter which nourifties the Bones and Ligaments, 
 Some Horfes are foal'd with this Imperfeftion ; but it pro- 
 ceeds, for the moft part, from ftraining, while a Horfe is too 
 young to bear violent Fatigue, which, in Procefs of Time, 
 caufes Lamenefs. 
 
 rt-» f^ The main Intention in the Cure, is to re- 
 
 move the Excrefcence, but this is hardly prac- 
 ticable when it adheres to the Bone as a Part of its Sub- 
 ftance, but only when it lies as an Appendage, in which 
 Cafe it may be removed by a dexterous Application of the 
 Fire, or by the Ufe of cauftick Ointments j for thefe, by 
 bringing a Flux of Matter, and a conftant Moifture into 
 the Part, will, by Degrees, loofen that hard Subftance from 
 its Adhefion, fo that it may be eafily taken off s and for 
 this Purpofe we recommend the following. 
 
 *' Take Quickfilver and Brimftone, of each two Oun- 
 ** ces ; rub therrt in a Mortar until they turn to a black 
 *' Powder ; then take Spanijh Flies and Euphoibium in 
 *' Powder, of each fix Drams, Corrofive Sublimate two 
 *' Drams, the Apoftles Ointment four Ounces. Mix them 
 *' cold in a Mortar, or on a A^arble, 
 
 The Method of applying this Ointment, is firft to rub 
 the Part with a piece of any round fmooth Stick, and then 
 lay over a flicking Plaiftcr to guard the reft of the Hough ; 
 this mufl be made of Rofin, common Pitch, or Burgundy 
 Pitch, fpread on a thick Piece of Leather, having a Hole 
 cut in the Middle, that the Tumor may come thro' it, up- 
 on which the Ointment is to be apply'd, the Hair being 
 alfo fhav'd away, over which mufl be laid a Pledgit of 
 clean Hurds faflened with an eafy Bandage round the 
 Hough, and another fticking Plailler over all. This Oint- 
 ment will at firft draw out a thin Water ; but after two or 
 three Days Application, it will form an Efcar, which may 
 be fcarrify'd with a Fleam or Lancet, continuing the Ap- 
 plication every other Day until the Bone becomes loofe, or 
 its Subftance diflblves j and after it is removed, the Ulcer 
 
 mull
 
 Chap. LXXII. Of the String-halt. zi^ 
 
 mult be drefs'd with Honey of Rofes, and Tinv.T;ure of 
 Myrrh warm, and then healed with Bafiiicon mix'd with 
 Turpentine, i^c. 
 
 In giving the Fire, SoUeyfell advifes to An Ohfcrvati- 
 fear the large Vein above and below the "" concerning 
 Thigh, from an Oi)inion that the Tumour the faking up 
 is fed by it ; but it is plainly otherwife, the ^ '"' 
 Office of that Vein being only to take up and carry back 
 that Portion of the Blood which is more than necefiary for 
 the Nourifhment of thofe Parts through which it palles ; 
 and when that Conduit is once ftopt, there mud be a greater 
 quantity of Blood and Nourifhment retain'd in thofe Parts, 
 at leaft for fome time, than before ; wherefore fuch an Ef- 
 fect mud be owing, not to an Abatem.ent of Humours, but 
 to a greater quantity of Moilture derived from a greater 
 quantity of Blood, whereby the Bone may be more eafily 
 Separated, as we have already obferv'd ; but if it chance to 
 have this good EfFecTt in removing a Bone-fpavin, the Lofs 
 of fo large a Veflel may eafily be of worfe Confequence ip 
 pther Refpe<5ts, as fhall be fliewn hereafter. 
 
 CHAP. Lxxn, 
 
 Of the String-halt, 
 
 ^TpHE String-halt is an involuntary and convulfive Mo- 
 •*■ tion of the Mufcles, which extend or bend the Hough ; 
 when it feizes the outfidc Mufcles, the Horfe ftraddles and 
 throws his Legs outward?, but when the In fide Mufcles are 
 afFefled, his Legs are twitched up to his Belly ; fometimes it 
 is only in one Leg, fometimes in boih ; but thefe things a^e 
 fo well known, that we need not infill on them. It gene- 
 rally proceeds from fome Strain or Blow j for whatever cre- 
 ates a more than ordinary Pain in any particular Mufcle 
 belonging to the Hough, may caufe a too great Derivation 
 of Blood and Spirirs, whereby fuch an habiturJ Contra^^lion 
 may be produc'd. 
 
 The Cure is difficult, and rarely attended with Succefs ; 
 though, in the Beginning, a String-halt may be removed 
 with good Rubbing, and the Ufe of Fomentations, with 
 daily but moderate Exercife ; for by this Means the Blood 
 and Spirits may be equally derived into the difeafed Mufcle 
 and its Antagonilt The lad Refuge is ufually the Fire, 
 which has been known to anfwer, at lead fo far as to pre- 
 vent abfolute Lamenefs. 
 
 Z 3 CHAP,
 
 ^10 Tbe Tarrhr's NewGmde. Ch. LXXIV- 
 C H A P. LXXIII. 
 Of the Blood-fpavift, 
 
 the Blood-fpa- '"p HIS Diftemper is a Dilatation and 
 
 niin compar d to J- Swelling of the Mafter- vein, ontheln- 
 aVarixm ^j^ ^f ^^ Hough, and is juftly compared 
 
 -^^'"- by ^dleyjell to a Farix in Men. Its Cure 
 
 is performed by taking up that Part of the Vein wtiich forms 
 the Tumor, and healing the Wound with proper Digeftives 
 and good Bandage ; fome think it fufficient to tic a Liga- 
 ture about the Swelling, and then make an Aperture in the 
 Vein, letting it Blood until the Swelling falls ; after which 
 they unbind the Ligature, applying a reftringent Charge of 
 the Whites of Eggs, Bole, and Vinegar, with a iirm Ban- 
 dage: But this is not fo certain, efpecially when the Spavin 
 is form'd under the great Joint of the Hough, and where 
 the Vein takes a v/inding turn round it, in which Cafe it 
 will be ?.pt to grow again as foon as the Bandage is remo- 
 ved. But a cold Charge is very neceflary all round the 
 Joint, when the Vein is taken up, to prevent the Swelling 
 thatmuft follow upon the Operation. 
 
 CHAP. LXXIV. 
 
 Of Maiendcrs and Selenders. 
 
 'X' H E Malenders are Chops or Chinks on the Bending 
 ■^ of the Knee, which difcharge a fharp indigefted Mat- 
 ter, cauling Pain, and making the Horfe go lame before, as 
 the Selenders^ which appear on the bending of the Hough, 
 make him go lame behind. They both proceed fiom the 
 fame Caufe, and are fomctimcs accompanied with a Scab, 
 and with a conftant fraring and briftling of the Hairs. 
 The Cure "^^^'^ properell Method for the Cure ofthofe 
 
 Infirmities, is, in ihelirll place, to wafh them 
 with a Lather of black Soap warm, or v/ith old Chamber- 
 lye; after which apply a Poultice of the Roots of Marfli- 
 mallows and Linfeed foficned v/ith Linfeed Oil ; and as 
 often as it is apply'd, you may mix half an Ounce of Cam- 
 phire in Pov/der, tying it on with a Roller j this may be 
 continued till the Scabs fall off, and the Sores grow clean. 
 Then take Turpentine and Qiiickfilver equal Paits, flirring 
 them in a Mortar till they be well incorporated ; fpread a 
 P'edgit with this Ointment, and apply it to the Sore, tying 
 
 it
 
 Chap. LXXVI. Of the Curb. 2 3 j 
 
 it on as above diredled, and renew the DrelTing every Day 
 until the Cure is perform'd, obferving alfo conftantly to 
 wafh all the Chinks with Brandy or Spirit of Wine. 
 
 CHAP. LXXV. 
 
 Of the Hough-bony. 
 
 'T^ HIS is a hard Tumor that grows on the Elbow of 
 ■^ the Hough, and is finewy, like the Matter which 
 covers that Bone. It proceeds from a Strain or Blow, and 
 when it happens to be of long Continuance, it becomes dif- 
 ficult and hard to be cur'd, the Subftance of the Swelling 
 being like harden'd Glue. 
 
 In the Beginning take the Soldiers Ointment, Ointment 
 of Marfh- mallows, and Oil of Amber, as diredled in a 
 preceeding Chapter againft Strains in the Shoulder, and rub 
 it into the Part with a hot Bar of Iron, holding it very 
 clofe, and taking care to fetter the Horfe fo as he may not 
 ftrike ; if it does not yield to this Remedy, take a fufficient 
 Quantity of the Diachylon with the Gums, which may be 
 had at any Apothecary's ; melt it in a Pipkin, and pour it 
 warm upon the Top of the Hough, renewing it as often as 
 it begins to wafte. If the Swelling increafe, and turn to an 
 Impofthume, it may be ripen'd with Cataplafms, and open- 
 ed with a hot Iron, piercing from below upwards, and dref- 
 fed with the common Digeftive of Turpentine and Honey, 
 or the Yolks of Egg?, with a Mixture of Spirit of Wine, 
 making a firm Bandage over the Part ; and by thefe Means 
 it will be cur'd. But in Cafe of a continued and obllinate 
 Hardnefs, you muft proceed to the Fire, firil penetrating a 
 little Way into the Body of the Tumor with a round Iron, 
 and drawing froni thence feverr.1 fuperficial Lines, which 
 may be drefs'd according to the Method already laid dowQ 
 for performing that Operation. 
 
 CHAP. LXXVI, 
 Of the Curb. 
 
 'T'HE Curb is a Swelling on the finewy Parts of the Leg, 
 •*■ a little below the Elbow of the Hough, but fom.ewhat 
 higher than the Spavin, on the Infide, and is generated of the 
 fame Matter that nouriflies the Tendons and Ligaments : 
 Jt is broader and higher at its upper Part than below, and 
 fom.etimes caufes the Horfe to halt, by hindering the A(5tion 
 ^ \ of
 
 23 2 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch.LXXVIL 
 
 of the Joint. It happens chiefly to draught Horfes, and 
 is hardly curable by any other Means than Fire ; however, 
 the Medicines direded in the proceeding Chapters may firft 
 be compiy'd with, or the Plaifter of Frogs, with four times 
 the ufual quantity of Quickfilver, may be laid to the Curb, 
 firft fhaving away the Hair, and renewing it once a Fort- 
 night. This Plaifter is fomewhat troublefome to make, but 
 it may be had of any Apothecary when befpoke ; and I dare 
 anfwer it will be of the greateft Service to remove all hard 
 Swellings on the Bones or Sinews, by difcufling them ; 
 fometimes it has the Efte6t of a fuppurative Plaifter, and 
 will caufe an Impofthumation, which equally anfwers the 
 End, as thefe Sort of Tumors often terminate that Way 
 with good Succefs. But they who will give themfclvcs the 
 Trouble to make it, may obferve the following Method, 
 which I have borrowed from one of the beft Judges ia 
 Pharmacy. 
 -., ,, . , " Take Frogs N'' t,. Earth-worms four 
 
 *Ihe Mercurial ,, r^ tr i , r> j wtu.. 
 
 Plailier Ounces, Hogs lard one Pound, White- 
 
 *' wine one Pint ; Boil till the w'atry Parts 
 
 *' are evaporated ; ftrain the Lard, and put to it half a 
 
 " Pound of Litharge^ boiling it again with frefh Wine till 
 
 " the whole be incorporated. Then put in Wax and Oil 
 
 *' of Bays, of each two Ounces, Adders Fat an Ounce and 
 
 " a half, Frankincenfe one Ounce, Euphorbium in fine 
 
 *' Powder half an Ounce, with Qiiicklilver half a Pound, 
 
 " firft incorporated in a Mortar with two Ounces of Tur- 
 
 " pentine, two Ounces of Oil of Spike, and half an Ounce 
 
 *' of liquid Storax : Make it into a Plaifter, and keep it for 
 
 " Ufe. 
 
 CHAP. LXXVIL 
 
 Of a Jar don. 
 
 ^'F'HIS is a hard callous Tumor a httle below the Bending 
 ■*• of the Ham on the Outfide ; it is at firft fcarcely dif- 
 cernable, but in Time caufes the Horfe to halt, and grows 
 fo painful as to make him pine away, and become light 
 beliy'd ; but it happens moft frequently to manag'd Horfes, 
 ffpecially ihofe who have been kept too much on their 
 Haunches. The Cure may be firft attempted by applying 
 the Mercurial Plaifter, as above direded ; but if it proves 
 obftinate, it muft be treated as a Bone-fpavin, i^r. 
 
 CHAR
 
 Ch. LXXVIII. OfSplents and OJlets. 233 
 
 CHAP. LXXVIII. 
 
 Of Splents and OJlets J &c. 
 
 A Spknt is a callous hard Subftance which adheres to the 
 "'^^ Infide of the Shank-bone ; when there is but one, it is 
 called a iingle Splent ; but when there is another oppolite to 
 it, on the Outlide of the Shank-bone, it is then called a 
 peg'd or pinn'd Splent. 
 
 The Reafon of all fuch Excrefcences may The Matter and 
 be eafily enough apprehended by thofe who Formation of 
 will take the Pains to examine the Shank- ^pl^nts. 
 bone of any Horfe after the Flefli is fcraped off, where they 
 may obferve two Appendages growing to the Shank- bone, 
 which are to be met with in all Horfes that are young, tho' 
 the Seam by which thefe Bones are joined to the Shank, is, 
 in fome old Horfes, quite obliterate and worn out, except 
 in the Middle. Each of thefe Appendages refemble a Bod- 
 kin, being broad at Top, and narrow at Bottom, and are 
 joined to the Shank by Appofition, and faltened by a gum- 
 my Matter not unlike Glue. 
 
 Now if a young Horfe be prefs'd with any extraordinary 
 Weight towards his Shoulders, before thofe Bones are firmly 
 cemented and put together, but efpecially when he goes 
 down Hill with a Burden or a heavy Man upon his Back, 
 it bears fo hard upon his Fore-legs, that it caules thefe bony 
 Appendages to give Way, and fuffera Diftortion ; and al- 
 tho' the Horfe does net always grow lame upon it imme- 
 diately, yet it brings a Redundancy of this glutinous Matter, 
 livhich ouzes from between the Bones on the Infide of the 
 Shank, where there is a little Hollownefs and Hardnefs un- 
 der the Perlrjleimx^ like the Gum which illues from a 
 wounded Tree, and is thus form'd into a Splent. But when 
 the Diftortion is violent, or if the Horfe be of a tender, de- 
 licate Make, the Afflux of Pvlatter will be the greater, fo that 
 it ouzes through the oppoiite Side alfo, and forms a pegg'd 
 or thorough Splent, which locks as if a Wedge was ftruck 
 quite thro' the Bone ; fomelimes a double Splent is form'd, 
 which is call'd by the Fretich a Fuzee ; and this happens 
 ■when there is a frefh Afflux of Matter upon a Splent that is 
 already begun, like the Lays upon an Ificle, by the running 
 down of frefh Water upon it. Th's laft Sort caufes a very 
 great Deformity, and is therefore eafily perceivable. 
 
 Moft of thefe Swellings make their firft Appearance a 
 pretty Way below the Knee, v»'hcre the Cleft between the 
 
 iionesi
 
 234 The FarrierV New Guide, Cm. LXXVIIL" 
 
 Eoncs is the wideft, which is very natural ; and in fome Ca- 
 fes, but efpecially when they are of long Continuance, they 
 not only afccnd to the Knee, but go a good Way down the 
 Shank, and lometimes backwards towards the Mafter-finew. ' 
 ^„ Opts are little hard Subftances that ariie 
 
 ■^ ^ ^' among the fmall Bones of the Knee, on the 
 
 Infide ; they grow out of the gummy Subftance which fal- 
 lens thofe Bones together, and derive their Origin from a 
 Matter like that v/hich produces Splents, and like them 
 proceed from the fame Caufe, vi%. the ftraining of a Horfe 
 while he is young, and before his Joints be well knit ; and 
 from hence alfo we may underftand the Nature of all thofe 
 hard 1 umors already treated of, which grow near the 
 Joints, whether they be Spavins^ Jardojis, Curbs, or of any 
 other Kind, their chief Difference confifting in their Situa- 
 tion, being all of them form'd of a Matter, which, in time, 
 grows hard, yea, even as the Bone itfelf ; and this is the 
 Reafon why they cannot be mov'd, but by things that are 
 of the greateft Efficacy. Notwithftanding, if they be dif- 
 cover'd before they acquire fuch a Degree of Hardnefs, they 
 may be made to yield to lefs powerful Remedies than what 
 we are fometimes condrain'd to make ule of. 
 cri n . f But as to Spkiits, which are our prefent 
 
 <:lt«*"'^&i Bufinefs, it is very plain from what has been 
 fiid concernmg their Origin and Orowth, if 
 the Infirmity could be difcovered at firll, they might be 
 kept down, and wholly prevented by the Application of 
 firm_ Bandage upon the Shank ; tor by it not only the Bones 
 would be conftantly kept clofe together, but the Pcriojhum 
 and Flefii united to the Bones, lb that there would be no 
 Room for any vagrant Matter to lodge between them ; 
 but fince it is otherv/ife, that thefc are feldom taken Notice 
 of until they bring a Deformity along with them, or a 
 Halting, they muft therefore be treated as other hard Sub- 
 Hances of the like Nature. 
 
 And Firfi, If the Horfe be young, and the Splent not of 
 a very old Handing, an Attempt is to be made to diflblve 
 it ; and for that Purpofe nothing is preferable to the Mer- 
 curial Plaiiler, inferted in the 75th Chapter, which muft be 
 rnply'd fpread on Leather, and continued a confideiable 
 Time, (having av/ay the Hair as often as it is renew'd ; 
 but if it is not to be remov'd without Suppuration, then 
 rub it foundly with :he Handle of a Hammer; and aftei* 
 its Subftance has been thus bruiied, it may be brought to 
 an Impoilhumc, by applying a Mucilage Plaiiler, or fome 
 
 £Oo4
 
 Chap. LXXVIII. Of Splents andOftetf, 235 
 
 good Poultice made of the Roots of Marfli- mallows, Bean- 
 flour, Fenugreek and Linfeed Powder, and fuch-like, with 
 a fufficient Qiiantity of Ointment of Marfh-mallows ; and 
 then the Matter may be difcharged as from a common 
 Boil or Impofthume, by making a flreight Incifion upon it 
 from below upward. But if a more expeditious Method be 
 requir'd, the Caultick Ointment, inferted in the 71 ft Chap- 
 ter, maybe apply'd, with the neceflkiy Precautions, obfer- 
 ving further, not to continue it longer than an Efcar is form- 
 ed by it ; or the following Method out Oi SoUeyfell may be 
 comply'd with, which is very eafy. 
 
 *' Shave the Flair, knock, rub, and foften the Splent ; 
 '' then take a piece of the Rind of Bacon, not very fat, 
 ** and lay it on the Part with the fat Side outv/ards ; after- 
 " wards apply a flat Cautery, or red-hot Iron, of the 
 " Bignefs of a Shilling, holding it upon the Skin, and in 
 *' the mean Time order another Iron to be heated, which 
 *' mull be apply'd on another Part of the Skin, but ftiU 
 *' over the Splent, continue after the fame Manner till the 
 " Swelling be dillblved ; then lay a Plaifter over it, and 
 *' Shavings of Cloth over that, taking Care that the Horfe 
 " do not bite it off. 
 
 But one thing is very material after the Removal of a 
 Splent, and that is, to keep a firm Bandage over the Part 
 for fome time, to prevent its Return ; for unlefs the Parts 
 be kept very clofe, the fame Matter which breeds it at firft, 
 will be apt to ingender it again. When the Bone happens 
 to be laid bare, it mull be treated according to the Method 
 laid down in the Cut e of Wounds. 
 
 The Cure of a Splent is hardly to be attempted, if the 
 Horfe be grown old, for the Matter becomes then fo hard, 
 that there is no Way to make it yield, without running a 
 very great Hazard ; neither is it curable when the Difeafe 
 is in the Bone ; for albeit this is fometimes miflaken for a 
 Splent, yet it is, for the moft Part, no other than what pro- 
 ceeds from a Caries , or an Ulcer in the Bone, which in time 
 has been healed, and grows into a flinty hard Subftance : 
 This may be known by its bunching out and Unevennefs, 
 and by its Hardnefs. 
 
 The Ojlets are more difficult and hard to be cur'd than 
 Splents, becaufe of their Situation among the fmall Bones 
 •which are in the Joint, and are therefore only to be attempt- 
 ed by giving the Fire, though even that is not always atten- 
 ded with Succefs. But thole are rarely to be met with. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 236 Tke Farrier'j New Guide. Ch. LXXIX. 
 
 CHAP. LXXIX. 
 
 Of a Ring-bone. 
 
 T 
 
 HIS is a hard callous Subftance, which grows in the 
 hollow Circle of the little Paftern, immediately above 
 the Cronet ; it is fometimes hereditary, but more frequently 
 occafioned by a Strain, and is bred of the like Matter with 
 the other hard Subftances we have treated of m the preceed- 
 ing Chapters ; fometimes it goes quite round like a Ring, 
 from whence it has obtained the Name of Ring-bone. 
 
 ^, P The ufual Method of taking it off, is by 
 
 the Application of ftrong cauftick Medicines, 
 fuch as Quick-lime, Arfenick, Realgar, and the like, tlie 
 Hair being firft fhav'd, and the hard Subftance fcanify'd. 
 Some ufe unllack'd Lime in Powder, and apply it pretty 
 thick over the Part, faftening it with a Cloth, and then 
 ride the Horfe into Water, letting him Hand fome time in 
 it ; by which Means the Subftance of the Ring-bone is de- 
 llroy'd, and there is nothing further neceflary than to heal 
 up the Ulcer. This is a very expeditious Way, but whoever 
 tries it had need be careful to guard the Cronet., or elfe it will 
 be <:pt to caufe a gathering of Matter under the Hoof, which 
 would readily corrode the Coffin-bone. There are others 
 who cut theRmg-bone ftreight downwards to the Cronet ^ 
 in feveral Places, and put in Rowels ; which, by forming 
 Ulcers, and bringing a Rottennefs and Corruption all about 
 the Part, caufe the Excrefcences to loofen or melt away. 
 
 SoUeyJell obferves, that fome Ring-bones cannot be re- 
 moved without giving the Fire, nor does that always fuc- 
 ceed, but when the Soal is alfo taken out, and the Frufli 
 laid open ; for by this tliere is a very greit Moilture deriv'd 
 into the Part, and at the fame Time Room is given for the 
 Matter to difcharge itfelf, which might otherwife loofen the 
 Cronet^ by being detain'd in the hollow Circle of the Paftern. 
 The Method is this: '' Take out the Soal, and after the 
 *' fecond Drefling, cut the Skin in feveral Places above the 
 *' Cronet., fo as to lay the Ring-bone bare; then with a 
 *' hot Knife cut the Ring-bone thro' the Incifions till you 
 -' reach to the Bottom, not all at once, but repeating the 
 *' Strokes gently ; in the mean time make a Cleft into the 
 *' FruOi, and keep it open by applying into it Pledgits 
 *' dipt in a Mixture of Tar, Honey, and Turpentine ; 
 '' laying the fame Drefung to all the t'eai'd Parts, ualil 
 ?^ the K fears fall off.
 
 Chap. LXXX. Of Wind-galls. 237 
 
 Now it is very plain, a Ring-bone may be removed by 
 any of the preceeding Methods, when rightly manag'd, and 
 the only thing that makes tTiem unfuccefsful, is, when a 
 Horfe happens to be old or difeafed, or when it chances to 
 be a natural Imperfeflion ; but the moll common Impedi- 
 ment is the Want of Skill to heal up the Ulcers, and to pre- 
 vent the Matter getting under the Hough, and likewife to 
 keep down the Growth of new Excrefcences, which are 
 ever apt to arife on thofe Parts ; and therefore, as fcon as 
 the Pain and Anguifli is over, the Sores {hould be drels'd 
 with Mgyptiacum^ or fome other cleaniing Ointment, and 
 all the hollow Parts round the Paftern filled with Flax dipt 
 in Vitriol- water, or rather Spirit of Wine, and over all a 
 Bandage as firm as the Horfe can bear, reaching from be- 
 neath the Cronet almofl to the Knee ; this being the true 
 Method to prevent the ill Confequences that may arife in 
 the Cure, l^c, 
 
 CHAP. LXXX. 
 
 Of Wind-galh, 
 
 \X7lnd-galls are foft, yielding, flatulent Tumours, feated 
 ^^ on either fide of the Foot- lock Joints, i^c. they are 
 caufed by violent ftraining, or by a Horfe's ftanding on a 
 iloping Floor, and by feveral other Accidents, as Blows, 
 Strokes from another Horfe, isc. 
 
 The ufual Method of Cure, is by opening cj-i ^ 
 them with a Fleam, to let out the gummy 
 Matter, and applying to the Orifice a little Plaifter of Rofin, 
 Pitch, Maftich, Oil of Bays, with the White of an Egg ; and 
 there are fome v/ho mix with Plaifters of this kind, Verde- 
 greafe and Turpentine, which is not amifs ; but the Oint- 
 ment made of equal Parts of Turpentine and Quickfilver will 
 anfwer the End much better, efpecially if with it be mixed 
 a fmall Quantity of Verdegreafe, and the White of an Egg, 
 to make it flick fall to the Part, The hollow Spaces on each 
 fide of the Sinew ought to be fiU'd with Hurds moiflen'd in 
 warm Spirit of Wme, and good Band^ige apply'd over all 
 the Fetlock, to prevent their growing again. 
 
 But to Wind- galls that are large, emollient and foftening 
 Medicines are to be made ufe of, as Poultices made of 
 Mallows, Marfh- mallows, ^c. or the Mucilage Plaiiler, 
 or Diachylon with the Gums fpread thick upon Leather: 
 Or the following Charge may be anplv'd ; 
 
 " Take
 
 23 S ra^ Farrier J Neiv Guide. Ch. LXXXL 
 
 *' Take two Ounces of Galbanum pounded, boil it gent- 
 •' ly in a Pint of Vinegar over hot Embers, with half a 
 *' Pound of common TurpenTine j and after half an Hour's 
 *' Boiling, take it off the Fire, and add to it Maftich, 
 *' Myrrh, Dragons-blood, and Bole, of each three Ouncesj 
 " mix, and make a Charge, which muft be apply'd hot. 
 
 If Recourfe mull be had to cauflick Medicines, an Oint- 
 ment may be made with Q^iickfilver and Turpentine, of 
 each an Ounce, Euphorbium and Spanifi Flies in Powder, 
 of each one Dram j this may be apply'd to the Wind-gall, 
 taking care to guard the great Sinew and the neighbouring 
 Parts, as direcled in a preceeding Chapter. The Horfe muft 
 always be ty'd up, to hinder him from biting it off. But 
 if this caufe too great an Inflammation, as may happen to 
 fome delicate Horfes, the Ointment may be made weaker, 
 by mixing a greater Quantity of Turpentine with it. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXL 
 Of a Sine^'ju-fprain, &c. 
 
 V\7Hen the Mafter-finew above the Hough, or that above 
 * the Fooilock, or any of the other Sinews or Ligaments 
 in thofe Parts are ftrained or relaxed, they caufe intolerable 
 Pain and Lamenefs; and when violent, will fometimes 
 bring on a Fever, and endanger a Mortification, unlefs there 
 be extraordinary Care taken, and timely Applications made. 
 Therefore, as foon as you obferve your Horfe ftrain'd in 
 any of thofe Parts, which, if it be in the Sinew, may be 
 known by its being unbent and relaxed, and by the Swel- 
 ling and Inflammation, you muft apply a cold Charge, 
 fuch as has been direded for Strains in the Shoulder, 6v. 
 and after that, a Plaiiler to llrengthen the Part. But if it 
 be fo violent as to create fome untowardly Symptoms, 
 making the Horfe lick, and forfake his Food, you muft, 
 in that Cafe, take a plentiful deal of Blood from the Neck, 
 and bathe all his Leg two or three Times a Day, with 
 woollen Cloths wrung out of a hot Fomentation, made of 
 Mint, Rue, Penny-royal, Marjoram, Baum, Rofemary, 
 Wormwood, Lavender, and fuch like Things j for thele 
 llrengthen and comfort the nervous Parts ; after which you 
 may ufe Spirit of Wine camphorated, keeping it alfo cover'd 
 with a Cloth dipt in the lame, and faften'd with an eafy 
 Bandage. Inwardly may be us'd all fuch things as are pro- 
 per to promote Sweat, and eafePain; and as foon as the An- 
 guifh is over, it will be proper to apply a good ftrengthening 
 
 Charge,
 
 Chap. LXXXII. Of the Greafe. 239 
 
 Charge, orPlaifter of Pitch, Diachylon, Dragons-blood, and 
 Bole, &c. as has been direfted in a preceeding Chapter. 
 
 Sometimes the Strains in the Sinews of . . 
 the Lepfs and Pafterns, are occafioned by an ^t-ll °^t 
 Attaint, or Over-reach ; we need not there- 
 fore bellow any other Place in treating of fuch Accidents, 
 but only take Notice, that when they are accompanied wiih 
 a Wound, they ought to be drefs'd according to the Direc- 
 tions we have already laid down for the Cure of Wounds, 
 avoiding, as much as pofiible, all oily and cauftick Medicines, 
 excepting when fome preternatural Excrefcences require the 
 Ufe of the latter. 
 
 The fame Manner of Treatment is alfo Ualter-cafi, 
 requifite to a Horfe that is gall'd or wounded 
 by being call in his Halter, applying nothing but good clean 
 Digeftives of Tar, Turpentine^ and Honey ; and making ufe 
 of fpirituous Fomentations, with a good Quantity of Afiies 
 boil'd in them, together with Bandage as foon as the Part is 
 able to bear it ; and by thefe the Horfe will be eafily cur'd, 
 if he be otherwife in good Cafe, without the Pain of corro- 
 live Applications, which only become neceflary after the Si- 
 news have been relaxed and rotted with greafy Ointments. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXIL 
 
 Of the Greafe falling into the Legs'. 
 
 'TpHE Dillemper that goes under this Denomination, is a 
 ■*• Swelling and Gourdinefs of the Legs, which frequently 
 happening to Horfes after a Journey, moft People have 
 therefore believ'd their Greafe to be melted by hard Riding, 
 and fallen into their Legs ; and that which may have proba- 
 bly given Encouragement to this Opinion, is the Colour of 
 the Matter ifluing from the Chinks and Sores in thofe Parts 
 when they come to break, fomewhat refembling Greafe ; 
 as the Subftance of the Legs is nervous and finewy, where- 
 by the Matter which comes from thence is different from 
 what is difcharg'd from the mufcular and iie(hy Pans, where 
 the Rednefs and Texture of the Blood gives it a different 
 Colour and Confiftency. 
 
 It would be very little to our Purpofe to beftow any time 
 in confuting this ill-grounded Opinion, fmce the contrary 
 muft be manifell to thofe who have the leaft Infight into 
 the Oeconomy and Strudure of a Horfe ; we fhall there- 
 fore proceed to acquaint the Reader, that the Greafe has, 
 
 in
 
 t^c The Farrier V New Guide. Ch. iXXXli. 
 
 it! common with all other Swellings, either a Vifcidity an(i 
 Thicknefs of the Juices, or a Relaxation of the Veflels in 
 which thele Juices flow, or both. 
 
 But if we examine more particularly into the Matter, 
 we (hall find, that befides thefe, there are other Circum- 
 ftanccs which conduce very much to the Swelling, and that 
 is, the Situation and Make of the Legs. As to their Make, 
 w^e h.n'e already oblerv'd, that they are very much com- 
 pos'd of Nerves and Sinews, whofe Vcilels are fo fmall, and 
 laid fo clofe together, that the Fluids contain'd in them 
 may very eafily become obllruded ; and by their Situation, 
 they are the mod dependent Members of the whole Bo- 
 dy ; whereby, according to the Doftrine of Circulation, 
 all the Juices that are to be returned in the Mais of Blood 
 muft afcend upwards in the Veins, which, in thofe Parts, 
 have little or nothing to help their Progrefs but the Vibra- 
 tions and Shakings of the Arteries, together with the muf- 
 cular Motion. Whereas on the other Hand, the arterial 
 Fluid is conilantly forwarded into the Limbs, not only by 
 its Defcent, but by its continual Expullion from the Heart ; 
 and therefore, when once the Blood is vitiated, and theV'ef- 
 fels in the Limbs relaxed and weakened, a Swelling mull: of 
 Confequence be expeded, becaufe a greater Quantity of 
 Fluid is carried downward by the Arteries, than in that 
 Cafe can be returned by the Veins. 
 
 And this is agreeable to all the common Accidents and 
 Caufes that ufually bring on the Diftemper, as Wounds, 
 Bruifes, hard and immoderate Riding, coming off a Jour- 
 ney, or from Grafs, to ftand in a Stable, full Feeding 
 without due Exercife, Colds, and Surfeits, Debility and 
 Weaknefs ; and in Hne, whatever may any wife relax and 
 weaken the Tone of the Fibres ; and if we examine into 
 thefe more particularly, we Ihall find, that according to the 
 foregoing Theory, ail of them may very naturally bring on 
 the Greafe. 
 
 For, in ihtfirji Place, albeit a Wound or Bruife, or other 
 outward Accident in the dependent Parts, is ieldom attend- 
 ed with any uncommon Symptoms, if the Horfe be other- 
 wife Ibund, and that due Care is taken in the Beginning ; 
 yet, if a Horfe in tiiefe Circumltances be ncgledted, or his 
 iilood be vitiated, it will be apt to bring a Swelling into 
 the Legs, as all Pain is a Stimulus which draws a more 
 than ordinary Flux of Humours to the Part affedted ; and 
 if the Hurt be near any Joint, \5^c. it caufes fuch a Stiff- 
 nefs and aching, that lac Horfe becomes exceeding lame, 
 
 and
 
 I 
 
 Chap. LXXXII. Ofi/je Greafi. 241 
 
 and unable to lie down ; To that by continual {landing the 
 Legs become fwell'd and gourded. 
 
 Secondly y By immoderate hard Riding, the Sinews and 
 Ligaments are aduated and llretch'd, which is fuddenly 
 followed with StifFnefs and Pain in the Joints, whereby, as 
 in the preceeding Gafe, a Flux of Humours is drawn down 
 upon the Legs. 
 
 Thirdly i When Horfes are come off a Journey, or from 
 Grafs, to Hand in a Stable, their Legs are apt to turn gour- 
 dy and fwell'd ; the firfl of thefe Cafes differs not from the 
 
 £receeding in what relates to the Pain and StifFnefs in the 
 rimbs ; but it has alfo, in common with the latter, the 
 abrupt breaking off a Habit from the Exercife to Rell and 
 full Feeding ; for while a Horfe is upon his Journey, or at 
 his Liberty in the Fields, he is every Day more or lefs in 
 Motion, whereby the Blood is kept in conftant Agitation ; 
 but when he comes to ftand flill in the Stable, a Check is 
 lUt to the Motion of the Blood in the fmall VefTels of the 
 "iimbs, while, by an habitual Aptitude, it Hill continues to 
 be equally detach'd into all Parts by the larger Arteries, 
 which may eafily bring on the Greafe, even while there is 
 yet no manifeft Diforder in the Blood itfelf. But in the 
 Cafe of Horfes newly taken up from Grais, there is befides 
 this, oftentimes a Default in the Blood, efpecially when 
 they are fuffered to run abroad till late in the Year ; for 
 then the Grafs lofes its Strength, and begets Crudities ; 
 which render the Blood and other Juices vifcid and thick ; 
 and v/hen a Horfe is taken off his Exercife, and brought to 
 more generous Feeding, a Plethora or Fulnefs will foon 
 happen, whereby it will be the more apt to ftagnate in the 
 Limbs, and caufe fuch Heat and Itching, as mult be foon 
 follow'd with a Gourdinefs and Swelling. The fame EfFedl 
 is alfo produc'd by Colds, Surfeits, and fometimes by pam- 
 pering and full Feeding alone, without the Concurrence of 
 other Circumftances. 
 
 And Lq/ily, When a Horfe has been brought low by Sick- 
 nefs or repeated Evacuations, or by any other Caufe, there 
 follows an univerfal Relaxation of Body, fo that the Blood 
 and other Juices become languid, and are apt to ftagnate 
 in thofe Parts that are the moll: dependent and remote from, 
 the Heart ; not only as the Veilels themfelves are relaxed, 
 and lofe their Spring, but alfo from the Heavinefs and In- 
 adlivity of the Spirits, Vv'hereby they become unable to give 
 their Afliftance in its Return ; and thus the Greafe is often- 
 times complicated with fome other Diftemper. 
 
 A a From
 
 242 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch.LXXXII. 
 
 ^, ^ From what has been faid, it will be eafy 
 
 The Lure. ^^^ ^^^, ^^^ ^^ underftand the Nature of the 
 Greafe, and the Manner of its Production ; we {hall there- 
 fore proceed to the Cure, wherein the firft thing to be re- 
 garded, is the State and Condition of the Horfe j for if the 
 Greafe be an Attendant on fome other Sicknefs, the Cure 
 will be fo much the more difficult ; and it will be in vain 
 to expedl a Recovery until the Difeafe is removed which 
 has been the Origin and Caufe of it ; and therefore, if the 
 Horfe be hedlick, or has got the Yellows, or Farcin, h'c. 
 the Methods laid down for the Cure of thofeDiftempers mult 
 be follow'd, at the fame time proper Applications are made 
 outwardly : But if it be- produced of the common and ordi- 
 nary Accidents, and that the Horfe is not otherwife difeafed, 
 a Mt-trod peculiar to that Diilemper only is to be obferved. 
 
 Aiid in this Cafe, if the Horfe has been pamper'd and well 
 fed, rhe Cure ought to be begun by bleeding and Purging, 
 to leiien the Redundancy of Humours ; neither fhould thefe 
 be too often repeated •, but what is wanting that Way, had 
 much better be effectuated by a more fpare Diet, with daily 
 Exercife. For in all the Circumftances of the Greafe, there 
 is a Tendernefs and Delicacy, either originally, or brought 
 on by Habit or illUiage, which is alfo manifeft from hence, 
 that young Horfes are moll fubjedt to the Greafe, as their 
 Bodies are loofe, foft, and flexible, and their Juices naturally 
 vifcid and glutinous, which is neceflary to the Accretion and 
 Growth of all young Animals. Wherefore, when Evacua- 
 tions are either too large, or often repeated, inftead of being 
 fcrviceable, they often become hurtful, and render the Di- 
 ilemper more obilinate, by adding to that Weaknefs and 
 Relaxation of Body which is natural to greas'd Horfes. 
 
 After moderate Evacuations, a Rowel may be made on 
 the Iniide of the Thigh, or on the Belly, which may be 
 continued for a Month, or longer, if there be Occafion, and 
 in the mean time, the Cinnabar or Antimonial Balls, ^c. 
 ojught to be conllantly given, in the Manner we have alrea- 
 dy laid down for the Cure of the Farcin ; and while thefe 
 things are complied with internally, the Legs fhould be 
 frequently rubb'd Cbut not with fuch hard Inllruments as 
 fome People make ufe of, a good Whifp of Hay and a Brufh 
 being llifficient for that Purpofe. ) Baths and Fomentations, 
 fuch as may draw off the Humours by Tranfpiration, or 
 render them fit to return back again with the common 
 Current, are ?lfo to be made ufe of j and for this Purpofe 
 we recommend the following. 
 
 " Take
 
 Chap. LXXXII. Of the, Gteape. "24 J 
 
 ** Take of common Wormwood eight hahdfuls, St. 
 " John's Wort, Centaury, Cammomile, or the Flowers 
 *' thereof, of each four handfuls, Elder- flowers two hand- 
 *' fuls, Bay-berries half a Pound. Boil them in two Gal- 
 *' Ions of Water till one third is confumed, and make a 
 ** Fomentation. 
 
 The Horfe's Legs are to be bathed three or four times a 
 Day with Woollen Cloths wrung out of the Liquor, and 
 apply'd as hot as he can bear them, adding always a third 
 Part of Spirit of Wine or Brandy ; and if they be pretty 
 much inflam'd, as happens fometimcs when the Sinews are 
 affei^ed, a good Quantity of the Afnes of green Twigs of 
 Vines, Walnut- tree,or Oak, may be boil'd in the Decottion, 
 adding more Water. A good Bath or Fomentation rhay be 
 alfo made, by boiling thefe Afhes alone, or the Afhes of any 
 other green Wood in Water, when the other Ingredients are 
 not eafy to be had. The Lees of Wine, with a Mixture of 
 black Soap, are alfo very proper to be apply'd warm, as alfo 
 Cow's-dung boil'd in Vinegar. The following Cataplafm 
 may likewife be made ufe of with good Succefs. 
 
 *' Take of Honey one Pound, Turpentine fix Ounces, in- 
 *' corporate them with a Spoon ; then take Fenugreek and 
 ■*' Linfeed-meal, of each four Ounces, Bay-berries and Ju- 
 *' niper-berries dry'd and made into Powder, of each two 
 *' Ounces : Boil them in three Quarts of Red Wine Lees 
 " to the Thicknefs of a Poultice, and when you take it off 
 •' the Fire, add two Ounces of Camphire in Powder, fpread 
 " it on Cloths, and apply it warm to the Legs, fattening 
 *' all with a ftrong Roller." This may be continued tor 
 a Week, renewing it once in two Days. 
 
 The camphorated Spirit of Wine alone is very good, 
 viz. an Ounce of Camphire to every Pint of the Spirits ; 
 and if it be frequently ufed, it will anfwer in moft Cafes 
 where the Swelling is recent and new, and even when it 
 has a Tendency to break ; for by its great Warmth it puts a 
 Check to that Heat and Itching, which is often the Fore- 
 runner of Chaps and Sores. 
 
 •But fome young Horfes are fo tender and apt to be 
 greas'd, that even the ImprelTions of the cold Air in Win- 
 ter will bring a Swelling into their Legs, in the fame man- 
 ner as it becomes the Caufe of kib'd Heels in Children, by 
 confti^'nging and (hutting up the Pores in thofe Parts, 
 and all the Care imaginable can hardly prevent it: In 
 this Cafe the following Plaifter will be of great Service, not 
 only to diflipate ilie Humours, but alio to defend the Legs 
 A 3. ^ and
 
 244 77?^ FARRiER'i" New Guide. Ch.LXXXIIT. 
 
 and Pafterns from the Air, and other external Injuries. 
 
 " Take common Pitch and Diachylon, or de Minio^ of 
 ** each half a Pound, Rofin one Pound, Myrrh, Galbanum 
 *' and Frankinfence, of each four Ounces, Bole-armoniack 
 *' and Dragons-blood, of each two Ounces, Oil Olive 
 " half a Pint." The Galbanum muft be ftrain'd and dif- 
 folv'd in the Oil, with Pilch and Diachylon, over a gentle 
 Fire ; after which the other Ingredients are to be added, 
 being firft made into Powder, keeping conftantly ftirring 
 until the whole is incorporated. 
 
 This Plaifter may be either fpread upon Leather, or ap- 
 ply'd hot upon the Legs and Pafterns with a wooden Slice, 
 with feveral Turns of a Roller over it, letting it continue fo 
 long as it will ftick ; and if there be Occaiion, it may be 
 renewed when it begins to crumble and fall off. Two of 
 thefe Plaifters will ferve a whole Winter j and while they 
 are continued, there will be Need of little other Means be- 
 fides moderate and daily Exercile ; but in all obftinate Ca- 
 fes, a Horfe fhould be turn'd out to Grafs, where he may 
 have his full Liberty. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXIIL 
 
 Of the Mules or kib'd Heels. 
 
 'T^HESE are Chinks and Sores on the In fide of the hind 
 -■■ Pafterns, and in the Heels ; fometimes they are cau- 
 fcd by Gravel or Dirt wounding thofe Parts, or by travel- 
 ling in deep Roads ^ but for the moft part they proceed 
 from Gourdinefs, that being the firft Place where the Mat- 
 ter begins to difcharge itfelf. If they proceed only from Ri- 
 ding in deep gravelly Roads, they may be cur'd without any 
 further Trouble than keeping them clean, wafhing them ott-^ 
 en with Chamberlye or Brine ; but when they are the Effe6t 
 of the Greafe, they become fomewhat more difficult to be 
 removed, and fend forth abundance of ftinking Matter. 
 
 While the Swelling is large, they ought not to be drefs'(jl 
 with Medicines that dry too faft, but with fuch as are mo<- 
 derately cleanfing ; for which Purpofe two Parts of Bafi' 
 licum, with one Part oi Mgyptiacum^ will be very proper^, 
 bathing all the Chinks and Sores, as often as they ar^ 
 drefs'd, with Spirit of Wine ; if there be a great Foulnef? 
 and Rottennefs, N^gypUacum alone may be made ufe of; 
 but if that is not fufficient, you may mix with every four 
 Ounces of ^'.g^ptiacmn^ white Vitriol and Powder of 
 Galls, Qf each half an Ounce, with a Dram of corrofive 
 
 Sub-
 
 Ch. LXXXIV. Of Sores on the Legs. 245 
 
 Sublimate in fine Powder j as foon as they are become 
 clean, Quickfilver and Turpentine will perfeft the Cure. 
 It will always be proper to keep a Cloth over your Dref- 
 ling, ty'd on with a Roller, forming a Crofs on the Infide 
 of the Paftern, that you may make your Turns above and 
 below the Joint ; by which Means its Adlion needs not in 
 the leaft be hinder'd. 
 
 Care fhould alfo be taken to diHipatc the Swelling, ac- 
 cording to the Method laid down in the preceeding Chap- 
 ter ; neither ought Internals to be omitted, if his Conftitu- 
 tution be faulty, which may be eafijy known by the DiTpo- 
 iition oi the Seres. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXIV. 
 
 Of the ^ains and isjatery Sores on the Legs 
 and Tafterns. 
 
 'TpHESE are caufed by a ferous Matter ouzing thro' the 
 ^ Pores, which is indu'd with fuch a Sharpnefs, that it 
 makes the Hair fall off from feveral Parts of the Legs and 
 Pafterns ; fometimes it loofens the Coronet from the Hoof; 
 and fometimes the Flefh appears as if it was disjoin'd from 
 the Bones and Sinews ; where the Matter runs, it fo hardens 
 the Skin, that it is apt to break out into Cracks and Refts, 
 which difcharge abundance of ilinking Matter, as in the 
 above-mentioned Cafe. 
 
 The Cure confifts chiefly in Internals, and in thofe things 
 that are proper to redlify the Blood, as Decodions of Box- 
 wood, Guaiacum, and Safl'afras, l^c. or the faid Woods may 
 be rafp'd and mix'd with his Oats, and fometimes among 
 dry Bran. All the Medicines prefcrib'd in the Farcin may 
 be made ufe of in this Cafe : But if the Horfe be inclinable 
 to a Dropfy, w^hich may be known by the yielding of the 
 Swelling, and like wife as the Fore- legs will alfo be affedled, 
 and by the other Signs peculiar to that Diftemper, he muft 
 then be treated accordingly ; mean while the following 
 Applications may be made outwardly. 
 
 " Take Honey, Turpentine, and Hogs-greafe, of each a 
 *' like Quantity : Melt them over a gentle Fire in a glaz'd 
 *' Pipkin, and add a fufficient Quantity of Wheat-flour to 
 *' make it into a Poultice." Or this : 
 
 " Take Fenugreek Meal, Bean Flour, Lin feed Meal, 
 
 " and Muftard-feed pounded, of each a like Qiiantity. Boil 
 
 *' Ihem over a gentle Fire, with a fufiicient Quantity of 
 
 A a 3 " Oint-
 
 24<5 Thie Farrier'j AV^;^' Guide, Ch. LXXXV. 
 
 ** Ointment of Marfti-mallows, or for Want of that, with 
 *' Butter or Hogs-lard, into the ConfillenLe of a Poultice. 
 
 Thefe mull: be apply'd warm to the Legs and Pafterns, 
 to draw out the Matter, and bring down the SweUing. If 
 there be Fouhiefs, you may take a Pound of Black Soap, 
 half a Pound of Honey, four Ounces of burnt Allum, two 
 Ounces of Verdegreale in Powder, a Pint of Brandy, or 
 Spirit of Wine, with a fufficicnt quantity of Wheat-flour. 
 Let this be fpread on Cloths, and apply'd as the former. 
 
 As foon as the Swelling is abated, and the Moifture dried 
 up, it will be very convenient to keep the Legs and Paf- 
 terns rolVd up with firm Bandage, whereby the Parts will 
 not only be kept clofe, but the Influx of frefli Matter pre- 
 vented i for the Continuance, or frequent Returns of thofe 
 watry Eruptions, brings fuch a Lcofenefs into the Legs, 
 that it caufes a Rottennefs in the Frufh, breeds Splents, and 
 fometimes by rotting the Tendons, becomes the Caufe of 
 Quitter-bones, Foundering, and other Diftempers in the Feet. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXV, 
 
 Of WartSt Scratches-, Rats-tails, and other 
 Excrefcences of the Legs and ^Pafterns. 
 
 'T^HESE are all of the fame Kind, and are more or 
 -*■ lefs dangerous, as they are fituated nearer or at a Di- 
 Jlance from the large Sinews. 
 
 Warts may be wafted by touching them now and then 
 ■with Aquafortis^ or may be cut off" when any are fuperfi- 
 cial. But the Scratches are, for the rpoft Part, bred of 
 ibme tendinous Suhft?, nee, and have their Roots in or near 
 ihe Tendons, like the Corns in Mens Feet ; fometimes they 
 grow fo hard, that by prcfling upon the fofter Parts, they 
 caufe violent Pain and Inflammation ; but when this hap- 
 pens, a good Poultice ihould be apply'd to ripen the In- 
 flammation, which ought to be fcarrify'd as near the Ex- 
 crefcences as pofiible, unlefs the Matter fpring naturally 
 from the Roots of it, which will loofen them fo as they 
 may be eafJy removed by the Ufc of Medicines that are 
 put moderateiy corrciive. 
 
 Therefore, to prccecd methodically, when-ever you ob- 
 ferve a iVioilture ard Roitennels, you ne'ed only apply a 
 Lump of Rye Leaven mixt with Vinegar and the Juice of 
 Carlick, or Muftard-ieed pounded ; and in two or three 
 Times Application i. vviil buiig out the Ko.ttennefs. 
 
 Stampt
 
 Ch.LXXXV. Of If arts. Scratches, &c. 247 
 
 Stampt Onions, the Roots of Marfli-mallows and Houfe- 
 leek, made into Pafte with Barley or Rye-flour, has the 
 /anie EfFeil. The Mucilage Plaifter, or the Diachylon 
 with the Gums fpread on Leather, and applied to the 
 Part, will alfo be very ferviceable ; but if the Scratches be 
 hard, and lie on the Sinews, and thereby occafion Pain and 
 Inflammation, indangering a Fever, in that Cafe, it will 
 be proper to take Blood from the Thigh- vein, and to keep 
 the Horfe to an opening Diet. Then apply the following 
 Cataplafm, firft fhaving away the Hair. 
 
 *' Take of Hemlock four Handfuls, Groundfel two 
 *' handfuls, ftamp them with four Ounces of the Roots of 
 " Marfli-mallows, and boil them in two Quarts of Milk 
 *' till the Ingredients turn foft, then pulp the whole thro' 
 " a Sieve- and make it into a Poultice, with a fuflicient 
 " Quantity of Soot and Flour of Brimfl;one. 
 
 This may be laid all over the Parts, and renewed every 
 Day until the Heat and Inflammation is over, and the £x- 
 crefcences grow foft and loofe i after which they may be 
 manag'd as above diredted. 
 
 Sometimes Scratches put forth from finuous Ulcers, which 
 penetrate to the Bone ; in this Cafe you muft introduce 
 your Probe into the Orifice^ and try all the different Ways 
 it reaches, making Incifion with a hot Knife where ever the 
 Part will admit of it, then make your Cure according to the 
 Diredions laid down for the Cure of Wounds, Lfc. 
 
 Rats- tails are dift;inguifhed from the ot-l:er, becaufe they 
 generally creep from the Pafterns to the Middle of the 
 Shanks^ along the Mafter-finew, or on the Side of it ; and 
 are fo called from the Refemblance they bear to the Tail of 
 a Rat. Some are moifl:, and fome dry, and difler only 
 frorp Scratches in their Figure and Situation, and therefore 
 admit of the fame Method of Cure. If they be hard, they 
 mav be loofened or cut off^ with a hot Knife, and after- 
 wards drefs'd with Turpentine, Tar, and Honey ; and if 
 neceflary, the Powder of Verdegreafe and white Vitriol may 
 be mixed with it. The following Applications are gene- 
 rally ufed tor the Cure of Scratches, P.ats-tails, Kibes, and 
 all the other Sorances about the Legs and Pafterns. 
 
 " Take Hogs-greafe, Soap, Brimftone, and Honey : Boil 
 " them into a Poultice with a fuflicient Quantity of Soot s 
 " and to every four Ounces add half an Ounce of the Pow- 
 ^^ der of Verdegreafe. 
 
 A a 4 " Take
 
 248 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LXXXVI. 
 
 ** Take four Ounces of black Soap, two Ounces of 
 •' Quick-lime in Powder, and Vinegar what is fufficientto 
 *' make an Ointment. 
 
 Orpiment, Arfenick, Realgar, and fuch like things, are 
 alfo made ufe of in the flime Intention, in the Form of 
 Ointments, with Honey or Hogs-lard ; and fometimes ir^ 
 that of a Poultice, by a Mixture of Flour, Barley and Rye 
 Meal, and fometimes Soot : Kutthefe hot burning Ingredi- 
 ents are never properly made into the Form of a Poultice, 
 but are chiefly fit for Ointments which are defign'd only to 
 cover the Excrefcences, without touching the neighbouring 
 Farts. 
 
 SoUeyfi'Il recommends a Remedy, which he calls a White 
 Honey Charge, for the Cure of all ihofe Excrefcences : It is 
 as follows : 
 
 * ■ Take eighteen large white Lilly- roots, chop and boil 
 " them in two Gallons of Whey, or Barley-water ; when 
 '* the Roots begin to grow foft, add of the Leaves of 
 *' Mallows and Marfh-mallows, of each ten handfuls ; 
 " continuing to boil them till they be all reduc'd to a per- 
 " fed: Mafh, pouring in Liquor from time to time to fup- 
 ** ply what is evaporated ; then pulp the Ingredients thro* 
 " a Hair-Sieve : Take what pafTes through the Sieve, and 
 *' boil them again with a Pound of Tallow, and the like 
 ** Quantity of Butter ; then remove it from the Fire, and 
 " when it has done boiling, add Honey and common Tur? 
 •* pentine, of each a Pound, and make the whole into the 
 *' Confidence of a Poultice with Wheat-fiour. 
 
 This is to be apply'd cold, in the Manner of a Poultice, 
 once a Day, and it will very much help to foften thofe Ex- 
 crefcences, and take out the Heat and Anguifli wherewith 
 they are often attended. The fame Author prefcribes alfo 
 an Ointment made of crude Quickfilver and Brimftone, 
 with a double Qiiantity of Tallow, which is alfo very good, 
 but would be much better with equal Parts of Tallow and 
 Turpentine. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXVI. 
 Of a glitter-bone. 
 
 A ^Itter-houe is an Impoflhume which breeds between 
 ■^ the Hoof and Coffin-bone, on the upper Part, and 
 makes its firfl. Appearance by a Swelling on the Cronet. It 
 proceeds from a Hlow, Strain, or Over-reach ; and fome- 
 times it is cauied by a long continiicd Swelling of the Legs 
 and Paflerns, kSc, If
 
 Ch. LXXXVII. OfFoimdring in the Feet. 24^ 
 
 If this Ulcer be not of a very old Handing, it may be 
 cur'd by the Application of Mgyptiacum^ mix'd with Bafi- 
 licim^ or Turpentine ; but if it be of fome Continuance, and 
 that probably the Matter has, by lodging between the Hoof 
 and Coffin-bone, rotted the Coffin-bone, or the Tendons of 
 the Mufcles that pafs between that Bone and the Hoof; you 
 mult, in that cafe, open the Tumor with a Razor, or other 
 fharp Inftrument, cutting away all that is corrupted and 
 rotten, either under the Hoof, or any other part of the Foot ; 
 and to make Way for your Operation, you ought to rafp 
 down fome Part of the Hoof. If any Bits remain that you 
 cannot eafily come at with your Inftrument, you mult bring 
 them off by applying Doflils or Flax dipt m Mgyptiacutn 
 made warm, which, for the moft part, will fuffice, laying 
 over all Pledgits foak'd in hot Tar. But if you find fome 
 Difficulty in feparating that griftly Subftance, you may mix 
 equal parts of Myrrh, Aloes and Sublimate, all in line Pow- 
 der, making it into a Palte with a fufficient Quantity of 
 Spirit of Wine, and apply it to the remaining Griltle, laying 
 over it Pledgits foak'd in hot Tar, as above direded ; and as 
 foon as it is freed from all the fuperfluous Subftances, and 
 looks clean, you may heal up the Ulcer with Tar, Turpen- 
 tine and Honey, walhing it now and then with Copperas or 
 Vitriol- water. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXVII. 
 Of Foimdring in the Feet. 
 
 nr H I S is an exceffive Pain in the Feet, whereby the 
 Horfe, being fcarcely able to touch the Ground, draws 
 himfelf in a Heap, upon which Account molt People have 
 conftantly been of Opinion, that a Horfe in this Condition 
 mult alfo be founder'd in his Body, and his Greafe molten, 
 which immediately falling downwards, caufes that Lame- 
 nefs ; and therefore in their Cure, have made Applications 
 to the Back and Loins, as well as the Feet. But Mr. Snape^ 
 in his Anatomy, has not only given the belt Account of this 
 Diltemper, but has alfo pointed forth the true Method of 
 Cure, which we fhall infert here for the Reader's Benefit 
 and Satisfaction. In defcribing the Coffin-bone^ he has the 
 following Words : 
 
 " Its Subftance is fungous or fpongy, having innumera- 
 *' ble little Holes piercing through its Sides, for the Paflage 
 " of the Vefl'els, as alfo very fmall Sinus's^ whereinto are 
 *' implanted the Ends of the Tendons of the Mufcles that 
 
 " move
 
 25on'^FARRiERV New G///V^.Ch.LXXXVII. 
 
 ** move the lower Part of the Leg and Foot, whofe Fibres 
 ** being at any time afFed:ed, either by Bruifes, ill Shoe- 
 *' ing, or Handing in the Water after hard Riding, while 
 *' the Horfe it hot ; or by ftanding Hill in the Stable for fe- 
 ** veral Days, without having the Feet ftopt up, and the 
 *' hke; I fiiy, the tendinous Fibres being aftedled by thefe 
 *' or other Means, caufe the Horfe to have fucli great Pain 
 *' in his Feet, that he can fcarce endure to tread upon them, 
 '* which Lamenefs we call a Founder. Now this Diftem- 
 ** per is'fo much the harder to cure, by reafon thefe Fibres 
 ** lie To far out of Reach, mofi: of them running on the up- 
 *' per hde of the Bone, betwixt it and the Hoof, and not to 
 *' its Bottom ; fo that the Hoof growing upon the fides, 
 " as til? Soal doth at the Bottom, there is great Hazard : 
 *' But we (hall mifs efFeding a Cure, if we only pull the 
 *' Soal out, and do not cut Part of the Hoof off alfo. This 
 *' is not my bare Opinion, but the Experience of thofe 
 *' who have had good Succefs in curing founder'd Horfes, 
 " who, by raifing the Hoof from the Cronet, or Top of 
 •^^ it, to the very Bottom, in live or iix Places, until they 
 ** have made the Blood come, and then applying thefe Re- 
 *' medies to tho/e Places, have made thofe Horfes found, 
 ** whom the drawing out of their Soals would not cure. 
 
 Now it is very plain, when the Infirmity lies in the ten- 
 dinous Fibres which are inferred into the upper Part of the 
 Cofiin-bone, it cannot readily be removed by barely taking 
 out the Soal, as Mr. S?icp£ has juftly obferved ; and there- 
 fore the Method he has laid down ought, in all ohftinats 
 Cafes, to becomply'd with as the moft certain ; and what, 
 if rightly manag'd, may, for the moft part, be attended witl] 
 good Succefs ; and nothing can be more properly applied 
 lo the Wounds made in the Hoof, than Tar, Turpentine, 
 and Honey, melted together, with a fourth part of Spirit of 
 Wine, foakingPledgits of clean Hurds in this Mixture, and 
 laying them pretty warm upon the Razures or Chinks, o- 
 mitting two Days after the firft DrelTing, continuing after- 
 Avards to make your Applications every Day, until the va- 
 cant Spaces of the Hoof are filled up. The fame Applica- 
 tions ought alfo to be made to the Soal, covering the whole 
 Foot with flaxen Cloths dipt in Oil and Vinegar beat to- 
 gether, which may be faltened with a Roller, or a pretty 
 long piece of Lift. 
 
 But the precceding Method is only neceflary in obftinat^ 
 Cafes, tor many rimes the Fondring is cur'd only by melt- 
 iiv^ Pilch and Tar, with a fafficicnt Qi-ianlity of Hogs- 
 ' lard.
 
 Chap. LXXXVIII. Of Surbatmg, &c. 251 
 
 lard, pouring the Mixture boiling hot upon the Soal, and 
 fluffing it up very carefully wiih Hurds, and above them a 
 piece of Leather with Splents. This is very good, but 
 would be much more efficacious, if the Soal waspsi'd lome- 
 what thin, and half an Ounce of Camphire diiTolv'd in the 
 Mixture juft as it comes oft' the Fire. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXVIII. 
 
 Of Surbating, &c. 
 
 A Horfe is faid to be fufbated^ when the Soal is worn, 
 -^"^ bruis'd, or fpoil'd hy any Accident, as by bad Shoe- 
 ing, efpecially when they lie too flat on the Foot, or when 
 the Horfe goes too long barefoot ; as alfo by travelling in 
 hard Ways, or among dry hot Sand in hot Weather, which 
 dries the Hoof, v/hereby the Soal becoming hard, prefles 
 upon the foft Parts beneath it. If a Horfe he Jurbated by 
 bad Shoeing, you may know the Part that is aftedted by the 
 Thinnefs of the Shoe where it prefles moft, and therefore it 
 ought to be par'd deepeft in that Part before another is fet on ; 
 but if the Shoe is nor in the Fault, it may be known he is/«r- 
 bated by his continual hitching and moving ; but by feeling 
 his Hoofs you may obferve them, both very hot and dry. 
 
 The Cure is very eafy before it becomes attended with 
 other Accidents, and may be performed only by flopping 
 up the Feet with Ox or Cows-dung and Vinegar ; fbme 
 break a Couple of new-laid Eggs, and apply them raw to 
 the Soals, and then flop them up with Ox or Cows-dung ; 
 fbme ufe only Hogs Greafe boiling hotj and thicken'd with 
 Bran ; and there are others who make ufe of Vinegar and 
 Soot boil'd together ; but nothing will be more efficacious, 
 in cafe it be troublefomc, than firfl: foftning the Soal with 
 ihe Application of unduous things, and after that pouring 
 a Mixture of boiling Pitch and Tar, i2c. upon the Soal, as 
 direded in the preceeding Chapter. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXIX. 
 
 Of Retraits and Tricks in the Foot. 
 
 "NTOthing caufes more Pain and Trouble than the Acci- 
 "^^ dents that happen to the Feet by bad Shoeing, or when 
 fliarp Splents or Stubs, ^V. are fl:uck in the tender Parts 
 within the Soal ; the Reafon of which cannot be very dif- 
 ijcult to any one who is acquainted with the Foot of a Horle, 
 
 which
 
 2)2 The FarrhrV New Guide. Ch. LXXXIX. 
 
 which confifts of a Bone that is very open and fpongy ; and 
 which, as has been obfervM in a preceeding Chapter, is full 
 of little Holes for the PalFage of Vellels, and feveral Sitius's 
 for the Infertion of the Tendons of the Mufcles, which 
 corapofe moft of that Subftance which lies between it and 
 the Hoof J and therefore when once thofe fenfible Parts are 
 wounded by the above- mention'd or other Accidents, they 
 turn to Ulcers that are very difficult and hard to be cured, 
 unlefs they be timely prevented. And that which alfo con- 
 tributes greatly to this, is the Difpofition of the Hoof,which 
 altho' it be a Defence to the Foot, yet as all the other Parts 
 are inclofed within it as in a Box, the Artift is thereby often 
 at a Lofs to find out the true Place where the Grievance lies, 
 for in all Parts that are cover'd with Flefh, a Tumor will 
 arife outwardly, even tho' its Caufe be in the Bone ; but the 
 Hardnefs of the Hoof hinders its Elevation and Sw^elling ; 
 and as Nature always makes her Eftbrts in Places that are 
 weak, and the leaft capable of Refiftance, fo it is not un- 
 common to find a Swelling and Rottennefs about the Frufti, 
 or about the Coronet, which is fometimes accompanied 
 with a Swelling and Gourdinefs of the Legs and Pafterns, 
 when the Caufe is from a Caries in the Coffin-bone. 
 
 Now it is very demonftrable from what has been faid, 
 that all fuch Effedb may be produc'd by a Prick of a Nail, 
 a Stub, or a Fleak, when it flicks in thofe tender fenfible 
 Parts, tho' the firft is feldom attended with any bad Acci- 
 dent, excepting when the Horfe's Blood is diftemper'd ; 
 and all that is neceffary, is only to draw the Nail carefully 
 out, and pour in a little Oil of Turpentine or Spirit of 
 Wine into the Orifice, or rather a little melted Wax, leav- 
 ing it without a Nail for fome Days, and taking Care not 
 to ride the Horfe into Water. 
 
 But if there be any Fleak or piece of Nail remaining ia 
 the Qi-iick, which may be known by examining the Nail 
 you have pull'd out, or by the continued Pain, with a con- 
 ftant Difcharge of Matter, you may introduce a Piece of 
 dry Sponge, made in Form of a Tent, with a Thread 
 drawn thro' the End of it ; this may be renew'd every Day, 
 paring the Seal very thin over the Orifice, that it may 
 lb etch and widen ; for by that Means the Fleak or piece of 
 Nail may become loofe, and have room to fall off with the 
 Matter. But if after all you find a continued Lamenefs, 
 and the Matter that comes from the Sore thin and bloody, 
 or yellow, vifcid and llinking, you may then reafonably 
 conclude there is an Ulcer form'd either in the Bone, or 
 
 among
 
 Chap. XC Of the running Frtijh, 253 
 
 among the Sinews ; in that Cafe it will be proper to take 
 tip the Soal, and with a Razor or Fleam, make Incifions 
 until you have got a full View of the Bottom of the Sore, 
 taking care not to wound the large Sinews, if poflible, unlefs 
 they be mortify'd and rotten ; you need only apply dry Lint 
 to the Part, or Lint dipt in Spirit of Turpentine for the firft 
 Drefling, which needs not to be removed for two or three 
 Days, in which time the Wound will be digefted, and the 
 Blood turn'd to Matter; and if the Coffin-bone befoul, 
 you may fcale it by the Application of fome cauftick Me- 
 dicine, as the Powder of Sublimate mix^d with Honey, and 
 fpread on a Pledgit, or with Spirit of Vitriol ; but the bell 
 way is to fear it with a hot Iron ; and when the Scales are 
 fallen off, you need only drefs it withPledgits dipt in Tinc- 
 ture of Myrrh and Aloes, until the Bone is cover'd, laying 
 Pledgits over thefe dipt in a warm Digeftive of Turpentine, 
 Honey, and Spirit of Wine. If any Accident happens, as 
 the putting forth of proud Flefh, &c. it may be kept down 
 with fuch Remedies as have been prefcrib'd in the Cure of 
 Ulcers. To allay the Heat and Inflammation which often 
 happens on fuch Occafions, you may charge the Hoof with 
 Vinegar, Bole, and the Whites of Eggs ; and if the Anguifh 
 reaches higher, you may charge the Leg and Partem with 
 a Mixture of Wine-Lees and Vinegar, keeping the Horfe 
 all the while to moderate Feeding. 
 
 But if after all this the Horfe continues lame, and that 
 you find fome Difficulty to make a Cure, you may readily 
 fufped the Anguifh of this has caufed an Ulceration in 
 fome other Part of the Foot ; the beft Way is to raze the 
 Hoof in feveral Places, according to the Method laid down 
 in the 47th Chapter ; and when you have found the grieved 
 Part, you are to treat it as an Ulcer, ^c. 
 
 C H A P. XC. 
 
 Of the running Fru^. 
 
 T^HIS is a fcabby and ulcerous Difpoiition in the Frufh, 
 "*■ which fometimes caufes it to fall off by Degrees. It 
 may be known both by the Eye and Smell, refembling that 
 of old rotten Cheefe. It is not dangerous, but very trouble- 
 fome, as it caufes a continual Itching. 
 
 In order to the Cure, you mull pare the Foot with your 
 Buttrefs as near as you can, then wafli the Part with Lime- 
 "Water or Allum- water boiling hot ; then apply a Charge 
 mad^ of Soot, Vinegar, and the Whites of Eggs, and wafh 
 
 The
 
 254 TkelAikRiER's NewGnUe, Ch. XCII. 
 
 the Parts fometimes with VitrloI-water, at leaft when you 
 perceive the Itching Rone, pour melted Tar all over the 
 Frog, and keep the Foot clean from Dirt and Filth. 
 
 CHAP, XGI. 
 
 Of the Crown-fcab. 
 
 *Tp Fl I S proceeds from a malignant fliarp Matter ouzing 
 -*• thro' the Skin above the Cronet or Coronet^ which 
 frets off the Hair, and hardens into a white mealy Scab. 
 In fome Hories it is accompanied with a Moifture, and 
 fends forth a llinking Matter, like the Pains and Watry 
 Sores defcrib'd in the 84th Chapter. 
 
 The Cure is, firfl to fcrape off the Scabs gently, and af- 
 terwards wafli the Sores with Copperas or Vitriol-water ; 
 fome make ufe of Spirits of Wine, wherein Tobacco has 
 been infus'd, which often fucceeds ; others cure this Scab 
 by applying Soap and Salt ; but if it be of an old (landing, 
 and grown very obllinate, the following Plaiiter will be of 
 great Ufe. 
 
 " Take Rofm half a Pound, Pitch fix Ounces, Turpen- 
 tine four Ounces, Verdegreafe and Brimllone in fine 
 Powder, of each three Ounces : Melt the Pitch, Rofin, 
 and Turpentine, over a gentle Fire, and then ftir in your 
 Powders 5 if it be too hard, you may foften it by adding 
 a little more Turpentine; and if you incorporate a fmall 
 quantity of Qiiickfilver with it, it will be fo much the 
 more effectual. This muft be fpread on Leather, and 
 applied to the Part, firft {having away the Hair, letting 
 it lie fo long as it will ftick. 
 The fame may be applied to the Legs and Pafterns, if the 
 Affedion fpreads above the Cronet to thofe Parts, giving 
 your Horfe now and then a little Antimony among his 
 Oats until he be cured. But if by reafon of this Scab, the 
 Cronet become ulcerated, and fome Part of the Griftle be 
 infected, as fometimes falls out, you are to extirpate all 
 that is ufelefs, and heal up the Sore, as has been direded in 
 the Cure of Ulcers, ^c. 
 
 CHAP, xcn. 
 
 Of Figs. 
 
 'TPHESE are fpongy Excrefcences v.'hich moft common- 
 
 •*• ly grow out on the Feet of fuch Horfes as are high and 
 
 hollow, with large flefliy Heels ; they are caufed by all the 
 
 com-
 
 Chap.XCIII. Of Hoofs, &c. 2SS 
 
 common Accidents that happen to the Feet, as Surbatingy 
 Foundring^ &c. and oftentimes they are the Confcquence 
 of a long continued Gourdinefs in the Legs and Pallerns. 
 Their Seat is, for the molt part, at the Top or Side of the 
 Frufh ; but when they are fufFer'd to grow old, or are dry'd 
 up with itrong Ointments, they take another Courfe, and 
 fpread to the Corner of the Heel. They are, as moft other 
 Excrefcences of that Kind, bred and nourifhed of the fame 
 Matter which fuftains and nourifhes the finewy and ner- 
 vous Parts, and are only to be cui'd by Extirpation. 
 
 Therefore, if the Figs be on the Side of the Frufh, pare 
 away fo much of the Root as may give Room to reach the 
 Sore with a Fleam or Lancet, then cut the Soal about the 
 Fig, and take them clean out, avoiding, as much as pof- 
 iible, to wound the large Blood-vellels. Let your firft Dref- 
 fmg be made of dry Hurds to flop the Bleeding ; and if it 
 requires a ftyptick Remedy, confult the 51 ft Chapter; two 
 or three Days thereafter, remove your Dreffing ; and if any 
 Part of the Excrefcence be left, you may deltroy it by ap- 
 plying Mgyptiacum fpread on Bolfters, or Pledgits of Hurds, 
 mixing with every Ounce of the faid Ointment half a Dram 
 of Arfenick, or corrofive Sublimate, enlarging or diminifh- 
 ing the Quantity of the latter as you find your Horfe able 
 to bear it, or the Circumftances of the Sore may require ; 
 and then heal up the Sore with a good Digeftive, and fpiri- 
 tuous Applications, is'c. 
 
 But if the Fig has its Infertion into the finewy or griftly 
 Subltances in thofe parts, you mult take up the Soal ; and if 
 any part of the Griftle be corrupted, you may cut it off with 
 a Razor, or other fharp Initrument. If the Bone be ulcera- 
 ted and carious, you may touch it with a hot Iron, and 
 then drefs it with Pledgits dipt in a Tinfture of Myrrh, A- 
 loes and Frankincenfe, as has been directed in other Cafes of 
 the like Nature, and alfo with warm Turpentine, and Ho- 
 ney of Rofes, until the Bone is covered ; afterwards heal up 
 the Sore with fome good Digeftive. 
 
 CHAP. XCIII. 
 
 Of Hoofs brittle-) or too foft. 
 
 'TTHESE tv/o Extreams are equally prejudicial, as they 
 are often the Caufe of a great many ill Accidents in 
 the Feet. The Softnefs of the Hoof may proceed from a 
 humid moift Conltitution, from going in wet and raarlhy 
 Gxounds, or ftanding conftanily on wet Litter, or from 
 
 an/
 
 2 5<5 The'BARRnR's NewGu^de. Cu. XCIV. 
 
 any Infirmity that may bring a too great Moifture into the 
 Feet, as a Gourdinefs and Swelling in the Legs and Paf- 
 terns, ^c. And from hence the Reafon of dry Hoofs may 
 be eafily underftood, as it mull come from a contrary 
 Caufe, viz. from ftandingtoo dry, a dry and hot Confti- 
 tution, or from any Infirmity depriving them of their due 
 Nourifhment. 
 
 If the Hoofs be too dry, mofl greafy and undhious Re- 
 medies are proper to foften them, as Lard, Sheeps or Ox 
 Suet, Oil Olive, or rather a Mixture of thefe together. 
 But they will be much the better, if they be made into the 
 Confiftence of a ftifF Ointment, by zddingGalbanum, WaXy 
 Olibanuniy and luch hke things. But an equal Quantity of 
 Tar, Tallow, and common Honey incorporated together, 
 will anfwer the End very efFedually ; efpecially while there 
 is no other Accident befides a bare Hardnefs of the Hoof. 
 But if the Horfe's Hoofs be too moift, they may be bathed 
 every Day with warm Vinegar, Verjuice, Copperas-water, 
 and fuch like ; or with thefe boil Powder of Galls, and let 
 the Horfe Hand dry, keeping him at the fame Time to mo- 
 derate Feeding, and his Hoofs will foon grow hard. 
 
 CHAP. XCIV. 
 Oy narrow Heelst &c. 
 
 A Horfe that is hoof- bound, and has narrow Heels, has 
 "^^ the Quarters of his Foot narrower towards the Shoe 
 than the Cronet ; fo that the foft Subflance between the 
 Coffin and the Hoof is prefled upon, which caufes the 
 Horfe to go lame. Sometimes the Hoof prefles on both 
 Quarters, but very often on the Infide only, being much 
 weaker, and more eafily bent than the o*:her ; and in fome 
 Cafes, the whole Hoof is fhrunk on the upper Part, that it 
 makes a hollow Circle under the Cronet, preffing fo hard, 
 that it intercepts the Nourifhment that fliould go to the Foot. 
 
 This Imperfection proceeds fometimes from a Drynefs of 
 the Hoof, but very often from ftrait flioeing, and by weak- 
 ning the Quarters of the Hoof by paring them too deep ; 
 and fometimes it is caufed by Foundring, and other Acci- 
 dents to which a Horfe's Feet are expos'd. 
 
 The Cure is, firll of all, to fhoe him with Lunets, or 
 Half-moon Shoqs, or with the Pantofle Shoes defcrib'd 
 
 bv
 
 Chap. XCV. Ofafalfe Qiiartef: 257 
 
 hy Solleyfell, or any other that wiil fufficiently prefs out the 
 Quarters ; after which anoint his Hoofs with the foftening 
 Remedies prefcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter, and let him 
 ftand fome Days in his own Dung. But if the Binding and 
 Preiliire of th« Hoof cannot bereliev'd tiiereby,Recou!iemuft 
 be had to an Operation : And if the Hoof be bound all round 
 the Cronetj firft give the Fire, making feveral Rafes from 
 tv.e Griftle of the Cronet to the Shoe, piercing the Hoof a- 
 bout the Thicknefs of a Crown-piece, repeating the fame 
 Operation on the other fide of the Heel; for the Fire fof- 
 tens the Hoof, and makes it ftretch ; after wh'ch, keep the 
 Foot conllantly mollify'd and foften'd, as already dire*5ted. 
 But in the mofl obftinate Cafes it will be neceilhry to take 
 out the Soal, which our above- mention'd Author obferves 
 to be the befl: and fpeedieft Remedy,i and whofe Method is 
 likewife the moft reafonable ; which is, after the Soal is re- 
 moved, to cleave the Frufli with a Fleam, and fix a Splent 
 cf Iron to the Part, placing it fo that it may open the Heels, 
 and keep them an Inch or two wider than they were before. 
 This is plain to Senle, becaufe the intermediate Subftance 
 that fills up the Cleft will keep them conftantly wide enough 
 for the time to come, if Care be taken in their Shoeing, b'r, 
 
 CHAP. XCV. 
 
 Of a Falfe ^tarter, 
 
 A Falfe Quarter is a Reft or Chink in the Quarter of the 
 "^ Hoof, from Top to Bottom ; it happens generally on 
 the Infide, that being the weakeft and the thinnell, and 
 proceeds from the Drynefs of the Hoof, but efpecially when 
 a Horfe is ridden in dry, iandy, or ftony Ground, in hot 
 Waiher, or in frofty Weather, when the Ways are flinty 
 and hard. It is likewife caufed by bad Shoeing, and all the 
 other Accidents whereby a Horfe becomes hoof-bound ; for 
 the Narrownefs of the Heels, and Biittlenefs of the Qi,!ar- 
 ters, continually expofe a Horfe to all the faid Accidents. 
 
 This Accident is both dangerous and painful, for as oft- 
 en as a Horfe fets his Foot on the Ground* the Chink wi- 
 dens ; and when he lifts it up, the fnarp Edges of the di- 
 vided Hoof wound the tender Flefh that covers the Coffin- 
 Bone, which is, for the moft Part, follow'J with Blood, 
 and it muft of Courfe be apt to render a Horfs lame, as it is 
 very diflicult to form a Rc-unicn. 
 
 B b The
 
 258 The I ARKiiR s NeiJ^' Guide. Ch. XCV. 
 
 The ufual Method taken to remedy this Imperfedion, 
 is by cutting off that Part of the Shoe which lies upon the 
 Chink, that it may be wholly uncover'd ; then with a draw- 
 ing Iron to open the Rift to the Quick, filling it up in all 
 Parts with a Rowel of Hurds dipt in Turpentine, Wax, 
 and Sheeps Suet, molten together, renewing it every Day 
 until the Seam is fiU'd up ; after it is clos'd in the Top, or 
 upper Parr, it is ulual to draw the Place beru'ixt the Hoof 
 and Cronet^ which by foftening the Hoof, and bringing a 
 Moirture into it, caufes it to grow the fafter, and (hoot 
 downwards. But there are fome who fear the Cronet above 
 the Crack, without piercing the Skin juil where the Hoof 
 begins ; and with another Iron fear the Chink about the 
 Middle of the Hoof, which fucceeds very well, if Care be 
 taken to keep the Hoof moift with Applications of Tar, 
 Honey, and Greafe. Some pour Aqua fortis into the 
 Rift when the Pain is violent, to deaden the Part, ma- 
 king a Border of Wax on each fide, to hinder it from fpoil- 
 ing the reft of the Hoof; and there are others who pre- 
 pare a flat Piece of Wood, about an Inch in Breath, but 
 at the fame time fo flender, that it will bend like a Hoop, 
 and of a fufficient Length to go twice round the Hoof; 
 and having firft drawn the whole Length of the Cleft, they 
 apply Turpentine, Pitch, and Suet, molten together, to the 
 Sore, and faften the Hoof with Pieces of Lift or Filletting. 
 This is a Contrivance to anfwer inftead of Bandage, to 
 keep the Chink united, and to prevent it from jarring when 
 the Foot is mov'd ; v^'hich is indeed very reafonable ; for 
 the leaft Motion will be apt to dilcompofe the tender Sub- 
 ftance that grov.'s up in the Cleft, and caufe Impofthuma- 
 tion, which will again open the Hoof. But I am of Opi- 
 nion, inftead of this troublefome Way, the following Me- 
 thod will be found more eafy and fuccefsful. 
 
 Firft draw the whole Length of the Cleft gently with 
 your drawing Iron, then anoint the Hoof with Tar, Ho- 
 ney, and Suet, molten together, as dire<5ted ; for nothing 
 can be more proper for the Hoof; and lay a thin Pledgit 
 dipt in the fame along the Cleft ; after this take of Rope- 
 yarn, fuch as the Sailors ufe, which is no other than Hem.p 
 moiften'd in melted Pitch or Tar, and fpunloofe; apply 
 the Yarn all down the Hoof, beginning at the Cronet, and 
 defccnd downwards, one Lay after another, as clofe as the 
 binding of the Hoops of Wine-casks, laying a fmooth Pied- 
 git of Flax behind to keep it from fretting the Heel. This 
 
 fhould
 
 Chap. XCVI. Of cafi'mg the Hoof. 2^9 
 
 iliould be open'd once in three or four Days, that the Cleft 
 may be drefs'd ; and to prevent anylnconveniency that can 
 happen by the opening, a thin Staple may be alfo con- 
 triv'd with Points like Horfe-flioe Nails, call off obliquely, 
 to take a llender Hold, the Plate of it croffing the Cleft 
 where Part of the Shoe is cut off, and the Nails coining 
 out on each fide of the Cleft on the upper Part, to be rivet- 
 ted as the other Nails. By this Method, a Cleft in any 
 Part of the Hoof may eafily be cured, if the Horfe be not 
 very old or difeafed. 
 
 CHAP. XCVI. 
 
 Of cajl'mg the Hoof. 
 
 'Tp H E Lofs of the Hoof is occafioned by Pricks, Stubs, 
 '■■ Foundering, Surbating, or whatever Accident may 
 bring an Impofthumation into the Foot, whereby the whole 
 Coffin of ihe Hoof becomes loofened, and falls oft" from 
 the Bone ; and fometimes the Coffin-bone, which is fpon- 
 gy and eafily broke, falls oft' in large Pieces along with the 
 Hoof ; but this is a very defperate Cafe, fince a perfeft 
 Foot can never be form'd after fo great a Lofs ; but a new 
 Hoof may be procur'd with Care and proper Applications, 
 if the Coffin-bone, ^c. be not injur'd. 
 
 The ufual Method to procure a new Hoof, is to apply 
 to the Coffin, Tar, Turpentine, Wax, Oil, Pitch, and fuch 
 things, melted together ; then they make a Boot of Lea- 
 ther, with a ftrong Soal, to be lac'd faft about the Paftern, 
 bolftering and flopping the Foot with foft Flax, that the 
 Tread may be eafy, renewing the Dreffing every Day un- 
 til the new Hoof grow. The Boot is certainly very pro- 
 per, but the Ointment will not always be fufficient to m/akc 
 a found and fmooth Hoof i and therefore if the Part grow 
 fungous, which is very common, and, in a great Meafure, 
 the Caufe of all the ill Shape and Unevennefs of the new 
 Hoof, {harper Applications ought to be made ufe ot j for 
 which Purpofe we recommend the following. 
 
 *' Take of Rofin half a Pound, Oil Olive one Pound : 
 " Diflblve the Rofin in the Oil over a gentle Fire ; take it 
 *' off", and when it. begins to cool, add Myrrh, Aloes, 
 *' Maftich, and Olibanum in fine Powder, of each two 
 ^' Ounces, and make it into an Oint.ment. 
 
 •" Take
 
 260 The T'ARRi^Rs New Guide. Ch. XCVL 
 
 " Take of this Ointment and Egyptiacum equal Parts : 
 ■=' Diflblve them over the Fire, and with Pledgits foak'd 
 ** therein drefs the whole Hoof; and having made an eafy 
 ** Bandage over it, return it into the Boot. If the Oint- 
 ** mcnt be requir'd more powerful, you may add the Pow- 
 " der of white Vitriol or but;it Allum, viz. two Ounces 
 «' of either to a Pound of the Ointment, with half an 
 *' Ounce of Orpiment, whereby the Hoof may be pre- 
 '■^ ferv'd fmooth, being drefs'd once a Day in the Manner 
 «' direded. 
 
 It is the Way of fome Farriers, wlien they obferve the 
 r.ew Hoof a growing, before the old one falls oft', to pull 
 away the old one -, but they ought never to be too halty, 
 unlels fome Accident happen to require its Removal ; for 
 the old Hoof lerves as a Cover and Defence to the new one, 
 and makes it grow the more fmooth and even, as in a 
 Mould ; and Nature, for the moft part, will call it off 
 of her own Accord, as foon as it becomes ufelefs. I knew 
 a Horfe in this Condition that was turn'd out into a Field, 
 ■where there was a Shade for him to lie under ; he lay moft 
 Part of the Time his Hoof was a growing, and had Hay 
 given him five or fix Times a Day ; and by favouring his 
 lame Foot, the old Hoof came ofF, and the new one grew 
 with very little Affiilance; and although he was not young 
 at that 1 'inie^ he afterward s travelled and did very g'jod 
 bei vice. 
 
 F I y I S.
 
 BOOKS printed for T. Longman, at tie 
 Ship in Pater- nofter-row. 
 
 'TpHE Farrier's Difpenfatory : In Three Parts, contain- 
 ing, I. A Delcription of the medicinal Simples, q)m- 
 monly made ufe of in the Difeafes of Horfes, with their 
 Virtues and Manner of Operation, dillributed into proper 
 Clafies, ^c. 2. The Preparations of Simples, Vegetables, 
 Animal and Mineral ; v/ith an Explanation of the moft 
 ufeful Terms, both in the Chymical and Galenical Phar- 
 macy. 5. A Number of ufeful Ccmpofitions and Receipts, 
 Ijjited to the Cure of all Difeales, never before publiftied; 
 as alfo thofe of greateft Account from SoUeyfell^ Ruini, 
 BlundeviU, and other celebrated Authors, digefted under 
 their proper Heads of Powders, B^dls, and Drinks, Oint- 
 ments, Charges, ^c. The proper Method of compound- 
 ing and making them. With many ufeful Obfervalions and 
 Improvements, tending to their right Adminiflration. To 
 Y/hich is alfo added, A complete Index of all the Medicines 
 contain'd in the Book, whether Simple or Compound, with 
 a Table of Difeales pointing to the Remedy proper in each 
 Malady. By IF. Gibfon, Author of the Farriers Neio 
 Guide. 
 
 The true Method of Dieting Horfes. Containing many 
 curious and ufeful Obfervations concerning their Marks, 
 Colour, and external Shape ; their Temper and Inftintfs, 
 and how they are to be governed, fo as to prevent Acci- 
 dents and Difeafes. The proper Method of Feeding fuited 
 to their Age, Strength, and Conftitution ; wherein the 
 pernicious Cultoms which have obtain'd among many ig- 
 norant Grooms and other Pretenders to Horfemanfhip, are 
 expofed, and their Errors carefully amended. Under which 
 is likewife contain'd the right and proper Exercife, necef- 
 fary not only in the abovementioned Refpeds, but apply'd 
 to the moft ufual Services required of Horfes, whether thofe 
 for Travelling and Labour, thofe for the Manage, or thofe 
 for Pleafure. As alfo Obfervations concerning the right 
 Ordeiing of Troop-Horfes, with a Difcourfe of Breeding, 
 founded on the Duke of Keivcaftlis fhort Method ; very 
 neceil'ary for the improving our Breed, and railing a beau- 
 tiful and ufeful Race of Hojfes, By the lame A'Jbor. 
 
 The
 
 BOOKS printed for T. Longman. 
 
 ■ The Gentleman's Pocket- Farrier. Shewing how to 
 'jfe your Horie on a Journey : And what Remedies are 
 proper for common Misfortunes that may befal him on 
 the Road. By Capt. IVilliam Burdon, 
 
 The Pracflical Farrier : Or, full In(lru6lions for Country 
 Gentlemen, Farmers, Graziers, Farriers, Carriers, Sportf- 
 men, ^c. containing, Rules for Breeding and Training 
 up of Colts ; a very curious Colledion of well- 
 experienced Obfervations, and upwards of Two Hundred 
 Pradical Receipts, for the Cure of All common Dillempers 
 incident to Horfes^ Oxen^ Cows, Calves, Sheep, Lambs, 
 Hogs, and Dogs. Digefted under their proper Heads ; 
 many of which have been pradifed for many Years with 
 great Succefs, and the relt taken from the lateft and moft 
 approved Authors, Noblemen, and Gentlemen, ^c. viz. 
 Capt. Burdon, Dr. Bracken, Lord Orrery, General Seymour .^ 
 Sir "John Fackington, Portman Seymour, Efq; Mr. Solleyfell, 
 Mr. Gibjon, Mr. Snape, Mr. Thornton^ Mr. Nicholfon, 
 Mr. Mafcall, Mr. Shuttleivorth, Mr. Fitzherbert, Mr. 
 Tyfon, l$c. By a Society of Country Gentlemen, Farmers, 
 Graziers, Sportfmen, kc. The Fourth Edition. With 
 the Addition of feveral curious Receipts. 
 
 Pharmacopeia Officionalis 1$ Exiejnporanca : Or, a 
 Complete Englifh Difpenfatory, in Four Parts. Contain- 
 ing, I. The Theory of Pharmacy, and the feveral Procefles 
 therein. 2. A Defcription of the Officinal Simples, with 
 their Virtues and Preparations, Galenical and Chymical, 
 3. The Officinal Compolitions; being fuch of the London 
 and Bate's Difpenfatory, as are now in ufe^ together with 
 fome others of uncommon Efficacy, taken from the m.oft 
 celebrated Authors. 4. Extemporaneous Prefcriptions di~ 
 ftributed into Claffes ihitable to their Intentions in Cure. 
 By John ^incy, M. D. The Sixth Edition, very much 
 improved '^vo. 
 
 Medicina Statica ; being the Aphorifms of San^orius^ 
 tranllated into Englifh ; with large Explanations. To 
 which is added. Dr. Kiell's Medicina Statica Britannica, 
 with comparative Remarks and Explanations. As alfo 
 Medico Phyfical Ellays on Agues, Fevers, an Elaftick Fibre, 
 the Gout, the Leprofv, King's-Evil and Veneral Difeafes. 
 The Third Edition, by the fame Author in %vo.
 
 \Ht-
 
 Ih«
 
 m 
 
 lii
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed. 
 
 f 
 
 tj
 
 ■'W